The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutCAREER DEVELOPMENT SOLUTIONS dba NEW HORIZONSINSURANCE WORK A-2023-069-10 WORK MAY PROCEED UNTIL INSURANCE EXPIRES C.TF+A O7 CITY CLERK DATE: AGREEMENT FOR WORKFORCE TRAINING &: CDA0')(Av) (Sandy3l THIS SUBAWARD AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), made and entered into this ist day of July, 2023, by and between the City of Santa Ana, a charter city and municipal o corporation duly organized and existing under the Constitution and laws of the State of California ("CITY") and New Horizons Career Development Solutions identified by the assigned Data °D Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number 08-133-0623 ("CONTRACTOR"). RECITALS: A. CITY has been designated a Local Workforce Development Area (LWDA) under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014, Public Law 1-113-128 ("WIOA" or "the Act"), Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) Number 17.258, 17.278, 17.259 and Federal Award Identification Number (FAIN) AA363092155A6. B. The State of California has created the LWDA to administer the Act programs operated by the State of California pursuant to the Act. C. As a LWDA, CITY is entitled to receive Federal funds to establish programs to increase the employment, retention and earnings of participants, and increase occupational skills attainment by participants, and as a result, improve the quality of the workforce, reduce welfare dependency, and enhance the productivity and competitiveness of the nation. Under WIOA, participants in need of training services may access career training through a list of state -approved schools and their training programs. D. In addition to WIOA, the CITY received funding from the Orange County Social Services Vocational Training grant funded through the California Work Opportunity and Responsibility to Kids Act of 1997, which provides monies for the basic needs of families with children ("CaIWORKs" or "SSA"). An important component of CaIWORKS allows for the provision of employment services for parents. Heads of households are provided job training services to help families upgrade job skills with the ultimate goal of self-sufficiency. E. The CITY intends to utilize the WIOA and SSA Grant Funds to operate a Workforce Training Program in which vocational training courses will be made available to Qualified Participants ("Workforce Training Program"). Qualified Participants are those individuals that are permitted to participate under the Act and approved to participate under the City's Workforce Training Program ("Qualified Participants"). Pursuant to the Workforce Training Program, the CITY desires to contract with public and private organizations, including employers, who are qualified to participate in the CITY's Workforce Training Program by providing services to Qualified Participants (each, a "Qualified Contractor"). F. CONTRACTOR is a Qualified Contractor that has been selected as one of several vendors that qualified to provide workforce training under the Workforce Training Program. G. CONTRACTOR represents that it is knowledgeable in its field, and is Page I of 19 willing to provide workforce training services under the Workforce Training Program pursuant to applicable Federal and California laws. H. The CITY and CONTRACTOR (each, a "Party" and jointly, the "Parties") desire to enter into this Agreement so that CONTRACTOR may receive a subgrant of the proceeds of the WIOA and/or SSA Grants (hereinafter defined as the "Subgrant") in consideration for CONTRACTOR's participation in the CITY's WIOA and/or SSA Programs and provision of services to Qualified Participants upon the request of the CITY, WHEREFORE, for and in consideration of the respective and mutual covenants and promises hereinafter contained and made, and subject to all the terms and conditions hereof, the Parties hereto do hereby agree as follows: I. CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS A. In compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall provide the CONTRACTOR's Services, as authorized by the CITY's Representative. CONTRACTOR represents and warrants that CONTRACTOR's Services to be provided hereunder shall be performed in a competent, professional and satisfactory manner in accordance with the CITY's Workforce Training Program. B. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide benefits to individuals who participate in the activities and services funded by this Agreement ("Participants") in accordance with the standards and requirements set forth in this Agreement. C. CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that CITY shall request that CONTRACTOR provide the CONTRACTOR's Services on an "as requested" basis and that CITY does not guaranty a minimum number of Qualified Participants for whom CONTRACTOR's Services shall be requested and required under this Agreement. CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that CONTRACTOR shall not commence to provide CONTRACTOR's Services to a particular Qualified Participant hereunder unless and until CONTRACTOR receives a Notice to Proceed from the CITY authorizing the provision of CONTRACTOR's Services to that particular Qualified Participant. CONTRACTOR further acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement and any request for the provision of services hereunder is nonexclusive and that the CITY may enter into similar agreements with other entities for the provision of similar services. D. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall perform and complete all of CONTRACTOR's Services in a timely and expeditious manner. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for delays caused by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, provided that CONTRACTOR has delivered to the CITY written notice of the cause of any such delay within ten (10) days of the occurrence of such cause. E. Scope of Services. On an as -needed basis, and at the sole discretion of CITY, CONTRACTOR shall perform the services that are described in Exhibit A. The Scope of Services shall include the CONTRACTOR's proposal or bid, if any, which shall be incorporated herein by this reference as though fully set forth herein. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms Page 2 of 19 of such proposal and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern. Specific allocation of services may be changed at the discretion of the CITY and upon mutual agreement of the Parties. F. Compliance with Law. CONTRACTOR's Services shall be provided in accordance with all ordinances, resolutions, statutes, rules, regulations and laws of the CITY and any Federal, State or local governmental agency of competent jurisdiction. G. CONTRACTOR shall obtain, at CONTRACTOR's sole cost and expense, such licenses, permits and approvals as may be required by law for the performance of CONTRACTOR's Services. CONTRACTOR shall have the sole obligation to pay for any fees, assessments and taxes, plus applicable penalties and interest, which may be imposed by law and which arise from or are necessary for the performance of the services required by this Agreement H. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to all applicable labor standards as required by the Act ("Labor Standards"). I. If funding is through WIOA, CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with the "Complaint Handling Procedures under the WIOA", attached hereto as Exhibit H and incorporated herein as though fully set forth in 20 CFR 658.411. CONTRACTOR shall advise applicants, where applicable, and Qualified Participants of their rights to file complaints under the Act and the procedures for resolution of any complaints. CITY's procedures for handling complaints alleging a violation of the Act, regulations, grants, or other agreements under the Act shall be followed and any decision of CITY, the State or the Federal government relating to the complaint shall be binding and followed by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR, who is an employer, shall operate a grievance system that incorporates CITY's procedures for resolution of complaints relating to the terms and conditions of employment; these procedures shall be approved in writing by CITY. J. As a condition of this award of financial assistance under the Act to CONTRACTOR from CITY, CONTRACTOR assures, with respect to operation of all programs or activities funded with funds provided pursuant to the Act, and all agreements or arrangements to carry out such programs or activities, that it will comply fully with the nondiscrimination and equal opportunity provisions of the Act (Section 188) and compliance with Equal Employment Opportunity provisions in Executive Order (E.O.) 11246, as amended by E.O. 11375 and supplemented by the requirements of 41 CFR Part 60; the Nontraditional Employment for Women Act of 1991; Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; and with all applicable requirements imposed by or pursuant to regulations implementing those laws, including, but not limited to, 29 CFR Parts 33 and 37. The United States, the State of California and CITY have the right to seek judicial enforcement of this assurance. K. CONTRACTOR agrees that no Qualified Participant(s) shall commence training prior to the approval of funding pursuant to Section 123 of the Act, or the approval of SSA funding, as applicable. Page 3 of 19 L. CONTRACTOR agrees to the following accounting, monitoring, auditing, and review requirements: 1. CONTRACTOR agrees to maintain such records and submit such reports, data and information, on the form and containing such information, at such times as CITY may request or require regarding the performance of CONTRACTOR'S services or activities, costs or other data, including but not limited to Qualified Participants' attendance and certifications. 2. CITY, the State of California and the United States government and/or their representatives shall have access for purposes of monitoring, auditing and examining of CONTRACTOR'S activities, performance, and Qualified Participants related to this Agreement. Such agencies or representatives shall also schedule on -site monitoring at their discretion. Monitoring activities may also include, but are not limited to, questioning employees and Qualified Participants and entering any premises or onto any site in which any of the services or activities funded hereunder are conducted or in which any of the records of CONTRACTOR are kept (2 CFR 200.330). Nothing herein shall be construed to require access to any privileged or confidential information as set forth in Federal or state law. 3. In the event CONTRACTOR does not make the above -referenced documents available within the City of Santa Ana, California, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay all necessary and reasonable expenses incurred by CITY in conducting any audit at the location where said records and books of account are maintained. 4. All accounting records and evidence pertaining to all costs of CONTRACTOR and all documents related to this Agreement shall be kept available at the location where CONTRACTOR conducted the program, as well as in the County of Orange, for the duration of this Agreement and thereafter for three (3) years after completion of an audit. Records which relate to (a) complaints, claims, administrative proceedings or litigation arising out of the performance of this Agreement, or (b) costs and expenses of this Agreement to which CITY, the State of California or the United States Government take exception, shall be retained beyond the three (3) years until resolution of disposition of such appeals, litigation, claims, or exceptions. M. Without prejudice to any other section of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall, where applicable, maintain the confidential nature of information provided to it concerning Qualified Participants in accordance with the requirements of Federal and state law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, CONTRACTOR agrees to submit to CITY, the State of California and/or the United States Government or their representatives, all records requested for administrative purposes, including audits, examinations, monitoring and verification of records submitted by CONTRACTOR, costs incurred and services rendered hereunder. N. CONTRACTOR shall not expend funds pursuant to this Agreement to provide services to any Qualified Participant where costs of training are paid for by any other person or entity. Page 4 of 19 0. If funding is through WIOA, CONTRACTOR shall comply with the provisions of Uniform Guidance 2 CFR Part 200 of the U,S. Office of Management and Budget (OMB) and all other applicable Federal statutes and executive orders and their implementing regulations, including regulations at 29 CFR Part 97. P. If funding is through WIOA, CONTRACTOR shall comply with the requirements of Federal regulations found at 29 CFR Part 93, which provide that no appropriated funds may be expended by the recipient of a Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative agreement to pay any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, member of Congress or an officer or employee of a member of Congress in connection with awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant or loan, entering into any cooperative agreement and the extension, renewal, amendment or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative agreement. CONTRACTOR shall sign a Certification Regarding Lobbying to that effect in a form as set forth in Exhibit D, attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein. CONTRACTOR shall submit said signed Certification to CITY prior to performing any of its obligations under this Agreement and prior to any obligation arising on the part of CITY to pay any sums to CONTRACTOR under the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Q. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide a drug -free work place and to execute a Drug Free Workplace Certification as set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. R. CONTRACTOR, in accordance with the Child Support Recovery Act of 1992, recognizes and acknowledges the importance of child and family support obligations and shall fiilly comply with all state and Federal laws relating to child and family support enforcement, including, but not limited to: disclosure of information and compliance with earnings assignment orders, as provided in Chapter 8 (cornmencing with Section 5200) of Part 5 of Division 9 of the state Family Code; and, to the best of its knowledge is fully complying with the earnings assignment orders of all employees and is providing the names of all new employees to the New Employee Registry maintained by the California Employment Development Department (EDD). S. CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with all applicable provisions of the Act or SSA, as applicable, and all applicable Federal regulations, including, but not limited to, the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 2 -Grants and Agreements, Subtitle A —Office of Management and Budget Guidance for Grants and Agreements, as well as all applicable state and local regulations. T. If funding is through WIOA, CONTRACTOR agrees to remain in compliance with the Certification Regarding Debarment, attached hereto as Exhibit F and incorporated herein by reference, as required by the regulations implementing Executive Order 12549, Debarment and Suspension, (2 CFR Part 180). U. If funding is through WIOA, CONTRACTOR agrees to provide priority of services for veterans and eligible spouses pursuant to 20 CFR Part 1010, and the regulations implementing priority of service for veterans and eligible spouses in Department of Labor job Page 5 of 19 training programs under the Jobs for Veterans Act published at 73 Fed. Reg. 78132 on December 19, 2008. V. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the official name for the statewide system of providing employment and training through the WIOA partnerships, SSA, and various other local programs is "America's Job Center". To achieve the goals of this Workforce Training Program, it is important that the public has a quick and easy method to identify that the projects or programs they are taking part in are part of the "America's Job Center". CONTRACTOR agrees to place the America's Job Center logo, in accordance with the State of California guidelines for such use, on all public materials, such as statements, press releases, brochures, advertisements, reports and other documents describing projects or programs funded in whole or in part with WIOA or SSA funds. When the America's Job Center logo is used, CONTRACTOR may accompany it with the following statement, "The (CONTRACTOR) is a proud partner of the America's Job Center network". CONTRACTOR shall not use the America's Job Center logo in any manner that would imply that the State of California endorses a commercial product, service or activity. IL CITY'S OBLIGATIONS A. On July 1, 2023 the CITY was awarded a Department of Labor Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act grant of $2,367,690.00 for fiscal year 2023-2024. In addition, on July 1, 2023, the CITY was awarded an Orange County Social Services Vocational Training grant through the California Work Opportunity and Responsibility to Kids Act of 1997 in the total amount of $838,964.00 for fiscal year 2023-2024. A portion of both grants in a total amount not to exceed $2,500,000.00 shall be available to all Qualified Contractors to provide workforce training classes for Qualified Participants. B. If a Qualified Participant chooses to enroll in a course offered by CONTRACTOR, CITY agrees to pay to CONTRACTOR when, if and to the extent WIOA or SSA funds are received under the provisions of the applicable grants, in accordance with the Course Costs attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by reference, which may be amended during the period of this Agreement. Said sum shall be paid with either WI0A or SSA funds, as determined by the CITY in its sole discretion, after CITY receives invoices submitted by CONTRACTOR as provided herein. C. CONTRACTOR has the ability to adjust line item amounts in the Course Costs with the approval of the Executive Director, D. CITY agrees to provide for on -site monitoring reviews of the Workforce Training Program operation at least annually. In addition, monthly desktop reviews of pertinent information will be conducted. E. CITY has the right to de -obligate the funds hereunder, and take such funding back from CONTRACTOR, due to any of the following reasons: (a) lack of performance by CONTRACTOR; (b) lack of fiscal accountability of CONTRACTOR; or (c) decrease in available Page 6 of 19 funding. III. COMPENSATION A. CITY neither warrants nor guarantees any minimum or maximum compensation to CONTRACTOR under this Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall be paid only for actual services performed under this Agreement at the rates and charges identified in Exhibit B. Any compensation payable to CONTRACTOR shall be paid from a portion of the above - referenced WIOA and/or SSA grants awarded to the CITY in a total amount not to exceed $2,500,000.00. B. Payment by CITY shall be made within thirty (30) days following receipt of proper invoice evidencing work performed, subject to CITY accounting procedures. IV. TERM OF AGREEMENT A. This Agreement shall commence on the date stated above and continue through June 30, 2027, with a one-year option to renew executable by the CITY in its sole discretion, unless terminated earlier by either party. The one-year option may be executed, by a writing executed by the City Manager and the City Attorney. B. Unless the CITY authorizes an extension, CONTRACTOR must liquidate all obligations incurred under the Federal award not later than ninety (90) calendar days after the end date of the period of performance as specified in the terms and conditions of the Federal award, as applicable. IV. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR A. CONTRACTOR shall, during the entire term of this Agreement, be construed to be an independent contractor and not an employee of the CITY. This Agreement is not intended nor shall it be construed to create an employer -employee relationship, a joint venture relationship, or to allow the CITY to exercise discretion or control over the professional manner in which CONTRACTOR performs the services which are the subject matter of this Agreement; however, the services to be provided by CONTRACTOR shall be provided in a manner consistent with all applicable standards and regulations governing such services. CONTRACTOR shall pay all salaries and wages, employer's social security taxes, unemployment insurance and similar taxes relating to employees and shall be responsible for all applicable withholding taxes. V. WORKER'S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S RIGHTS A. CONTRACTOR shall use appropriate funds received from CITY to provide workers' compensation to all those hired by CONTRACTOR under this Agreement. Page 7 of 19 B. CONTRACTOR shall have the right to hire, dismiss, or promote its employees or contract personnel hired under this Agreement so long as its hiring or dismissal policy or standard does not violate Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, or any other applicable law, and CONTRACTOR maintains itself as an Equal Opportunity Employer. VI. APPLICABLE GUIDELINES A. The Parties hereto agree that CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Federal and state laws and regulations, including, but not limited to the Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL) Policy and Procedures WSD21-03 attached hereto as Exhibit C and incorporated herein by reference, and general program requirements described in Sections 2 and 116 of the Act, and applicable regulations, and the U.S. Department of Labor guidelines and regulations, including amendments or revisions made during the terms of this Agreement. Said applicable laws are hereby incorporated by reference and made part of this Agreement as though fully set forth herein. B. CONTRACTOR also assures and certifies that: 1. CONTRACTOR shall comply with Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and in accordance with Title VII of the Act, requiring that no person shall, on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap or national origin be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination under this Agreement. 2. CONTRACTOR shall comply with any and all Federal laws limiting the political activity of employees hired under this Agreement. 3. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the requirements that no program under the Act shall involve political activities. 4. RECORD INSPECTION. CONTRACTOR shall provide the U.S. Department of Labor and the Comptroller General, by and through any authorized representative, as well as the California Workforce Development Board ("WDB") Administrative Office, access to and the right to examine all records, books, papers or documents relating to the accounting and use of funds under this Agreement for a three-year period from and after the effective date of this Agreement. 5. No person with responsibilities in the operation of any program under the Workforce Training Program shall discriminate with respect to any Qualified Participant or any application for participation in such program because of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, political affiliation or beliefs. 6. CONTRACTOR shall maintain appropriate standards for health and safety in work and training situations. Page 8 of 19 7. CONTRACTOR shall comply with general provisions, assurances, and execute the Assurances and Certifications attached hereto as Exhibit G and incorporated herein. 8. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY. Any literature distributed by CONTRACTOR for the purpose of apprising businesses, Qualified Participants, or the general public of its programs under this Agreement shall state that its programs are supported by the City of Santa Ana and the Santa Ana Workforce Development Board, and shall state that the program is an "equal opportunity employer/program" and that "auxiliary aids and services are available upon request to individuals with disabilities." 9. Based on the population eligible to be served, or likely to be directly affected by the program or activity, the services or information may need to be provided in a language other than English in order to allow such population to be effectively informed about or able to participate in the program or activity. Pursuant to 29 CFR 37.35, CONTRACTOR must take reasonable steps to provide services and information in appropriate languages after considering the scope of the program or activity, and the size and concentration of the population that needs services or information in a language other than English. 10. CONTRACTOR certifies that all property, finished or unfinished documents, data, studies and reports prepared or purchased under this Agreement, will be disposed of in accordance with the direction of the CITY. In addition, any tools and/or equipment furnished to the CONTRACTOR by the CITY and/or purchased by the CONTRACTOR with funds pursuant to this Agreement, will be limited to use within the activities outlined in this Agreement and will remain the property of the United States Government and/or CITY. Upon termination of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR will immediately return such tools and/or equipment to the CITY or dispose of them in accordance with the direction of the CITY. 11. CONTRACTOR certifies that this Agreement does not provide for the advancement or aid to any religious sect, church or creed, or sectarian purpose, nor does it help to support or sustain any school, college, university, hospital or other institution controlled by any religious creed, church, or sectarian denomination, as specified by Article XVI, Section 5, of the Constitution of the State of California, regarding separation of church and state. 12. CLEAN AIR ACT / CLEAN WATER ACT. If the grant hereunder exceeds $100,000, CONTRACTOR must comply with the Clean Air Act ("CAA")[(42 USC 7401, et seq.]; the Clean Water Act ("CWA") (33 USC 1368); Executive Order 11738 and United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") regulations (40 CFR Part 35) as any may now exist or be hereafter amended. Under these laws and regulations, the CONTRACTOR assures that: Page 9 of 19 (a) No facility to be utilized in the performance of the proposed grant has been issued a violation from the EPA under the CAA or CWA; (b) It will notify CITY prior to award of the receipt of any communication from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, EPA, indicating that a facility to be utilized for the grant is under consideration for issuance of a violation under the CAA or CWA; and, (c) It will notify the CITY and the EPA about any known violation of the above laws and regulations. 13. CONTRACTOR agrees to adhere to the following STANDARDS OF CONDUCT: (a) General Assurance. Every reasonable course of action will be taken by CONTRACTOR in order to maintain the integrity of this expenditure of public funds and to avoid favoritism. This Agreement will be administered in an impartial manner, free from errors to gain personal, financial, political gain. CONTRACTOR, its officers and employees, in administering this Agreement, will avoid situations, which give rise to a suggestion that any decision was influenced by prejudice, bias, special interest or desire for personal gain. (b) Em llooyment of Former State or CITY Employees. CONTRACTOR will ensure that any of its employees who were formerly employed by the State of California or CITY, in a position that could have enabled such individuals to impact policy regarding or implementation of programs covered by this Agreement, will not be assigned to any part or phase of the activities conducted pursuant to this Agreement for a period of not less than two (2) years following the termination of such employment. (c) Conducting Business Involving Relatives. No relative by blood, adoption or marriage of any executive or employee of CONTRACTOR will receive favorable treatment when considered for enrollment in programs provided by, or employment with, CONTRACTOR. (d) Conducting Business Involving Close Personal Friends and Associates. Executives and employees of CONTRACTOR will be particularly aware of the varying degrees of influence that can be exerted by personal friends and associates and, in administering this Agreement, will exercise due diligence to avoid situations which give rise to an assertion that favorable treatment is being granted to friends and associates. When it is in the public interest for CONTRACTOR to conduct business with a friend or associate of an executive or employee of CONTRACTOR, an elected official in the area or a voting or non -voting member of the Local Workforce Development Board (WDB), a permanent record of the transaction will be retained. Page 10 of 19 (e) Avoidance of Conflict of Economic Interest. No executive or employee of CONTRACTOR elected official in the area, or voting or non -voting member of a WDB, will solicit or accept money or any other consideration from a third person, for the performance of an act reimbursed in whole or part by CONTRACTOR or CITY. Supplies, materials, equipment or services purchased with Agreement funds will be used solely for purposes asserted or allowed under this Agreement. No voting member of the WDB will cast a vote on the provision of services or vote on any matter, which would provide direct financial benefit to that member or any business or organization that the member directly represents. (f) Salary and Bonus Limitations. If CONTRACTOR receives WIOA funds, CONTRACTOR is required to comply with Federal requirements regarding the limitations on salary and bonus payments in accordance with Public Law 109-149, Section 503. VII. HOLD HARMLESS CONTRACTOR agrees to defend, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the CITY, its officers, agents, employees, contractors, special counsel, and representatives from liability: (1) for personal injury, damages, just compensation, restitution, judicial or equitable relief arising out of claims for personal injury, including death, and claims for property damage, which may arise from the negligent operations of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors, agents, employees, or other persons acting on its behalf which relates to the services described in this Agreement; and (2) from any claim that personal injury, damages, just compensation, restitution, judicial or equitable relief is due by reason of the terms of or effects arising from this Agreement. This indemnity and hold harmless agreement applies to all claims for damages, just compensation, restitution, judicial or equitable relief suffered, or alleged to have been suffered, by reason of the events referred to in this Section or by reason of the terms of, or effects, arising from this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR further agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, and pay all costs for the defense of the CITY, including fees and costs for special counsel to be selected by the CITY, regarding any action by a third party challenging the validity of this Agreement, or asserting that personal injury, damages, just compensation, restitution, judicial or equitable relief due to personal or property rights arises by reason of the terms of, or effects arising from this Agreement. CITY may make all reasonable decisions with respect to its representation in any legal proceeding. VIII. INSURANCE A. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder and the results of that work by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Page 11 of 19 B. MINIMUM SCOPE AND LIMIT OF INSURANCE Coverage shall be at least as broad as: Commercial General Liability (CGL): Insurance Services Office Form CG 00 01 covering CGL on an "occurrence" basis, including products and completed operations, property damage, bodily injury and personal & advertising injury with limits no less than $1,000,000 per occurrence. If a general aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location (ISO CG 25 03 or 25 04) or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. • Automobile Liability: Insurance Services Office Form Number CA 0001 covering, Codel (any auto), or if Consultant has no owned autos, Code 8 (hired) and 9 (non -owned), withlimit no less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage. (Not required if CONTRACTOR provides written verification an automobile is not required to perform services.) • Workers' Compensation: as required by the State of California, with Statutory Limits, and Employer's Liability Insurance with limit of no less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury or disease. (Not required if CONTRACTOR provides written verification it has no employees.) • Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions) Insurance appropriates to the Consultant's profession, with limit no less than $1,000,000 per occurrence or claim, $2,000,000 aggregate. If the Contractor maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums shown above, the Entity requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or the higher limits maintained by the contractor. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the Entity. C. Other Insurance Provisions The insurance policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: Additional Insured Status The Entity, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds on the CGL policy with respect to liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the Contractor including materials, parts, or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations, General liability coverage can be provided in the form of an endorsement to the Contractor's insurance (at least as broad as ISO Form CG 20 10 1185 or if not available, through the addition of both CG 20 10, CG 20 26, CG 20 33, or CG 20 38; and CG 20 37 if a later edition is used). Page 12 of 19 Primary Coverage For any claims related to this contract, the Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary coverage at least as broad as ISO CG 20 01 04 13 as respects the Entity, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the Entity, its officers, officials, employees, or volunteers shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. Notice of Cancellation Each insurance policy required above shall provide that coverage shall not be canceled, except with notice to the Entity. Waiver of Subrogation Contractor hereby grants to Entity a waiver of any right to subrogation which any insurer of said Contractor may acquire against the Entity by virtue of the payment of any loss under such insurance. Contractor agrees to obtain any endorsement that may be necessary to affect this waiver of subrogation, but this provision applies regardless of whether or not the Entity has received a waiver of subrogation endorsement from the insurer. Self -Insured Retentions Self -insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the Entity. The Entity may require the Contractor to purchase coverage with a lower retention or provide proof of ability to pay losses and related investigations, claim administration, and defense expenses within the retention. The policy language shall provide, or be endorsed to provide, that the self -insured retention may be satisfied by either the named insured or Entity. Acceptability of Insurers Insurance is to be placed with insurers authorized to conduct business in the state with a current A.M. Best's rating of no less than ANII, unless otherwise acceptable to the Entity. Claims Made Policies (note — should be applicable only to professional liability, see below) If any of the required policies provide claims -made coverage: 1. The Retroactive Date must be shown, and must be before the date of the contract or thebeginning of contract work. 2. Insurance must be maintained and evidence of insurance must be provided for at least five (5) years after completion of the contract of work. 3. If coverage is canceled or non -renewed, and not replaced with another claims -made policy form with a Retroactive Date prior to the contract effective date, the Contractormust purchase "extended reporting" coverage for a minimum of five (5) years after completion of work. Page 13 of 19 Verification of Coverage Contractor shall furnish the Entity with original Certificates of Insurance including all required amendatory endorsements (or copies of the applicable policy language effecting coverage requiredby this clause) and a copy of the Declarations and Endorsement Page of the CGL policy listing allpolicy endorsements to Entity before work begins. However, failure to obtain the required documents prior to the work beginning shall not waive the Contractor's obligation to provide them. The Entity reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies,including endorsements required by these specifications, at any time. Special Risks or Circumstances Entity reserves the right to modify these requirements, including limits, based on the nature of therisk, prior experience, insurer, coverage, or other special circumstances. IX. CORPORATE STATUS CONTRACTOR shall be in good standing, Secretary of State, Franchise Tax Board or Internal Reven status or suspension shall be reported immediately to CITY. X. ASSIGNABILITY without suspension by the California ue Service. Any change in corporate None of the duties of, or work to be performed by, CONTRACTOR under this Agreement shall be subcontracted or assigned to any agency, consultant, or person without the prior written consent of CITY. CONTRACTOR must submit all subcontracts and other agreements that relate to this Agreement to CITY. If receiving WIOA funds, CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that it must follow procurement regulations for contractors (2 CFR 200.317). No subcontract or assignment shall terminate or alter the legal obligations of CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement. XI. LAWS GOVERNING THIS AGREEMENT A. In its performance under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall fully comply with the requirements of the following, whether or not otherwise referred to in this Agreement: 1. If receiving WIOA funds, the Act and all applicable Federal statutes, regulations, policies, procedures and directives, including but not limited to, 2 CFR 200 and 20 CFR. Parts 651 and 654 Page 14 of 19 2. All applicable State statutes, regulations, policies, procedures and directives; All applicable CITY policies, procedures and directives; 4. All applicable local ordinances and requirements, including use permits and licensing; 5. Court orders applicable to its operation; and, 6. The terms and conditions of this Agreement. If any of the foregoing is enacted, amended, or revised, CONTRACTOR will comply with such or will notify CITY after enactment or modification that it cannot so comply. CITY may thereupon terminate this Agreement, if necessary. XII. EXCLUSIVITY AND AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT This Agreement, together with attachments hereto, represents the complete and exclusive statement between the CITY and CONTRACTOR, and supersedes any and all other agreements, oral or written, between the Parties. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and any attachments hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail. This Agreement may not be modified except by written instrument signed by the CITY and by an authorized representative of CONTRACTOR. The Parties agree that any terms or conditions of any purchase order or other instrument that are inconsistent with, or in addition to, the terms and conditions hereof, shall not bind or obligate CONTRACTOR or the CITY. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises or agreements, orally or otherwise, have been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which is not embodied herein. XIII. FRAUD CONTRACTOR shall immediately report to CITY all instances and facts concerning possible fraud, abuse or criminal activity relating to expenditure or receipt of funds under this Agreement. XIV. CONTINGENCY OF FUNDS CONTRACTOR acknowledges that approval of and funding for this Agreement is contingent upon State approval, and WIOA and/or SSA funds received or obligated from the State of California to CITY. If such approval of funds is not forthcoming, or is otherwise limited, CITY shall immediately notify CONTRACTOR. Within twenty (20) days of receipt of such notice, CONTRACTOR shall modify or cease operations as directed by CITY and negotiate necessary modification to this Agreement and/or reimbursement of costs incurred hereunder. XV. Page 15 of 19 TERMINATION A. This Agreement may be terminated by either party at its sole discretion, upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other party. Notice shall be deemed served on the date of mailing. However, CONTRACTOR may not terminate this Agreement if undue hardship will result to any Qualified Participant. B. In the event CONTRACTOR defaults by failing to fulfill all or any of its obligations hereunder, CITY may declare a default and termination of this Agreement by written notice to CONTRACTOR, which default and termination shall be effective on a date stated in the notice which is to be not less than ten (10) days after certified mailing or personal service of such notice, unless such default is cured before the effective date of termination stated in such notice. If terminated for cause, CITY shall be relieved of further liability or responsibility under this Agreement, or as a result of the termination thereof, including the payment of money, except for payment for approved expenses incurred for services satisfactorily and timely performed prior to the mailing or service of the notice of termination, and except for reimbursement of (1) any payments made for services not subsequently performed in a timely and satisfactory manner, and (2) costs incurred by CITY in obtaining substitute performance. XVI. DISPUTES A. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any dispute concerning any question arising under this Agreement shall be decided by CITY. In such a case, CITY shall reduce its decision to writing and mail or otherwise furnish a copy thereof to CONTRACTOR. The decision of the CITY shall be final and conclusive unless within thirty (30) calendar days from the mailing or delivery of such copy, CITY receives from CONTRACTOR written request to appeal said decision. B. If receiving WIOA funds, procedures governing the appeal shall be prescribed by CITY and/or the State of California in accordance with the Act and all corresponding regulations and OMB circulars. Pending final disposition of the appeal, CONTRACTOR shall act in accordance with CITY's decision unless the dispute involves a change order. XVII. BREACH - SANCTIONS A. If, through any cause, CONTRACTOR violates any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and/or prior agreements whereby grant funds were received by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, or if CONTRACTOR reports inaccurately or if any Audit Report makes disallowances, CONTRACTOR shall promptly remedy its acts or omissions and/or repay CITY all amounts due CITY as a result of CONTRACTOR's violation. For any such failures or violations, CITY shall also have the right at its sole discretion to either: (1) discontinue program support until such time as CONTRACTOR fulfills its obligations or remedies all violations of this Agreement or prior agreements; and/or (2) collect outstanding amounts as determined by CITY Page 16 of 19 due CITY by offsetting or debiting from current claims or invoices, if after thirty (30) days' written notice CONTRACTOR has failed to repay same or a repayment schedule has not been made; and/or (3) terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to CONTRACTOR of such termination in accordance the Notices provision in Paragraph XVIII herein below. XVIII. NOTICES All notices, reports and correspondence between the Parties hereto respecting this Agreement shall be in writing and deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: CITY: City of Santa Ana Manager, WDB Administrative Office P.O. Box 1988 (M-76) Santa Ana, CA 92702 CLERK: Clerk of the City Council City of Santa Ana 20 Civic Center Plaza (M-30) P.O. Box 1988 Santa Ana, CA 92702-1988 Fax (714) 647-6956 CONTRACTOR: Career Development Solutions 1900 S. State College Blvd Anaheim, CA 92806 Phone: 714-221-3121 Email: esutheriand@carcerdevelopmentsolLitions.com XX. VALIDITY The invalidity in whole or in part of any provision of this Agreement shall not void or affect the validity of any other provision of this Agreement. Page 17 of 19 XXI. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Each undersigned represents and warrants that its signature herein below has the power, authority and right to bind their respective Parties to each of the terms of this Agreement, and shall indemnify CITY fully, including reasonable costs and attorney's fees, for any injuries or damages to CITY in the event that such authority or power is not, in fact, held by the signatory or is withdrawn, B. All Exhibits referenced herein and attached hereto shall be incorporated as if fully set forth in the body of this Agreement. {Signatures on following page} Page 18 of 19 A-2023-069-10 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement the date and year first above -written. ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: Sonia R. Carvalho City Attorney l By: g�kdXJ4 3 et.4.,u - t Lx Andrea Garcia -Miller Assistant City Attorney FOR APPROVAL: Michael L. Garcia Executive Director Community Development Agency "CITY" By: tx' stine Ridge City Manager "CONTRACTOR" Cindy Sutherland Title: President, Career Development Solutions Tax ID #: 27-5147920 Page 19 of 19 cirriX I RightSignature lk REFERENCE NUMBER SIGNATURE CERTIFICATE 4DDIFAAC-AOD9-4791-B000-10BE9CC8EC18 TRANSACTION DETAILS DO91JMENT DETAILS Reference Number Document Name 4DDIFAAC-AOD9-4791-B000-IOBE9CCBECI8 9 Agreement Signature Page Transaction Type Signature Request Sent At 06119/2023 12:59 EDT Executed At 06119/2023 13:29 EDT Identity Method email Distribution Method email Signed Checksum beer%fca53813ife189316cAfee6063ca87d2ca70aad941a660d9688a605 Signer Sequencing Disabled Document Passcode Disabled SIGNERS Filename 9_agreement_sign ature_page.pdf Pages 1 page Content Type applicationlpcif File Size 178 KB Original Checksum k974ffOBefd7696dGb4B25340 MbOfa6aledef14$lMlb59de6a410952d3 0SOYATURE +.{, f� Eyf,NTS Name Status Viewed At Cindy Sutherland signed 06119/2023 13:29 EDT Email Multi -factor Digital Fingerprint Checksum Identity Authenticated At csutherland@nhlearninggroup.com 98455ad4420d7da6ef922203b710o4c4013f028740e7611e9f28a361e8ba778b 06119/2023 1329 EDT Components UP Address Signed At 1 8.46.200.194 06/19/2023 13:29 EDT Device Chrome via Windows Typed Signature _.......y........ . G'nuty NMA Signature Reference ID 9DD87832 AUDITS TIME,F'fli-f.`!1P 06119/2023 12:59 EDT Jeremy Janov QJanov@nhlearninggroup.com) created document'9_agreement_signature_page.pdf on Microsoft Edge via Windows from 38.76.10 .210. 06/19/2023 12:59 EDT Cindy Sutherland (csutherland@nhlearninggroup.com) was emalled a link to sign 06/19/2023 13:29 EDT Cindy Sutherland (csutherland@nhlearninggroup.com) viewed the document on Chrome via Windows from 8.46.200.194. 06119/2023 13:29 EDT Cindy Sutherland (csutherland@nhlearninggroup.com) authenticated via email on Chrome via Windows from 8.46.200.194. 06119/2023 13:29 EDT Cindy Sutherland (csutherland@nhlearninggroup.com) signed the document on Chrome via Windows from 8.46.200.194. EXHIBIT A & B Scope of Service & Course Cost Effective 11112023 Volume 1 Revised 11.17.2022 Career Development Solutions Computer and Technology Training Services Delivered at the Following Locations: Anaheim Administrative Campus 1900 S. State College Blvd., Suite 100 Anaheim, CA 92806 (714)221-3100 BPPE # 3012321 Sacramento Branch Campus 3831 N. Freeway Blvd. Suite 140 Sacramento, CA 95834 (916) 609.4700 BPPE # 34070844 Burbank Torrance Branch Campus Branch Campus 333 N. Glenoaks Blvd., 19401 S Vermont Ave, Suite 400 Suite B102 Burbank, CA 91502 Torrance, CA 90502 (818) 333.4600 (310) 342.3500 BPPE # 1926221 BPPE # 1935011 San Diego Branch Campus 7480 Miramar Rd, Bldg. B Suite 202 San Diego, CA 92126 (858) 880.2200 BPPE # 29965875 Website www,careerdevelopmentsolutions.com All courses are also available online I have received a copy of the Career Development Catalog which contains the rules, regulations, course completion requirements and costs for the specific course in which I am interested. I am aware that I am not responsible for the tuition cost of my training program which is covered by the State or Federal agency that has contracted with Career Development Solutions to pay for the cost of my program. eCourseware Career Development Solutions is committed to doing our part to conserve the environment and provide our students with the most technologically advanced "Best Practices" in IT training. With this in mind, our students will have the benefit of utilizing electronic courseware. With eCourseware, you'll be able to: Access course material on -the -go from your home or office Courseware can be stored in the cloud, on a flash or thumb drive, so there is no need to tote around heavy books Ability to annotate or take notes directly in the eCourseware for future reference Download course content to hand-held and other personal electronic devices Interactive multimedia functions let you search through text to quickly find topics and answers Print Name: Signature: Career Consultant Date: i.�� C ten s.=!�- �� _ _ -_ Ml�_.A ECOURSEWARE........................................................................................................................................................... I HISTORY....................................................................................................................................................................6 MISSIONSTATEMENT ............................................................................................................................................6 WHY CAREER DEVELOPMENT SOLUTIONS?....................................................................7 STUDENTSERVICES.............................................................................................................................................7 AuthorizedPrometric Testing Center............................................................................................................................................................7 ClassRepeat Privilege.....................................................................................................................................................................................7 INTEGRATEDLEARNING.......................................................................................................................................8 LiveInstructor Led Training...........................................................................................................................................................................8 Hands -On Instructor -Led Training.................................................................................................................................................................8 CCTVLab..........................................................................................................................................................................................................8 ToObtain a Catalog.........................................................................................................................................................................................8 EnrollmentRequirements...............................................................................................................................................................................8 "Programs Eligible for Veteran Educational Benefits..................................................................................................................................8 PROGRAMDESCRIPTIONS.................................................................................................................................9 MCASIMOS-with Business Skills..................................................................................................................................................................9 MicrosoftOffice Specialist Certification Program......................................................................................................................................11 MOS- Excel andAccess -Along w/ Business Analysis Training...........................................................................................................13 BusinessSkills Program...............................................................................................................................................................................15 ACE -Adobe Certified Expert Web Specialist Program............................................................................................................................17 OfficeSpecialisilDatabase Admin................................................................................................................................................................19 OfficeAdministrator Certificate Program....................................................................................................................................................21 PerformanceConsultant Certificate.............................................................................................................................................................23 JuniorData Analyst.......................................................................................................................................................................................25 DataAnalyst (Entry Leve9.............................................................................................................................................................................27 Data Analyst (Level Two) MCSAI MTA- Microsoft SQL Business Intelligence Development.................................... ......................... 29 Desktop Application Administration Certificate Program.........................................................................................................................31 Adobe- Microsoft Certiffed Application Program......................................................................................................................................33 Adobe Web Design with Microsoft Backend Development.......................................................................................................................35 WebSpecialist Program................................................................................................................................................................................37 CompTIAA+ Certification.............................................................................................................................................................................39 CompTIANetwork+ Certification..................................................................................................................................................................41 CompTIAA+, Network+.................................................................................................................................................................................42 CompTIACertified Security Administrator..................................................................................................................................................44 A+, Network+, MCSA Windows .....................................................................................................................................................................46 CompTIASecurity + Certification .................................................................................................................................................................48 CompTIALinux+ Certification...................................................................................................................................................................... 50 ECCouncil - CEH Certified Ethical Hacker..................................................................................................................................................51 Network+ and Security+................................................................................................................................................................................52 CompTIAA+, Network+, Security+ Certification (DOD 8570)....................................................................................................................54 Information Technology Network Support Specialist Certificate Program.............................................................................................56 Information Technology Network Support Specialist Certificate Program (Track Two) Microsoft MCSA/MTA.................................58 Information Technology Network Support Specialist Certificate Program (Track Three) Cisco Certified ........................................... 60 Information Technology Network Support Specialist Program: Security Administrator........................................................... ............ 62 information Technology Network Support Specialist Program: Security Expert ...................................................................................64 Information Technology Network Support Specialist Program: Network Cloud Administrator............................................................66 Network+, Security+, CASP Certification....................................................................................................................................................68 CompTIA Training & Certification A+, Network+, Security+ (8570), Cloud Essentials.........................................................................70 Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) and ITIL...................................................................................................72 ComputerHacking Forensics Investigator(CHFi)......................................................................................................................................73 SecurityProfessional Program....................................................................................................................................................................74 Security Professional Program with Computer Hacking Forensics Investigator(CHR)........................................................................76 Cisco@ Certified Networking Administrator (CCNA)..................................................................................................................................78 Cisco@ Certified Networking Administrator Program (CCNA) with CompTIA- Network+.....................................................................79 Cisco@ Certified Networking Administrator Program (CCNA) with Specialization.................................................................................80 Cisco@ Professional Program(CCNP)...................................................................................................................................................._-.82 Cisco@ Certified Network Professional Security Professional Program (CCNP Security).................................................................... 83 Cisco@ Certified CCNP Wireless Certification............................................................................................................................................85 MCDSTIMCTS - Microsoft Certified Desktop Support Technician Program...........................................................................................87 Microsoft@ Certified Desktop Support Technician MCAS Program.............................................................. _ ......................................... 88 Microsoft Junior Server Administrator with Linux and CompTIA Security+ Specialization..................................................................90 M7z':MCTS7MVch5—soff@T&efflfied T—ochfilidlail _�Am. MCSA -Microsoft Windows Server Junior ServerAdministrafor ............................................................................................................ 94 MCSA- Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate ........ .............................................................................................................................. 96 Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA) Desktop Support Technician Program ...................................................................... 98 MCSA- Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate for SQL Server ........................................................................ .................................... 99 MCSA - MIcrosoft@ SQL Database Administrator with Business Intelligence (Entry Level) ............................... .............................. 101 MCSE - Microsoft Certified Solutions Expert Server Infrastructure ...................................................................................................... 103 MCSE- Microsoft@ Certified Solutions Expert SharePoint ...................................................................................... ............................. 105 MCSE Microsoft Certified Solutions Expert Private Cloud ...................................................................................................................... 107 MCSE- Microsoft Certified Solutions Expert Messaging ............................................................................... ..................................... 109 MCSE- Microsoft@ Centiffed Solutions Expert Communication ............................................................................................................ Ill MCSE Windows Server 2012 Infrastructure / 2012 Desktop Infrastructure ........................................................................ I ............... 113 MCSE- Microsoft@ Certified Solutions Expert., Data Platform ...................................................................................... ........................ 115 MCSE- Microsoft@ Certified Solutions Expert: Business Intelligence ............................................................................. ................... 117 MCSE - MIcro5ofP Certified Solutions Expert Server/Cloud with VMWARE .................................................................... ................... 119 MCITP - Microsoft@ Certified IT Professional Windows Server Administrator with VMWARE ...........................................................121 Virtualization Program with MCTS- Hyper-V and VMWARE .................................................................................................................... 123 SharePointforAdministrafors ................................................................................................................................................ ................... 125 MCTS - MIcrosoft& Certified Technology Speciallst.NET Framework Web Applications .................................. ............................... 127 MicrosoftBackend Development ......................... ..................................................................................................................................... 129 MCSD- Microsoft® Certified Solutions Developer Web Applications ........................................................................ ............................ 131 PowerShell.................................................................................................................................................................................... ............... 133 ITIL - Foundations - Business Needs and Goals - IT Best Practices ............................................................................... ...................... 134 SixSigma Loan Green Belt .................................................................................................................................................. ...................... 136 SixSigma Lean Black Belt .......................................................................................................................................................................... 137 Six Sigma Loan Black Belt with Project Management ............................................................................................................................. 139 SixSigma Professional Program ............................................................................................................................................................... 141 Six Sigma Lean Green Belt, Black Belt and Loan Facilitator .................................................................................................................. 143 SixSigma Loan Black Belt/ITIL Foundations ................................................................................................................ ......................... 145 Six Sigma Lean Black Bahl ITIL Foundations / CompiTIA- Project. ..................................................................................................... 147 MASTERSix Sigma Black Belt Program ............................................................................................................................. ..................... 149 ProcessManagement Certificate Program ................................................................................................................................................ 151 ProjectCertifications Program .............................................................................................................................................. .................... 153 ProjectCertifications Program Path with AutoCAD .......................................................................................................... ...................... 155 ProjectManagement Professional Program ............................................................................................................................................. 157 ProjectManagement Professional (PMI) Program ............................................................................................................... ........... ..". .... 159 ProjectManagement and Process Improvement ...................................................................................................................................... 161 Project Management Professional/ Six Sigma Loan Black Belt Training Program .............................................................................. 163 RED Hat Certified Systems Administrator (RHCSA) ............................................................................................................................... 165 Red Hat Certified Systems Administrator (RHCE) ............................................................................................................... .................... 167 RedHat Cerfified Engineer Standard ......................................................................................................................................................... 168 DataScience (Entry Level) ... .................................................................................................................................................. .................... 170 AWSCertification Prop Program ................................................................................................................................................................ 172 AmazonWeb Services Program ................................................................................................................................................................. 173 INDIVIDUAL COURSE ENROLLMENT .............................................................................................................. 175 175 CLASSROOMLEARNING ............................................................................................................................................................................ DESKTOPAPPLICATIONS ................................................................................................................................. 175 TECHNICALTRAINING CLASSES .................................................................................................................... 183 DESCRIPTION OF EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM (individual Courses) ............................................................................. 193 GENERALRULES AND POLICIES .................................................................................................................... 285 285 Non -Discrimination Policy .......................................................................................................................................................................... DrugFree Campus ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 285 Articulations Agreements with Universities or Colleges .................................................................................. ...................................... 285 StudentRecords Reporting and Conridendality ....................................................................................................................................... 286 SCHOOL GOVERNING BODY, ADMINISTRATORS AND FACULTY ...........................................................286 VACertifying Officials ................................................................................................................................................................................. 286 School Locations: Computer and Technology Training Services Delivered at the following locations . ........................................... 287 InstructionalFacilities ................................................................................................................................................................................. 287 Equipmentand Materials ............................................................................................................................................................................. 287 ADMISSIONSPROCESS ..................................................................................................................................... 288 289 CourseHours ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 2020 Holidays 2021 Holidays ............................................................................................................................................................. 289 EnrollmentPolicy ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 289 CancelationProcedures..............................................................................................................................................................................290 ProgramRefund Information......................................................................................................................................................................291 Veteran's Refund Policy..............................................................................................................................................................................291 GrievanceProcedures.................................................................................................................................................................................292 Reimbursementto Veterans and Eligible Persons...................................................................................................................................292 CreditEvaluation Policy..............................................................................................................................................................................292 STUDENTPOLICIES............................................................................................................................................293 Attendance.................................................................................................................................................................................................... 293 Program Interrupt -Extension Policy/ Leave of Absence/Withdrawal..................................................................................................293 Suspensionor Dismissal............................................................................................................................................................................293 GradingStandards.......................................................................................................................................................................................294 Reentrance....................................................................................................................................................................................................294 CertificationTesting....................................................................................................................................................................................294 Vouchers/Exam Policy...............................................................................................................................................................................295 CompletionRequirements..........................................................................................................................................................................295 StudentConduct..........................................................................................................................................................................................295 MobilePhone Policy....................................................................................................................................................................................295 LearningLab.................................................................................................................................................................................................295 StudentDress Code.....................................................................................................................................................................................296 VETERANSADDENDUM...................................................................................................................................296 SatisfactoryAcademic Progress Policy....................................................................................................................................................296 FundingPolicy.............................................................................................................................................................................................296 VABenefits...................................................................................................................................................................................................296 AttendancePolicy........................................................................................................................................................................................296 PriorEducation and Training Policy..........................................................................................................................................................296 StudentLoans..............................................................................................................................................................................................297 PaymentPolicy.............................................................................................................................................................................................297 CERTIFIEDINSTRUCTORS................................................................................................................................299 CERTIFIEDINSTRUCTORS................................................................................................................................300 CERTIFIEDINSTRUCTORS................................................................................................................................301 CERTIFIEDINSTRUCTORS................................................................................................................................302 CERTIFIED INSTRUCTORS................................................................................................................................303 CERTIFIEDINSTRUCTORS................................................................................................................................304 CERTIFIED INSTRUCTORS................................................................................................................................305 CERTIFIEDINSTRUCTORS................................................................................................................................306 CERTIFIED INSTRUCTORS................................................................................................................................307 Revised 11-4-2020 -_ a �D`ev ent•Solutio -has ro 0 6 c �"leader�in•- � rr�puter s • re an�`a ware ms r n. �`' Courses offered include PC software applications, networking, operating systems, graphics, internetworking, hardware and client/server programming along with Project Management and Six Sigma. Career Development Solutions provides a first rate, quality education, to students entering the Information Systems field for the first time, as well as supplementing the existing knowledge of experienced users. Our goal is to provide the student with a foundation of working knowledge that will allow them to be a success in the workplace. HISTORY Computer Learning Centers, Inc. was founded in 1982, and in 2007 KML Enterprises Career Development, LLC acquired the Greater Los Angeles and Orange County franchise of Computer Learning Centers. In August 2009, Computer Learning Centers in Riverside and San Bernardino Counties joined the KML family. Just 4 months later San Diego and Imperial County centers came on board. In 2015, the growth, success and excitement continued, first with a name change to Career Development Solutions, LLC and then with the acquisition of the Tucson and Sierra Vista Arizona franchise. In August 2016, Sacramento, Reno, and Las Vegas franchises joined our team. Most recently, in October of 2017 we added our Salt Lake City franchise Our growth from a one -room classroom in 1982 to 10 centers in four states: Arizona, California, Utah i is a direct result of our determination and commitment to "Empower People to Succeed through Learning". MISSION STATEMENT Due to the ever-increasing need for well -trained and skilled computer professionals, Career Development Solutions develops and effectively delivers well -structured courses where the focus is on increasing the student's growth opportunities by making them more employable and increasing opportunities for career advancement. Career Development Solutions maintains awareness of the Information Technology (IT) market demands, through relationships with corporate employers. Students are equipped with cutting -edge, specialized, and marketable skills. Career Development Solutions is committed to maintaining its position as a worldwide industry leader in providing quality training. Career Development Solutions provides a cost-effective, compelling education solution for those wanting a career change or enhancement in, Project Management, Business Skills and Information Technology (IT) industries. If you have a strong desire to make a career change, or if you are looking to upgrade your career prospects by pursuing a certification in IT, Business Skills or Project Management, Career Development Solutions can help. Career Development Solutions is a private institution, it is approved to operate by the Bureau Of Private Post Secendary Education (BPPE), and that approval to operate means compliance with state standards as set forth in the CEC and 5, CCR. W EARERR� ``� DEVELOPMENT=$'�UTIO'N� : ' `� - If you are looking to upgrade your skills or begin a career in the Information Technology or Information Management fields, Career Development Solutions can give you the training which businesses are looking to hire.. Career Development Solutions offers a complete, simplified learning solution that focuses on knowledge transfer, retention and skills development. • Career Development Solutions' training programs are based on our corporate clients' hiring needs. With business partners input, we tailor our training programs to the needs of the industry, giving our students a distinct advantage, • You will be trained and prepared to pass the industry certifications required by employers, setting you apart from the competition. • Our programs are short and intensive so you can get the critical skills and prepare for the certifications y to help you enter the job market or enhanse your resume. • Career Development Solutions is part of the world's largest independent training company, offering more courses at more times and in more locations to individuals and businesses than any company in the industry. • We are the complete solution: o We start with the instructor -led training delivered by vendor -approved instructors. o We give you our Virtual Labs to practice what you've learned. o We provide you with test preparation tools to assist you in preparing for your exams. o We assist you in entering the workforce. Our extensive corporate relationships allow us to design our programs around industry demand. These relationships also open the door for our graduates. STUDENT SERVICES At Career Development Solutions, we understand no two people learn the same way. To help you meet your training goals, we provide a comprehensive learning experience to effectively maximize your potential. A Guidance Counselor will assist you assuring your studies are on track and you are preparing properly for your exams. At completion of your training Career Development Solutions offers placement assistance. Our Placement Specialist works with businesses we train to find job opportunities for our students, It is the student's responsibility to work in conjunction with our team to prepare themselves for employment. Our placement assistance services include a Job Portal which is only available to our students who have completed our program. The jobs listed on the Portal are with companies who have requested to advertise jobs on the Portal. We also conduct job fairs for our completed students with companies who have job openings. Our job fairs are conducted on a supply and demand basis. Authorized Prometric Testing Center These centers are available for our students' convenience. Additionally, Pearson Vue tests may be taken atother Pearson Vue Testing Centers locations locally. Career Development Solutions is a Thomson/Prometric Authorized Testing Center which enables students to take Certification tests for Microsoft®, NovellO CISCO®, CIW® and Comptia®. The purchase of test vouchers and registration for exams must be made through the Prometric® website or via telephone at (800) 733-3926. Class Repeat Privilege Students may retake courses listed on the public schedule free of charge, on a standby basis. Students who are retaking classes must use original courseware or purchase may purchase new courseware/ iN., GR4T�, LEA. LNG Career Development Solutions offers a professional learning experience and the flexibility to fit your busy schedule. Career Development Solutions Integrated Learning is a comprehensive approach to learning that guides you through all stages of your learning lifecycle, and allows you to choose convenient delivery methods for your training: Live Instructor Led Training • Classroom Learning: traditional instructor -led classroom learning. May be taken at our centers or through distance learning • Instructor led labs with a hands-on approach to assure students are mastering the technology they are learning • Our Learn while doing approach increases retention • Post -assessments track progress and return on investment. • Certification Exam Preps are included in all programs which train for Industry Recognized Certifications Hands -On Instructor -Led Training Our classroom training gives you hands-on training from professional, certified Instructors, who are constantly re -tested and evaluated by every student to keep our quality of instruction at the highest level. Our student to computer ratio is one-to-one. CCTV Lab The CCTV lab is great for those who want to focus in areas they need additional support e. Our team of Mentors are available for one on one help for our students . This approach allows you to work with your mentor to strengthen your weaknesses and pay attention to areas for improvement. To Obtain a Catalog Individuals interested in obtaining a Career Development Solutions Catalog can visit one of our campuses , or may download our catalog by visiting our website at www.careerdevelopmentsolutions.com refer to our CA Career Development Catalogue at httos•//www careordeveloomentsolutions com/career-training program -catalogs Individuals can also obtain a catalog by calling us at 714-221-3100 and request a catalog to be mailed to their home address. Enrollment Requirements All Classes taught at Career Development Solutions are taught in English. Students enrolling in programs and courses at Career Development Solutions must be proficient in the English language and must possess a Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or its legal equivalent, or pass the entrance exam with a score of 70% or better. Career Development Solutions Learning Group reserves the right to refuse enrollment of students. Career Development Solutions does not admit students from other countries. English language services (ESL) are not provided to students 10- "Programs Eligible for Veteran Educational Benefits" "Programs that have the U.S. American flag are approved for veteran educational benefits." These programs are delivered through our Hosted Distance Learning, CCTV modality. All students (regardless of the funding source) attending these programs must attend class in our center. Students who are not attending class in our center will be marked absent. *Chapter 30, 32, 33, 35 and 1606 Students MAY NOT use Mentored Learning Lab Classroom for Educational Clock Hours. PROGRAM DESCRIPTIONS MCAS/MOS —with Business Skills CaIJOBS# 52040821000000 CRM ID: P27Socal General Course Description Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) with an emphasis on Business Skills, This credential is a globally recognized standard that validates skills with using the Microsoft Office system. The MOS credential validates the skills that individuals and organizations depend on. Candidates who successfully complete the program by passing a certification exam prove that they meet globally recognized performance standards and can work productively and efficiently. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Must verify that they have a basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80 % Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Must verify that they have a basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Acquired Skills Students will begin with learning basic computer skills along with mastering Microsoft Application Skills of Power Point, Word, Outlook, Excel and Access. Students will also be trained in basic business skills involving communication skills, both written and verbal. Business writing skills including proper business email use. This program works with both Microsoft Office Skills and Professional Skills. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 43-0000 Office and Administrative Support Occupations Executive Assistant Course Information First -Line Supervisors Managers of Office and Receptionists Clerks Managers Administrative Support Shipping and Receiving Sales Hours: 448 Approximately 23 weeks of instruction Course Hours QuickBooks or Microsoft Windows Levels One and Two 20 Microsoft Word Levels One, Two and Three 60 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 60 Microsoft Power Point Levels One and Two 40 Microsoft Access Levels One and Two 120 Microsoft Outlook Levels One and Two 60 Advanced Interpersonal Communication 22 Business Writing 22 Presentation Skills 22 Time Management or Organizational Skills 22 *One Microsoft Exam Voucher and Exam Prep Total charges for Tuition $5,835.00 Courseware Courseware Price QuickBooks or Microsoft Windows Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Microsoft Word Levels One, Two and Three ($20x3) $60.00 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three ($20x3) $60.00 Microsoft Power Point Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Microsoft Access Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40,00 Microsoft Outlook Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Advanced Interpersonal Communication $20.00 Business Writing $20.00 Presentation Skills $20.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $340.00 Exam (non-refundable) $200.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $6,450.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $6,450.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. � M OSOFT 0' FICE SPECIAIL SI CERT-Fr ATIONVR7TGRA CaIJOBS# 11089912000000 CRM ID: P46Socal I -Train: 52040717300100 SBY Local: 3027 General Course Description The Microsoft Office Specialist certification program is the only comprehensive, performance -based certification program approved by Microsoft to validate desktop computer skills in the below Microsoft Office desktop productivity programs. The MOS program meets the demand for "job ready" people in the global workplace. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Must verify that they have a basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Must verify that they have a basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Acquired Skills The Microsoft Office Specialist certification program provides computer program literacy, measures proficiency, and identifies opportunities for enhancement of skills. Successful candidates receive a Microsoft Office Specialist certification credential that sets them apart from their peers in the competitive job market. The certificate is a valuable credential that is recognized worldwide as proof that an individual has the desktop computing skills needed to work productively and efficiently. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 43-0000 Office and Administrative Support Occupations (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC) 13-1000 Business Operations Specialists Bookkeeping Auditing Course Information Accounting Customer Service Representative Computer Operator Computer User Support Specialists Hours: 360 Approximately 18 weeks of instruction Course Hours Microsoft Windows Levels One and Two 20 Microsoft Word Levels One, Two and Three 60 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 60 Microsoft Outlook Levels One and Two 60 Microsoft Power Point Levels One and Two 40 Microsoft Access Levels One and Two 120 "One Microsoft Exam Voucher and Exam Prep Tota c arges fo` course#" $4; 4 M Courseware Courseware Price Microsoft Windows Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Microsoft Word Levels One, Two and Three ($200) $60.00 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three ($20x3) $60.00 Microsoft Outlook Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Microsoft Power Point Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Microsoft Access Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $280.00 Exam (non-refundable) $200.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $5,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $5,000.00 *It is the students responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. _-_ _ OS-`E cel and'Acce`s — Alting`wl tfslness` n 1 isIS- Tralnling CaIJOBS# 52040111000038 CRM ID: C62SoCal According to the International Institute of Business Analysis (IIBA), business analysis is the practice of enabling change in an organizational context, by defining needs and recommending solutions that deliver value to stakeholders. As a profession, business analysts work in many different types of industries, functioning in a multitude of capacities and holding a variety of job titles. As in other professions, there is great value in having a strong educational background, being part of a professional community and earning professional certification. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Must verify that they have a basic knowledge of PC desktop operation School Diploma or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Acquired Skills Supporting the Project Portfolio, Developing the Solution Vision, Planning and Eliciting Requirements, Modeling Requirements, Validating Requirements,.Assess the capabilities of your organization, assessing the risk, justifying the solution, the Business Case, Managing SharePoint Projects Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 43-0000 Office and Administrative Support Occupations (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC) 13-1000 Business Operations Specialists Data Analyst Business Analysis Planning and Development Office Administrator Course Information Hours: 292 Approximately 16 weeks of training Course Hours Microsoft Excel, Level One, Two and Three 60 Microsoft Access Levels One, Two 120 BA-01 Business Analysis Essentials 13 BA— 02 Strategic Enterprise Analysis 13 BA-03 Writing Effective Business Cases 13 BA-04 Eliciting and Writing Effective Requirements 21 BA-05 Process Modeling Using BPMN 13 — 06 anaging and Communica)'ing eqs for rolec s'" 13 — BA — 09 Managing Requirements for SharePoint Projects 13 BA —10 Understanding Root Cause Analysis 13 *Two Microsoft Exam Voucher and Exam Prep Total charges for course $4,675.00 Courseware Courseware Price Microsoft Excel, Level One, Two and Three — ($20x3) $60.00 Microsoft Access Levels One, Two — ($20x2) $40.00 BA -01, BA-02, BA-03, BA-04, BA-05, BA-06, BA-09, BA-10 — ($100x8) $800.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $900.00 Exam (non-refundable) $400.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $6,050.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $6,050.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. CaIJOBS# 52040811000027 CRM ID: P8Socal General Course Description The Business Skills Program is a combination of globally recognized MOS applications along with valuable Business skills courses. The MOS credential validates the skills that individuals and organizations depend on. Candidates who successfully complete the program by passing a certification exam prove that they meet globally recognized performance standards and are able to work productively and efficiently. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Acquired Skills Students will begin with learning basic computer skills along with mastering Microsoft Application Skills of Power Point, Word, Outlook and Excel. Students will also be trained in basic business skills involving communication skills, both written and verbal. Business writing skills including proper business email use. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 43-0000 Office and Administrative Support Occupations Executive Assistant Managers of Office and Receptionists Information Administrative Support Clerks Course Information Hours: 340 Approximately 17 weeks of instruction Course Hours Microsoft Windows 7 Levels One and Two 47 Microsoft Word Levels One, Two and Three 61 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 72 Microsoft Power Point Levels One and Two 51 Microsoft Outlook Levels One, Two 61 Grammar Skills 16 Business Writing 16 Presentation Skills 16 *One Microsoft Exam Voucher and Exam Prep Total charges for course TKWO Courseware Courseware Price Microsoft Windows 7 Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Microsoft Word Levels One, Two and Three ($200) $60.00 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three ($200) $60.00 Microsoft Outlook Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Microsoft Power Point Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Grammar Skills $20.00 Business Writing $20.00 Presentation Skills $20.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $300.00 Exam (non-refundable) $200.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $5,100.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $5,100.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. General Course Description An Adobe Certified Expert (ACE) is a person who has demonstrated proficiency with one or more Adobe software products. To become an ACE, you must pass one or more product -specific proficiency exams and agree to the ACE terms and conditions. Adobe Certified Professionals (ACPs) set themselves apart from other IT professionals. They consistently demonstrate expertise with Adobe products and platforms, and add value to colleagues, managers, and their own career. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Acquired Skills Students will learn proficiency with one or more Adobe Software products. ACE is recognized as a worldwide standard of excellence in Adobe software knowledge. To become an ACE, one must pass one or more product -specific proficiency exams and agree to the ACE terms and conditions. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC) 13-1000 Business Operations Specialists (SOC) 27-1020 Designers Web Design Web -Analyst Graphic Designer Marketing Specialist Course Information Hours: 476 Approximately 24 weeks of instruction Course Hours Microsoft Power Point 40 Adobe Dreamweaver 64 Adobe InDesign 64 Adobe Acrobat 40 HTMLS: Content Authoring Fundamentals / New and Advanced Features 66 Adobe Photoshop 64 Adobe Illustrator 64 =q obe Captivate'The ssentia s Atlobe-Cap iva e Beyor d` a Ess ntia s "' Y' '74 $" *Five Adobe Exam Vouchers Total charges for course $5,105.00 Courseware Courseware Price Microsoft Power Point($20x2) $40.00 Adobe Dreamweaver($20x2) $40.00 Adobe InDesign ($20x2) $40.00 Adobe Acrobat($20x2) $40.00 HTML5: Content Authoring Fundamentals / New and Advanced Features ($20x2) $40.00 Adobe Photoshop($20x2) $40.00 Adobe Illustrator ($20x2) $40.00 Adobe Animate ($20x2) $40.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $320.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,000.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $6,500.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $6,500.00 amssm,7—'l is the students responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. Office Speclalis Database Admin CalJOBS# 52040811000025 CRM ID: P48Socal General Course Description The Office Specialist/Database Admin Program combination of globally recognized MOS applications along with a Microsoft MTA Certification in Databases. The MOS credential validates the skills that individuals and organizations depend on. Candidates who successfully complete the program by passing a certification exam prove that they meet globally recognized performance standards and are able to work productively and efficiently. Student will also earn an entry level Microsoft Technical Certification as a Database Specialist. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites No preexisting knowledge or skill set is required; however basic computer skills are highly recommended. Acquired Skills Students will begin with learning basic computer skills along with mastering Microsoft Application skills of Word, Outlook and Excel. Students will also be trained in database skills starting with MS Access then moving on to Crystal Reports, Students will also earn an MTA as a Database Admin showing mastery of Database Fundamentals, Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 43-0000 Office and Administrative Support Occupations (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations Database Analyst Managers of Office and Administrative Support Course Information Hours: 182 Approximately 10 weeks of instruction Course Hours Microsoft Word Levels One, Two and Three 24 Microsoft Outlook Levels One and Two 17 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 24 Microsoft Access Levels One and Two 64 03t 4 a a ase Administa ion Fun' amentalsr-f' Crystal Reports Levels One and Two 32 *One Microsoft Exam Voucher and Exam Prep and One MOS Exam Prep and Voucher Total charges for course $4,195.00 Courseware Courseware Price Microsoft Word Levels One, Two and Three ($200) $60.00 Microsoft Outlook Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 200) $60.00 Microsoft Access Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 40364 Database Administration Fundamentals $150.00 Crystal Reports Levels One and Two ($65x2) $130.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $480.00 Exams (nonrefundable) $445.00 Registration Fee (nonrefundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $5,195.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $5,195.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. CalJOBS# CRM ID: 43-9061.00- Office Clerks, General General Course Description The Office Administrator Certificate Program gives students the foundations they need to begin a career performing general office duties. This program includes training is the four most used Microsoft Office Software Programs. Students will also be trained in Business Skills to help them be effective and efficient in a professional work environment. Included in the Certification Program is an exam prep and exam voucher for a Microsoft Specialist Certification. The MOS credential validates the skills that as a specialist in Microsoft Excel. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Acquired Skills Students will begin with learning basic computer skills along with mastering Microsoft Application Skills of Power Point, Word, Outlook, Excel and Access. Students will also be trained in basic business skills involving communication skills, both written and verbal. Business writing skills including proper business email use. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 43-0000 Office and Administrative Support Occupations (SOC) 13-1000 Business Operations Specialists (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations Executive Assistant Office Clerk Managers of Office and Information Clerks Office Administrator Receptionist Administrative Support Shipping and Receiving Course Information Hours: 204 Approximately 12 weeks of instruction Course Hours Microsoft Windows Part One 12 Microsoft Word Levels One, Two and Three 36 Microsoft Outlook Levels One and Two 24 Microsoft PowerPoint Levels One and Two 24 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 36 Pivot Tables 6 Acrobat One and Two 24 Email Etiquette 12 ommunlcatio ra egies _ Time Management 12 Professional Prep 6 *MOS Certification Prep and Exam Voucher for MS Excel Total charges for courses $5,460.00 Courseware Courseware Price Microsoft Windows Part One ($20x1) $20.00 Microsoft Word Levels One, Two and Three ($20x3) $60.00 Microsoft Outlook Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Microsoft PowerPoint Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three ($200) $60.00 Pivot Tables ($20x1) $20.00 Acrobat One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Email Etiquette ($20x1) $20.00 Communication Strategies ($20x1) $20.00 Time Management ($20x1) $20.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $340.00 Exam No Charge Total charges for a period of attendance $5,800.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $5,800.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at mat time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. M-NCO ~T=CERTCATE PE PRAS -ANT . CaIJOBS# CRM ID: Onet 13-1111.00-Management Analysts General Course Description Career Development Solutions has partnered with the top Executive Coaching, Leadership Development and Turn- Around Management Professionals in the nation to develop a training program which teaches former executives to become Performance Consultants. Candidates completing our program will work with Executive and Management teams in finding the best solution for businesses leadership, sales, and culture transformation. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Acquired Skills Students will learn Strategy Management as an effective process to solve major business challenges, get an existing initiative back on track, or build an effective and efficient plan for a new Business Development opportunity. They will learn to help management and functional teams work through problems and goals to achieve better results. Master the art of bringing a leadership team together in a structured environment and use a proven facilitation process. Lead teams to develop clear concise goals and efficient action steps to solve organizations top business challenges. Proven methods will be learned to develop sales people into Business Consultants who can create a value proposition, make a compelling presentation, move the sale through hibernation, prepare a plan for negotiating the terms of the sale, assist in the post -sale process, and develop a growth and measurement plan along with a Six Step Performance Management Strategy that enables managers to achieve expected and desired results from the people and resources under their leadership. A unique blend of hands on corporate experience with a strong leadership background and coaching style will be taught. One -on -One Coaches learn solution techniques for any business leader or as a Strategic Coach or Trainer for leadership teams within an organization. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 13-1000 Business Operations Specialists Leadership Development Manager Organizational Development Consultant Management Consultant Course Information Hours:192 Approximately 10 weeks of training Course Hours Microsoft Excel 32 Microsoft Outlook 32 Microsoft PowerPoint 32 Microsoft Word 48 Project Management Fundamentals 8 Presentation Skills 8 Advanced Communications Performance Consultant Training 24 Total charges for courses $7,146.00 Courseware Courseware Price Microsoft Excel $60.00 Microsoft Outlook $40.00 Microsoft PowerPoint $40.00 Microsoft Word $60.00 Project Management Fundamentals $20.00 Presentation Skills $20.00 Advanced Communications $20.00 Performance Consultant Training $20.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $280.00 Exams (None) $0.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $76.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $7,600.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $7,600.00 t CaIJOBS# 11010111000006 CRM ID: C50Socal General Course Description According to the International Institute of Business Analysis (IISA), business analysis is the practice of enabling change in an organizational context, by defining needs and recommending solutions that deliver value to stakeholders. As a profession, business analysts work in many different types of industries, functioning in a multitude of capacities and holding a variety of job titles. As in other professions, there is great value in having a strong educational background, being part of a professional community and earning professional certification. Career Development Solutions has developed a full program of business analysis training that will help you to achieve your goals, up to and including the achievement of earning your CBAP (Certified Business Analysis Professional) certification. Audience Entry level database training for career changers and career enhancers. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Acquired Skills Functional, non-functional and implementation requirements; requirements vs. specifications, risk management, risk response, work breakdown structure, Business Requirements Document (BRD); Modeling using BPMN, validation and verification, types of testing, analysis. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Analyst Data Analyst Manager Course Information Hours:328 Approximately 16 weeks of training Course Hours Microsoft Access 96 Microsoft Excel 72 Excel —Business Data Analysis 8 CrystalReports 64 20761 Querying Data with Transact SQL 72 BA-01 —Business Analysis Essentials 16 *Two MOS Exam Vouchers y Preps o al cti�rges or courses_ - — �°$4, J >uvY 2 . 0 Courseware Courseware Price Microsoft Access ($20x2) $40.00 Microsoft Excel($20x3) $60.00 Excel —Business Data Analysis ($20x1) $20.00 Crystal Reports ($65x2) $130.00 20761 Querying Data with Transact SQL ($250x1) $250.00 BA-01 —Business Analysis Essentials ($100xl) $100.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $550.00 Exams (non-refundable) $400.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $5,200.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $5,200.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. CaIJOBS# CRM ID: 15-1121.00- Computer Systems Analysts : 15-1199.08- Business Intelligence Analysts General Course Description The need for IT departments and Business Units to monitor and analyze data is increasing daily. There is currently an unprecedented demand for the skills required to manage and leverage large data sets into a competitive advantage. . Professionals completing our certificate program will understand how to automate methods of collecting and analyzing data and utilizing the findings to create a business recommendation. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Acquired Skills Students will master Excel from learning to navigate the User Interface to using the software for Data Mining, Machine learning and predictive analytics utilizing toolsets including Analysis Services and Power Pivots and Pivot Tables. Microsoft Access will be used to manage data including creating a new database, constructing tables, designing forms and reports. Students will be able to expand their knowledge of database design, write advanced queries, structure existing data, share data across applications, and customize reports. Students will create a basic report by connecting to a database and modifying the report's presentation. Information is critical to making sound business decisions. Understand the role of the business analyst. Acquire a solid understanding of the various tasks/activities that comprises business analysis. Recognize the pre and post project business analysis activities. Develop requirements for software -intensive systems using proven methodologies. Build a use case -based requirements model Write user stories and brief, casual, fully developed use cases Validate requirements, manage the changes and keep traceability Learn how to initiate a root cause analysis and gather data for investigating process and non -process incidents. Apply powerful techniques to identify and know the difference between symptoms and root causes Learn how to avoid future incidents by developing appropriate recommendations to address causal factors and root causes. Develop a process to identify systemic problem areas. Students will also identify the processes, requirements, time, cost and manage projects. Job Titles (Job Titles related sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Business Analysts Course Information to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a Data Analyst Research Analyst Business Intelligence Analyst Hours: 288 Approximately 16 weeks of instruction Course Hours _ Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 36 Microsoft Access Levels One and Two 48 Crystal Reports Levels One and Two 48 Data Analysis with Pivot Tables 12 Data Analysis with Power Pivot 12 BA01 — Business Analysis Essentials 36 BA10 — Understanding Root Cause Analysis 36 B 3 — ouh a ion of Business nalyst _ 8 Project Management Fundamentals 12 *MOS Excel Certification exam prep and exam voucher Total charges for courses $7,835.00 Courseware Courseware Price Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three $60.00 Microsoft Access Levels One and Two $40.00 Crystal Reports Levels One and Two ($65x2) $130.00 Data Analysis with Pivot Tables $20.00 Data Analysis with Power Pivot $20.00 BA01 — Business Analysis Essentials $100.00 BA10 —Understanding Root Cause Analysis $100.00 BA30 — Foundation of Business Analyst $100.00 Project Management Fundamentals $20.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $590.00 Exam No Charge Total charges for a period of attendance $8,500.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $8,500.00 It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. 171 General Course Description r SQL Server is a vital tool for businesses and large organizations around the world, as it allows them to gain better insight into their data and leverage the information to make more informed decisions. This information can mean the difference between success and failure as businesses continually work to understand industry trends, customer behavior, and more. Earning an MCSA: SQL 2016 Business Intelligence Development certification validates your extract, transform, and load (ETL) and data warehouse skills, along with those for implementing BI solutions using multidimensional and tabular data models and online analytical processing (CLAP) cubes. This certification will qualify you for a position as a BI developer. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation Acquired Skills Skills acquired are not limited to, but include: Create Transact -SQL SELECT queries. Query data by using subqueries and APPLY. Create database programmability objects by using Transact -SQL. Implement error handling and transactions. Implement data types and NULLS Design and implement dimension tables. Design and implement fact tables. Design and implement indexes for a data warehouse workload. Design storage for a data warehouse. Design and implement partitioned tables and views. Design and implement an extract, transform, and load (ETL) control flow by using a SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) package. Design and implement an ETL data flow by using an SSIS package. Implement an ETL solution that supports incremental data extraction. Create a multidimensional database by using Microsoft SQL Server Analysis Services (SSAS). Design and publish a tabular data model. Configure memory limits, configure Non -Union Memory Architecture (NUMA), configure disk layout, determine SSAS instance placement. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 43-0000 Office and Administrative Support Occupations (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC) 11-0000 Management Occupations Data Warehousing Specialist Business Intelligence Analysts Data Management Specialist Statisticians Computer and Information Systems Specialist Course Information Hours: 324 Approximately 18 Weeks Course Total Hours Database Fundamentals 36 Intro to SQL Databases 36 Azure Data Fundamentals 18 SQL Querying —Level 1 Fundamentals of Querying 18 SQL Querying - Level 2 Advanced Querying 18 Querying Data with Transact SQL 45 54r Implementing a Data Warehouse with Microsoft SQL Server 36 Communication Strategies 9 Developing Successful Interpersonal Skills 31.5 Writing for the Business Professional 31.5 *THREE Microsoft Exam Vouchers and Exam Prep (2 for MCSA and MTA 98-364) Total charges for courses $7,300.00 Courseware Courseware Price Database Fundamentals $20.00 Intro to SQL Databases $150.00 SQL Querying —Level 1 Fundamentals of Querying $20.00 SQL Querying - Level 2 Advanced Querying $20.00 Querying Data with Transact SQL $250.00 Developing SQL Data Models $250.00 Implementing a Data Warehouse with Microsoft SQL Server $250.00 Communication Strategies $20.00 Developing Successful Interpersonal Skills $20.00 Writing for the Business Professional $100.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $1,100.00 Exam No Charge Total charges for a period of attendance $8,400.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $8,400.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. General Course Description The Desktop Application Administration Certificate Program teaches students the applications which are used most in today's business While Microsoft applications are still the most used applications across businesses of all sizes of there is a recent surge of companies using Google Applications. This program not only addresses the Microsoft suite but also teaches student Google Applications along with the Adobe Applications that are most used in offices and valuable for Administration positions. Students completing this program will have a balance of skills including a business writing class. At completion of the program students will receive a Certificate of Completion in Desktop Application Administration. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency Acquired Skills Students will begin with learning basic computer skills. They will master the Microsoft Application Suite with includes Windows, Word, Outlook, PowerPoint, Excel with a focus on Pivot Tables. Students will learn the Google G-Suite of applications. Adobe Acrobat, Photoshop and InDesign will give students the fundamentals be successful in creating documents for business use. Visio will give students the tools needed for projects and organization charts. Students completing the program will be taught business writing skills to allow them to be communicate effectively when writing in business documents. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 43-0000 Office and Administrative Support Occupations Executive Assistant Office Clerk Managers of Office and Information Clerks Office Administrator Receptionist Administrative Support Shipping and Receiving Course Information Hours: 294 Approximately 17 weeks of instruction Course Hours Google G- Suite 12 Adobe Photoshop Levels One and Two 48 Adobe InDesign Levels One and Two 24 Microsoft Windows Part One 12 Microsoft Word Levels One, Two and Three 36 Microsoft Outlook Levels One and Two 24 Microsoft PowerPoint Levels One and Two 24 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 36 Pivot Tables 6 Acrobat One and Two 24 Visio One and Two 24 Writing for the Business Professional 24 Courseware Courseware Price Google G- Suite $20.00 Adobe Photoshop Levels One and Two $40.00 Adobe InDesign Levels One and Two $40.00 Microsoft Windows Part One $20.00 Microsoft Word Levels One, Two and Three $60.00 Microsoft Outlook Levels One and Two $40.00 Microsoft PowerPoint Levels One and Two $40.00 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three $60.00 Pivot Tables $20.00 Acrobat One and Two $40.00 Visio One and Two $40.00 Writing for the Business Professional $100.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $520.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $7,500.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $7,500.00 CaIJOBS# 50040911000014 CRM ID: General Course Description This program incorporates both Adobe Training and Microsoft Application Training. Two Certifications will be earned through the training, Adobe Certified Web Expert and One Microsoft Certified Application Specialist in the Strident field of choice: Excel, Word, PowerPoint, Outlook or Access. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills An Adobe Microsoft Certified Application person is someone who has demonstrated proficiency with one or more Adobe Software products and one of the Microsoft Office Suite applications. This certification is recognized as a worldwide standard of excellence in Adobe software knowledge and one Microsoft certified application. Job Titles (Job Titles related to Photography Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 27-1000 Art and Design Workers (SOC) 43-0000 Office and Administrative Support Occupations Graphic Designers Multi -Media Artist and Executive Secretaries & Receptionist Animators Administrative Assistants Information Clerks Course Information Hours: 684 Approximately 35 weeks of instruction Course Total Hours Adobe Dreamweaver Levels One and Two 60 HTML5: Content Authoring Fundamentals / New and Advanced Features 60 Adobe Acrobat Levels One and Two 30 Adobe Illustrator Levels One and Two 60 Adobe Photoshop Levels One and Two 60 Adobe Captivate The Essentials / Adobe Captivate Beyond The Essentials 74 Microsoft Word Levels One, Two and Three 60 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 60 yrv mplcmrowsoyiitPaommi'6-nmemagnTigFw6 "' r 0 mummsm Microsoft Outlook Levels One and Two 60 Microsoft Access Levels One and Two 120 *Three Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $8,845.00 Courseware Courseware. Price Adobe Dreamweaver Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40,00 HTML5: Content Authoring Fundamentals / New and Advanced Features ($20x2) $40.00 Adobe Acrobat Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Adobe Illustrator Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40,00 Adobe Photoshop Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Adobe Captivate The Essentials / Adobe Captivate Beyond The Essentials ($20x2) $40.00 Microsoft Word Levels One, Two and Three ($200) $60.00 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three ($20x3) $60.00 Microsoft PowerPoint Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Microsoft Outlook Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40,00 Microsoft Access Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40,00 Total Textbook Cost (required and nonrefundable) $480.00 Exams (non-refundable) $600.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $10,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $10,000.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Teams, General Course Description Students will learn Adobe frontend/static web specific applications. Using these tools and applications, students will learn how to create and edit webpages to develop full, content -rich web applications, along with publications and other collateral. Students will also learn Microsoft Backend Development. This will allow students to develop their web applications and properly run and store them on the Microsoft platforms. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Students will master more Adobe Software along with Microsoft Backend Development skills. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 27-1000 Art and Design Workers (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations Graphic Designers Multi -Media Artist Animators Course Information Hours: 602 Approximately 31 weeks of training Course Hours Adobe Dreamweaver Levels One and Two 64 HTMLS: Content Authoring Fundamentals / New and Advanced Features 66 Adobe Illustrator Levels One and Two 64 Adobe Photoshop Levels One and Two 64 Adobe InDesign Level One and Two 64 20480 Programming in HTML 5 with JavaScript and CSS 3 70 20761 Querying Data with Transact SQL 70 20486 Developing ASP.Net MVC Applications 70 r..�. v ,.... " '20 8 developmowsing zure and e Services 70 *Three Adobe Exam Vouchers and Three Microsoft Exam Vouchers Total charges for courses $7,450.00 Courseware Courseware Price Adobe Dreamweaver Levels One and Two $40.00 HTMLS: Content Authoring Fundamentals / New and Advanced Features $40.00 Adobe Illustrator Levels One and Two $40.00 Adobe Photoshop Levels One and Two $40.00 Adobe InDesign Level One and Two $40.00 20480 Programming in HTML 5 with JavaScript and CSS 3 $250.00 20761 Querying Data with Transact SQL $250.00 20486 Developing ASP.Net MVC Applications $250.00 20487 Developing Windows Azure and Web Services $250.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $1,200.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,275.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $10,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $10,000.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. :-s CaIJOBS# 11080311000005 CRM ID: P67Socal General Course Description Our Web Specialist Program allows the student to master the Adobe Web design related software products. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Students will learn how to use Adobe Web Design products which they can implement into design web pages. Students will have courses in Dreamweaver, XHTML, HTML and CSS, Photoshop, Illustrator and Adobe Animate. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 27-1000 Art and Design Workers Web Design Web -Analyst Graphic Designer Marketing Specialist Course Information Hours: 296 Approximately 15 weeks of instruction Course Hours Adobe Dreamweaver Levels One, Two and Three 80 Web Design for XHTML, HTML & CSS Levels One, Two and Three 48 Adobe Photoshop Levels One and Two I Photo Printing & Color I Web Production 56 Adobe Illustrator Levels One and Two 44 Adobe Animate Levels One and Two 68 Total charges for courses $4,685.00 Courseware Courseware Price Adobe Dreamweaver Levels One, Two and Three $60.00 Web Design for XHTML, HTML & CSS Levels One, Two and Three $60.00 Adobe Photoshop Levels One and Two / Photo Printing & Color / Web Production $40.00 Adobe Illustrator Levels One and Two $40.00 Adobe Animate Levels One and Two $40.00 .(;� .r.. �iu..•:-:� y'-, -. �.ea, r ,, _ �. "'ham:._. Yil:'ri:e .�.✓ Total Teztboo os (required and non-refundable) y __ —. $2 0.0 NO Exams $0.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $5,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $5,000.00 CaIJOBS# 11090111000008 CRM ID: P14SoCal General Course Description CompTIA A+ is a program curriculum sponsored by CompTIA that increases the knowledge and technical competency of entry- level computer service technicians. A+covers two main areas of competency: The Essentials class is followed by: IT Technician, Remote Support Technician, and Depot Technician. A+ is a non -vendor, non -product specific program. It provides industry - recognized valuable knowledge that may open doors with prospective employers or leads to job advancement opportunities. The program is supported by major computer hardware and software vendors, distributors, resellers and publications. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills CompTIA A+ program trains students to be able to identify different types of computers, hardware components, manipulate and control Windows desktop, files, and disks, and change system settings. In addition, students will gain an understanding of how software applications work and how to install and configure them. For every devise and process students will have a conceptual and hands on troubleshooting experience, Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations Computer Repair Technician PC / Network Support Systems Support Hardware Technician Bench Technician PC Field Technician Program Information Hours: 140 Approximately 8 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA A+ Training — Essentials — IT Tech/Remote Support/Depot Tech 140 "Two CompTIA Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $3, 257.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA A+ Training — Essentials — IT Tech/Remote Support/Depot Tech $68.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $68.00 v..xy.. T `Exams nonrefundable) _r, " 0 - . _ Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $3,900.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $3,900.00 It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at mat time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. `j General Course Description CompTIA Network+ validates the knowledge and skills of networking professionals. It is an international, vendor - neutral certification that recognizes a technician's ability to describe the features and functions of networking components and to install, configure and troubleshoot basic networking hardware, protocols and services. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Understanding networking and networking cabling, hubs, switches, routers, bridges, servers, workstations, IP subnetting, WAN/LAN typology, and firewalls. Job Titles (Job Titles related sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations PC / Network Support Program Information to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a Systems Support PC Field Technician Hours:105 Approximately 6 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA Network+ Training 105 *One CompTIA Exam Voucher and Exam Prep Total charges for courses $1,902.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA Network+ Training $68.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $68.00 Exam (nonrefundable) $350.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $2,395.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $2,395.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. CaIJOBS# 11100611000034 CRM ID: C47SoCal General Course Description CompTIA A+ is a program curriculum sponsored by CompTIA that increases the knowledge and technical competency of entry- level computer service technicians. A+ covers two main areas of competency: The Essentials class is followed by: IT Technician, Remote Support Technician, and Depot Technician. A+ is a non -vendor, non -product specific program. It provides industry - recognized valuable knowledge that may open doors with prospective employers or leads to job advancement opportunities. CompTIA Network+ validates the knowledge and skills of networking professionals. It is an international, vendor -neutral certification that recognizes a technician's ability to describe the features and functions of networking components and to install, configure and troubleshoot basic networking hardware, protocols and services Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Students will be able to identify different types of computers, hardware components, manipulate and control Windows desktop, files, and disks, and change system settings. In addition, students will gain an understanding of how software applications work and howto install and configure them. For every devise and process students will have a conceptual and hands on troubleshooting experience. Understanding networking and networking cabling, hubs, switches, routers, bridges, servers, workstations, IP subnetting, WAN/LAN typology, and firewalls. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations Computer Repair Technician PC / Network Support Systems Support PC Field Technician Course Information Hours: 245 Approximately 13 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA A+ 140 CompTIA Network+ 105 *Three CompTIA Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $5,039.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA A+ $68.00 CompTIA Network+ $68.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $136.00 Exams` non refundable tea, a (" ) s. ,- � .OEM Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $6,100.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $6,100.00 it is the stuaenrs responsionny to taKe all certincation exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. General Course Description CompTIA Network+validates the knowledge and skills of networking professionals. It is an international, vendor -neutral certification that recognizes a technician's ability to describe the features and functions of networking components and to install, configure and troubleshoot basic networking hardware, protocols and services. CompTIA Security+ validates the knowledge and skills of a professional in the field of security, one of the fastest -growing fields in IT. Security + proves competency in system security, network infrastructure, access control and organizational security. CompTIA Cybersecurity Analyst (CSA+) is an international, vendor -neutral cybersecurity certification that applies behavioral analytics to improve the overall state of IT security. CSA+ validates critical knowledge and skills that are required to prevent, detect and combat cybersecurity threats. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Students will be able to identify different types of computers, hardware components, manipulate and control Windows desktop, files, and disks, and change system settings. In addition, students will gain an understanding of how software applications work and how to install and configure them. For every devise and process students will have a conceptual and hands on troubleshooting experience. Understanding networking and networking cabling, hubs, switches, routers, bridges, servers, workstations, IP subnetting, WAN/LAN typology, and firewalls. Students will be able to identify fundamental concepts of computer security. - identify security threats. - harden internal systems and services. - harden internetwork devices and services. - secure network communications. - manage public key infrastructure (PKI). - manage certificates. - enforce organizational security policies. - monitor the security infrastructure. CSA+ validates critical knowledge and skills that are required to prevent, detect and combat cybersecurity threats. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is : sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC) 13-1000 Business Operations Specialists PC / Network Support Systems Support Security Analyst Cnursp Infnrmafinn Hours: 189 Approximately 10 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA Network+ 70 CompTIA Security+ 70 CompTIA Cybersecurity Analyst CSA+ 49 Total charges for courses $6,749.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA Network+ $68.00 CompTIA Cybersecurity Analyst CSA+ $68.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $71.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,100.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $7,995.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $7,995.00 It is the student responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extension must be approved by the Management Team. CaIJOBS# 11100112000018 CRM ID: C10Socal iTrain: 15030117190200 SBY: 3021 General Course Description The Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate credential proves that you have the skills to successfully support end -users and to successfully troubleshoot desktop environments that are running the Microsoft Windows operating system. Audience The MCSA credential is for IT professionals who are working in the typically complex computing environment of small, medium, or large organizations. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Mastering the skill of supporting users, troubleshooting desktop applications and Windows 8 operating systems. You will acquire basic computer hardware and software skills and knowledge. Basic networking skills and knowledge will be achieved. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Help Desk PC Technician PC/Desktop Support Analyst Course Information Hours: 350 Approximately 18 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA A+ 140 CompTIA Network+ 70 MD-100T00 Windows 70 MD-101 Managing Modern Desktops 70 IF wHorizons- iter "Two Microsoft Exam Vouchers & Three CompTIA Exam Vouchers Total charges for courses $4,684.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA A+ $68.00 CompTIA Network+ $68.00 MD-100T00 Windows $250.00 MD-101T00 Managing Modern Desktops $250.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $636.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,300.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $6,695.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $6,695.00 'It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team CaIJOBS # 43011611000002 CRM ID: P18Socal General Course Description This course will prepare students to pass the current CompTIA Security+ certification exam. After taking this course, students will understand the field of network security and how it relates to other areas of information technology. This course also provides the broad -based knowledge necessary to prepare for further study in specialized security fields, or it can serve as a capstone course that gives a general introduction to the field. Acquired Skills Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - identify fundamental concepts of computer security. - identify security threats. - harden internal systems and services. - harden internetwork devices and services. - secure network communications.- establish security best practices for creating and running web -based applications. - manage public key infrastructure (PKI). - manage certificates. - enforce organizational security policies. - monitor the security infrastructure. - manage security incidents. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Acquired Skills Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: - identify fundamental concepts of computer security. - identify security threats. - harden internal systems and services. - harden internetwork devices and services. - secure network communications. - manage public key infrastructure (PKI). - manage certificates. - enforce organizational security policies. - monitor the security infrastructure. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Security Management Computer Security Specialist Systems Support Pro ram Information Hours; 105 Approximately 6 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA Security+ Training 105 *One CompTIA Exam Voucher and Exam Prep Total charges for courses $1,877.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA Security+ Training $68.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $68.00 6aMQnon-ref6ndablee)' m $375.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $2,395.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $2,395.00 'It is the student responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extension must be approved by the Management Team. CaIJOBS # 11010111000004 CRM ID: P16Socal General Course Description This course provides what you need to prepare for the Linux+ exam, including key core elements of the Linux operating system - installation, file system, RPMs, network configuration, backup, restore, X Window, kernel configuration, application management. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisite A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required CompTIA A+, CompTIA Network+ Acquired Skills This course provides what you need to prepare for the Linux+ exam, including key core elements of the Linux operating system - installation, file system, RPMs, network configuration, backup, restore, X Window, kernel configuration, application management Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations PC / Desktop Support Systems Support Course Information Hours: 105 Approximately 6 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA Linux+ Training 105 *Two CompTIA Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $2,513.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA Linux+ Training $68.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $68.00 Exams (non-refundable) $500.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $3,156.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $3,156.00 *It is the students responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. . EC'Ctiuncil -' CEH''Certtfieti`Etliital'Flat:ker ' CaIJOBS#43011611000003 CRM ID: P20SoCal General Course Description This class will immerse the student into an interactive environment where they will be shown how to scan, test, hack and secure their own systems. Students then learn how intruders escalate privileges and what steps can be taken to secure a system. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Students will learn about Intrusion Detection, Policy Creation, Social Engineering, DDoS Attacks, Buffer Overflows and Virus Creation. Students will have hands on understanding and experience in Ethical Hacking. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations IT Security Specialist Systems Security Analyst Network Administrator Program Information Hours:160 Approximately 10 weeks of instruction Course Hours Certified Ethical Hacker 160 *One Exam Voucher and Exam Prep Total charges for courses $2,870.00 Courseware Courseware Price Certified Ethical Hacker $300.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $300.00 Exam (non-refundable) $750.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $3,995.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $3,995.00 It is the student responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extension must be approved by the Management Team. ""'We work+ and a rty+ CaIJOBS# 11100311000007 CRM ID:C63SoCa1 General Course Description CompTIA Network+ validates the knowledge and skills of networking professionals. It is an international, vendor -neutral certification that recognizes a technician's ability to describe the features and functions of networking components and to install, configure and troubleshoot basic networking hardware, protocols and services. CompTIA Security+ validates the knowledge and skills of a professional in the field of security, one of the fastest -growing fields in IT. Security+ proves competency in system security, network infrastructure, access control and organizational security. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Students will be able to identify different types of computers, hardware components, manipulate and control Windows desktop, files, and disks, and change system settings. In addition, students will gain an understanding of how software applications work and how to install and configure them. For every devise and process students will have a conceptual and hands on troubleshooting experience. Understanding networking and networking cabling, hubs, switches, routers, bridges, servers, workstations, IP subnetting, WAN/LAN typology, and firewalls. Students will be able to identify fundamental concepts of computer security. - identify security threats. - harden internal systems and services. - harden internetwork devices and services. - secure network communications. - manage public key infrastructure (PKI). - manage certificates. - enforce organizational security policies. - monitor the security infrastructure. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations Computer Repair Technician PC / Network Support Systems Support PC Field Technician Course Information Hours: 320 Approximately 12 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA Network+ 160 CompTIA Security+ 160 *Two CompTIA Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA Network+ $68,00 CompTIA Security+ $68.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $136.00 Exams (non-refundable) $725.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $5,200.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $5,200.00 It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. otn TIA A+; a or +, 3ecurit ettifica ffl�0)' CaIJOBS# 11100112000004 CRM ID: P15SoCal General Course Description CompTIA A+ is a program curriculum sponsored by CompTIA that increases the knowledge and technical competency of entry- level computer service technicians. A+covers two main areas of competency: The Essentials class is followed by: IT Technician, Remote Support Technician, and Depot Technician. A+ is a non -vendor, non -product specific program. It provides industry - recognized valuable knowledge that may open doors with prospective employers or leads to job advancement opportunities. CompTIA Network+ validates the knowledge and skills of networking professionals. It is an international, vendor -neutral certification that recognizes a technician's ability to describe the features and functions of networking components and to install, configure and troubleshoot basic networking hardware, protocols and services. CompTIA Security+validates the knowledge and skills of a professional in the field of security, one of the fastest -growing fields in IT. Security + proves competency in system security, network infrastructure, access control and organizational security. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Students will be able to identify different types of computers, hardware components, manipulate and control Windows desktop, files, and disks, and change system settings. In addition, students will gain an understanding of how software applications work and how to install and configure them. For every devise and process students will have a conceptual and hands on troubleshooting experience. Understanding networking and networking cabling, hubs, switches, routers, bridges, servers, workstations, I subnetting, WAN/LAN typology, and firewalls, Students will be able to identify fundamental concepts of computer security. - identify security threats. - harden internal systems and services. - harden internetwork devices and services. - secure network communications. - manage public key infrastructure (PKI). - manage certificates. - enforce organizational security policies. - monitor the security infrastructure. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations Computer Repair Technician PC / Network Support Systems Support PC Field Technician Course Information Hours: 350 Approximately 19 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA A+ 140 FREWS-71"Ellin �.x 1'ti.', ice. .>r, ..ef:r . .� .�rz «.a*�` w i. ._' �- ConipTlA; etwotk+ — _ " ' `�` " au—tiW .:- } 105 CompTIA Security+ 105 *Four CompTIA Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $51 569.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA A+ $68.00 CompTIA Network+ $68.00 CompTIA Security+ $68.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $204.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1 225.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $7,073.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $7,073.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. nforma lo` `-echnolo y'Neiwork port -Spec list C ficste P ogram CaIJOBS# CRM ID: General Course Description Ok Student will receive Basic Computer training to Networking to Cloud Administration. This program offers a rounded education in the IT World. This is a beginning course that will introduce the student to basic hardware and software with CompTIA A+ then introduce them to basic networking with CompTIA Network+. Students will round out their training with IT Security training. Training will be completed with an introduction to computing within the Cloud. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Students will learn how networks function, network components and their functions, TCP/IP networking, addressing and routing, remote access services, LAN/WAN, VPN, and Cisco IOS (software language), A junior Hardware installation, configuring and troubleshooting, Software installation, configuring and troubleshooting, Networking basics, IP addressing and services, Monitoring network services, Names resolution, IP addressing and services, File and print services, Network and remote access. Basic IT Security fundamentals will be mastered along with the foundations of Cloud computing. Job Titles (Job Titles related sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Computer Specialist Information Technology Specialist Course Information to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a Computer Support Specialist Network Technician Specialist Computer Technician Help Desk Analyst Hours: 252 Approximately 14 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA A+ Training — Essentials IT/Remote/Depot/Technician 90 CompTIA Network+ Training 54 CompTIA Security+ 54 CompTIA Cloud+ 54 *Five CompTIA Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $8,628.00 un ! . ;,.i..z�. ., a., -z ..'_ ".+:x3.2.�'" ,. _ iiM Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA A+ Training - Essentials IT/Remote/Depot/Technician $68.00 CompTIA Network+ Training $68.00 CompTIA Security+ $68.00 CompTIA Cloud+ $68.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $272.00 Exam No Charge Total charges for a period of attendance $8,900.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $8,900.00 'It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. Microsoft MCSA/MTA General Course Description T The Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA): Windows Server certification shows that you have the minimum set of skills needed to hit the ground running, and differentiates you as better able to work with Windows Server in a real -world business context. This certification validates a set of primary Windows Server skills that are relevant across multiple solution areas. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills A typical MCSA will support from 200 to 26,000 or more users at two to 100 physical locations. Typical network services and resources include messaging, file and print, proxy server or firewall, Internet and intranet, remote access, and clientcomputer management. Connectivity needs include connecting branch offices and individual users in remote locations to the corporate network and connecting corporate networks to the Internet. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC) 11-0000 Management Occupations Network Administrator Network Technician PC/Network Support Desktop Support Course Information Hours: 252 Approximately 14 weeks of instruction Course Hours Implementing a Data Warehouse with Microsoft SQL Server 36 Installation, Storage and Administering Windows Server Hybrid Core Infrastructure 45 Networking and Configuring Windows Server Hybrid Advanced Services 45 Identity and Managing Windows Environments with Group Policy 54 Professional Development Labs/ Exam Prep 36 Constructive Conflict Management 18 Excellence in Service 18 *Three Microsoft Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps MTA Total charges for courses $5,760.00 Courseware Courseware Pried Cloud Fundamentals $150,00 Installation, Storage and Computer with Windows Server $250.00 Networking with Windows Server $250.00 Identity with Windows Server $250.00 Professional Development Labs (No Courseware) $0.00 Constructive Conflict Management $20.00 Excellence in Service $20.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $940.00 Exam Included Total charges for a period of attendance $6,700.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $6,700.00 'It is the student responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extension must be approved by the Management Team. Certified Cisco Certified Networking Administrator Program (CCNA) with Specialization 4- General Course Description Cisco Certified Network Associate Security (CCNA® Security) validates associate -level knowledge and skills required to secure Cisco networks. With a CCNA Security certification, a network professional demonstrates the skills required to develop a security infrastructure, recognize threats and vulnerabilities to networks, and mitigate security threats. The CCNA Security curriculum emphasizes core security technologies, the installation, troubleshooting and monitoring of network devices to maintain integrity, confidentiality and availability of data and devices, and competency in the technologies that Cisco uses in its security structure Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Students will learn how networks function, network components and their functions, TCP/IP networking, addressing and routing, remote access services, LAN/WAN, VPN, Cisco IOS (software language). Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC) 11-0000 Management Occupations Network Administrator Course Information Support Engineer LAN/WAN Administrator Network Technician Hours: 234 Approximately 13 weeks of instruction Course Hours Interconnect Cisco Network Devices-ICND Part 1 54 Interconnect Cisco Network Devices-ICND Part 2 54 Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security IINS 54 Business Etiquette 9 Professional Development labs 36 Developing Successful Interpersonal Skills 27 *Three Cisco Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $7,517.00 Interconnect Cisco Network Devices-ICND Part 1 $281.00 Interconnect Cisco Network Devices-ICND Part 2 $281.00 Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security (U $281.00 Business Etiquette $20.00 Professional Development labs $0.00 Developing Successful Interpersonal Skills $20.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $883.00 Exam Included Total charges for a period of attendance $8,400.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $8,400.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. ADMINISTRATOR (Track Four) General Course Description Cybersecurity professionals require a well-rounded understanding of the tools, processes, and strategies that can be employed to defend their information systems from constantly evolving threats. CyberSec First Responder 0 (CFR) is a comprehensive course designed to validate the knowledge and skills required to protect these critical information systems before, during, and after an incident. CompTIA CySA+ is the only intermediate high -stakes cybersecurity analyst certification with performance - based questions covering security analytics, intrusion detection and response. CySA+ is the most up-to-date security analyst course that covers advanced persistent threats in a post-2014 cybersecurity environment.The CompTIA PenTest+ certification verifies that successful candidates have the knowledge and skills required to plan and scope an assessment, understand legal and compliance requirements, perform vulnerability scanning and penetration testing, analyze data, and effectively report and communicate results. In the IOT course students will learn the general strategies for planning, designing, developing, implementing an IoT device to work in a sensor network. Business soft skills are also taught to ensure a well-rounded individual who will be effective communicating in the workplace. Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Students will be able to identify fundamental concepts of computer security. - identify security threats. - harden internal systems and services. - harden internetwork devices and services. - secure network communications. - manage public key infrastructure (PKI). - manage certificates. - enforce organizational security policies. - monitor the security infrastructure. Assess information security risk in computing and networking environment. Analyze the cybersecurity threat landscape. Analyze post attack techniques on computing and network environments, Collect cyber security intelligence. Analyze data collection from security and event logs. Respond to and investigate cybersecurity incident. Threat Management. Security Architecture and tool sets. Vulnerability management. Cyber incident response to test devices in new environments such as the cloud and mobile, in addition to traditional desktops and servers. Students will learn general strategies for planning, designing, developing, implementing, and maintaining an IoT system through various case studies and by assembling and configuring an IoT device to work in a sensor network. Students will create an IoT device based on an ESP8266 microcontroller, implementing various common IoT features, such as analog and digital sensors, a web -based Interface, MQTT messaging, and data encryption. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations IT Security Analyst Vulnerability Analyst Threat Intelligence Analyst Computer Network Administrators Computer Support Users Course Information Cybersecurity Analyst Operations Analyst Cybersecurity Specialist Security Engineer Hours: 288 Approx. 16 weeks Course Hours Cybersec First Responder 54 CompTIA Cybersecurity Analyst CySA+ 54 7�8�omperhN§O--' IOT Practitioner 36 IOT Security Practitioner 18 Building Successful Work Relationships 36 Developing Successful Interpersonal Skills 36 Total charges for courses $7701.00 -Courseware Courseware Price Cybersec First Responder $175.00 CornpTIA Cybersecurity Analyst CySA+ $68.00 CornpTIA PenTest+ $68.00 IOT Practitioner $150.00 IOT Security Practitioner $138.00 Building Successful Work Relationships $100.00 Developing Successful Interpersonal Skills $100.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $799.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $8,500.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $8,500.00 (Track Five) General Course Description This program addresses information technology security at the top level. The CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP+) course designates IT professionals with advanced -level security skills and knowledge. The CHFI Course will fortify the application knowledge of law enforcement personnel, system administrators, security officers, defense and military personnel, legal professionals, bankers, security professionals and anyone who is concerned about the integrity of the network infrastructure. The Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH) course will immerse the students into a hands-on environment where they will be shown how to conduct ethical hacking. They will be exposed to an entirely different way of achieving optimal information security posture in their organizations; by hacking it. They will scan, test, hack and secure their own systems. Students will also learn business soft skills which will teach team to work under the pressure along with getting the results they want through effective communication. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Students will learn to analyze and apply advanced security concepts, principles, and implementations that contribute to enterprise -level security. You will: - Support IT governance in the enterprise with an emphasis on managing risk. - Leverage collaboration tools and technology to support enterprise security. - Use research and analysis to secure the enterprise. - Integrate advanced authentication and authorization techniques. - Implement cryptographic techniques, security controls for hosts and mobile devices, network security, and security in the systems and software development lifecycle. - Integrate hosts, storage, networks, applications, virtual environments, and cloud technologies in a secure enterprise architecture. - Conduct security assessments; responding to and recovering from security incidents. Computer forensics enables the systematic and careful identification of evidence in computer related crime and abuse cases. This may range from tracing the tracks of a hacker through a client's systems, to tracing the originator of defamatory emails, to recovering signs of fraud. Overview of Current Security Trends Understanding Elements of Information Security Understanding Information Security Threats and Attack Vectors Overview of hacking concepts, types, and phases Understanding ethical hacking concepts and scope Overview of information security management and defense -in-depth Overview of policies, procedures, and awareness Overview of physical security and controls Understanding incidence management process Overview of vulnerability assessment and penetration testing Overview of information security acts and laws. - Develop a leadership style that gets results - Employ suitable motivation techniques for your team - Adapt your communication style and use influence skills to drive direction - Empower your team to get the results you want Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations IT Security Analyst Cybersecurity Analyst Vulnerability Analyst Cybersecurity Specialist Threat Intelligence Analyst Security Engineer Computer Network Administrators Computer Support Users Course Information E, ' '" ours.'288_ ` ks n Appr`oxima'ely 6 weeofiinstrudfio Course Hours CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP+) 54 Computer Hacking Forensic Investigation 72 Certified Ethical Hacker CEH 72 Thinking with Critical Insight 36 Making the Right Decisions Under Pressure 18 Accomplishing the Results you want 36 Total charges for courses $7,932.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP+) $68.00. Computer Hacking Forensic Investigation $300.00 Certified Ethical Hacker CEH $300.00 Thinking with Critical Insight $100.00 Making the Right Decisions Under Pressure $100.00 Accomplishing the Results you want $100.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $968.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $8,900.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $8,900.00 Mlnq Administrator (Track Six) General Course Description The Cloud Administer program is a balanced program designed to give students the knowledge to streamline cloud implementation and administration. CompTIA Cloud Essentials is an internationally recognized vendor -neutral class which creates a common language to the fundamental approach to cloud computing. CompTIA Linux+ addresses managing a vast array of areas using Linux, including cars, smariphones, servers and supercomputers as a vast number of enterprises use Linux in cloud, cybersecurity, mobile and web administration applications, The Fundamentals of AWS brings students an understanding of Cloud Technologies. Students will be introduced to Microsoft Azure allowing them to become familiar with how cloud principals have been implemented in Microsoft Azure. The course will explain how to implement the core Azure infrastructure, consisting of virtual networks and storage, cloud services, virtual networks, storage and data services along with recovery solutions and monitoring. Students will also be trained in professional business skills including customer service and positive assertiveness. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Students will gain the knowledge needed to help streamline cloud implementation, create a common language for staff and improve productivity across varying levels of business professionals. Cloud Essentials ensures that you and all other necessary staff members —not just the IT specialists —understand the fundamental approach to cloud computing and the work it takes to move and govern the cloud. Students will also learn to use Linux to manage everything from cars and smartphones to servers and supercomputers, as a vast number of enterprises use Linux in cloud, cybersecurity, mobile and web administration applications. Students will learn how to create the most common Azure services, including Azure Virtual Machines, Web Apps, and Azure SQL Database. The course will conclude by describing features of Azure AD and methods of integrating it with on - premises Active Directory. Overview of cloud computing and Azure Overview of the Azure deployment models Lab ; Use Azure portal, Azure PowerShell, and Microsoft Visual Studio to deploy and manage Azure resources, Students will also Develop the necessary skills to communicate with confidence - Apply communication styles that maximize benefits - Augment your listening and hearing skills to increase engagement - Utilize that art of asking questions to elicit more from others - Leverage body language for full communication - Make the best first impressions by looking, sounding and being confident. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Computer User Support Specialist Network Administrator Computer Analyst Information Technology Specialist Computer and Information Systems Managers Data Analysts Desktop Support Course-Informa Ion � - � •� x. ' ��,� Hours:270 Approx.17 Course Hours Upgrading Your Skills to Windows Server 36 CompTIA Cloud Essentials 36 Fundamentals of AWS 12 Google Cloud Platform Fundamentals 12 AZ-900 T01 Microsoft Azure Fundaments 12 CompTIA Linux + 54 10992 Integrating On -Premises Core Infrastructure with Azure 36 Expanding your Emotional Intelligence 36 Mastering Positive Assertiveness 18 Proving Outstanding Customer Service 18 Total charges for courses $7,482.00 Courseware Courseware Price Upgrading Your Skills to Windows Server $121.00 CompTIA Cloud Essentials $68.00 Fundamentals of AWS $110.00 Google Cloud Platform Fundamentals $51.00 AZ-900 T01 Microsoft Azure Fundaments $60.00 CompTIA Linux + $68.00 10992 Integrating On -Premises Core Infrastructure with Azure $40.00 Expanding your Emotional Intelligence $100,00 Mastering Positive Assertiveness $100.00 Proving Outstanding Customer Service $100.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $818.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $8,300.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $8,300.00 9Ne ork+ ` t: i o UAIWNHWifl6 CaIJOBS# 11100111000026 CRM ID: C5Socal General Course Description CompTIA Network+ validates the knowledge and skills of networking professionals. It is an international, vendor -neutral certification that recognizes a technician's ability to describe the features and functions of networking components and to install, configure and troubleshoot basic networking hardware, protocols and services. CompTIA Security+ validates the knowledge and skills of a professional in the field of security, one of the fastest -growing fields in IT. Security + proves competency in system security, network infrastructure, access control and organizational security. The CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (GASP) certification designates IT professionals with advanced -level security skills and knowledge. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Students will be able to identify different types of computers, hardware components, manipulate and control Windows desktop, files, and disks, and change system settings. In addition, students will gain an understanding of how software applications work and how to install and configure them. For every devise and process students will have a conceptual and hands on troubleshooting experience. Understanding networking and networking cabling, hubs, switches, routers, bridges, servers, workstations, IP subnetting, WAN/LAN typology, and firewalls. Students will be able to identify fundamental concepts of computer security. - identify security threats. - harden internal systems and services. - harden internetwork devices and services. - secure network communications. - manage public key infrastructure (PKI). - manage certificates. - enforce organizational security policies. - monitor the security infrastructure. The CASP certification is an international, vendor -neutral exam that proves competency in enterprise security; risk management; research and analysis; and integration of computing, communications, and business disciplines. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations PC / Network Support Systems Support Course Information Hours: 315 Approximately 16 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA Network+ 105 CompTIA Security+ 105 CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP) 105 "Three CompTIA Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps To al c arges for'courses "' $5,96.00 ' Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA Network+ $68.00 CompTIA Security+ $68.00 CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP) $68.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $204.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,200.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $7 395.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $7,395.00 It is the student responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extension must be approved by the Management Team. CompnI ification `+ NdWd'r +,'Securf 8570),rCloud ssentials` CaIJOBS# 47010411000018 CRM ID: C15Socal Career Development Solutions is proud to offer CompTIA courses and training to help you prepare for CompTIA certifications or advance your skills. CompTIA is an internationally recognized association representing the technology community. CompTIA has developed specialized certification programs which assure employers of a candidate's basic technology skills. CompTIA A+ is a program curriculum sponsored by CompTIA that increases the knowledge and technical competency of entry-level computer service technicians. A+covers two main areas of competency: The Essentials class is followed by: IT Technician, Remote Support Technician, and Depot Technician. A+ is a non -vendor, non -product specific program. It provides industry -recognized valuable knowledge that may open doors with prospective employers or leads to job advancement opportunities. CompTIA Network+ validates the knowledge and skills of networking professionals. It is an international, vendor -neutral certification that recognizes a technician's ability to describe the features and functions of networking components and to install, configure and troubleshoot basic networking hardware, protocols and services. CompTIA Security+ validates the knowledge and skills of a professional in the field of security, one of the fastest -growing fields in IT. Security + proves competency in system security, network infrastructure, access control and organizational security. CompTIA Cloud Essentials Not since the emergence of the World Wide Web has a single technology prompted such a significant shift in how businesses operate. At the simplest level, Cloud computing changes the way customers interact with their data and applications. Instead of being stored on local hard drives or network servers, data and applications can be stored on a remote host that can be accessed at any time— from any location— using the Internet and a simple web browser Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Students will be able to identify different types of computers, hardware components, manipulate and control Windows desktop, files, and disks, and change system settings. In addition, students will gain an understanding of how software applications work and how to install and configure them. For every devise and process students will have a conceptual and hands on troubleshooting experience. Understanding networking and networking cabling, hubs, switches, routers, bridges, servers, workstations, IP subnetting, WANILAN typology, and firewalls. Students will be able to identify fundamental concepts of computer security. - identify security threats. - harden internal systems and services. - harden internetwork devices and services. - secure network communications. - manage public key infrastructure (PKI). - manage certificates. - enforce organizational security policies. - monitor the security infrastructure. Overview of Cloud Computers — Technical Challenges, Adoption, Business Value, etc. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Computer Repair Technician PC / Network Support Systems Support PC Field Technician Course Information Hours: 371 Approximately 21 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA A+ 140 CompTIA Security+ 105 CompTIA Cloud Essentials 21 *Five CompTIA Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $7,534.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA A+ $68.00 CompTIA Network+ $68.00 CompTIA Security+ $68.00 CompTIA Cloud Essentials $68.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $272.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,519.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $9,400.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $9,400.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. ertified lnforma'ioi S s eK'66 - r®fessional (CISSP a I IL "' CalJOBS# 11100311000008 CRM ID: C42SoCal General Course Description This is a very in-depth, comprehensive class designed for security professionals. You will get to understand the "Common Body of Knowledge" which contains a common framework of security terms and principals used by security professionals worldwide. You will learn about the core information security triad and assurance tenets: confidentiality, integrity and availability access control systems and methodology In the ITIL Foundations course the student will learn how to effectively organize and work within a team environment. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required and Security+ Acquired Skills The training you receive will move you towards mastering the ten security domains as described by the (ISC)2. Main focus: Access Control Systems and Methodology, Application and systems development security, Cryptography, Law and Ethics, Operations Security, Physical Security, Security Management Practices and Telecommunications and Networking Security. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations PC / Network Administrator Security Analyst Certified Hacker Course Information Hours: 195 Approximately 8 weeks of instruction Course Hours ITIL 35 Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) 160 Total charges for courses $4,716.00 Courseware Courseware Price ITIL $150.00 Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) $60.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $210.00 No Exam Included $0.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $5,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $5,000.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. Comptater` ac -in F&6nsi6s`I6ves igator CaIJOBS# 11100311000002 CRM ID: C6SoCal General Course Description This course will provide participants the necessary skills to identify an intruder's footprint and to properly gather the necessary evidence to prosecute in the court of law. Computer forensics enables the systematic and careful identification of evidence in computer related crime and abuse cases. This may range from tracing the tracks of a hacker through a client's systems, to tracing the originator of defamatory emails, to recovering signs of fraud. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Computer forensics enables the systematic and careful identification of evidence in computer related crime and abuse cases. This may range from tracing the tracks of a hacker through a client's systems, to tracing the originator of defamatory emails, to recovering signs of fraud. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations PC / Network Administrator Security Analyst Certified Hacker Program Information Hours: 160 Approximately 9 weeks of instruction Price $3,995.00 Course Hours Computer Hacking Forensics Investigator (CHFI) 160 *One Exam Voucher and Exam Prep Total charges for courses $3,120.00 Courseware Courseware Price Computer Hacking Forensics Investigator (CHFI) $300.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $300.00 Exam (non-refundable) $500.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $3,996.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $3,996.00 *It is the student responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extension must be approved by the Management Team . 43011611000001 CRM ID: P60Socal General Course Description This high-level security program is a combination of CompTIA Security +, Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH) or Computer Hacking Forensics Investigator (CHFI) and Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP). These courses provide a very in-depth, comprehensive approach designed for security professionals. This program will take you from basic computer infrastructure security to learning how to prevent security threats from hackers in addition to learning the "Common Body of Knowledge" which contains a common framework of security terms and principals used by security professionals worldwide. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites The program is designed for experienced technology professionals who have knowledge of networks and server environments. Students should have some experience with Information Security concepts and practices. To earn the CISSP® certification, 4 years of full-time experience in information security or 3 years plus a B.S. degree is required. Acquired Skills Upon successful completion of this program, students will be able to: - identify fundamental concepts of computer security. - Harden internal systems and services - enforce organizational security policies. - monitor the security infrastructure- Scan, test, hack and secure their own systems- Master the ten security domains as described by the (ISC)2. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations PC / Network Administrator Security Analyst Certified Hacker Course Information Hours: 425 Approximately 22 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA Security + 105 Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH) OR Computer Hacking Forensics Investigator (CHFI) 160 Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) 160 'Two Exam Vouchers (CISSP Voucher not Included) and Exam Preps (CISSP not Included) Total charges for courses $7,072.00 CompTIA Security + $68,00 Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH) OR Computer Hacking Forensics Investigator (CHFI) $300.00 Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) $60.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $428.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,125.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $8,700.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $8,700.00 `It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. 1611000000 CRM ID: P61Socal General Course Description This high-level security program is a combination of CompTIA Security +, Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH), Computer Hacking Forensics Investigator (CHFI) and Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP). These courses provide a very in- depth, comprehensive approach designed for security professionals, This program will take you from basic computer infrastructure security to learning how to prevent security threats from hackers in addition to learning the "Common Body of Knowledge" which contains a common framework of security terms and principals used by security professionals worldwide. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Upon successful completion of this program, students will be able to: - identify fundamental concepts of computer security. - Harden internal systems and services - enforce organizational security policies. - monitor the security infrastructure- Scan, test, hack and secure their own systems- Master the ten security domains as described by the (ISC)2. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations PC / Network Administrator Security Analyst Certified Hacker Pro ram Information Hours: 585 Approximately 30 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA Security + 105 Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH) 160 Computer Hacking Forensics Investigator (CHFI) 160 Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) 160 *Three Exam Vouchers (CISSP Voucher not Included) and Exam Preps (CISSP not Included) Total charges for courses $7,872.00 UZZUE.U= - Courseware :. _ r . ' Courseware Price". CompTIA Security + $68.00 Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH) $300.00 Computer Hacking Forensics Investigator (CHFI) $300.00 Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) $60.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $728.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,625.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $10,300.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $10,300.00 *It is the student responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extension must be approved by the Management Team. CaIJOBS# 11100112000001 CRM ID: P10SoCal Train Program Number: 11050117300100 SBY: 3030 Certification Cisco CCNA General Course Description The Cisco CCNA network associate certification validates the ability to install, configure, operate, and troubleshoot medium -size routed and switched networks, including implementation and verification of connections to remote sites in a WAN. This new curriculum includes basic mitigation of security threats, introduction to wireless networking concepts and terminology, and performance -based skills. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Students will learn networks function, network components and theirfunctions, TCP/IP networking, addressing and routing, remote access services, LAN/WAN, VPN, Cisco IOS (software language). Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Network Administrator Support Engineer Network Technician LAN/WAN Administrator Course Information Hours: 210 Approximately 12 weeks of instruction Course Hours Cisco ICND1, ICND2 (CCTV Content) 105 Implementing and Administering Cisco Solutions (CCNA) 200-301 105 *One Cisco Exam Voucher and Exam Prep Total charges for courses $4,770.00 Courseware Courseware Price Implementing and Administering Cisco Solutions (CCNA) 200-301 $500.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $500.00 Exam (non-refundable) $350.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $5,695.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $5,695.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire, All extensions must be approved by the Management Team CaIJOBS# 11100112000002 CRM ID: P11Socal Frain Program Number: 47010417300100 SBY: 3055 Certification Cisco CCNA, CompTIA Network+ General Course Description CompTIA Network+ validates the knowledge and skills of networking professionals. It is an international, vendor -neutral certification that recognizes a technician's ability to describe the features and functions of networking components and to install, configure and troubleshoot basic networking hardware, protocols and services. The Cisco CCNA network associate certification validates the ability to install, configure, operate, and troubleshoot medium -size routed and switched networks, including implementation and verification of connections to remote sites in a WAN. This new curriculum includes basic mitigation of security threats, introduction to wireless networking concepts and terminology, and performance -based skills. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Students will learn how networks function, network components and their functions, TCP/IP networking, addressing and routing, remote access services, LAN/WAN, VPN, Cisco IOS (software language). Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Network Administrator Support Engineer Network Technician LAN/WAN Administrator Course Information Hours: 320 Approximately 16 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA Network+ 110 Cisco ICND1, ICND2 (CCTV Content) 105 Implementing and Administering Cisco Solutions (CCNA) 200-301 105 *One Cisco, One CompTIA Exam Voucher and Exam Prep Total charges for courses $5,652.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA Network+ Training $68.00 Implementing and Administering Cisco Solutions (CCNA) 200-301 $500.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $568.00 Exam (non-refundable) $700.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75,00 Total charges for a period of attendance $6,995.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $6,995.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. Cisco® Certified Networking Administrator Program (CCNA) with Specialization Certification Cisco CCNA, CCS CalJOBS# 11010111000005 CRM ID: P12Socal General Course Description The Implementing Cisco Enterprise Advanced Routing and Services (ENARSI) gives you the knowledge you need to install, configure, operate, and troubleshoot an enterprise network. Implementing Cisco Enterprise Wireless Networks (ENWLSI) this course gives you the knowledge and skills needed to secure wireless network infrastructure and troubleshoot any related issues. You'll learn how to implement and secure a wireless network infrastructure and use Cisco Identity Service Engine (ISE), Cisco Prime Infrastructure (PI), and Cisco Connect Mobile Experience to monitor and troubleshoot network issues. Understanding Cisco Wireless Fundamentals v1.0 (WLFNDU) this course gives you the knowledge and skills you need to position, plan, implement, operate, and manage a Cisco WLAN network. This course teaches you how to design, install, configure, monitor, and conduct basic troubleshooting tasks on a Cisco WLAN network of any size. Implementing and Administering Cisco Solutions (CCNA) 200-301 this course gives you a broad range of fundamental knowledge for all IT careers. You will learn how to install, operate, configure, and verify a basic IPv4 and IPv6 network. The course covers configuring network components such as switches, routers, and Wireless LAN Controllers; managing network devices; and identifying basic security threats. The course also gives you a foundation in network programmability, automation, and software -defined networking. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Students will learn how networks function, network components and their functions, TCP/IP networking, addressing and routing, remote access services, LAN/WAN, VPN, Cisco IOS (software language). Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Network Administrator Support Engineer LAN/WAN Administrator Network Technician Course Information Hours: 320 Approximately 16 weeks of instruction Course Hours Implementing Cisco Enterprise Advanced Routing and Services (ENARSI) or Implementing Cisco Enterprise Wireless Networks (ENWLSI) or Understanding Cisco Wireless Fundamentals v1.0 (WLFNDU) 110 Cisco ICND1, ICND2 (CCTV Content) 105 Implementing and Administering Cisco Solutions (CCNA) 200-301 105 *Two Cisco Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps E . R s Tot aIcharge,sforcourses "' $6,550.00 ` Courseware Courseware Price Implementing Cisco Enterprise Advanced Routing and Services (ENARSI) or Implementing Cisco Enterprise Wireless Networks (ENWLSI) or Understanding Cisco Wireless Fundamentals v1.0 (WLFNDU) $575.00 Implementing and Administering Cisco Solutions (CCNA) 200-301 $500.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $1075.00 Exams (non-refundable) $700.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $8,400.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $8,400.00 t Is the student's resnonsihility to fake all certification exams within six mnnfhs of rmmnlafinn of fhair nrininnl nrnnram rmmnletInn rinfo mf fknl __ ___ _. __. ______. _.._...._ ......... .... ..._....._ _. "...r._.._.. _. ..._......y...... r...y,,..,. .,.,.��r�...�.,�. ,.,..., time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. CaIJOBS# 11100111000007 CRM ID: P13SoCal Certification Cisco CCNP Routing Services, CCNP Enterprise Networks General Course Description The CCNP Program (Cisco Certified Network Professional) indicates advanced or journeyman knowledge of networks. A CCNP validates the network professional can install, configure, and troubleshoot local and wide area networks for enterprise organizations with networks from 100 to more than 500 nodes. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills The CCNP certifies an individual's networking skills at the advanced level, A CCNP certification shows that you can install, configure, and operate LAN, WAN, and dial access services for larger (100- to 500-node) multiprotocol networks. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, so job titles can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Network Administrator Level 2 Support Engineer Network Technician Support Engineer Deployment Engineer LAN/WAN Administrator Course Information Hours: 525 Approximately 31 weeks of instruction Course Hours Implementing and Operating Cisco Enterprise Network Core Technologies (ENCOR) 175 Implementing Cisco Enterprise Advanced Routing and Services (ENARSI) 175 Designing Cisco Enterprise Networks (ENSLD) 175 *Three Cisco Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $8,525.00 Courseware Courseware Price Implementing and Operating Cisco Enterprise Network Core Technologies (ENCOR) $575.00 Implementing Cisco Enterprise Advanced Routing and Services (ENARSI) $575.00 Designing Cisco Enterprise Networks (ENSLD) $400.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $1550.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,150.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $11,300.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $11,300.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. CaIJOBS# 11999911000004 CRM ID: C26SoCal Certification Cisco CCNP General Course Description Cisco Certified Network Professional Security (CCNP® Security) validates advanced knowledge and skills required to secure Cisco networks. With a CCNP Security certification, a network professional demonstrates the skills required to secure and manage network infrastructures to protect productivity, mitigate threats, and reduce costs. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills The CCNP Security curriculum emphasizes Cisco Router IOS (ISR) and Catalyst Switch security features, Adaptive Security Appliance (ASA), secure VPN connectivity, Intrusion Prevention Systems (IPS), Cisco Security Agent (CSA), Security Enterprise and Device Management, Network Admission Control (NAC) as well as techniques to optimize these technologies in a single, integrated network security solution. In addition, CCSP leverages the new CCNA Security certification as a prerequisite. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Network Administrator Support Engineer Network Technician LAN/WAN Administrator Course Information Hours: 875 Approximately 44 weeks of instruction Price $19,000.00 Course Hours Implementing and Operating Cisco Security Core Technologies (SCOR) 175 Implementing and Configuring Cisco® Identity Services Engine v3.0 (SISE) 175 Securing Email with Cisco® Email Security Appliance 0.0 (SESA) 175 Securing Networks with Cisco Firepower® Next Generation Firewall v1.0 (SSNGFW) 175 Securing the Web with Cisco® Web Security Appliance v3.0 (SWSA) 175 *Five Cisco Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $15,670.00 Courseware Courseware Price Implementing and Operating Cisco Security Core Technologies (SCOR) $350 Implementing and Configuring Cisco® Identity Services Engine v3.0 (SISE) $350.00 Securing Email with Cisco® Email Security Appliance 0.0 (SESA) $355.00 Securing Networks with Cisco Firepower® Next Generation Firewall v1.0 (SSNGFW) $355.00 Securing the Web with Cisco® Web Security Appliance v3.0 (SWSA) $275.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $1,405.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,850.00 Total charges for a period of attendance 1 $19,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program 1 $19,000.00 It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. rp 3 . - -CIS600 CertifW`0CNP Wirel ifica Ion `' CRM ID: C44SoCal General Course Description CCNP Wireless certification addresses the need for designing, implementing, and operating Cisco Wireless networks and mobility infrastructures. CCNP Wireless certification emphasizes wireless networking principles and theory. It also recognizes the expertise and technical acumen of wireless professionals who can assess and translate network business requirements into technical specifications that in turn, are incorporated into successful installations. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Plan and conduct a wireless site survey, to design the RF network and to conduct a post installation assessment to ensure compliancy. Integrate VoWLAN services into the wireless network, implement QoS, as well as support multicast, video and high bandwidth applications into the wireless network.. Integrate mobility services into the network; tune and troubleshoot the WLAN and implement indoor enterprise mesh networks Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Network Administrator Support Engineer Network Technician LAN/WAN Administrator Course Information Hours: 875 Approximately 44 weeks of instruction Course Hours Implementing and Operating Cisco Enterprise Network Core Technologies (ENCOR) 175 Understanding Cisco Wireless Fundamentals v1.0 (WLFNDU) 175 Implementing Cisco Enterprise Wireless Networks (ENWLSI) 175 Designing Cisco Enterprise Wireless Networks (ENWLSD) 175 Designing Cisco Enterprise Networks (ENSLD) 175 *Five Cisco Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $14,655.00 Courseware Courseware Price Implementing and Operating Cisco Enterprise Network Core Technologies (ENCOR) $570.00 Understanding Cisco Wireless Fundamentals v1.0 (WLFNDU) $400.00 Implementing Cisco Enterprise Wireless Networks (ENWLSI) $575.00 Designing Cisco Enterprise Wireless Networks (ENWLSD) $475.00 Designing Cisco Enterprise Networks (ENSLD) $400.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $2,420.00 Ezams'( on -re undable a se 0 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $19,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $19,000.00 It is the studenPs responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. -'� �-°MCDST%�ID�S-Mlcrosoft'�e�ifiecf Desktop-SupportTec nician Proramg �` �rt -`='�� MCSA Windows CaIJOBS# 11100611000029 CRM ID: C52SoCal General Course Description The Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA) credential proves that you have the skills to successfully support end -users and to successfully troubleshoot desktop environments that are running the Microsoft Windows operating system. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills You will be supporting users, troubleshooting desktop applications and Windows 7 or Windows 8 operating systems. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Help Desk PC Technician PC/Desktop Support Analyst Course Information Hours: 280 Approximately 16 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA A+ 140 CompTIA Network+ 70 MD-10oT00 Windows 10 and MD-101T00 Managing Modern Desktops 70 *One Microsoft Exam Voucher, Three CompTIA Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $5,809.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA A+ $68.00 CompTIA Network+ $68.00 MD-100T00 Windows 10 and MD-101T00 Managing Modern Desktops $500,00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $636.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,075.00 Registration Fee (nonrefundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $7,595.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $7,595.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team �{Mtt:r®soft®Ce Ito Desktop Supporti T c t%iari'MC`�S�Prograrn � '� � m CaIJOBS# 11109911000004 CRM ID: C61SoCal General Course Description The Microsoft Certified Desktop Support Technician credential proves that you have the skills to successfully support end -users and to successfully troubleshoot desktop environments that are running the Microsoft Windows operating system. The Microsoft Certified Application Specialist (MICAS) credential is a globally recognized standard that validates skills with using their MS Office system and Windows. The successor to the Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) credential, the Microsoft Certified Application Specialist credential meets the demand for the most up-to-date skills on the latest technologies from Microsoft Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Audience The Desktop credential is for IT professionals who are working in the typically complex computing environment of small, medium, or large organizations. Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required . Acquired Skills Students will learn how to support users, troubleshooting desktop applications and operating systems. Job Titles (Job Titles related sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations Help Desk Coursr± Information to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a PC Technician PC/Desktop Support Analyst Hours: 659 Approximately 33 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA A+ 140 CompTIA Network+ 77 MD-100T00 Windows 10 70 MD-101T00 Managing Modern Desktops 70 10982 Supporting and Troubleshooting Windows 70 Microsoft Using Microsoft Windows 8 Microsoft Word Levels One, Two and Three 48 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 48 Microsoft Outlook Levels One, Two 32 P—r _x +7t*;' MicrosoPower vels"One`and ft oint Le ':. .. . ?`_ -w. .. .�'i."Jitas'.sti.' 2i . Two .a✓_.�^i .:..., v .' •:;'." ryi 32 Microsoft Access Levels One, Two 64 *Two Microsoft Exam Vouchers, Three CompTIA Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for course $8,014.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA A+ $68.00 CompTIA Network+ $68.00 MD-100T00 Windows $250.00 MD-101 Managing Modern Desktops $250.00 10982 Supporting and Troubleshooting Windows $250.00 Microsoft Using Microsoft Windows $40.00 Microsoft Word Levels One, Two and Three $60.00 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three $60.00 Microsoft Outlook Levels One, Two $60.00 Microsoft Power Point Levels One and Two $40.00 Microsoft Access Levels One, Two $40.00 Total Textbook Cast (required and non-refundable) $1,186.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,300.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $10,575.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $10,575.00 'It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team A ros111o Junior Ser a Adinin s afor`wlt _ uz aril `mpTIA'S unity+'Spe to iiafion MCSA Windows Server 2012 CaIJOBS# 11100111000008 CRM ID: P25SoCal General Course Description Student will receive Basic Computer training to Networking to Server Administration. This program offers a rounded education in the IT Networking Server World. The Microsoft Windows Server 2012 Junior Server Administrator Program at Career Development Solutions of Southern California is designed to give you in-depth, current skills on network infrastructure using Windows Server 2008, Prerequisites student should be familiar with personal computers and the Windows operating system and have a good idea of how to use basic computer applications. This is a beginning course that will introduce the student to the network world starting with the basic hardware of A+ and network world with Net +. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Students will learn how networks function, network components and their functions, TCP/IP networking, addressing and routing, remote access services, LAN/WAN, VPN, and Cisco IOS (software language). A junior Hardware installation, configuring and troubleshooting, Software installation, configuring and troubleshooting, Networking basics, IP addressing and services, Monitoring network services, Names resolution, IP addressing and services, File and print services, Network and remote access. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Computer and Network Support Specialist Network and Computer Systems Administrators r:nursa Infnrmatinn Hours: 679 Approximately 36 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA A+ Training — Essentials IT/Remote/Depot/Technician 154 CompTIA Network+ Training 70 CompTIA Linux+ 35 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 105 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 105 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 105 'Six CompTIA Exam Vouchers, Three Microsoft Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for course $7,898.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA A+ Training — Essentials IT/Remote/Depot/Technician $68.00 CompTIA Network+ Training $68.00 CompTIA Linux+ $68,00 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 CompTIA Security+ $68.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $1,022.00 Exams (non-refundable) $2,400.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $11,395.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $11,395.00 It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team . CaIJOBS# 11100611000042 CRM ID: C21SoCal General Course Description The Microsoft Certified Technician Program (MCTS) credential proves that you have the skills to successfully support end -users and to successfully troubleshoot desktop environments that are running the Microsoft Windows operating system. Audience The MCTS credential is for IT professionals who are working in the typically complex computing environment of small, medium, or large organizations. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Acquired Skills You will be supporting users, troubleshooting desktop applications and Windows 7 operating systems. Job Titles (Job Titles related sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations Help Desk Course Information to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a PC Technician PC/Desktop Support Analyst Hours: 228 Approximately 12 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA A+ 140 MD-100T00 Windows 10 44 MD-101T00 Managing Modern Desktops 44 *Two Microsoft Exam Voucher, Two CompTIA Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $4,207.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA A+ $68.00 MD-100T00 Windows 10 $250.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $568.00 Exams (non-refundable) $950.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $5,800.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $5,800.00 'It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management F_ _rt F_....w. ;.._._. `MCS — MICroSoft`WI 5%WServe Junior Sery r� cumin s a r CaIJOBS# 11100312000000 CRM ID: C12SoCal iTrain Program Number: 11050117300200 SBY: 3280 General Course Description The Microsoft Windows Server Junior Server Administrator Program at Career Development Solutions is designed to give you in-depth, current skills on network infrastructure using Windows Server, Learn to troubleshoot hardware and software problems that may affect network processing and routing operations. Analyze immediate networks issues, and apply solutions. Audience The goal of this program is to prepare you to provide support for IT systems including day-to-day operations, monitoring, and problem resolution for network problems, Windows 2012 Junior Server Administrators assist in administration, troubleshooting, and support of operating systems, servers, and applications. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills A junior hardware installation, configuring and troubleshooting, Software installation, configuring and troubleshooting, Networking basics, IP addressing and services, Monitoring network services, Names resolution, IP addressing and services, File and print services, Network and remote access. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations Network Administrator Network Technician PC/Network Support Desktop Support Course Information Hours: 420 Approximately 22 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA A+ Certification 140 CompTIA Network + Certification 70 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 70 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 70 204T2" on figuring Advanced"Windows Server 2012ror'20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 70 * Three Microsoft and Three CompTIA Exams and Exam Prep Total charges for courses $5,009.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA A+ Certification $68.00 CompTIA Network + Certification $68.00 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $886.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,525.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $7,495.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $7,495.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team MCSA — Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate CaIJOBS# 11100611000036 CRM lb: C23SoCal General Course Description The Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA): Windows Server certification shows that you have the minimum set of skills needed to hit the ground running, and differentiates you as better able to work with Windows Server in a real -world business context. This certification validates a set of primary Windows Server skills that are relevant across multiple solution areas. MCSA: Windows Server certification is a prerequisite for earning an MCSE: Private Cloud, Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills A typical MCSA will support from 200 to 26,000 or more users at two to 100 physical locations. Typical network services and resources include messaging, database, file and print, proxy server or firewall, Internet and intranet, remote access, and client computer management. Connectivity needs include connecting branch offices and individual users in remote locations to the corporate network and connecting corporate networks to the Internet. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations Network Administrator Network Technician PC/Network Support Desktop Support Cnursa Infnrmafinn Hours: 315 Approximately 16 weeks of instruction Course Hours 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 105 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 105 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 105 *Three Microsoft Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $6,360.00 Courseware Courseware Price ' 20 0 Insailingand Configuring"1I ndows Server 2012 or'20740 Installation, Stogy g £and Compute with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 $250,00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $750.00 Exams (non-refundable) $675.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $7,860.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $7,860.00 'It is the student responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extension must be approved by the Director of Management Team -- it: soft aefffi I S luflon Associa a MC-gAy s .p it Te ri Pi gram ' CaIJOBS# 52040811000020 CRM ID: P28Socal General Course Description The Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA) credential proves that you have the skills to successfully support end -users and to successfully troubleshoot desktop environments that are running the Microsoft Windows operating system. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills You will be supporting users, troubleshooting desktop applications and Windows 7 or Windows 8 operating systems. Job Titles (Job Titles related sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations Help Desk Course Information to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a PC Technician PC/Desktop Support Analyst Hours: 280 Approximately 16 weeks of instruction Course Hours CompTIA A+ 140 CompTIA Network+ 70 MD-100T00 Windows 10 and MD-101T00 Managing Modern Desktops 70 "Two Microsoft Exam Voucher, Three CompTIA Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $5,584,00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA A+ $68.00 CompTIA Network+ $68.00 MD-100T00 Windows 10 and MD-101T00 Managing Modern Desktops $500.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $636.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,300.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $7,595.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $7,595.00 'It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at Gnat time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team . MCSA=MicrosSQUServer CaIJOBS# 11100111000031 CRM ID: C33SoCal General Course Description MCSA DB Administrator for SQL Server prepares the student to install or configure Microsoft SQL Server and manage, maintain databases or multidimensional databases it includes development of strategies for data archiving, consolidation, distribution, and recovery. The course stresses capacity analysis and emphasizes the tradeoffs that need to be made during design, In addition, the course emphasizes that students should think about the whole environment, which includes business needs, regulatory requirements, network systems, and database considerations during design. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Before attending this course, students must have basic knowledge of security protocols, have working knowledge of network and database architectures and technologies, Active Directory service, have experience creating Microsoft Office Visio drawings or have equivalent knowledge or have a Microsoft Certified Technology Specialist: Microsoft SQL Server credential and a Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills After completing this course, students will be able to manage and automate databases and servers. Manage supporting services, analyze storage, CPU, memory, and network capacity needs, design a strategy for Database Administration. Establish database conventions and standards in a Microsoft SQL Server environment. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations Database Administrator Sr. Database Administrator Course Information Hours: 315 Approximately 18 weeks of training Course Hours 20761 Querying Data with Transact SQL 105 20764 Administering a SQL Database Infrastructure 105 20767 Implementing a SQL Data Warehouse 105 "Three Microsoft Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps 7. Total charges for courses $5,295.00 Courseware Courseware Price 20761 Querying Data with Transact SQL $250.00 20764 Administering a SQL Database Infrastructure $250.00 20767 Implementing a SQL Data Warehouse $250.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $750.00 Exams (non-refundable) $675.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $6,795.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $6,795.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team CaIJOBS# 11080212000000 CRM ID: C11SoCal !Train Program Number:11030117300100 SBY: 3080 General Course Description Program is designed as an entry level into the Microsoft SQL environment. Students will begin with Access and Crystal Reports training then will take the T-SQL coding along with XML syntax. Students will earn a Database Administration Certification and a Business Intelligence Certification, Business Intelligence uses Analysis, Integration, Data Warehousing and Reporting Services to produce knowledge and company planning. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Select SQL Server services to support an organization's business needs, plan for source control, unit testing, and deployment to meet an organization's needs, • Evaluate advanced query techniques. • Evaluate advanced XML techniques. Approach database design from a systematic perspective, gather database requirements, and formulate a conceptual design, • Analyze and evaluate a logical database design. - Design a database access strategy, • Design a normalized database, Optimize a database design by demoralizing Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Database Administrators Network Systems and Data Network and Systems Communications Analysis Administrators Course Information Hours: 426 Approximately 22 weeks of training Course Hours Microsoft Access Levels One and Two 96 Crystal Reports Levels One and Two 64 Introduction to Programming (No Courseware Included) 56 20761 Querying Data with Transact SQL 70 20764 Administering a SQL Database Infrastructure 70 20767 Implementing a SQL Data Warehouse 70 *Three Microsoft Exam Vouchers and Exam Prep Total charges for courses $5,325.00 Courseware Courseware Price Microsoft Access Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Crystal Reports Levels One and Two ($65x2) $130.00 Introduction to Programming (No Courseware Included) $0.00 20761 Querying Data with Transact SQL $250.00 20764 Administering a SQL Database Infrastructure $250.00 20767 Implementing a SQL Data Warehouse $250.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $920.00 Exams (non-refundable) $675.00 Registration Fee (nonrefundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $6,995.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $6,995.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team . General Course Description This program is the premier credential for technical professionals who analyze the business requirements and design/implement the infrastructure for business solutions based on the Microsoft Windows platform and Microsoft server software. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Design and implement infrastructure systems using the Microsoft Windows platform and Microsoft server software, based on your analysis of business needs. You can install, configure, and troubleshoot network systems. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations System Administrator PC LAN Technician Information Systems Analyst Network Administrator Systems Engineer Course Information Hours: 525 Approximately 29 weeks of instruction Course Hours 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 105 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 105 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 105 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 20744 Securing Windows Server 2016 105 20345-1 Administering Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 105 *Five Microsoft Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $10 550.00 Courseware Courseware Price 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20744 Securing Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20345-1 Administering Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 $250.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $1,250.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,125.00 Registration Fee (nonrefundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $13,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $13,000.00 *It is the student responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extension must be approved by the Management Team a rfia Snln4innc Gmarf Cha"`r'ohnrn4" CaIJOBS# 11100611000041 CRM ID: General Course Description This program is the premier credential for technical professionals who analyze the business requirements and design/implement the infrastructure for business solutions based on the Microsoft Windows platform and Microsoft server software. Validate your ability to move your company to the cloud, increase user productivity and flexibility, reduce data loss, and improve data security for your organization. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Design and implement infrastructure systems using the Microsoft Windows platform and Microsoft server software, based on your analysis of business needs, You are able to install, configure, and troubleshoot network systems. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations System Administrator PC LAN Information Systems Analyst Network Administrator Systems Engineer Technician Course Information Hours: 525 Approximately 29 weeks of instruction Course Hours 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 105 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 105 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 105 20331 Core Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 or 20339-1 Planning and Administering SharePoint 2016 105 20332 Advanced Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 or 20339-2 Advanced Technologies of SharePoint 2016 105 *Five Microsoft Exams Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $10, 550.00 Course b e Courseware Price 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or $250.00 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or $250,00 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or $250.00 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 20331 Core Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 or $250.00 20339-1 Planning and Administering SharePoint 2016 20332 Advanced Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 or $250.00 20339-2 Advanced Technologies of SharePoint 2016 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $1,250.00 Exams (nonrefundable) $1,125.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $13,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $13,000.00 "It is the student responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extension must be approved by the Director of Management Team . General Course Description This program is the premier credential for technical professionals who analyze the business requirements and design/implement the infrastructure for business solutions based on the Microsoft Windows platform and Microsoft server software. Prove your expertise in managing and implementing Microsoft private cloud computing technologies. With Windows Server and System Center, you will build your Microsoft private cloud solution to optimize IT service delivery and gain the automation and flexibility you need for your IT infrastructure, now and in the future. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop.operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Design and implement infrastructure systems using the Microsoft Windows platform and Microsoft server software, based on your analysis of business needs. You are able to install, configure, and troubleshoot network systems. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations System Administrator PC LAN Information Systems Analyst Network Administrator Systems Engineer Technician Course Information Hours: 525 Approximately 29 weeks of instruction Course Hours 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 105 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 105 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 105 10750 Monitoring and Operating a Private Cloud Using System Center 2012 or 105 20703-1 Administering System Center Configuration Manager 10751 Configuring and Deploying a Private Cloud Using System Center 2012 or Integrating Cloud Services with System Center Configuration Manager 105 'Five Microsoft Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $10,550.00 o rsew8re"� - "y ourseware Price 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 10750 Monitoring and Operating a Private Cloud Using System Center 2012 or 20703-1 Administering System Center Configuration Manager $250.00 10751 Configuring and Deploying a Private Cloud Using System Center 2012 or Integrating Cloud Services with System Center Configuration Manager $250.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and nonrefundable) $1,250.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,125.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $13,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $13,000.00 *It is the student responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extension must be approved by the Management Team CaIJOBS# 11030111000001 CRM ID: General Course Description This program is the premier credential for technical professionals who analyze the business requirements and design/implement the infrastructure for business solutions based on the Microsoft Windows platform and Microsoft server software. Validate your ability to move your company to the cloud, increase user productivity and flexibility, reduce data loss, and improve data security for your organization. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Design and implement infrastructure systems using the Microsoft Windows platform and Microsoft server software, based on your analysis of business needs. You are able to install, configure, and troubleshoot network systems. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations System Administrator PC LAN Technician Course Information Information Systems Analyst Network Administrator Systems Engineer Hours: 525 Approximately 29 weeks of instruction Course Hours 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 105 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 105 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 105 20345-1 Administering Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 105 20345-2 Designing and Deploying Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 105 *Five Microsoft Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $10,550.00 Rey Co eware"- CoursdW4-rb Price 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20345-1 Administering Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 $250.00 20345-2 Designing and Deploying Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 $250.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $1,250.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,125.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $13,000.00 `It is the student responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extension must be approved by the Management Team CaIJOBS# 11100111000030 CRM ID: C55SoCal General Course Description This program is the premier credential for technical professionals who analyze the business requirements and design/implement the infrastructure for business solutions based on the Microsoft Windows platform and Microsoft server software. Validate your ability to move your company to the cloud, increase user productivity and flexibility, reduce data loss, and improve data security for your organization. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Design and implement infrastructure systems using the Microsoft Windows platform and Microsoft server software, based on your analysis of business needs. You are able to install, configure, and troubleshoot network systems. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations System Administrator PC LAN Information Systems Analyst Network Administrator Systems Engineer Technician Course Information Hours: 525 Approximately 29 weeks of instruction Course Hours 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 105 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 105 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 105 20336 Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 or 40409 Deploying Voice Workloads for Skype for Business Online and Server 105 2015 20337 Enterprise Voice & Online Services with Microsoft Lync Server 2013 or 20334 Core Solutions of Microsoft Skype for Business 2015 105 *Five Microsoft Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $10,650.00 Courseware Courseware Price' 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20336 Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 or 40409 Deploying Voice Workloads for Skype for Business Online and Server 2015 $250.00 20337 Enterprise Voice & Online Services with Microsoft Lync Server 2013 or 20334 Core Solutions of Microsoft Skype for Business 2015 $250.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $1,250.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,125.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $13,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $13,000.00 *It is the student responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extension must be approved by the Management Team . CaIJOBS# 11050111000013 CRM ID: C59SoCal General Course Description The Microsoft Certified Solutions Expert credential is the leading certification for Windows Enterprise Administrator, providing widely recognized, objective validation of your ability to perform critical, current IT job roles by using Microsoft technologies to their best advantage. Audience The MCSE program is appropriate for Network Administrators, Network Engineers, Systems Administrators, IT Professionals, IS Administrators, Network Technicians, and Technical Support Specialists. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites The MCSE is an advanced certification for Windows Server Enterprise Administrators. It is expected that candidates pursuing this certification have a minimum of one-year experience working with Windows Server products completion of either CompTIA Network+ or CompTIA A+ and a Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Individuals who successfully complete this program will be able to design and implement enterprise infrastructure systems using the Microsoft Windows platform and Microsoft server software, based on analysis of business needs. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Window Enterprise Server Systems Network administrator Monitoring operator Administrator Administrator Course Information Hours: 840 Approximately 42 weeks of instruction Course Hours A+ Certificate 140 Network+ Certificate 70 20687 Configuring Windows 8 or 20697-1 Implementing and Managing Windows 10 or MD-100T01, MD-100T02, MD-100T03, MD-100T04 70 20688 Managing and Maintaining Windows 8 or 20697-2 Deploying and Managing Windows 10 UsingEnterprise Services or MD-101T01, MD-101T02, MD-101T03 70 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 70 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 70 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 70 20744 Securing Windows Server 2016 70 z. - 2 5-1Atlministerng `croso xch`ange erver2016 � `--s. 70" - Virtualizing Enterprise Desktops and Apps 35 20416 Implementing Desktop Application Environments or 20695 Deploying Windows Desktops and Enterprise Applications 35 10135, Configuring, Managing and Troubleshooting Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 or 20345-2 Designing and Deploying Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 70 *Five Microsoft Exam Vouchers, Three CompTIA Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $13,314.00 Courseware Courseware Price A+ Certificate $68.00 Network+ Certificate $68.00 20687 Configuring Windows 8 or 20697-1 Implementing and Managing Windows 10 or MD-100T01, MD-100T02, MD-100T03, MD-100T04 $250.00 20688 Managing and Maintaining Windows 8 or 20697-2 Deploying and Managing Windows 10 Using Enterprise Services or MD-101T01, MD-101T02, MD-101T03 $250.00 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20744 Securing Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20345-1 Administering Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 $250.00 Virtualizing Enterprise Desktops and Apps $250.00 20416 Implementing Desktop Application Environments or 20695 Deploying Windows Desktops and Enterprise Applications $250.00 10135, Configuring, Managing and Troubleshooting Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 or 20345-2 Designing and Deploying Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 $250.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $2,636.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,975.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $18,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $18,000.00 *It is the students responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their originai program completion date at mac time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions most be approved by the Management Team MCSE - MICIOSOft�`C reified Soiutioris'Ezpe" :SData P�fform CaIJOBS# 11080211000005 CRM ID: C58SoCal General Course Description Demonstrate your broad skill sets in building and administrating enterprise -scale data solutions both on -premises and in cloud environments. Earning an MCSE: Data Platform certification will qualify you for such jobs as database analyst and database designer. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Demonstrate your broad skill sets in SQL administration, building enterprise -scale data solutions, and leveraging business intelligence data - both on -premises and in cloud environments. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Database Developer Database Technical Consultant Course Information Hours: 525 Approximately 29 weeks of training Course Hours 20761 Querying Data with Transact SQL 105 20764 Administering a SQL Database Infrastructure 105 20767 Implementing a SQL Data Warehouse 105 20762 Developing SQL Databases 105 20765 Provisioning SQL Databases 105 *Five Microsoft Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $10,550.00 Courseware Courseware Price 20761 Querying Data with Transact SQL $250.00 20764 Administering a SQL Database Infrastructure $250.00 20767 Implementing a SQL Data Warehouse $250.00 - yam"20 62 Developing S L Da a ases $250. 20765 Provisioning SQL Databases $250.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $1,250.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,125.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $13,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $13,000.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team . IV SE °Microsoft®Cer iftei 5 of ions Eiipett Business fnielligence s- ' _' CaIJOBS# 11030111000002 CRM ID: C20Socal General Course Description This certification demonstrates that you can design analysis solutions, data transformations, and reports. Business intelligence developers design and implement multi -dimensional database models (logical and physical), data marts, data warehousing, data transforms, data analytics, and reporting solutions. Prove that you have the skills and techniques needed to design, build, and deploy solutions that deliver more data to more people across the organization. Earning an MCSE: Business Intelligence certification will qualify for a position as a BI and reporting engineer. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Demonstrate your broad skill sets in SQL administration, building enterprise -scale data solutions, and leveraging business intelligence data - both on -premises and in cloud environments. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Database Developer Database Technical Consultant Course Information Hours: 525 Approximately 29 weeks of training Course Hours 20761 Querying Data with Transact SQL 105 20767 Implementing a SQL Data Warehouse 105 20768 Developing SQL Data Models 105 20778 Analyzing Data with Power BI 105 20779 Analyzing Data with Excel 105 *Five Microsoft Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $10,550.00 Courseware Courseware Price 20761 Querying Data with Transact SQL $250.00 20767 Implementing a SQL Data Warehouse $250.00 20768 Developing SQL Data Models $250.00 20778 Analyzing Data with Power 81 $250.00 20779 Analyzing Data with Excel $250.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $1,250.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,125.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $13,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $13,000.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team -MC = Microsoft�''Certified'Soluti ns Ezpert SeiverlCloud withiN W/�R5 CaIJOBS# 11100111000032 CRM ID: C17SoCal General Course Description The Microsoft Certified Solutions Expert (MCSE) credential is the leading certification for Windows Server, providing widely recognized, objective validation of your ability to perform critical, current IT job roles by using Microsoft technologies to their best advantage. This course provides details on how to deploy and manage Hyper-V and Remote Desktop Services on Windows Servers Hyper-V and Remote Desktop Services on Windows Server. The course also provides details on how to manage a server virtualization environment by using System Center products. The VMWare explores installation, configuration and management of VMware vSphere. Audience The MCSE program is appropriate for Network Administrators, Network Engineers, Systems Administrators, IT Professionals, IS Administrators, Network Technicians, and Technical Support Specialists. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites It is expected that candidates pursuing this certification have a minimum of one-year experience working as a Network or Systems Administrator. A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills The MCSE Server Administrator is an advanced certification for Windows Server. Network Administrators. Individuals who successfully complete this program will be able to design and implement infrastructure systems using the Microsoft Windows platform and Microsoft serversoftware, based on analysis of business needs, install, configure, and troubleshoot network systems. Deploying and managing Hyper-V and Remote Desktop Services on Windows Servers Hyper-V and Remote Desktop Services on Windows Server. Managing a server virtualization environment by using System Center products. The VMWare explores installation, configuration and management of VMware vSphere. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Window Server Administrator Server Systems Administrator Network administrator IT Technology Project Managers Computer Systems Engineers Course Information Hours: 560 Approximately 31 weeks of instruction Course Hours 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 105 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 1D5 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 105 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 20703-1 Administering System Center Configuration Manager -'7 105 20744 Securing Windows Server 2016 105 VMWare VSphere Install, Configure, Manage 35 *Five Microsoft Exams, One VMWare Exam Voucher and Exams Preps included Total charges for courses $13,220.00 Courseware Courseware Price 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016. $250.00 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20703-1 Administering System Center Configuration Manager $250.00 20744 Securing Windows Server 2016 $250.00 VMWare VSphere Install, Configure, Manage $600.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $1,850.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,450.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $16,595.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $16,595.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team FW MCITP--Microso 9c rtlfierEnT Professiona 'NAd s Server rnls r r witl g ' VMWARE CaIJOBS# 11100111000025 CRM ID: C13SoCal General Course Description The Microsoft Certified IT Professional (MCITP) credential is the leading certification for Windows Server, providing widely recognized, objective validation of your ability to perform critical, current IT job roles by using Microsoft technologies to their best advantage. This course provides details on how to deploy and manage Hyper-V and Remote Desktop Services on Windows Servers Hyper-V and Remote Desktop Services on Windows Server. The course also provides details on how to Manage a server virtualization environment by using System Center products. The VMWare explores installation, configuration and management of VMware vSphere. Audience The MCITP program is appropriate for Network Administrators, Network Engineers, Systems Administrators, IT Professionals, IS Administrators, Network Technicians, and Technical Support Specialists. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites It is expected that candidates pursuing this certification have a minimum of one-year experience working as a Network or Systems Administrator. A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills The MCITP Server 2008 Administrator is an advanced certification for Windows Server, Network Administrators. Individuals who successfully complete this program will be able to design and implement infrastructure systems using the Microsoft Windows platform and Microsoft server software, based on analysis of business needs, install, configure, and troubleshoot network systems. Deploying and managing Hyper-V and Remote Desktop Services on Windows Servers Hyper-V and Remote Desktop Services on Windows Server. Managing a server virtualization environment by using System Center products. The VMWare explores installation, configuration and management of VMware vSphere. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Window Server Administrator Server Systems Administrator Network Administrator Course Information Hours: 504 Approximately 26weeks of instruction Course Hours 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 70 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networkingwith Windows Server 2016 70 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742 Identitywith Windows Server 2016 42 20744 Securing Windows Server 2016 70 20345-1 Administering Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 70 20345-2 Designing and Deploying Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 56 20703=1 ms ers em C inii4Syenter Configura ion anager 56 VMWare VSphere Troubleshooting 35 VMWare VSphere Install, Configure, Manage 35 *Five Microsoft, Two VMWare Exam and Prep included Total charges for courses $11,855.00 Courseware Courseware Price 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 or 20740 Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 or 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 $250,00 20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 or 20742Identity with Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20744 Securing Windows Server 2016 $250.00 20345-1 Administering Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 $250.00 20345-2 Designing and Deploying Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 $250.00 20703-1 Administering System Center Configuration Manager $250.00 VMWare VSphere Troubleshooting $600.00 VMWare VSphere Install, Configure, Manage $600.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $2,950.00 Exams (non-refundable) $1,775.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $16,655.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $16,655.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team `Virtual) S fi Pro' ram'Wr MCT - K er=V-a' n z g Yp nd VM K.A - -1 ''- = ;.>;. CaIJOBS# 11100111000029 CRM ID: C1Soca1 General Course Description This course provides details on how to deploy and manage Hyper-V and Remote Desktop Services on Windows Servers Hyper- V and Remote Desktop Services on Windows Server. The course also provides details on how to manage a server virtualization environment by using System Center products. The VMWare explores installation, configuration and management of VMware vSphere, with the addition of Cloud Director for implementation of small private vCloud solutions. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Deploying and managing Hyper-V and Remote Desktop Services on Windows Servers Hyper-V and Remote Desktop Services on Windows Server. Managing a server virtualization environment by using System Center products. The VMWare explores installation, configuration and management of VMware vSphere. Deploy vCloud Director, Manage vCloud Director to satisfy small private cloud business needs. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations VMWARE Administrator Systems Administrator Information Computer Systems Engineers/Architects Technology Project Managers Course Information Hours:140 hours Approximately 8 weeks of instruction Course Hours 20409 Server Virtualization with Windows Server Hyper-V and System Center 70 VMWare VSphere Install, Configure, Manage (VCP) 35 WMWare VSphere Bootcamp 14 CompTIA Cloud Essentials 21 "One Microsoft, One VMWare, One CompTIA Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $7,558.00 Courseware Courseware Price 20409 Server Virtualization with Windows Server Hyper-V and System Center $250.00 VMWare VSphere Install, Configure, Manage (VCP) $600.00 WMWare VSphere Bootcamp $600.00 CompTIA Cloud Essentials $68.00 � ni .' v .. ..�. - f .. " 'Total book Cosf (req it d ah n-refund b e) Exams (non-refundable) $844.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $9,995.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $9,995.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team Sharditint"for Adminlstrators CalJOBS# 11100111000028 CRM ID: C18SoCal General Course Description The student will become proficient in Microsoft SharePoint and enable to deploy an intelligent portal that seamlessly connects users, teams and knowledge so that organizations can take advantage of relevant information across business processes that helps them work more efficiently. Student with an MCSA 2012 will be able to earn an MCSE SharePoint. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills SharePoint Configuration certification highlights area of expertise and validates the knowledge and skills required to configure and deploy Office SharePoint Server Students will have an understanding of how to configure Office SharePoint Server and to build an interface that creates workflow within an organization's business processes. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC) 13-1000 Business Operations Specialists SharePoint Administrator SharePoint Developer SharePoint Workflow Specialist SharePoint Analyst Course Information Hours: 410 Approximately 23 weeks of instruction Course Hours Microsoft SharePoint Foundation Site User 8 Microsoft SharePoint Foundation Site Administrator 8 Microsoft SharePoint Foundation Site Owner 8 InfoPath Designer with SharePoint 8 20331 Core Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 or 20339-1 Planning and Administering SharePoint 2016 (OLL) 105 20332 Advanced Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 or 20339-2 Advanced Technologies of SharePoint 2016 (OLL) 105 „ - -:- MINIMUM, mgg 5234 Share om 16`Si a Colec ions an See Owner`Admmis ra ion' 10 55197 Microsoft SharePoint Server 2016 for the Site Owner/Power User 63 Total charges for courses $8,490.00 Courseware Courseware Price Microsoft SharePoint Foundation Site User $20.00 Microsoft SharePoint Foundation Site Administrator $20.00 Microsoft SharePoint Foundation Site Owner $20.00 InfoPath Designer with SharePoint $20.00 20331 Core Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 or 20339-1 Planning and Administering SharePoint 2016 (OLL) $250.00 20332 Advanced Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 or 20339-2 Advanced Technologies of SharePoint 2016 (OLL) $250,00 55234 SharePoint 2016 Site Collections and Site Owner Administration $250.00 55197 Microsoft SharePoint Server 2016 for the Site Owner/Power User $100.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $930.00 NO Exams $0.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $9,495.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $9,495.00 *It is the students responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team . 3 .wa o'9fi+ -v... i2 ^$".- MC S - Micl'osoft®Certtfle��7ech�no'logy Specahs . E�T'F°raiti r`�17V"e%'Applicafiors - CaIJOBS# 11100611000028 CRM ID: P36SoCal General Course Description The Technology Specialist certifications let professionals target specific technologies and distinguish themselves by demonstrating in-depth knowledge and expertise in their subject area technologies. Audience Technology Specialists are typically pursuing careers as a Web developer, Windows developer, or enterprise applications developer. They may also be individuals such as database developers and systems administrators who do not work with the .NET Framework 3.5 on a daily basis but who wish to show their breadth of technology experience. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Candidates for this exam are professional Web developers who use Microsoft Visual Studio. Candidates should have a minimum of two to three years of experience developing Web -based applications by using Visual Studio and Microsoft ASP.NET. Candidates should be experienced users of Visual Studio 2008 and later releases and should have a fundamental knowledge of the .NET Framework 4 programming languages (C# or Microsoft Visual Basic).A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills After completing this program, the student will be able to Develop Web Forms Pages. Include: page directives such as ViewState, request validation, event validation, MasterPageFile; and ClientlDMode. Students will use web.config to set the html doct type. Students will also use Web Forms Controls: client side, server side, and via AJAX; custom validation controls; regex validation; validation groups; datatype check along with jQuery validation. Instruction will include implementing Client -Side Scripting and AJAX Configuring and Extending a Web Application. Students will also learn to Display and Manipulate Data. Students will also learn advanced customization of Datal-ist, Repeater, ListView, FormsView, DetailsView, TreeView, DataPager, Chart and GridViewDeveloping,2 ..NET 4.0 Framework Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Web Developers Windows developers Database Developers Systems Administrator Enterprise Applications Developers Course Information Hours: 322 Approximately 17 weeks of instruction Course Hours 4994 Introduction to Programming MS.Net Applications with MS Visual Studio 2005 or 10975 Introduction to Programming 70 2310 Developing MS ASP.Net Web Applications Using Visual Studio .Net or 20486 Developing ASP.NET Core MVC Web Applications 70 10264 Developing web Application w/MS Visual Studio 2010 or 70 �� =Pro ra ifi�Visuafr8asie with'��licrosoTf'�O"is'ia"al`St�idio� 201= �� "� � � �r` Introduction to Web Development w/MS Visual Studio 2010 70 HTML5: Content Authoring Fundamentals / New and Advanced Features 42 *One Microsoft Exam Voucher and Exam Prep Total charges for courses $5,255.00 Courseware Courseware Price 4994 Introduction to Programming MS.Net Applications with MS Visual Studio 2005 or 10975 Introduction to Programming $250.00 2310 Developing MS ASP.Net Web Applications Using Visual Studio.Net or 20486 Developing ASP.NET Core MVC Web Applications $250.00 10264 Developing web Application w/MS Visual Studio 2010 or Programming in Visual Basic with Microsoft® Visual Studio® 2010 $250.00 Introduction to Web Development w/MS Visual Studio 2010 $250.00 HTML5: Content Authoring Fundamentals / New and Advanced Features $40.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $1,040.00 Exam (nonrefundable) $225.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $6,595.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $6,595.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team . MMEM Microsof `Backend Develo rnen't`j MCSD Web Applications CaIJOBS# 50040911000015 CRM ID: P44SoCal Audience Technology Specialists typically pursue careers as Web developers, Windows developers, or enterprise software developers. They may also be developers and system administrators who do not work with the .NET Framework daily but who want to show their breadth of technology experience Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Explain how to use Visual Studio 2017 to create and run a Web application., Describe the new features of HTML5, and create and style HTML5 pages., Add interactivity to an HTML5 page by using JavaScript. , Create HTML5 forms by using different input types, and validate user input by using HTML5 attributes and JavaScript code., Send and receive data to and from a remote data source by using XMLHTTP Request objects and Fetch API., Style HTML5 pages by using CSS3., Create well -structured and easily -maintainable JavaScript code., Write modern JavaScript code and use babel to make it compatible to all browsers., Use common HTML5 APIs in interactive Web applications., Describe the core syntax and features of C#., Create and call methods, catch and handle exceptions, and describe the monitoring requirements of large-scale applications„ Implement the basic structure and essential elements of a typical desktop application., Create classes, define and implement interfaces, and create and use generic collections., Use inheritance to create a class hierarchy, extend a .NET Framework class, and create generic classes and methods., Read and write data by using file input/output and streams, and serialize and deserialize data in different formats. Query and manipulate data with Entity Framework, Use ASP.NET Web API to create HTTP- based services and consume them from .NET and non -.NET clients, Extend ASP.NET Web API services using message handlers, model binders, action filters, and media type formatters; Create SOAP -based services with the Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) and consume them from .NET clients, Apply design principles to service contracts and extend WCF services using custom runtime components and behaviors, Secure WCF services using transport and message security, Use Windows Azure Service Bus for relayed messaging and brokered messaging using queues and topics Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations Graphic Designers Multi -Media Artists Animators Course Information Hours: 582 Approximately 30 weeks of instruction Course Hours 20480 Programming in HTML5 with Java Script and CSS3 105 20483 20483C Programming in C# 105 20487 Developing Windows Azure and Web Services. 105 Introduction to Java 9 70 Advanced Java 9 70 A pt Basic (fVo = a e lnelu 7 HTML5: Content Authoring Fundamentals / New and Advanced Features 57 *Three Microsoft Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $8,755.00 Courseware Courseware Price 20480 Programming in HTML5 with Java Script and CSS3 $250.00 20483 20483C Programming in C# $250.00 20487 Developing Windows Azure and Web Services $250.00 Introduction to Java 9 $0.00 Advanced Java 9 $0.00 JavaScript Basic (No Courseware Included) $0.00 HTML5: Content Authoring Fundamentals / New and Advanced Features $40.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable $790.00 Exams (non-refundable) $675.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $10,295.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $10,295.00 *It is the students responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. MCSD— Micr so oft@`CeftifiedSolutWrit beveloper Wei 'licatioris ` CaIJOBS# 11100611000037 CRM ID: C54Socal General Course Description In this course, students will learn how to design and develop services that access local and remote data from various data sources. Students will also learn how to develop and deploy services to hybrid environments, including on -premises servers and Windows Azure, Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. To achieve this certification, you must have a foundation of web programming skills using HTML5 with JavaScript and ASPAET MVC 4, This course is intended for both novice and experienced .NET developers who have a minimum of six months programming experience, and want to learn how to develop services and deploy them to hybrid environments Acquired Skills Overview of HTML and CSS. Exploring the Contoso Conference Application. Creating and Styling HTML5 Pages. Introduction to JavaScript. Creating Forms to Collect Data and Validate User Input. Creating a Form and Validating User Input. Communicating with a Remote Data Source. Module 6: Styling HTML5 by Using CSS3. Creating Objects and Methods by Using JavaScript. Creating Interactive Pages using HTML5 APIs, Describe the Microsoft Web Technologies stack and select an appropriate technology to use to develop any given application. -Create MVC Models and write code that implements business logic within Model methods, properties, and events. Describe what a Web API is and why developers might add a Web API to an application. Secure WCF services using transport and message security. Implement federated authentication by using ACS with ASP.NET Web API services Monitor and log services, both on -premises and in Windows Azure. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Web Application Developer Webmaster Course Information Hours:316 Approximately 18 weeks of instruction Course Hours 20480 Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS3 70 20486 Developing ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Applications 70 20487 Developing Windows Azure and Web Services 70 SharePoint Designer Levels One and Two 16 HTML5: Content Authoring Fundamentals / New and Advanced Features 24 JavaScript Programming 66 "Three N icroso xam Vouchers and Exams Preps^ Total charges for courses $5,715.00 Courseware Courseware Price 20480 Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS3 $250.00 20486 Developing ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Applications $250,00 20487 Developing Windows Azure and Web Services $250.00 SharePoint Designer Levels One and Two $40.00 HTML5: Content Authoring Fundamentals / New and Advanced Features $40,00 JavaScript Programming (No Courseware) $0.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and nonrefundable) $830.00 Exam (non-refundable) $675.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $7,295.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $7,295.00 It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team . :J CaIJOBS# 11100111000027 CRM ID: C64SoCal General Course Description Students will gain fundamental knowledge and skills to use Windows PowerShell for administering and automating administration of Windows based servers Audience This course is intended for IT Professionals already experienced in general Windows Server and Windows Client administration or already experienced in administering and supporting Application servers and services including Exchange, SharePoint, SQL etc It is broadly intended for students who want to use Windows PowerShell to automate administrative tasks from the command line, using any Microsoft or independent software vendor (ISV) product that supports Windows PowerShell manageability Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites It is expected that candidates pursuing this certification have a minimum of one-year experience working as a Network or Systems Administrator. A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Finding and running commands. Working with the Pipeline. Understand how the pipeline works. Using PS Providers and PSDrives, Using WMI and CIM. Prepare scripting. Administering Remote computers. Using advanced PowerShell techniques and profiles. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Window Server Administrator Server Systems Administrator Network Administrator Course Information Hours: 105 Approximately 7 weeks of instruction Course Hours Automating Administration with Windows PowerShell 105 Total charges for courses $2,400.00 Courseware Courseware Price Automating Administration with Windows PowerShell $250.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $250.00 No Exam $0.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $2,695.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $2,695.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team "`-9T - Ftiunda ions -'Basin s`Need' Ind Goals f est Prac Ices -" CaIJOBS# 11050111000010 CRM ID: C16Socal General Course Description Career Development Solutions ITIL training and certification classes will show you how to align your business needs and goals with your IT services and prepare for ITIL Certification. Learn procedures and best practices drawn from years of experience in both public and private sector organizations. Information Technology Infrastructure Library (ITIL) is a series of books and concepts which help guide an organization in IT best practices in order to provide quality IT services, Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisite A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills ITIL introduces IT Service Management through the lens of a Service Value System (SVS), which provides a holistic end -to -end view of how to successfully contribute to business value, and also how to leverage concepts from models such as Lean IT, Agile, DevOps and Organizational Change Management. Job Titles (Job Titles related to Project Management IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC)11-0000 Management Occupations Software Quality Assurance Engineer and Tester Medical and Health Service Course Information Computer Systems Analyst Managers Management Analysis Hours:190 Approximately 11 weeks of training Course Hours ITIL Foundations 63 ITIL Service Strategy 28 ITIL Operational Support and Analysis 35 Microsoft Project Levels One and Two 48 Project Management Strategic Planning Skills 16 *Three Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $7 485.00 Courseware Courseware Price ITIL Foundations $150.00 ITIL Service Strategy $150.00 ITIL Operational Support and Analysis $150.00 Microsoft Project Levels One and Two $40.00 Project Management Strategic Planning Skills $0.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $490.00 Exams (non-refundable) $750.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $8,800.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $8 800.00 It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team . � A rSlx Slglma Lea- ��ree `Belt _x._ CalJOBS# 11100511000001 CRM ID: C70SoCal General Course Description This course is designed for professionals with an MBA degree or has 10 years equivalent experience. Following the course combined with assigned projects can lead to Black Belt Certification. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Acquired Skills This program combined with a Green Belt test and demonstrable application of the tools will lead to Green Belt certification. Students will learn the DMAIC Methodology, Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve, Control phase. Students have the opportunity to gain knowledge of the Six Sigma Project Statistical Software, MiniTab and SigmaXL. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 13-1000 Business Operations Specialists (SOC)11-0000 Management Occupations Software Quality Assurance Engineer and Tester Computer Systems Analyst Medical and Health Services Manager Management Analysis Course Information Hours: 21 Approximately 2 weeks of training Course Hours Six Sigma Green Belt 21 Total charges for course $1,975.00 Courseware Courseware Price Six Sigma Green Belt $50.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $50.00 Exam included with the training $0.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $2,100.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $2,100.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team SIx Slgm'a`Leah-Black=Belt �- _ � w. � CaIJOBS# 11100511000000 CRM ID: P63SoCal General Course Description This course is designed for professionals with an MBA degree or has 10 years equivalent experience. Following the course combined with assigned projects can lead to Black Belt Certification. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Must be Six Sigma Lean Green Belt Certified and a Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Students will Learn the DMAIC Methodology, Define Phase Project Report and pass Define Tollgate, Measure Phase Project Report and pass Measure Tollgate, Analyze Phase Project Report and pass Analyze TollgateControl, Improve Phase Project Report and pass Improve Tollgate , Control Phase Project Report and pass Control Tollgate, Be able to lead a Six Sigma Project Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 13-1000 Business Operations Specialists (SOC)11-0000 Management Occupations Software Quality Assurance Engineer and Computer Systems Analyst Tester Medical and Health Services Manager Management Analysis Course Information Hours: 35 Approximately 2 weeks of training Course Hours Six Sigma Black Belt 35 Total charges for course $3,375.00 Courseware Courseware Price Six Sigma Black Belt $50.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $50.00 Exam included with the training $0.00 Total charges for a period of attendance 1 $3,500.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program 1 $3,500.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team . = 'Six Sigrrt LLLeanfBlac " Mf With Project` A geinent CalJOBS# 52021111000006 CRM ID: P64Socal Train Program Number: 52020117300100 SBY: 3072 General Course Description This Project oriented program includes Lean Six Sigma Black Belt training. Microsoft Project, which is a necessary tool for Project Management and Six Sigma Professionals, will be taught to the advanced level. Student will learn the basics of Lean Six Sigma and by the end will be able to apply Lean Six Sigma methodologies into a project. Students will be awarded their belt from the instructor upon approval of the project. Students will learn the PMBOK methods of Project Management. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Learn the DMAIC Methodology Define Phase Project Report and pass Define Tollgate, Measure Phase Project Report and pass Measure Tollgate, Analyze Phase Project Report and pass Analyze TollgateControl, Improve Phase Project Report and pass Improve Tollgate, Control Phase Project Report and pass Control Tollgate, Be able to lead a Six Sigma Project, , Statistical Software MiniTab, SigmaXL PMBOK methods of Project Management. Define project management fundamentals., Define project management within the organization., Define the project management methodology., Initiate a project., Develop a project management plan and plan components., Plan a project schedule., Plan project costs., Plan for quality, resources, and procurements., Plan for risk. Job Titles (Job Titles related to Six Sigma, Project Management and IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 13-1000 Business Operations Specialists (SOC)11-0000 Management Occupations (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations Project Managers Computer Systems Analyst Medical and Health Services Manager Management Analysis Course Information Hours: 137 Approximately 7 weeks of training Course Hours Six Sigma Green Belt 21 Project Management Professional 35 Six Sigma Lean Black Belt 35 Microsoft Project Levels One and Two 46 Total charges for courses $7,185.00 Courseware Courseware Price Six Sigma Green Belt $50.00 Project Management Professional $100.00 Six Sigma Lean Black Belt $50.00 Microsoft Project Levels One and Two $40.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $240.00 Exams for Six Sigma are Included with the training (No PMP Exam Included) $0.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $7,500.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $7,500.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team. ` Slx Sigma Prti essional Program CalJOBS# 11100511000005 CRM ID: C22SoCa1 General Course Description This course is designed for professionals with an MBA degree or has 10 years equivalent experience Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence and Should be familiar with personal computers and the windows operating system and be a business professional. Acquired Skills: Students will Learn the DMAIC Methodology, Define Phase Project Report and pass Define Tollgate, Measure Phase Project Report and pass Measure Tollgate, Analyze Phase Project Report and pass Analyze TollgateControl, Improve Phase Project Report and pass Improve Tollgate , Control Phase Project Report and pass Control Tollgate, Be able to lead a Six Sigma Project . Students will also have the ability to identify project management concepts and navigate the Project 2016 environment, create and define a new project plan, create and organize tasks, manage resources in a project plan, and finalize a project plan. Additionally, students will learn to write a range of fundamental Excel commands, perform worksheet calculations, build custom formulas, amend elements in a worksheet, apply formatting changes to cells, and manage workbook properties Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC)13-1000 Business Operations Specialists Project Managers Course Information Management Analysis Hours: 101 Approximately 5 weeks of training Course Hours Six Sigma Lean Black Belt 35 Six Sigma Green Belt 21 Microsoft Project Levels One, Two 16 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two 29 _ Total charges for courses $4,745.00 Courseware Courseware Price Six Sigma Lean Black Belt $50.00 Six Sigma Green Belt $50.00 Microsoft Project Levels One, Two $40.00 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two $40.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $180.00 Exams are included with the training $0.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $5,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $5,000.00 It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team CaIJOBS# 11050111000001 CRM ID: C9Socal General Course Description This process improvement -oriented program includes Lean Six Sigma training along with a certificate as a Lean Facilitator. Microsoft Excel, which is a necessary tool for Six Sigma Professionals, will be taught to the advanced level. Student will learn the basics of Lean Six Sigma and will be able to apply Lean Six Sigma methodologies into a project. To earn Sigma Green Belt Certification Students will need to pass an exam at the completion of training. To The Lean Facilitator course is jam-packed with knowledge about the key LEAN events which have the best results when the events are facilitated by a LEAN expert, Students learn the steps and techniques to effective LEAN facilitation along with easy templates and checklists that simplify the LEAN process. Students taking this course will improve the outcome of LEAN events for any organization. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Learn the DMAIC Methodology Define Phase Project Report and pass Define Tollgate, Measure Phase Project Report and pass Measure Tollgate, Analyze Phase Project Report and pass Analyze TollgateControl, Improve Phase Project Report and pass Improve Tollgate, Control Phase Project Report and pass Control Tollgate, Be able to lead a Six Sigma Project Statistical Software MInITab, SigmaXL, Write a range of fundamental Excel commands, Perform worksheet calculations, Build custom formulas, Amend elements in a worksheet, Apply formatting changes to cells, Manage workbook properties, Perform calculations using functions and formulas, Sort, filter and query data, Create and format tables Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT and Project Management Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC)13-1000 Business Operations Specialists (SOC) 11-3000 Operations Specialties Managers (SOC)11-9000 Other Management Occupations Management Analyst Quality Control Analyst Administrative Analyst Manufacturing Analyst Course Information Hours: 147 Approximately 8 weeks of training Course Total Hours Six Sigma Green Belt 21 Six Sigma Black Belt 35 Lean Facilitator Certificate 14 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 77 Total charges for courses $ Courseware Courseware Price Six Sigma Green Belt $50.00 Six Sigma Black Belt $50.00 Lean Facilitator Certificate $50.00 i Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three $60.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $210.00 Exams are included with the training. $0.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $7,800.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $7,800.00 "It is the student's responsibility tc take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team Six Sigma ` Lean' BlackBelfvll IL Foundations CaIJOBS# 11100611000044 CRM ID: C69SoCal General Course Description This course is designed for professionals looking to excel in people and systems management in the IT world. In the ITIL Foundations course the student will learn how to effectively organize and work within a team environment. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Should be familiar with personal computers and the windows operating system and be a business professional. Acquired Skills Students will Learn the DMAIC Methodology, Define Phase Project Report and pass Define Tollgate, Measure Phase Project Report and pass Measure Tollgate , Analyze Phase Project Report and pass Analyze TollgateControl, Improve Phase Project Report and pass Improve Tollgate , Control Phase Project Report and pass Control Tollgate, Be able to lead a Six Sigma Project. By completion of this program, students will also have a deep understanding of the 7 Guiding Principles, 4 Dimensions of Service Management, 34 ITIL® Practices, and the new Value Service Chain that incorporate the core of ITIL® version 4. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC) 13-1000 Business Operations Specialists (SOC)11-3000 Operations Specialties Managers (SOC) 11-9000 Other Management Occupations Software Quality Assurance Engineer and Tester Computer Systems Analyst Medical and Health Service Managers Management Analysis Course Information Hours: 64 Approximately 4 weeks of training Course Hours Six Sigma Lean Black Belt 35 ITIL Foundations V3 or Six Sigma Green Belt 29 Total charges for courses $4, 475.00 Courseware Courseware Price Six Sigma Lean Black Belt $50.00 ITIL Foundations V3 or Six Sigma Green Belt $150.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $200.00 Exam (non-refundable) $250.00 Total charges for a period of attendance 1 $5,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program 1 $5,000.00 1 It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team CaIJOBS# 11010311000001 CRM ID: P62SoCal General Course Description This course is designed for professionals with t experience in the IT world. Following the course combined with exams can lead to Black Belt Certification. In the ITIL Foundations course the student will learn how to effectively organize and work within a team environment. The CompTIA Project+course will prepare students for the current CompTIA Certification exam. IT covers the full range of skills and concepts students need to know to plan and implement projects culminating in the creation of a project schedule. You learn how to manage business concerns such as cost, and risk and it is balanced by thorough coverage of best practices in managing people and resources. Students will also learn how to manage change and the steps necessary in closing a project. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Should be familiar with personal computers .Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Students will Learn the DMAIC Methodology, Define Phase Project Report and pass Define Tollgate , Measure Phase Project Report and pass Measure Tollgate , Analyze Phase Project Report and pass Analyze TollgateControl, Improve Phase Project Report and pass Improve Tollgate , Control Phase Project Report and pass Control Tollgate, Be able to lead a Six Sigma Project. By completion of this program, students will also have a deep understanding of the 7 Guiding Principles, 4 Dimensions of Service Management, 34 ITILD Practices, and the new Value Service Chain that incorporate the core of ITIL® version 4. Students will also learn to apply recognized practices of project management and understand a project's life cycle, roles, and skills necessary to effectively initiate, plan, execute, monitor, control and close a project. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT and Six Sigma Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list bel is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC)13-1000 Business Operations Specialists (SOC)11-3000 Operations Specialties Managers (SOC)11-9000 Other Management Occupations Software Quality Assurance Engineer and Tester Computer Systems Analyst Medical and Health Service Managers Management Analysis Course Information Hours: 151 Approximately 8 weeks of training Course Hours Six Sigma Lean Black Belt 35 ITIL Foundations V3 60 Six Sigma Green Belt 21 CompTIA Project + 35 One CompTIA Exam Voucher and Exam Prep Total charges for courses $7,757.00 Courseware Courseware Price Six Sigma Lean Black Belt $50.00 ITIL Foundations V3 $150.00 Rev e�.-1�1-1d? Six Sigma Green Belt $50.00 CompTIA Project + $68.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $318.00 Exams (non-refundable) $350.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $7&00 Total charges for a period of attendance $8,500.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $8,500.00 'It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team CaIJOBS# 11100611000033 CRM ID: C51SoCal General Course Description A full time Master Black Belt position is the highest level of achievement within the Six Sigma infrastructure. The Master Black Belt engages with executive management to drive the process improvement initiative throughout the entire organization. In addition, the Master Black Belt fulfills the critical role of developing internal Six Sigma resources with primary accountability for the Black Belt bench strength and project results. The Career Development Solutions Master Six Sigma Lean Black Belt Program allows a qualified individual to first earn a Green Belt, mastering the practical process of Lean Six Sigma. The next step is studying for the Black Belt in which the student will learn to apply Six Sigma process methodology. The Master Black Belt course is the final step of the training program. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Student must have graduate degree or 10 years of experience in Process Management and a Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Students will Learn the DMAIC Methodology, Define Phase Project Report and pass Define Tollgate, Measure Phase Project Report and pass Measure Tollgate , Analyze Phase Project Report and pass Analyze TollgateControl, Improve Phase Project Report and pass Improve Tollgate, Control Phase Project Report and pass Control Tollgate, Be able to lead a Six Sigma Project, Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT and Six Sigma Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC)11-3000 Operations Specialties Managers Project Manager Managers Course Information (SOC)13-1000 Business Operations Specialists (SOC)11-9000 Other Management Occupations Management Analysis Hours: 240 Approximately 12 weeks of training Course Hours Six Sigma Lean Green Belt 21 Six Sigma Lean Black Belt 35 Master Black Belt 35 Independent Study 149 Total charges for courses $9,770.00 Courseware Courseware Price Six Sigma Lean Green Belt $50.00 Six Sigma Lean Black Belt $50.00 Master Black Belt $50.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $f 50.00 Exams are included with the training $0.00 C ... Rev e&1 a� ,Z_ v _. Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $9,995.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $9,995.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completioi time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team original program completion date at Process` Manageinent Eertificaterogram `'"" �K. = General Course Description This Management oriented program teaches students the fundamentals of Lean Six Sigma, Project Management and Agile. Students will learn management skills along with the valuable tools of Lean Six Sigma which help with organization with production along with waste reduction by applying Lean Six Sigma methodologies into business management. The Process Management Professional course qualifies as the hours required by PMI to sit for a PMP Exam, The PMI Agile Certified Practitioner training focuses on agile principles and skills with agile techniques. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Students will learn both Lean and Six Sigma methodologies including the DMAIC Model and how to use the model in business analysis and process improvement. Change Management and Project Selection Strategies along with Measurement Systems Analysis, Histograms, Pareto, Box Plot and Scatter Plot. Generating Root Cause Hypothesis, Testing and Process Control. Project Communication and Replication. Project Management will be taught from the Basics including identifying concepts of project management, defining the project, initiating the project, planning the project and planning the project schedule. Additionally, students will learn to plan for quality, resources, procurements, risk, stakeholder engagement and communications. Executing a project and working with stakeholders along with controlling and closing the project. In the Agile course students will learn Core Agile Concepts, the Agile Manifesto, common Agile methodology elements, Agile Planning, Interactions, and the Interpersonal Aspects of Agile. Effective Communications skills along with Management and Presentation skills will also be taught. Job Titles (Job Titles related to Six Sigma, Project Management stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)11-0000 Management Occupations Supervisors Systems Analyst First Line Managers Management Analysis Course Information Hours:297 Approx.17 Course Hours Six Sigma Green Belt 45 Project Management Professional 54 Six Sigma Lean Black Belt 54 PMI Agile Certified Professional 36 Evolving into a Manager Role 36 Communicating Across Your Organization 36 The Art of Effective Presentations 36 Total charges for courses $7,885.00 Courseware Courseware Price Six Sigma Green Belt $50.00 PMI Agile Certified Professional $160.00 Project Management Professional $55.00 Six Sigma Lean Black Belt $50.00 Evolving into a Manager Role $100.00 Communicating Across Your Organization $100.00 The Art of Effective Presentations $100.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $615.00 Exams (Six Sigma Green Belt and Six Sigma Black Belt) No Charge Total charges for a period of attendance $ 8,500.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $ 8,500.00 M "C BS# 52021111000010 CRM ID: P2csocal General Course Description This Project oriented program includes a CompTIA Certification in Project (Project+). The program begins with foundational classes where students will master the skills of Microsoft project and moves forward to Project Certifications. VISIO levels one and two will also be covered within this program. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites. A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Student will learn to design and track well -formed projects by gathering requirements, creating a project plans and assessing project risk while managing multiple business priorities. In addition, the student will learn how to use a computer program (Microsoft Project) as a tool for projects and will acquire the ability through Visio. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT and Project Management Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC)11-0000 Management Occupations (SOC)17-2000 Engineers Architects Managers of Construction Course Information First -Line Supervisor Network and Computer Computer and IS Admin Civil Engineers Systems Administrator Hours: 266 Approximately 14 weeks of instruction Course Hours Project Management Fundamentals 16 Microsoft Project Levels One and Two 31 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 72 CompTIA Project + 35 Microsoft SharePoint Foundation 2010 Levels One and Two 96 Visio Levels One and Two 16 *One Microsoft Exam Voucher, One CompTIA Exam Voucher and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $5,232.00 = Coursewar—Courseware Price Project Management Fundamentals $10.00 Microsoft Project Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three($200) $60.00 CompTIA Project + $68.00 Microsoft SharePoint Foundation 2010 Levels One and Two ($100.00x2) $200.00 Visio Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $418.00 Exams (non-refundable) $550.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $6,275.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $6,275.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team 'Project Certif cfionsProgram'Path wi u oC `' ` ' .."= CaIJOBS# 11100511000004 CRM ID:C65SoCal General Course Description This Project oriented program includes a Microsoft Certification (MCT ) and a CompTIA Certification in Project (Project+). The program begins with foundational classes where students will master the skills of Microsoft project and moves forward to Project Certifications. Both VISIO and AutoCAD levels one and two will also be covered within this program. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Acquired Skills Student will learn to design and track well -formed projects by gathering requirements, creating a project plans and assessing project risk while managing multiple business priorities. In addition, the student will learn how to use a computer program (Microsoft Project) as a tool for projects and will acquire the ability through Visio and Auto Cad to produce CAD drawings, providing familiar and intuitive drawings user interface and tool setfor design/build construction process and you will receive one certification. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT and Project Management Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC) 11-0000 Management Occupations (SOC) 17-2000 Engineers Construction Managers First -Line Supervisors/Managers of Construction Civil Engineers Architects Course Information Hours: 306 Approximately 16 weeks of instruction Course Hours Project Management Fundamentals 16 Microsoft Project Levels One and Two 32 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 48 CompTIA Project + 35 Microsoft SharePoint Foundation 2010 -Level 1 32 Microsoft SharePoint Foundation 2010 - Level 2 32 AutoCAD Levels One and Two 95 *One Microsoft Exam Voucher, One CompTIA Exam Voucher and Exam Preps Total charges for courses $6,207.00 Courseware Courseware Price Project Management Fundamentals $10.00 Microsoft Project Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three ($20x3) $60.00 CompTIA Project + $68.00 Microsoft SharePoint Foundation 2010 - Level 1 $100.00 Microsoft SharePoint Foundation 2010 - Level 2 $100.00 Visio Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 AutoCAD Levels One and Two ($50.00x2) $100.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $518.00 Exams (non-refundable) $575.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $7,375.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $7,375.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team 11100611000047 CRM ID: General Course Description This Project oriented program includes a Project Management Professional PMI approved course along MS project and Excel. The combination of courses blends project management methodologies and computer applications for a well-rounded approach to Project Management. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites This course is designed for professionals Five years or more experience as a Project Manager and a Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Students will learn to apply the generally recognized practices of project management acknowledged by the Project Management Institute (PMI)® to successfully manage projects. Students will be able to, Define project management fundamentals, Define project management within the organization, Define die project management methodology. Initiate a project, Develop a project management plan and plan components., Plan a project schedule., Plan project costs, Plan for quality, resources, and procurements., Plan for risk, Execute a project, Work with stakeholders, Monitor project work, scope, risks, stakeholder engagement, and communications, Control project changes, scope, schedule, costs, quality, resources, and procurements, and Close a project. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT and Project Management Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC)11-0000 Management Occupations Project Managers Medical and Health Services Manager Computer Systems Analyst Management Analysis Course Information Hours: 101 Approximately 6 weeks of training Course Hours Microsoft Project Levels One and Two 24 Project Management Professional 35 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 42 Total charges for courses $4,770.00 Courseware Courseware Price Microsoft Project Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Project Management Professional $55.00 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three ($20x3) $60.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $155.00 No Exams $0.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $5,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $5,000.00 It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team Project Management P'rofessional'(PMI) Program' t - CRM ID; C56SoCal General Course Description This Project oriented program includes a Project Management Professional PMI approved course along with Visio, MS project, Excel and a Project Business Skills course. The combination of courses blends project management methodologies and computer applications for a well- rounded approach to Project Management. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites: High school diploma or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Students will learn how to Define project management fundamentals., Define project management within the organization, Define the project management methodology, Initiate a project, Develop a project management plan and plan components, Plan a project schedule, Plan project costs, Plan for quality, resources, and procurements, Plan for risk, Plan stakeholder engagement and communications, Execute a project, Work with stakeholders, Monitor project work, scope, risks, stakeholder engagement, and communications, Control project changes, scope, schedule, costs, quality, resources, and procurements, Close a project. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT and Project Management Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC)11-0000 Management Occupations Project Computer Systems Department Supervisors Department Managers Course Information Managers Medical and Health Services Manager Analyst Management Analysis Hours: 307 Approximately 16 weeks of training Course Hours CompTIA Project + 35 Microsoft Project Levels One and Two 58 Project Management Professional 102 Visio Levels One and Two 16 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 72 Project Management Fundamentals 24 Total charges for courses $5,902.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA Project + $68.00 Microsoft Project Levels One and Two ($20x2) Management Professional Visio Levels One and Two ($20x2) g$40.00Project Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three ($20x3) Project Management Fundamentals $10,00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $273.00 Exam (non-refundable) $350.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $6,600.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $6,600.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team " $ PNd6 " cti aff ement and Process Improvement CaIJOBS# 11100511000003 CRM ID: C66SoCal General Course Description This Project oriented program includes Lean Six Sigma Green Belt training. Microsoft Project, which is a necessary tool for Project Management and Six Sigma Professionals, will be taught to the advanced level. Student will learn the basics of Lean Six Sigma and by the end will be able to apply Lean Six Sigma methodologies into a project. To earn Sigma Certification Students will need to pass class exams Students will be awarded their belt from the instructor upon approval of the project. Students will learn the PMBOK methods of Project Management. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites This course is designed for professionals with Five years or more experience as a Project Manager and a Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Students will learn both Lean and Six Sigma methodologies including the DMAIC Model and how to use the model in business analysis and process improvement. Change Management and Project Selection Strategies along with Measurement Systems Analysis, Histograms, Pareto, Box Plot and Scatter Plot. Generating Root Cause Hypothesis, Testing and Process Control. Project Communication and Replication. Project Management will be taught from the Basics including identifying concepts of project management, defining the project, initiating the project, planning the project and planning the project schedule. Additionally, students will learn to plan for quality, resources, procurements, risk, stakeholder engagement and communications. Executing a project and working with stakeholders along with controlling and closing the project. In the Agile course students will learn Core Agile Concepts, the Agile Manifesto, common Agile methodology elements, Agile Planning, Interactions, and the Interpersonal Aspects of Agile. Effective Communications skills along with Management and Presentation skills will also be taught. Student will learn to design and track well -formed projects by gathering requirements, creating a project plans and assessing project risk while managing multiple business priorities. In addition, the student will learn how to use a computer program (Microsoft Project) as a tool for projects. Student will learn tools using Microsoft Excel such as, how to Write a range of fundamental Excel commands, Perform worksheet calculations, Build custom formulas, Amend elements in a worksheet, Apply formatting changes to cells, Manage workbook properties. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT and Project Management Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC) 11-0000 Management Occupations Project Computer Systems Department Managers Department Supervisors Course Information Managers Medical and Health Services Manager Analyst Management Analysis Hours: 136 Approximately 7 weeks of training Course Hours Six Sigma Green Belt 21 Project Management Professional 35 Microsoft Project Levels One and Two 32 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 48 Total charges for courses $4,720.00 Courseware Courseware Price Six Sigma Green Belt $50.00 Project Management Professional $55.00 Microsoft Project Levels One and Two $20x2) $40.00 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three ($200) $60.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $205.00 Exam (non-refundable) $0.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $5,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $5,000.00 "It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team . 11100511000002 CRM ID: P55SoCal General Course Description This Project oriented program includes a Project Management Profession PMI approved course along with training fora Six Sigma Black Belt. Following the course combined with assigned projects can lead to Black Belt Certification. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills Students will Learn the DMAIC Methodology, Define Phase Project Report and pass Define Tollgate, Measure Phase Project Report and pass Measure Tollgate , Analyze Phase Project Report and pass Analyze TollgateControl, Improve Phase Project Report and pass Improve Tollgate, Control Phase Project Report and pass Control Tollgate, Be able to lead a Six Sigma Project. Students will also Student will learn to design and track well -formed projects by gathering requirements, creating a project plans and assessing project risk while managing multiple business priorities. In addition, the student will learn how to use a computer program (Microsoft Project) as a tool for projects Job Titles (Job Titles related to Project Management and Six Sigma stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary) Course Information (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC)11-0000 Management Occupations Project Managers Medical and Health Services Manager Computer Systems Analyst Management Analysis Hours: 444 Approximately 23 weeks of training Course Hours Six Sigma Green Belt 21 Microsoft Project Levels One and Two 48 Project Management Professional 105 Six Sigma Lean Black Belt 35 Visio Levels One and Two 16 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three 72 Time Management or Organizational Skills 16 Project Management Fundamentals 24 Presentations Skills 16 Independent Study 91 Total charges for courses $9,600.00 Courseware Courseware Price Six Sigma Green Belt $50.00 Microsoft Project Levels One and Two $40.00 Project Management Professional Six Sigma Lean Black Belt Visio Levels One and Two M$40.00 Microsoft Excel Levels One, Two and Three Time Management or Organizational Skills Project Management Fundamentals $. Presentation Skills $10.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $325.00 Exam (non-refundable) $0.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $10,000.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program 1 $10,000.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by The Management Team �'=�`'�"�RE Hat'Ce►tifiedSystem`s�A �irwa�ol�T ,_ . �� <��w ' �-�-:� �- �.. CaIJOBS# 11100611000049 CRM ID: C31Socal General Course Description Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCSA) is a performance -based test that measures actual competency on live systems. Called the "crown jewel of Linux certifications," RHCSA proves an individual's ability to configure networking services and security on servers running a Red Hat OS. RHCSA was recently named the hottest certification in all of IT by CertCities.com An introduction to fundamental end -user and administrative tools in Red Hat Enterprise Linux, designed for students with little or no command -line Linux or UNIX experience For users of Linux (or UNIX) who want to start building skills in systems administration on Red Hat Enterprise Linux, to a level where they can attach and configure a workstation on an existing network. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A High school diploma or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills The RHCSA is designed for those wanting to prepare for professional responsibilities as a Linux systems administrator at the Technician level. You'll learn all the skills required to manage a Linux workstation and attach it to a corporate network, including configuration of client -side network services Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations Linux Administrator Systems Administrator Course Information Hours: 268 Approximately 16 weeks of training Course Hours Advanced Interpersonal Communication 20 Project Management Fundamentals 20 Organizational Skills 20 Time Management 23 CompTIA Linux+ (exam not included) 105 RH124 Red Hat System Administration 1 40 RH135 Red Hat System Administration 11 with RHCSA Exam 40 MEISEL Totach r esforcourse 3 2.00 Courseware Courseware Price Advanced Interpersonal Communication $20.00 Project Management Fundamentals $20.00 Organizational Skills $20.00 Time Management $20.00 CompTIA Linux+ $68.00 RH124 Red Hat System Administration I $0.00 RH135 Red Hat System Administration II with RHCSA Exam $0.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $108.00 RHCSA Exam included in the training (non-refundable) $0.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $7,500.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $7 500.00 CaIJOBS# 11100611000048 CRM ID: C68SoCal General Course Description Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE) is a performance -based test that measures actual competency on live systems. Called the "crown jewel of Linux certifications," RHCE proves an individual's ability to configure networking services and security on servers running a Red Hat OS. RHCE was recently named the hottest certification in all of IT by CertCities.com An introduction to fundamental end -user and administrative tools in Red Hat Enterprise Linux, designed for students with little or no command - line Linux or UNIX experience For users of Linux (or UNIX) who want to start building skills in systems administration on Red Hat Enterprise Linux, to a level where they can attach and configure a workstation on an existing network. For Linux- and/or UNIX- systems administrators who want to build skills at configuring common network services and security administration using Red Hat Enterprise Linux. See complete details below. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills RHCE is designed for those wanting to prepare for professional responsibilities as a Senior Administrator. You'll learn bash scripting and tools, file security, software management, network monitoring, route network traffic, secure network traffic, file sharing with NFS, Caching Only DNS Server, Troubleshooting Boot Process, etc. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC)17-2000 Engineers Systems Administrator Linux Engineer Systems Engineer Course Information Hours: 169 Approximately 8 weeks of training Course Hours CompTIA Linux+ (exam not included) 105 CompTIA Cloud Essentials 24 RH255 Red Hat System Administration III with RHCE Exam 40 Total charges for courses $7,289.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA Linux+ $68.00 CompTIA Cloud Essentials $68.00 RH255 Red Hat System Administration III with RHCE Exam $0.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $136.00 RHCE Exam included in the training (non-refundable) $0.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $7,500.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $7,500.00 Red ` at Certified' gi�ie'er ndard CaIJOBS# 11100211000000 CRM ID: C67Socal General Course Description Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE) is a performance -based test that measures actual competency on live systems. Called the "crown jewel of Linux certifications," RHCE proves an individual's ability to configure networking services and security on servers running a Red Hat OS. RHCE was recently named the hottest certification in all of IT by CertCities.com An introduction to fundamental end -user and administrative tools in Red Hat Enterprise Linux, designed for students with little or no command -line Linux or UNIX experience. For users of Linux (or UNIX) who want to start building skills in systems administration on Red Hat Enterprise Linux, to a level where they can attach and configure a workstation on an existing network, For Linux- and/or UNIX - systems administrators who want to build skills at configuring common network services and security administration using Red Hat Enterprise Linux. See complete details below. Audience IT professionals who want to build user -level skills before learning Linux System and Network Administration. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Prerequisites a Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required Acquired Skills designed for those wanting to prepare for professional responsibilities as a Linux systems administrator at the Technician level. You'll learn all the skills required to manage a Linux workstation and attach it to a corporate network, including configuration of client -side network services Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC) 17-2000 Engineers Linux system administrator Cnursa. Infnrmafinn Hours: 277 Approximately 14 weeks of training Course Hours CompTIA Linux+ (exam not included) 136 RH124 Red Hat System Administration 1 40 RH135 Red Hat System Administration II with RHCSA Exam 40 CompTIA Cloud Essentials 21 RH255 Red Hat System Administration III with RHCE Exam 40 Total charges for courses $12,789.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA Linux+ $68.00 RH124 Red Hat System Administration 1 $0.00 RH135 Red Hat System Administration 11 with RHCSA Exam $0.00 CompTIA Cloud Essentials $68.00 RH255 Red Hat System Administration III $0.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $136.00 RH SC A and RWCE Exams are ihcluded in ttie raining(non-refundable)" n " $0.00" Registration Fee (nonrefundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $13,000.00 *It is the student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team . Da Science{Entry vel) Y " General Course Description The need for IT departments and Business Units to monitor and analyze data is increasing daily. There is currently an unprecedented demand for the skills required to manage and leverage large data sets into a competitive advantage. Our curriculum is designed to meet the expanding needs for data scientists who are skilled in the utilization of a unique blend of software and LEAN Six Sigma methodologies. Professionals completing our certificate program will understand how to automate methods of collecting and analyzing data and utilizing the findings to create a lean business environment along with discovering cost saving insights that can profoundly impact the success of any business. Audience This program is intended for entry level to professionals in a variety of industries and job roles who will help their organization understand and leverage massive amounts of diverse data they collect. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency Acquired Skills Students will master Excel from learning to navigate the User Interface to using the software for Data Mining, Machine learning and predictive analytics utilizing toolsets including SWL Server Analysis Services and Power Pivots and Pivot Tables. Microsoft Access will be used to manage data including creating a new database, constructing tables, designing forms and reports. Students will be able to expand their knowledge of database design, write advanced queries, structure existing data, share data across applications, and customize reports. Students will create a basic report by connecting to a database and modifying the reports presentation. Information is critical to making sound business decisions. The Capstone of the program is a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt Course. In this course students will be introduced to Lean Six Sigma Principles and Terminology. They will learn the Roles and responsibilities of a Lean Six Sigma Organization. The value of Stream Maps will be presented along with Assuring elimination of wastes and streamlining processes. The DMAIC Method will be mastered to allow the students use along with the software tools to implement in any business setting. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations (SOC)11-0000 Management Occupations Data Solutions Consultant Marketing Data Analyst Data Science Analyst Research Analyst Manager Administrator Project Manager Marketing Course Information Hours: 276 Approximately 14 weeks of training Course Hours Microsoft Excel One Two and Three 60 Microsoft Access Levels One and Two 96 Crystal Reports Levels One and Two 64 Lean Six Sigma Green Belt 21 M ";Data Analysis wi h`Pivot Tables 7° Data Analysis with Power Pivot 7 55040 Data Mining, Predictive Analytics with Microsoft Analysis Services and Excel PowerPivot 21 Total charges for courses $6,795.00 Courseware Courseware Price Microsoft Excel One Two and Three ($20x3) $60.00 Microsoft Access Levels One and Two ($20x2) $40.00 Crystal Reports Levels One and Two ($65x2) $130.00 Lean Six Sigma Green Belt $50A0 Data Analysis with Pivot Tables $50.00 Data Analysis with Power Pivot $50.00 55040 Data Mining, Predictive Analytics with Microsoft Analysis Services and Excel PowerPivot $250.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and nonrefundable) $630.00 No Exams $0.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $7,500.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $7,500.00 'student's responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extensions must be approved by the Management Team . M� - c '219 0*Net 15.1142 15.1151 15.1143 11.3021 15.1152 General Course Description This program begins with AWS Fundamentals, moves forward to Architecting on AWS and finishes with training for a SysOps Administrator. Classes are delivered through our remote top rated Online Live Delivery by our "best in the world instructors." Students will also be given the additional Online Anytime AWS training to reinforce the knowledge they gained in our live instructor led classes. AWS certification is a level of Amazon Web Services cloud expertise that an IT professional obtains after passing one or more exams the public cloud provider offers. IT pros gain AWS certifications to demonstrate and validate technical cloud knowledge and skills. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Students will learn to reach customers with AWS. - Implement AWS storage and database services. - Optimize compute and network services. - Use AWS management tools. - Secure an AWS deployment. , working knowledge of distributed systems, familiarity with general networking concepts, working knowledge of multi -tier architectures, & familiarity with cloud computing concepts - Implement AWS storage and database services. -Optimize compute and network services. -Use AWS management tools. -Secure an AWS deployment. Effective Communication and Interpersonal communication skills. Basic Project Management skills. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC)15-1200 Computer Occupations AWS Architect Cloud Computing AWS Operations Cloud Administrator Course Information Hours: 144 Approximately 8 Weeks Course Hours Training for AWS Fundamentals 8 Architecting on AWS Certification —AWS Certified Solutions Architect —Associate 24 Training for AWS: Systems Operations Certification —AWS Certified SysOps Administrator —Associate 32 On Line Training for Amazon Web Services Basic Series 40 On Line Training for Amazon Web Services Intermediate Series 40 Total charges for courses $5,726.00 Courseware Courseware Price Training for AWS Fundamentals $0.00 Architecting on AWS Certification —AWS Certified Solutions Architect — Associate $0.00 Training for AWS: Systems Operations Certification —AWS Certified SysOps Administrator —Associate $199.00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $199.00 Exam $510.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $75.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $6,000.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $6,000.00 X'*It is the student responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extension must be approved by Management Team . MAZON°WE RVICRAI�6 0*Net 15.1142 15.1151 15.1143 11.3021 15.1152 General Course Description This program begins with a foundation of basic Cloud Essentials through CompTIA Official Training . The Program continues with AWS Fundamentals, Architecting on AWS and finishes with training for a SysOps Administrator. Classes are delivered through our remote top rated On line Live Delivery by our "best in the world instructors." Students will also be given the additional On Line Anytime AWS training to reinforce the knowledge they gained in our live instructor led classes. Students are also trained in professional communication courses along with project management to assure our students who complete our program are trained to be well rounded IT Professionals. AWS certification is a level of Amazon Web Services cloud expertise that an IT professional obtains after passing one or more exams the public cloud provider offers. IT pros gain AWS certifications to demonstrate and validate technical cloud knowledge and skills. Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. Acquired Skills Students will learn to reach customers with AWS. - Implement AWS storage and database services. - Optimize compute and network services. - Use AWS management tools. - Secure an AWS deployment. , working knowledge of distributed systems, familiarity with general networking concepts, working knowledge of multi -tier architectures, & familiarity with cloud computing concepts - Implement AWS storage and database services. -Optimize compute and network services. -Use AWS management tools. -Secure an AWS deployment. Effective Communication and Interpersonal communication skills. Basic Project Management skills. Job Titles (Job Titles related to IT Training stretch Horizontally, they can vastly vary, the list below is a sampling but not limited to) (SOC) 15-1200 Computer Occupations AWS Architect Cloud Computing AWS Operations Cloud Administrator Course Information Hours: 258 Approximately 13 Weeks Course Hours CompTIA Cloud 80 Training for AWS Fundamentals 8 Architecting on AWS Certification — AWS Certified Solutions Architect — Associate 24 Training for AWS: Systems Operations Certification — AWS Certified S s0 sAdministrator—Associate 32 On Line Training for Amazon Web Services Basic Series 40 On Line Training for Amazon Web Services Intermediate Series 40 Communication Strategies 18 Interpersonal Skills 3 8 Project Managemen `Essen ials *TWO AWS Exam Vouchers and Exam Preps AWS-CSAA AWS-SAA 500 Total charges for courses $9,478.00 Courseware Courseware Price CompTIA Cloud $68.00 Training for AWS Fundamentals $0.00 Architecting on AWS Certification — AWS Certified Solutions Architect —Associate $0.00 Training for AWS: Systems Operations Certification — AWS Certified SysOps Administrator —Associate $199.00 Communication Strategies $10.00 Interpersonal Skills 3 $10.00 Project Management Essentials $10,00 Total Textbook Cost (required and non-refundable) $297.00 Exam $0.00 Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00 Total charges for a period of attendance $9,850.00 Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program $9,850.00 *It is the student responsibility to take all certification exams within six months of completion of their original program completion date at that time, all exam vouchers expire. All extension must be approved by the Management Team Career Development Solutions offers our students many training options. In addition to our approved programs, BPPE approved courses offerings are available which include individual courses. CLASSROOM LEARNING As the foundation of Integrated Learning, the classroom experience is enriching, dynamic, and valuable for our students. Our traditional classroom delivery method includes instructor lecture and demonstration, followed by student practice through hands on labs. All Below Course may be taken (Classroom, Online, Hybrid) Career Development Solutions does not issue letter grades. We are a pass/fail school. A Completion Certificate is granted when a student completes 80% attendance and passes the Career Development Solutions mid-term and final exams assessments with an overall score of 70% or better, . A Completion Certificate is not issued when a student is absent more than 20% of the course or does not pass the post class assessment exams with an overall score of 70% or better. For additional detail about below Individual Course see attached Descriptions and Acquired Skills Pages 176-267 or visit our web site hops://ulilearninaeroup.com/ and search for the course at the top center of the page ywhat avoutd you like to learn'- --__ • Site Search DESKTOP APPLICATIONS Program Name Days of Instruction Length of Instruction Total charges for courses Total Textbook Cost (required and non. refundable Registration Fee(non- refundable) Total charges for a period of attendance Estimated Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program Apple Mac Final Cut Pro 3 24 Hours $1010.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1185.00 $ 1,185.00 Mac OS Support Essentials 3 24 Hours $1720.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1895.00 $ 1,895.00 AutoCAD AutoCAD Level 1: Essentials 3 24 Hours $1370.00 $50.00 $75.00 $1495.00 $ 1,495.00 AutoCAD Level 2: Intermediate 2 16 Hours $1070.00 $50.00 $75.00 $1195.00 $ 1,195.00 AutoCAD Level 3: Creating and Presenting 3D Models 3 24 Hours $1370.00 $50.00 $75.00 $1495.00 $ 1,495.00 Business Skills 10 Soft Skills You Need 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Accounting Essentials 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Business Etiquette 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Business Writing 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Change Management 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395. 00 Coaching and Mentoring 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75 00 $395.00 $ 395. 00 Communication Strategies 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395. 00 Conflict Resolution 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Creative Problem Solving 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Critical Thinking 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 og ain WhieeMMIEWWR'Dayso Instruction Lengtf oVW6 Instruction M charges for courses -Total'- Textbook Cost (required and non- refundable �RegistFzition Fee (non- refundable) otal ..:`'Es charges for a period of attendance ima ed4Totai'W Charges for the Entire Educational Program Customer Service 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Email Etiquette 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Employee Motivation 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Excellence in Service - Advanced 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Excellence in Service - Basic 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Grammar Essentials 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Handling a Difficult Customer 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Interpersonal Skills 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Leadership and Influence 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Negotiation Skills 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Organizational Skills 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Performance Management 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Personal Productivity 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Presentation Skills 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Project Management Skills for Non -Project Managers 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Public Speaking 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Salesforce.com - Sales Cloud for Sales Representatives 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Supervising Others 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Team Building for Managers 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Teamwork and Team Building 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Telephone Etiquette 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Time Management 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Accomplishing the Results You Want 3 24 Hours $2075.00 $100.00 $75.00 $2250.00 $ 2,250.00 Becoming a Transformational Leader 2 16 Hours $1325.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1500.00 $ 1,500.00 Building Successful Work Relationships 3 24 Hours $2075.00 $100.00 $75.00 $2250.00 $ 2,250A0 Communicating Across Your Organization 3 24 Hours $2075.00 $100.00 $75.00 $2250.00 $ 2,250.00 Constructive Conflict Management 2 16 Hours $1325.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1500.00 $ 1,500.00 Critical Facilitation Skills for Leaders 2 16 Hours $1326.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1500.00 $ 1,500.00 Developing Successful Interpersonal Skills 3 24 Hours $2075.00 $100.00 $75.00 $2250.00 $ 2,250.00 Discovering Your Leadership Voice 2 16 Hours $1325.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1500.00 $ 1,500.00 Program' ame' '--psof:t: ' Lerigtliofx=Total1=_*1`Total •`Regist�ation -T&tah--Estima"teTotal= s Instruction Instruction charges Textbook Fee (non- charges for Charges for the for Cost refundable) a period of Entire courses (required attendance Educational and non- Program refundable Effective Leadership 3 24 Hours $2075.00 $100.00 $75.00 $2250.00 $ 2,250.00 through Coaching Evolving into the Manager 3 24 Hours $2075.00 $100.00 $75.00 $2250.00 $ 2,2 00.00 Role Expanding Your Emotional 3 24 Hours $2075.00 $100.00 $75.00 $2250.00 $ 2,250.00 Intelligence Extending Your Sphere of 2 16 Hours $1325.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1500.00 $ 1,500,00 Influence Leadership Excellence for 3 24 Hours $2075.00 $100.00 $75.00 $2250.00 $ 2,250. 00 Senior Management Making the Right Decisions 2 16 Hours $1325.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1500.00 $ 1,5 00.00 Under Pressure Managing Remote and 2 16 Hours $1325.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1500.00 $ 1,500.00 Virtual Teams Mastering Positive 2 16 Hours $1325,00 $100.00 $75.00 $1500. 00 $ 1,500.00 Assertiveness Navigating The Modern 2 16 Hours $1325.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1500.00 $ 1,500.00 Workforce - Diversity, Culture, Generations Prioritizing Your Time 2 16 Hours $1325.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1500.00 $ 1,5 00.00 Effective) Providing Outstanding 2 16 Hours $1325.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1500.00 $ 1,500.00 Customer Service Salesforce.com - Sales 5 40 Hours $3575.00 $100.00 $75.00 $3750.00 $ 3,750.00 Cloud Administration Essentials Strategic Negotiation Skills 2 16 Hours $1325.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1500.00 $ 1,500.00 The Art of Effective 3 24 Hours $2075.00 $100.00 $75,00 $2250.00 $ 2,250.00 Presentations Thinking with Critical Insight 2 _3 16 Hours $1325.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1500.00 $ 1,500.00 Transitioning into 24-Hours $2075.00 $100.00 $75.00 $2250.00 $ 2,250.00 Leadership for an IT Manager Writing for the Business 2 16 Hours $1325.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1500.00 $ 1,500.00 Professional BA01- Business Analysis 2 16 Hours $1220.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1395.00 $ 1,395.00 Essentials BA02- Strategic Business 2 1 6Hours $1220.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1395.00 $ 1,395.00 Analysis BA03 - Writing Effective 2 16 Hours $1220.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1395.00 $ 1,395.00 Business Cases BA04 - Eliciting and Writing 3 24 Hours $1820.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1995.00 $ 1,995.00 Effective Requirements BA05 - Process Modeling 2 16 Hours $1220.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1395.00 $ 1,395.00 Using BPMN BA06 - Managing and 2 16 Hours $1220.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1395.00 $ 1,395.00 Communicating Requirements for Projects Pro ram ame=-° - D of Instruction `Lang of T Instruction charges KT6W Textbook rRegs`trafTi n Fee (non- Totaf ' charges for REstimate fatal Charges for the for Cost refundable) a period of Entire courses (required and non- attendance Educational Program refundable BA08- Agile for Business 2 16 Hours $1220.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1395.00 $ 1,395.00 Analysts BA10 - Understanding Root 2 16 Hours $1220.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1396.00 $ 1,395.00 Cause Analysis BA17-Advanced Root 2 16 Hours $1220.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1396.00 $ 1,395.00 Cause Analysis BA29 - User Acceptance 2 16 Hours $1220.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1395.00 $ 1,395.00 Testing for Business Analysts BACP02 - Certified 4 32 Hours $2265.00 $320.00 $75.00 $2660.00 $ 2,660.00 Business Analysis Professional (CBAP) Exam Preparation Databases Access 2016 - Part 1 2 16 Hours $495.00 $20.00 $75.00 1 $590.00 $ 590.00 Access 2016 - Part 2 2 16 Hours $495.00 $20.00 $75.00 $590.00 $ 590.00 Access 2019 - Part 1 2 16 Hours $495.00 $20.00 $75.00 $590.00 $ 590.00 Access 2019 - Part 2 2 16 Hours $495.00 $20.00 $75.00 $590.00 $ 590.00 Access for Office 365 - Part 1 2 16 Hours $695.00 $20.00 $75.00 $790.00 $ 790.00 Access for Office 365 - Part 2 16 Hours $695.00 $20.00 $75.00 $790.00 $ 790.00 2 Crystal Reports 20 66 - Part 1 2 16 Hours $850.00 $65.00 $75.00 $990.00 $ 990.00 Crystal Reports 20 66 - Part 2 16 Hours $850.00 $65.00 $75.00 $990.00 $ 990.00 2 Database Design -A 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Modern Approach Data Analysis using Power 2 16 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 990.00 BI Desktop - Level 1 Data Model Design using 1 8 Hours $500.00 $20.00 $75.00 $590.00 $ 595.00 Power BI Desktop - Level 2 Desktop Presentations PowerPoint 2016 - Part 1 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 PowerPoint 2016 - Part 2 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 PowerPoint for Office 365 - 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Part 1 PowerPoint for Office 365 - 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Part 2 Microsoft Office PowerPoint 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 2019 - Part 1 Microsoft Office PowerPoint 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 2019 - Part 2 t Prog' earri Name- ' ' -� Me'bays of -76taf Instruction Instruction charges for courses sTotal n Textbook Cost (required and non. refundable 'Registrahom- To f" ' -Estimated Total Fee (non. charges for Charges for the refundable) a period of Entire attendance Educational Program DesktoplWeb Publishing Adobe Acrobat Pro DC - Advanced 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Adobe Acrobat Pro DC - Introduction 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Adobe Captivate 2019 - Beyond The Essentials 2 16 Hours $665.00 $50.00 $75.00 $790.00 $ 790. 00 Adobe Captivate 2019 - The Essentials 2 16 Hours $665.00 $50.00 $75.00 $790.00 $ 790.00 Adobe Dreamweaver CC - Part 1 2 16 Hours $695.00 $20.00 $75.00 $790.00 $ 790.00 Adobe Dreamweaver CC - Part 2 2 16 Hours $695.00 $20.00 $75.00 $790.00 $ 790. 00 Adobe Illustrator CC - Part 1 2 16 Hours $695.00 $20.00 $75.00 $790.00 $ 790.00 Adobe Illustrator CC - Part 2 2 16 Hours $695.00 $20.00 $75.00 $790.00 $ 790.00 Adobe InDesign CC -Part 1 2 16 Hours $695.00 $20.00 $75.00 $790.00 $ 790.00 Adobe InDesign CC - Part 2 2 16 Hours $695.00 $20.00 $75.00 $790.00 $ 790.00 Adobe Photoshop CC - Part 1 2 16 Hours $695.00 $20.00 $75.00 $790.00 $ 790.00 Adobe Photoshop CC - Part 2 2 16 Hours $695.00 $20.00 $75.00 $790.00 $ 790.00 Microsoft Office Publisher 2016/2019 1 8Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Publisher2016/2019 1 8Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Developer HTML5 - Content Authoring Fundamentals 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395. 00 HTML5-Content Authoring with New and Advanced Features 1 8Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Fundamentals Using Microsoft Windows 10 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295 00 Google Application Using Google G Suite 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Personal Productivity OneNote 2016 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Outlook 2016 - Part 1 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Outlook 2016 - Part 2 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Outlook 2019 - Part 1 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295. 00 Prog m a F` ' '-Da o Instruction Lendr6f- Total Instruction charges for courses -r6tal- Textbook Cost (required and non- refundable ERegistiaf'ion�` Fee (non- refundable) Total " charges for a period of attendance TEorn ecrTotal Charges for the Entire Educational Program Outlook 2019 - Part 2 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Microsoft Outlook for Office 365 - Part 1 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Microsoft Outlook for Office 365 - Part 2 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Project Management Project 2016 - Part 1 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20,00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Project 2016 - Part 2 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Project 2019 - Part 1 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Project 2019 - Part 2 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Project Management Essentials 3 24 Hours $1010.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1185.00 $ 1,185.00 Project Management Fundamentals I 8 Hours $400.00 $20.00 $75.00 $495.00 $ 495.00 Project Communications and Stakeholder Management 2 16Hours $1103.00 $20.00 $75.00 $1198.00 $ 1,198.00 Project Management Professional (PMP) Certification Preparation Course 5 40 Hours $2820.00 $100.00 $75.00 $2995.00 $ 2,995.00 Project Scope and Schedule Management 2 16 Hours $1095.00 $20.00 $75.00 $1190.00 $ 1,190.00 Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM) Course - Sixth Edition 4 32 Hours $2205.00 $100.00 $75.00 $2380.00 $ 2,380.00 Visio 2016 - Part 1 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Visio 2016 - Part 2 1 8 Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Six Sigma Lean Six Sigma Black Belt 5 40 Hours $3375.00 $50.00 $75.00 $ 3,500.00 Lean Six Sigma Green Belt 4 32 Hours $2675.00 $50.00 $75.00 $ 2,800.00 Spreadsheets Excel 2016 - Formulas and Charts 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Excel 2016 - Part 1 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Excel 2016 - Part 2 1 8 Hours $200,00 $20,00 $75,00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Excel 2016 - Part 3 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Excel 201612019: Data Analysis with Pivot Tables 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 u tm7 t 3Progiam Name W5ays&Lefh Instruction of r'. Instruction Total r'' charges for courses Total ..'Regist'r'ation Textbook Cost (required and non- refundable Fee(non- refundable) TotalEstimateBToTaf charges for a period of attendance Charges for the Entire Educational Program -Tiflwim Excel 2016/2019: Data Analysis with Pivot Tables 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Excel 2016: Formulas and Charts 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Excel 2016: Tables, Pivot Tables and Conditional Formatting 0.5 4 Hours $100.00 $20.00 $75.00 $195.00 $ 195.00 Excel 2019 - Part 1 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Excel 2019 - Part 2 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Excel 2019 - Part 2 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Excel 2019 - Part 3 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Microsoft Excel for Office 365 - Part 1 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Microsoft Excel for Office 365 - Part 2 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Microsoft Excel for Office 365 - Part 3 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Excel2013/2016 Programming with VBA 3 24 Hours $1035 $75.00 $75.00 $1185.00 $ 1,185.00 Data Analysis using Excel 2016 - Level 1 2 16 Hours $895,00 $20.00 $75.00 $990.00 $ 990.00 Data Model Design Using Excel 2016 - Level 2 1 8 Hours $400,00 $20.00 $75.00 $495.00 $ 495.00 Introduction to DAX for Excel 2016 Users - Level 3 2 16 Hours $895.00 $20.00 $75.00 $990.00 $ 990.00 Word Processing Microsoft Word for Office 365 -Part 1 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Microsoft Word for Office 365 - Part 2 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Microsoft Word for Office 365 - Part 3 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Word 2016 - Part 1 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Word 2016 - Part 2 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Word 2016 - Part 3 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Word 2019 - Part 1 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Word 2019 - Part 2 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Word 2019 - Part 3 1 8 Hours $200.00 $20.00 $75.00 $295.00 $ 295.00 Additional Desktop Applications Get Going with QuickBooks 2 16 Hours $695.00 $20.00 $75.00 $790.00 $ 790.00 Keep Going with QuickBooks 2 16 Hours $695.00 $20.00 $75.00 $790.00 $ 790.00 mz "` icioso t'R BI==='=Data 2 16 Hours'- R$-T95W U']- $20 0 = ,$75' - E$790.00x $ 790 Anal sis Practitioner Microsoft Teams 1 8Hours $300.00 $20.00 $75.00 $395.00 $ 395.00 Cyber Secure Coder 3 24 Hours $1390.00 $20.00 $75.00 $1485.00 $ 1,485.00 U x �E1141N AC Program Name Days of Length ofAchargesTextbook Registration Total Estimated Total Instruction Instructionook Fee (non- charges Charges for the refundable) for a Entire Educational ired period of Program on- attendance dableAgile Introduction to Agile and Scrum 1 8 Hours $,$0.00 $75.00 $475.00 $ 475.00 Methodologies PMI Agile Certified Professional 3 24 Hours $1562.00 $160.00 $75.00 $1797.00 $ 1,797. 00 PMI-ACP Exam Preparation Agile Master Certified 3 24 Hours $2015.00 $160.00 $75.00 $2250.00 $ 2,250.00 Agile Project Management 2 16 Hours $955.00 $160.00 $75.00 $1190.00 $ 1,190. 00 Methodologies AWS Data Warehousing on AWS 3 24 Hours $1840.00 $110.00 $75.00 $2025.00 $ 2,025.00 Developing on AWS 3 24 Hours $1840.00 $110.00 $75.00 $2025.00 $ 2,025.00 Fundamentals of AWS 1 8 Hours $514.00 $110.00 $75.00 $699.00 $ 699.00 Azure AZ-300 Azure Architect 5 40 Hours $2670.00 $230.00 $75,00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Technologies AZ-301 Azure Solutions 4 32 Hours $2095.00 $210.00 $75.00 $2380.00 $ 2,380.00 Architect -Desi n AZ-400 Azure DevOps Engineer 5 40 Hours $2840.00 $60.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 AZ-500T00 Microsoft Azure 4 32 Hours $2245.00 $60.00 $75.00 $2380.00 $ 2,380.00 Security Technologies AZ-900T00 Microsoft Azure 2 16 Hours $1055.00 $60.00 $75.00 $1190.00 $ 1,190.00 Fundamentals AZ-900T01 Microsoft Azure 1 8 Hours $460.00 $60.00 $75.00 $595.00 $ 595.00 Fundamentals Cisco Cisco Configuring Cisco MDS 4 32 Hours $3170.00 $350.00 $75.00 $3595.00 $ 3,595. 00 9000 Series Switches v3.1 DCMDS Cisco Implementing and 5 40 Hours $4070.00 $350.00 $75.00 $4495.00 $ 4,495. 00 Operating Cisco Data Center Core Technologies DCCOR Cisco Implementing and 5 40 Hours $3570.00 $350.00 $75.00 $3995.00 $ 3,995.00 Operating Cisco Enterprise Network Core Technologies ENCOR Cisco Implementing Cisco 5 40 Hours $3570.00 $350.00 $75.00 $3995.00 $ 3,995.00 Enterprise Advanced Routing and Services ENARSI Cisco Designing Cisco 5 40 Hours $3570.00 $350.00 $75.00 $3995.00 $ 3,995.00 Enterprise Networks ENSLD lr-E m,. Proge =Name- , - - Days4of< Len ffi`of Xo'"t""la �Total�' sRegistiaion �1'Sfdl' >- = # �"E�tiinated--%tal- Instruction Instruction charges Textbook Fee (non- charges Charges for the for Cost refundable) for a Entire Educational courses (required period of Program and non- attendance refundable Cisco Designing Cisco 5 40 Hours $3570.00 $350.00 $75.00 $3995.00 $ 3,995.00 Enterprise Wireless Networks ENWLSD Cisco Implementing Cisco 5 40 Hours $3570.00 $350.00 $75.00 $3995.00 $ 3,995.00 Enterprise Wireless Networks ENWLSI Cisco Understanding Cisco 5 40 Hours $3570.00 $350.00 $75.00 $3995.00 $ 3,995.00 Wireless Fundamentals v1.0 WLFNDU Cisco Troubleshooting Cisco 5 40 Hours $4070.00 $350.00 $75.00 $4495.00 $ 4,495.00 Data Center Infrastructure v7.0 DCIT Cisco Securing Cloud 4 32 Hours $3570.00 $350.00 $75.00 $3995.00 $ 3,595.00 Deployments with Cisco Technologies v1.0 SECCLD Cisco Implementing Automation 3 24 Hours $2270.00 $350.00 $75.00 $2695.00 $ 2,695.00 for Cisco Service Provider Solutions SPAUI Cisco Implementing and 5 40 Hours $3570.00 $350.00 $75.00 $3995.00 $ 3,995.00 Operating Cisco Collaboration Core Technologies CLCOR Cisco Understanding Cisco 5 40 Hours $3570.00 $350.00 $75.00 $3995.00 $ 3,995.00 Collaboration Foundations v1.0 CLFNDU Cisco Implementing Cisco 5 40 Hours $4070.00 $350.00 $75.00 $4495.00 $ 4,495.00 Application Centric Infrastructure DCACI Cisco Implementing and 5 40 Hours $4070.00 $350.00 $75.00 $4495.00 $ 4,495.00 Operating Cisco Security Core Technologies SCOR Cisco Implementing and 5 40 Hours $4070.00 $350.00 $75.00 $4495.00 $ 4,495.00 Configuring Cisco@ Identity Services Engine v3.0 SISE Cisco Securing Email with 3 24 Hours $2265,00 $355.00 $75.00 $2695.00 $ 2,695.00 Cisco@ Email Security Appliance v3.0 SESA Cisco Securing the Web with 2 16 Hours 1448.00 $275.00 $75.00 $1798.00 $ 1,798.00 Cisco@ Web Security Appliance v3.0 SWSA Cisco Configuring Cisco NX-OS 3 24 Hours $2270.00 $350.00 $75.00 $2695.00 $ 2,695.00 Switches and Fabrics in the Data Center DCCNX v1.0 Cisco Configuring Cisco Unified 3 24 Hours $2270,00 $350.00 $75.00 $2695.00 $ 2,695.00 Computing System DCCUCS Cisco Designing Cisco Data 5 40 Hours $4070.00 $350.00 $75.00 $4495.00 $ 4,495.00 Center Infrastructure v7.0 DCID Cisco Implementing and 5 40 Hours $3220.00 $500.00 $75.00 $3795.00 $ 3,795.00 Administering Cisco Solutions v1.0 CCNA mm t rProg am Name 'r Days of'% Length°=of '• "Tofal3 %Total "` "Ree lafia_(iW- Total -f `,` Rfimated Total` Instruction Instruction charges Textbook Fee(non- charges Charges for the for Cost refundable) fora Entire Educational courses (required period of Program and non- attendance refundable Cisco Deploying Basic Cisco 3 24 Hours $1970.00 $350.00 $75.00 $2395.00 $ 2,395.00 Wireless LANs v1.2 WDBWL Cisco Implementing Advanced 5 40 Hours $3870.00 $350.00 $75.00 $4295.00 $ 4,295.00 Cisco ASA Security v2.1 SASAA Citrix CMB-318 Citrix Virtual Apps and 5 40 Hours $5325.00 $600.00 $75.00 $6000.00 $ 6,000.00 Desktops 7, App Layering, and WEM Administration (Fast - Track CNS-219 Citrix ADC 12.x Traffic 2 16 Hours $1525.00 $400.00 $75.00 $2000.00 $ 2,000.00 Management CNS-221 Citrix Gateway 12.x 2 16 Hours $1525.06 $400.00 $75.00 $2000.00 $ 2,000.00 CNS-222 Citrix ADC 12.x 5 40 Hours $4225.00 $700.O0 $75.00 $5000.00 $ 5,000.00 Essentials and Citrix Gateway CWS-215 Citrix Virtual Apps and 5 40 Hours $4325.00 $600.00 $75.00 $5000.00 $ 5,000.00 Desktops 7 Administration On - Premises and In Citrix Cloud CWS-313 Citrix Virtual Apps and 3 24 Hours $2525.00 $400.00 $75.00 $3000.00 $ 3,000.00 Desktops 7 Advanced Deployment, Troubleshooting, Security and Administration CWS-314 Citrix App Layering 2 16 Hours $1525.00 $400.00 $75.00 $2000.00 $ 2,000.00 and WEM Administration CWS-315 Citrix Virtual Apps and 5 40 Hours $3675.00 $1250.00 $75.00 $5000.00 $ 5,000.00 Desktops 7 Advanced Administration CXD-252 Moving to the Citrix 5 40 Hours $4225.00 $700.00 $75.00 $5000.00 $ 5,OOD.00 Virtual Apps and Desktops Service on Citrix Cloud with Microsoft Azure CompTIA CompTIA A+- Part 1 5 40 Hours $2332.00 $68.00 $75.00 $2475.00 $ 2,475.00 CompTIA A+- Part 2 5 40 Hours $2332.00 $68.00 $75.00 $2475.D0 $ 2,475.00 CompTIA A+ Certification 5 40 Hours $2332.00 $68.00 $75.00 $2475.00 $ 2,475.00 (Exams 220-1001 and 220- 1002 CompTIA Cloud Essentials 3 24 Hours $1342.00 $68.00 $75.00 $1485.00 $ 1,485. 00 Certification CompTIA Cloud+Certification 5 40 Hours $2332.00 $68.00 $75.00 $2475.00 $ 2,475.00 CompTIA IT Fundamentals+ 5 40 Hours $2332.00 $68.00 $75.00 $2475. 00 $ 2,475.00 CompTIA Linux+Certification 5 40 Hours $2332.00 $68.00 $75.00 $2475.00 $ 2,475.00 CompTIA Network+ Certification 5 40 Hours $2332.00 $68.00 $75.00 $2475.00 $ 2,475.00 CompTIA Project+ Certification 5 40 Hours $2332.00 $68.00 $75.00 $2475.00 $ 2,475.00 FProg'ram Name =` Days of= 'u L'engEft o Total" Instruction Instruction charges for courses xTotaT" Textbook Cost (required and non- refundable WegstratiohaITTot�al Fee(non- refundable) charges fora period of attendance Y Pass Charges for the Entire Educational Program CompTlA Security+ Certification 5 40 Hours $2332.00 $68.00 $75.00 $2475.00 $ 2,475.00 CompTlA Penetration Tester+ PenTest+ Certification 5 40 Hours $2832.00 $68.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 CompTlA Server+ Certification 5 40 Hours $2832.00 $68.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 CompTlA Advanced Security Practitioner CASP+ 5 40 Hours $3152.00 $68.00 $75.00 $3295.00 $ 3,295.00 CompTlA Cybersecurity Analyst C SA+ Certification 5 40 Hours $2332.00 $68.00 $75.00 $2475.00 $ 2,475.00 DevOps DevOps Continuous Delivery Architect CDA 2 16 Hours $1225.00 $195.00 $75.00 $1495.00 $ 1,495.00 DevOps Foundation 2 16 Hours $1226.00 $195.00 $75.00 $1495.00 $ 1,495.00 DevOps Leader (DOL) 2 16 Hours $1225.00 $195.00 $75.00 $1495.00 $ 1,495.00 DevOps Test Engineering (DTE) 2 16 Hours $1225.00 $195.00 $75.00 $1495.00 $ 1,495.00 EC -Council EC -Council Certified Ethical Hacker CEH 5 40 Hours $3020.00 $300.00 $75.00 $3395.00 $ 3,395.00 EC -Council Certified Network Defender 5 40 Hours $3020.00 $300.00 $75.00 $3395.00 $ 3,395.00 EC -Council Computer Hacking Forensics Investigator CHFI 5 40 Hours $3020.00 $300.00 $75.00 $3395.00 $ 3,395.00 Exchange 20345-1 Administering Microsoft Exchange Server201612019 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975,00 20345-2 Designing and Deploying Microsoft Exchange Server 2016/2019 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Google Google Cloud Platform Fundamentals - Core Infrastructure 1 MHours$$217630000 $51.00 $75.00 $599.00 $ 599.00 ITIL ITIL 4 Awareness 1 $150.00 $75.00 $795.00 $ 795.00 ITIL 4 Create, Deliver and Support CDS 3 $150.00 $75.00 $2385.00 $ 2,385.00 ITIL 4 Direct, Plan and Improve DPI 3 24 Hours $2160.00 $150.00 $75.00 $2385.00 $ 2,385.00 ITIL4 Drive Stakeholder Value DSV 3 24 Hours $2160.00 $150.00 $75.00 $2385.00 $ 2,385.00 &"Oj Program Name 5, D'ays-o Lengtfi ofa Totaf Total '- - s= f42egistratfon %T6tal ,' ' � mEstiinated=Total ; Instruction Instruction charges Textbook Fee(non- charges Chargesforthe for Cost refundable) fora Entire Educational courses (required period of Program and non- attendance refundable ITIL 4 Foundation 2 16 Hours $1470.00 $150.00 $75.00 $1695.00 $ 1,695.00 ITIL 4 Managing Professional Transition 5 40 Hours $3750.00 $150.00 $75.00 $3975.00 $ 3,975.00 Microsoft ProgrammingMeb 10975 Introduction to 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250,00 $75.00 $2975.00__$ 2,975.00 Pro rammin 20480 Programming in HTML5 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975. 0 _$ 2,975.00 with JavaScri t and CSS3 20483C Programming in C# 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 20486 Developing ASPAET 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975. 00 $ 2,975.00 Core MVC Web Applications 20487 Developing Windows 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Azure and Web Services Microsoft MDIMS MD-100 - Windows 10 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 MD-101 Managing Modern 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975. 0 _$ 2,975.00 Desktops MS-030T00 Office 365 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Administrator MS-100 Microsoft 365 Identity 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 and Services MS-101 Microsoft 365 Mobility 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 and Security MS-101T00 Microsoft 365 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250,00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Mobility and Security MS-200 Planning and 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975. 0 _$ 2,975.00 Configuring a Messaging Platform MS-201 Implementing a Hybrid 4 32 Hours $2105.00 $200.00 $75.00 $2380.00 $ 2,380.00 and Secure Messaging Platform MS-301 Deploying SharePoint 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Server Hybrid MS-500 Microsoft 365 Security 4 32 Hours $2105.00 $200.00 $75.00 $2380.00 $ 2,380 00 Administrator MS-700T00 Microsoft 365 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Teams Administrator MS-900T01 Microsoft 365 1 8 Hours $470.00 $50.00 $75.00 $595.00 $ 595.00 Fundamentals Microsoft SharePoint 20339-1 Planning and 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Administering SharePoint 2016 r gramf5am.. -X Wlla_yi�ofm Instruction Wlefi6ffrfof A I axTotaVM Instruction charges mT,al`- '=altegistrations Textbook Fee(non. ST1511511 charges WEs'timate"�sfotal Charges forth for Cost refundable) for a Entire Educational courses (required period of Program and non- attendance refundable 20339-2 Advanced 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975,00 Technologies of SharePoint 2016 55197 Microsoft SharePoint 2 16 Hours $1015.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1190.00 $ 1,190.00 Server 2016 for the Site Owner/Power User 55215 SharePoint Online Power 4 32 Hours $2105.00 V00.00 $75.00 $2380.00 $ 2,380.00 User 55234 SharePoint 2016 Site 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Collections and Site Owner Administration 55238 SharePoint Online for 3 24 Hours $1560.00 $150.00 $75.00 $1785.00 $ 1,785.00 Administrators Microsoft SQL SQL Querying Fundamentals - 1 8 Hours $370.00 $50.00 $75.00 $495,00 $ 495.00 Part 1 SQL Querying Fundamentals - 1 8 Hours $370.00 $50.00 $75.00 $495.00 $ 495.00 Part 2 10985 Introduction to SQL 3 24 Hours $1560.00 $150. 00 $75.00 $1785.00 $ 1,785.00 Databases 10987 Performance Tuning and 4 32 Hours $2105.00 $200.00 $75.00 $2380.00 $ 2,380.00 Optimizing SQL Databases 10990 Analyzing Data with SQL 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Server Reporting Services 10998 Updating Your Skills to 2 16 Hours $1015.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1190A0 $ 1,190.00 SQL Server 2017 20761 Querying Data with 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Transact SQL 20762 Developing SQL 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975,00 $ 2,975.00 Databases 20764 Administering a SQL 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Database Infrastructure 20765 Provisioning SQL 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Databases 20767 Implementing a SQL Data 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Warehouse 20768 Developing SQL Data 3 24 Hours $1560.00 $150.00 $75.00 $1785.00 $ 1,785.00 Models Microsoft System Center 10964 Cloud & Datacenter 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Monitoring with System Center Operations Manager 10965 IT Service Management 5 40 HoursE$265O.00$250.00 $75.00 $2975.00with System Center Service Mana er20703-1 Administering System 5 40 Hours$250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Center Configuration Manager ProgramAame =k Daysof=` Lengfhof' Total L-'rot`a'1 = -- sRegis�ration==`Total MEstimafediTotal p Instruction Instruction charges Textbook Fee(non• charges Charges for the for Cost refundable) for a Entire Educational courses (required period of Program and non- attendance refundable 55133 PowerShell for System 3 24 Hours $1660.00 $150.00 $75.00 $1785.00 $ 1,785.00 Center Configuration Manager Administrators Microsoft Windows Server 10967 Fundamentals of a 5 40 Hours $2650,00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Windows Server Infrastructure 10969 Active Directory Services 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 with Windows Server 20410 Installing and Configuring 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Windows Server 2012 20411 Administering Windows 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Server 2012 20412 Configuring Advanced 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Windows Server 2012 Services 20740 Installation, Storage, and 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250,00 $75.00 $2975 00 $ 2,975 00 Compute with Windows Server 2016 20741 Networking with Windows 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Server 2016 20742 Identity with Windows 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Server 2016 20744 Securing Windows Server 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 2016 Microsoft Writing Report 55123 Writing Reports with 2 16 Hours $1015.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1190.00 $ 1,190.00 Report Builder and SSRS Level 1 55128 Writing Reports with 2 16 Hours $1015.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1190.00 $ 1,190.00 Report Builder and SSRS Level 2 Microsoft Additional Tech Courses 10961 Automating 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Administration with Windows PowerShell 10962 Advanced Automated 3 24 Hours $1560.00 $150.00 $75.00 $1785.00 $ 1,785. 00 Administration with Windows PowerShell 10982 Supporting and 5 40 Hours $2650.00 $250.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Troubleshooting Windows 10 10994 Data Analysis 2 16 Hours $1015.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1190.00 $ 1,190.00 Fundamentals using Excel 10997 Office 365 Administration 3 24 Hours 1 $1560.00 1 $150.00 $75.00 $1785.00 $ 1,785.00 20778 Analyzing Data with 3 24 Hours $1560.00 $150.00 $75.00 $1785.00 $ 1,785.00 Power BI RUN xProgra ame -_"_= bays- f Instruction "engtli'of TOMTOM= Instruction charges for courses =Tofil Textbook Cost (required and non- refundable zRegist a roE Fee(non- refundable) Total _' charges for a period of attendance mEstirha- =Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program 20779 Analyzing Data with Excel 3 24 Hours $1560.00 $150.00 $75.00 $1785.00 $ 1,785.00 55205 Mastering Microsoft Project 2016 3 24 Hours $1560.00 $150.00 $75.00 $1785.00 $ 1,785.00 55265 Microsoft PowerApps 2 16 Hours $1015.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1190.00 $ 1,190.00 55268 Microsoft Flow 1 8 Hours $470.00 $50.00 $75.00 $595.00 $ 595.00 Oracle Oracle 12c-PUSQL Fundamentals 5 40 Hours $2470.00 $150.00 $75.00 $2695.00 $ 2,695.00 Palo Alto Networks Palo Alto Networks - Firewall Essentials - Configuration and Mana ementv9.0 EDU-210Palo 5 40 Hoursr$4770.00 $150.00 $75.00 $4995.00 $ 4,995.00 Alto Networks- Panorama TM Managing Firewalls at Scale v9.0 EDU-220 2 16Hours $50.00 $75.00 $1995.00 $ 1,995.00 Programing Cyber Secure Coder 3 24 Hours $1360,00 $50.00 $75.00 1 $1485.00 $ 1,485.00 Python Python Programming - Advanced 3 24 Hours $1610.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1785.00 $ 1,785.00 Python Programming - Introduction 2 16 Hours $1065.00 $50.00 $75.00 $1190.00 $ 1,190.00 Python With Data Science 2 16 Hours $1065.00 $50.00 $75.00 $1190.00 $ 1,190.00 Python 3 Essentials 5 40 Hours $3270.00 $150.00 $75.00 $3495.00 $ 3,495.00 Data Wrangling with Python 3 24 Hours $1610.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1785.00 $ 1,785.00 Red Hat Red Hat RHCSA Rapid Track Course RH199 4 32 Hours $3625.00 NIA $75.00 $3700.00 $ 3,700.00 Red Hat RHCSA Rapid Track Course with Exam RH200 5 40 Hours $3820.00 NIA $75.00 $3895.00 $ 3,895.00 Red Hat System Administration RH124 5 40 Hours $3325.00 NIA $75.00 $3400.00 $ 3,400.00 Red Hat System Administration II RH134 4 32 Hours $3325.00 NIA $75.00 $3400.00 $ 3,400.00. Red Hat System Administration II with RHCSA Exam RH135 5 40 Hours $3725.00 NIA $75.00 $3800.00 $ 3,800.00 Red Hat System Administration III - Linux Automation RH294 4 32 Hours $3325.00 NIA $75.00 $3400.00 $ 3,400.00 FEW r? N_ g - Da 6 ofr-� y Instruction '- Len th'of TutaIV A g Instruction charges for courses N Ra '- Totar"z' Textbook Cost (required and non- refundable Regis�'"iafion Fee (non- refundable) "Total' `- charges for a period of attendance Estimated'7otal Charges for the Entire Educational Program Scrum Scrum Developer Certified 2 16 Hours $1245.00 $175,00 $75.00 $1495.00 $ 1,495.00 Scrum Master 2 16 Hours $1245.00 $175.00 $75.00 $1495.00 $ 1,495.00 Scrum Product Owner 2 16 Hours $1245.00 $175.00 $75.00 $1495.00 $ 1,495.00 Security Certified Artificial Intelligence AI Practitioner 5 40 Hours $3250.00 $150.00 $75.00 $3475 00 $ 3,475.00 Certified Information Security Manager CISM 3 24 Hours $1770.00 $150.00 $75.00 $1995.00 $ 1,995.00 Certified Information Systems Auditor CISA 5 40 Hours $3250.00 $150.00 $75.00 $3475.00 $ 3,475.00 Certified Information Systems Security Professional CISSP 5 40 Hours $3170.00 $60.00 $75.00 $3395.00 $ 3,395.00 SharePoint Microsoft SharePoint 2016 - Advanced Site Owner with Workflow Administration 1 8 Hours $370.00 $50.00 $75.00 $495.00 $ 495 00 Microsoft SharePoint 2016 - Site Owner 1 8 Hours $370.00 $50.00 $75.00 $495.00 $ 495.00 Microsoft SharePoint 2016 - Site User 1 8 Hours $370.00 $50,00 $75.00 $495.00 $ 495,00 SharePoint-Advanced Site Owner 1 8Hours $370.00 $50.00 $75.00 $495.00 $ 495.00 SharePoint- Site Owner with Microsoft Forms and Flow 1 8 Hours $370.00 $50.00 $75.00 $495. 00 $ 495.00 SharePoint- Site User 1 8 Hours $370.00 $50.00 $75.00 $495.00 $ 495.00 VMWare VMware CloudTm on AWS - Deploy and Manage 3 24 Hours $1875.00 $600.00 $75.00 $2550.00 $ 2,550.00 VMware Horizon 7 - Install, Configure, Manage 5 40 Hours $3575.00 $600.00 $75.00 $4250.00 $ 4,250.00 VMware vSphere: Install, Configure, Manage 5 40 Hours $3950.00 $600.00 $75.00 $4625.00 $ 4,625.00 Additional Tech Courses Cyber Secure Coder 3 24 Hours $1310.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1485.00 $ 1,485 00 CyberSec First Responder'M Exam CFR-310 5 40 Hours $2800.00 $100.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Tableau Desktop - Part 1 2 16 Hours $1015.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1190.00 $ 1,190.00 Tableau Desktop - Part 2 2 16 Hours $1015.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1190.00 $ 1,190.00 =Z oyramName - 'o ff' M,Daysof `-Le hTof =_� 'aiWRE Tofaf--- rRegfstrai n 46tah' Estima d'Total Instruction Instruction charges Textbook Fee(non- charges Chargesforthe for Cost refundable) for a Entire Educational courses (required period of Program and non- attendance refundable Advanced Java 9 4 32 Hours $2621.00 $100.00 $75.00 $2796.00 $ 2,796.00 Android Studio Development 5 40 Hours $3320.00 $100.00 $75.00 $3495.00 $ 3,495.00 Essentials CRISC Certified in Risk and 3 2.00 $100.00 $75.00 $2037.00 $ 2,037.00 Information Systems Control Introduction to R Programming 2 5.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1190.00 $ 1,190.00 JavaScript Essentials with 5 THours$3320.00 0.00 $100.00 $75.00 $3495.00 $ 3,495.00 lQueryMS-300 Deploying Microsoft 365 5 00.00 $100.00 $75.00 $2975.00 $ 2,975.00 Teamwork COBIT 2019 Foundation 2 5.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1330.00 $ 1,330.00 Angular 6 Essentials 3 24 Hours $1820.00 $100.00 $75.00 $1995.00 $ 1,995.00 Certified Information Privacy 2 16 Hours $2420.00 $100.00 $75.00 $2595.00 $ 2,595.00 Professional CIPP/US Each educational program meets the requirements of 5 C.C.R. section 71710 Admissions Requirement: See Page 288 "Admissions Process" Minimum of prior education: Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalence Minimum graduation requirements: Attendance 80%, Exams passed at 70% Instruction Mode: Classroom, Online, Hybrid Prerequisites A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required. 10 Soft Skills You Need Description In this course, students will develop a core set of soft skills by managing and looking at the way people interact and seeing things in a new light. Acquired Skills Communication, Teamwork, Problem Solving, Time Management, Self -Confidence, Networking 10961 Automating Administration with Windows PowerShell Description This course provides students with the fundamental knowledge and skills to use Windows PowerShell for administering and automating administration of Windows based servers. Acquired Skills CMDLETS for Administration, Working with the windows PowerShell Pipeline, Understanding how the pipeline works, Using PSProviders and PSDrives, Querying, Working with Variables, Arrays and hash Tables, Basic Scripting 10962 Advanced Automated Administration with Windows PowerShell Description This course that will teach students how to automate administrative tasks using Windows PowerShell 5.1. Students will learn core scripting skills such as creating advanced functions, writing controller scripts, and handling script errors. Students will learn how to works with Windows PowerShell Workflow, the REST API and XML and JSON formatted data files, Students will also learn how to use new administration tools such Desired State Configuration (DSC) and Just Enough Administration (JEA) to configure and secure servers. Acquired Skills Using CMDLETS, Controller Scripts, Handling Script Errors, Using XML Data Files, Managing Server Configurations, Analyzing and Debugging Scripts 10964 Cloud & Datacenter Monitoring with System Center Operations Manager Description This course equips students with the skills they require to deploy and configure System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager. Acquired Skills Configure integration between System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager and other System Center 2012 R2 components., Architect a highly available System Center and Microsoft SQL Server platform utilizing Microsoft SQL Server AlwaysOn, Planning for migration and upgrade scenarios to System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager., Customize the Operations Console with User Roles, Implement key Management Pack concepts, Implement key Management Pack concepts, Configure integration between System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager and other System Center 2012 R2 components 10965 IT Service Management with System Center Service Manager Description provide students with the key knowledge required to deploy and configure System Center 2016 Service Manager. �' A- rred�5kifls �- "- Describe Service Manager 2016., Upgrade to Service Manager 2016., Install Service Manager 2016 , Describe Service Manager usage cases., Configure base settings in Service Manager 2016., Configure Incident and Problem Management., Configure Activity, Change, and Release Management., Configure and Manage Service Requests., Automate business processes with Service Manager and Orchestrator., Configure Service Level Management., Customize the Self -Service Portal., Use Reports and Analyze Data in Service Manager., Perform advanced troubleshooting and disaster recovery in Service 10967 Fundamentals of a Windows Server@ Infrastructure Description Students will learn basic skills and knowledge required to build a Windows Server Infrastructure, as well as networking architecture and topologies, security considerations and best practices and Windows Server administration skills and technologies. Acquired Skills Perform a local media -based installation of Windows Server 2012., Select appropriate storage technologies and configure storage on Windows Server., Describe fundamental network components and terminology, Implement a network by selecting network hardware components, Describe the protocols and services within the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) suite of protocols and implement IPv4, Describe server roles, identify the network -related security features in Windows Server, Identify and implement additional software components to enhance your organization's security., Monitor a server to determine the performance level. 10969 Active Directory@ Services with Windows Server(g) Description Students will learn the skills you need to better manage and protect data access and information, simplify deployment and management of your identity infrastructure, and provide more secure access to data from virtually anywhere. Acquired Skills Understand available solutions for identity management and be able to address scenarios with appropriate solutions., Deploy and administer AD DS in Windows Server 2012., Secure AD DS deployment., Monitor, troubleshoot and establish business continuity for AD DS services., Implement AD DS sites, configure and manage replication, Implement and manage GPOs., Manage user settings with GPOs., Secure and provision data access using technologies such as Dynamic Access Control, Work Folders and Workplace Join, Implement certification authority (CA) hierarchy with AD CS and how to manage CAs., Implement certificates., Implement and manage AD RMS., Implement and administer AD FS., Implement Windows Azure Active Directory., Implement and administer Active Directory Lightweight Directory Services (AD LDS). 10975 Introduction to Programming Description students will learn the basics of computer programming through the use of Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 and either the Visual C# or Visual Basic programming languages. Acquired Skills Explain computer number systems such as binary., Create and use variables and constants in programs., Explain how to create and use functions in a program., Create and use decisions structures in a computer program., Create and use repetition (loops) in a computer program., Explain pseudocode and its role in programming., Explain the basic computer data structures such as arrays, lists, stacks, and queues., Implement object -oriented programming concepts., Create and use classes in a computer program., Implement encapsulation, inheritance, and polymorphism., Describe the base class library (BCL) in the .NET Framework., Explain the application security concepts., Implement simple 1/0 in a computer program., Identify application errors and explain how to debug an application and handle errors., Identify the performance considerations for applications. 10982 Supporting and Troubleshooting Windows 10 Description This course is designed to provide students with the knowledge and skills required to support and troubleshoot Windows 10 PCs and devices in a Windows Server domain environment. These skills include understanding of Windows 10 features, how they can be used in an Active Directory environment and how to troubleshoot them. Acquired Skills �'� `--� 'DescriheA e- ocesses fog lanniri �"andzusin "a=Windows `0"troublesHi3otm�'inettiodolo �T 5'= p 9 "" g g gy Troutileshoot startup' - issues and operating system services on a Windows 10 device., Resolve issues that pertain to hardware devices and device drivers., Troubleshoot Windows 10 devices remotely., Troubleshoot issues that pertain to network connectivity., Troubleshoot client -configuration failures and issues with application of Group Policy Objects (GPOs)., Troubleshoot issues related to user settings. , Troubleshoot remote -connectivity issues., Resolve issues that pertain to accessing resources from devices that are domain -joined., Resolve issues that pertain to accessing resources from devices that are not domain -joined., Troubleshoot issues that pertain to application installation and operation., Maintain a device that is running Windows 10., Recover a device that is running Windows 10. 10985 Introduction to SQL Databases Description Course is aimed at people looking to move into a database professional role or whose job role is expanding to encompass database elements. The course describes fundamental database concepts including database types, database languages, and database design Acquired Skills Describe key database concepts in the context of SQL Server 2016, Describe database languages used in SQL Server 2016, Describe data modelling techniques, Describe normalization and de -normalization techniques, Describe relationship types and effects in database design, Describe the effects of database design on performance, Describe commonly used database objects 10987 Performance Tuning and Optimizing SQL Databases Description provides students who manage and maintain SQL Server databases with the knowledge and skills to performance tune and optimize their databases. Acquired Skills Describe the high level architectural overview of SQL Server and its various components., Describe the SQL Server execution model, waits and queues., Describe core 1/0 concepts, Storage Area Networks and performance testing., Describe architectural concepts and best practices related to data files for user databases and TempDB., Describe architectural concepts and best practices related to Concurrency, Transactions, Isolation Levels and Locking., Describe architectural concepts of the Optimizer and how to identify and fix query plan issues. ,Describe architectural concepts, troubleshooting scenarios and best practices related to Plan Cache., Describe architectural concepts, troubleshooting strategy and usage scenarios for Extended Events., Explain data collection strategy and techniques to analyze collected data., Understand techniques to identify and diagnose bottlenecks to improve overall performance. 10990 Analyzing Data with SQL Server Reporting Services Description This course teaches students how to implement a SQL Server 2016 Reporting Services solution for data analysis in an organization. The course discusses how to use the Reporting Services development tools to create and manage reports and implement self-service BI solutions. Acquired Skills Describe reporting services and it's components, Describe reporting services data sources, Implement paginated reports, Work with reporting services data, Visualize data with reporting services, Aggregate report data, Share reporting services reports, Administer reporting services, Expand and integrate reporting services, Describe mobile reports, Develop mobile reports. 10994 Data Analysis Fundamentals using Excel Description The main purpose of the course is to give students the ability to add analysis capabilities to Excel spreadsheets and to provide students with a foundation to learn about more advanced data analytics with Excel or Power BI. Acquired Skills Create an Excel report, Create an Excel table, Create a pivot table and pivot chart, Create a dashboard and analyze data, Create Hierarchies, Data Analysis Fundamentals using Excel 10997 Office 365 Administration Description TFiis• • -'urse teaches ttie`skilis-you need`to K-'ad"minister, co fi4Urre `trooUI516e h6ot, a=dfo`perate-Offl'ee 65- T-MM services, including its identities, dependencies, requirements, and supporting technologies. You will develop the skills required to administer and troubleshoot Office 365 tenant and key services of Office 365, such as Exchange Online, SharePoint Online and Skype for Business and Teams. You will also be introduced to security and compliance features of Office 365. Acquired Skills Describe Office 365 services., Administer Office 365 by using graphical user interface (GUI) and Windows PowerShell., Administer and troubleshoot directory synchronization and directory objects., Administer and troubleshoot Skype for Business., Administer and troubleshoot SharePoint Online., Administer and troubleshoot Office 365 ProPlus., Administer and troubleshoot compliance and security in Office 365. 10998 Updating Your Skills to SQL Server 2017 Description course is aimed at database professionals looking to update their skills to cover SQL Server 2017. Acquired Skills Describe key capabilities and components of SQL Server 2017, Describe new and enhanced features in SQL Server Performance, Availability, and Scalability, Describe new and enhanced features in SQL Server data access, Describe new and enhanced features in SQL Server reporting and BI, Describe new and enhanced features in SQL Server OLAP, Describe new and enhanced data analytics features, Describe new and enhanced features in SQL Server Cloud deployments, Describe SQL Server on Linux functionality This course will provide students with the knowledge and skills to plan and administer a Microsoft SharePoint 2016 environment. The course teaches students how to deploy, administer, and troubleshoot their SharePoint environment. Acquired Skills Describe the key features of SharePoint 2016., Design an information architecture for a SharePoint 2016 deployment., Design a logical architecture for a SharePoint 2016 deployment., Design the physical architecture for a SharePoint 2016 deployment., Install and configure SharePoint 2016., Create and configure web applications and site collections., Plan and configure service applications for a SharePoint 2016 deployment., Manage users and permissions, and secure content in a SharePoint 2016 deployment., Configure authentication in a SharePoint 2016 deployment., Configure platform and farm -level security in a SharePoint 2016 deployment., Manage information taxonomy in SharePoint web applications and site collections., Configure and manage user profiles and audiences., Configure and manage the search experience in SharePoint 2016., Monitor, maintain, and troubleshoot a SharePoint 2016 deployment. 20339-2 Advanced Technologies of SharePoint 2016 Description This course will teach students how to plan, configure, & manage the advanced features in a SharePoint 2016 environment. The areas of focus for this course include implementing high availability, disaster recovery, & service application architecture. Acquired Skills Describe the core SharePoint 2016 architecture and its new and improved features., Describe the key hybrid features in SharePoint 2016., Plan and design a SharePoint 2016 environment to meet requirements for high availability and,, disaster, recovery., Plan and implement Business Connectivity Services and Secure Store Service., Configure and manage productivity services for a SharePoint 2016 deployment., Manage solutions in a SharePoint 2016 deployment., Plan and configure social computing features., Plan and configure web content management for an Internet -facing environment., Plan and configure Enterprise Content Management in a SharePoint 2016 deployment., Plan and configure business intelligence solutions., Plan and configure work management, productivity, and collaboration platforms and features., Perform an upgrade or migration to SharePoint 2016. rt ¢1P;T' TI`iW&6urse teachFVI7"p'�of&sionaIshow to admihisterandrsupport Ezchang"a Server. The course covers how"' ' install and configure Exchange Server. It also covers how to manage mail recipients and public folders, including how to perform bulk operations by using Exchange Management Shell. In addition, the course covers how to manage client connectivity, message transport and hygiene, and highly available Exchange Server deployments. It also covers how to implement disaster recovery solutions. Finally, the course covers how to maintain and monitor an Exchange Server deployment and how to administer Exchange Online in an Office 365 deployment. Acquired Skills Deploy Exchange Server. Plan and configure storage for Exchange Server., Create and manage various recipient objects in Exchange Server., Perform recipient management and Exchange server management tasks by using Exchange Server cmdlets., Deploy Client Access services in Exchange Server., Manage high availability in Exchange Server., Implement disaster recovery for, Configure and manage message transport in Exchange Server., Configure message security in Exchange Server., Monitor and troubleshoot Exchange Server., Configure Exchange Server role -based access control permissions and configure audit logging for both administrators and users., Implement and manage integration with Exchange Online. 20345-2 Designing and Deploying Microsoft Exchange Server 2016/2019 Description This course provides experienced Exchange Server administrators with the knowledge to design and implement an Exchange Server messaging environment. The course covers how to design and configure advanced components in an Exchange Server deployment such as site resiliency, advanced security, compliance, archiving and discovery solutions, coexistence with other Exchange organizations or Exchange Online, and migration from previous versions of Exchange server. The course also provides guidelines, best practices, and considerations that will help optimize Exchange Server deployments. Acquired Skills Plan for Exchange Server deployments., Plan and deploy Exchange Server hardware, virtualization, mailbox databases, and public folders., Plan message transport in Exchange Server., Plan and deploy Client Access services in Exchange Server., Design and implement a highly available Exchange Server environment., Maintain Exchange Server by using Managed Availability and Desired State Configuration (DSC)., Plan for messaging security and design and implement Active Directory Rights Management Services (AD RMS) and Microsoft Azure RMS in Exchange Server., Design and implement message retention and archiving., Design and implement data loss prevention policies, In -Place Hold, and eDiscovery., Design and implement messaging coexistence among Exchange Server organizations., Plan and implement the upgrade from previous versions of Exchange Server to Exchange Server 2019., Plan a hybrid Exchange deployment. 20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 Description This course primarily covers the initial implementation and configuration of core services including Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), networking services, and Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2012 configuration. Acquired Skills Install and Configure Windows Server 2012. ,Describe AD DS., Manage Active Directory objects. ,Automate Active Directory administration. ,Implement IPv4., Implement Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)., Implement Domain Name System (DNS)., Implement IPv6., Implement local storage., Share files and printers., Implement Group Policy., Use Group Policy Objects (GPOs) to secure Windows Servers., Implement server virtualization using Hyper-V. 20411 Administering Windows Server 2012 Description This course focuses on the administration tasks necessary to maintain a Windows Server 2012 infrastructure such as configuring and troubleshooting name resolution, user and group management with Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) and Group Policy.+ Acquired Skills Configure and Troubleshoot Domain Name System, Maintain Active Directory Domain Services, Manage User and Service Accounts, Implement Group Policy Infrastructure, Manage User Desktops using Group Policy, Install, Configure and Troubleshoot Network Policy Server, Implement Network Access Protection, Implement Remote Access, Optimize File Services, Configure Encryption and Advanced Auditing, Deploy and Maintain Server Images, Implement Update Managements, Monitor Windows Server 2012 20412 Confiqurinq Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services Description Students will learn advanced configuration and services tasks necessary to deploy, manage and maintain Windows Server 2012 infrastructure, such as identity management, rights management, Federated services, network load balancing, and failover clustering. Acquired Skills Implement advanced network services., Implement advanced file services. Implement Dynamic Access Control., Implement network load balancing (NLB)., Implement failover clustering., Implement failover clustering with Hyper- V., Implement disaster recovery., Implement distributed Active Directory® Domain Services (AD DS) deployments., Implement AD DS sites and replication., Implement Active Directory Certification Services (AD CS)., Implement Active Directory Rights Management Services (AD RMS)., Implement Active Directory Federation Services (AD FS). This course provides an introduction to HTML5, CSS3, and JavaScript and helps students gain basic HTML5/CSS3/JavaScript programming skills. This course is an entry point into both the Web application and Windows Store apps training paths. Acquired Skills Explain how to use Visual Studio 2017 to create and run a Web application., Describe the new features of HTML5, and create and style HTML5 pages., Add interactivity to an HTML5 page by using JavaScript., Create HTML5 forms by using different input types, and validate user input by using HTML5 attributes and JavaScript code., Send and receive data to and from a remote data source by using XMLHTTP Request objects and Fetch API., Style HTML5 pages by using CSS3., Create well -structured and easily -maintainable JavaScript code., Write modern JavaScript code and use babel to make it compatible to all browsers., Use common HTML5 APIs in interactive Web applications., Create Web applications that support offline operations., Create HTML5 Web pages that can adapt to different devices and form factors., Add advanced graphics to an HTML5 page by using Canvas elements, and by using and Scalable Vector Graphics., Enhance the user experience by adding animations to an HTML5 page., Use Web Sockets to send and receive data between a Web application and a server., Improve the responsiveness of a Web application that performs long -running operations by using, Web Worker processes., Use WebPack to package web applications for production. 20483 Programming in C# Description This training course teaches developers the programming skills that are required for developers to create Windows applications using the C# language. Acquired Skills Describe the core syntax and features of C#., Create and call methods, catch and handle exceptions, and describe the monitoring requirements of large-scale applications., Implement the basic structure and essential elements of a typical desktop application., Create classes, define and implement interfaces, and create and use generic collections., Use inheritance to create a class hierarchy, extend a .NET Framework class, and create generic classes and methods., Read and write data by using file input/output and streams, and serialize and deserialize data in different formats., Create and use an entity data model for accessing a database and use LINQ to query and update data., Use the types in the System.Net namespace and WCF Data Services to access and query remote data., Build a graphical user interface by using XAML., Improve the throughput and response time of applications by using tasks and asynchronous operations., Integrate unmanaged libraries and dynamic components into a C# application., Examine the metadata of types by using reflection, create and use custom attributes, generate code at, runtime, and manage assembly versions., Encrypt and decrypt data by using symmetric and asymmetric encryption. 20486 Developing ASP.NET Core MVC Web Applications Description In this course, the professional web developers will learn to develop advanced ASP.NET Core MVC applications using .NET Core tools and technologies. The focus will be on coding activities that enhance the performance and scalability of the Web site application. This course will also prepare the student for exam 70-486. Describe the Microsoft Web Technologies stack and select an appropriate technology to use to develop any given application., Design the architecture and implementation of a web application that will meet a set of functional requirements, user interface requirements, and address business models., Configure the pipeline of ASP.NET Core web applications using middleware, and leverage dependency injection across MVC application., Add Controllers to an MVC Application to manage user interaction, update models, and select and return Views., Develop a web application that uses the ASP.NET Core routing engine to present friendly URLs and a logical navigation hierarchy to users., Create Views in an MVC application that display and edit data and interact with Models and Controllers., Create MVC Models and write code that implements business logic within Model methods, properties, and events., Connect an ASP.NET Core application to a database using Entity Framework Core., Implement a consistent look and feel across an entire MVC web application., Write JavaScript code that runs on the client -side and utilizes the jQuery script library to optimize the responsiveness of an MVC web application., Add client side packages and configure Task Runners., Run unit tests and debugging tools against a web application in Visual Studio 2017., Write an MVC application that authenticates and authorizes users to access content securely using, Identity., Build an MVC application that resists malicious attacks., Use caching to accelerate responses to user requests., Use Signal R to enable two-way communication between client and server., Describe what a Web API is and why developers might add a Web API to an application., Describe how to package and deploy an ASP.NET Core MVC web application from a development computer to a web server. In this course, students will learn how to design and develop services that access local and remote data from various data sources and how to develop and deploy services to hybrid environments, including on -premises servers and Windows Azure. Acquired Skills Query and manipulate data with Entity Framework, Use ASP.NET Web API to create HTTP-based services and consume them from .NET and non -.NET clients, Extend ASP.NET Web API services using message handlers, model binders, action filters, and media type formatters, Create SOAP -based services with the Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) and consume them from .NET clients, Apply design principles to service contracts and extend WCF services using custom runtime components and behaviors, Secure WCF services using transport and message security, Use Windows Azure Service Bus for relayed messaging and brokered messaging using queues and topics, Host services on on -premises servers, and on various Windows Azure environments, such as Web Roles, Worker Roles, and Web Sites, Deploy services to both on -premises servers and Windows Azure, Store and access data in Windows Azure Storage, and configure storage access rights, Monitor and log services, both on -premises and in Windows Azure, Implement federated authentication by using ACS with ASPAET Web API services, Create scalable, load -balanced services In this course, students will learn day-to-day management tasks, including how to manage applications, client health, hardware and software inventory, operating system deployment, and software updates by using Configuration Manager. You also will learn how to optimize System Center Endpoint Protection, manage compliance, and create management queries and reports. Acquired Skills Describe the features Configuration Manager and Intune include, and explain how you can use these features to manage PCs and mobile devices in an enterprise environment., Analyze data by using queries and reports., Prepare a management infrastructure, including configuring boundaries, boundary groups, and resourced discovery, and integrating mobile -device management with Microsoft Exchange Server., Deploy and manage the Configuration Manager client., Configure, manage, and monitor hardware and software inventory, and use Asset Intelligence and software metering., Identify and configure the most appropriate method to distribute and manage content used for deployments., Distribute, deploy, and monitor applications for managed users and systems., Maintain software updates for PCs that Configuration Manager manages., Implement Endpoint Protection for managed PCs., Manage configuration items, baselines, and profiles to assess and configure compliance settings and data access for users and devices., Configure an operating -system deployment strategy by using Configuration Manager., Manage and maintain a Configuration Manager site. V C.1411'ILIV II This course is designed for students who are responsible for managing storage by using Windows Server 2016, and who need to understand the scenarios, requirements, and storage and compute options that are available in Windows Server 2016. Acquired Skills Prepare and install Nano Server, a Server Core installation, and plan a server upgrade and migration strategy., Describe the various storage options, including partition table formats, basic and dynamic disks, file, systems, virtual hard disks, and drive hardware, and explain how to manage disks and volumes., Describe enterprise storage solutions, and select the appropriate solution for a given situation., Implement and manage Storage Spaces and Data Deduplication., Install and configure Microsoft Hyper-V., Deploy, configure, and manage Windows and Hyper- V containers., Describe the high availability and disaster recovery technologies in Windows Server 2016., Plan, create, and manage a failover cluster., Implement failover clustering for Hyper-V virtual machines., Configure a Network Load Balancing (NLB) cluster, and plan for an NLB implementation., Create and manage deployment images., Manage, monitor, and maintain virtual machine installations. 20741 Networking with Windows Server 2016 Description This course provides the fundamental networking skills required to deploy & support Windows Server 2016 in most organizations. It covers IP fundamentals, remote access technologies, & more advanced content including software defined networking. Acquired Skills Plan and implement an IPv4 network. ,Implement Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)., Implement IPv6., Implement Domain Name System (DNS)., Implement and manage IP address management (IPAM)., Plan for remote access., Implement DirectAccess., Implement virtual private networks (VPNs)., Implement networking for branch offices., Configure advanced networking features., Implement software defined networking. 20742 Identity with Windows Server 2016 Description This course teaches IT Pros how to deploy and configure Active Directory Domain Services in a distributed environment, how to implement Group Policy, how to perform backup & restore, & how to troubleshoot Active Directory —related issues. Acquired Skills Install and configure domain controllers., Manage objects in AD DS by using graphical tools and Windows PowerShell., Implement AD DS in complex environments., Implement AD DS sites, and configure and manage replication., Implement and manage Group Policy Objects (GPOs)., Manage user settings by using GPOs., Secure AD DS and user accounts., Implement and manage a certificate authority (CA) hierarchy with AD CS., Deploy and manage certificates., Implement and administer AD FS., Implement and administer Active Directory Rights Management Services (AD RMS)., Implement synchronization between AD DS and Azure AD., Monitor, troubleshoot, and establish business continuity for AD DS services. 20744 Securing Windows Server 2016 Description This course teaches IT professionals how they can enhance the security of the IT infrastructure that they administer. This course begins by emphasizing the importance of assuming that network breaches have occurred already, and then teaches you how to protect administrative credentials and rights to help ensure that administrators can perform only the tasks that they need to, when they need to. This course explains how you can use auditing and the Advanced Threat Analysis feature in Windows Server 2016 to identify security issues. You will also learn how to mitigate malware threats, secure your virtualization platform, and use deployment options such as Nano server and containers to enhance security. The course also explains how you can help protect access to files by using encryption and dynamic access control, and how you can enhance your network's security. Acquired Skills Secure Windows Server., Secure application development and a server workload infrastructure., Manage security baselines., Configure and manage just enough and just -in -time (JIT) administration., Manage data security., Configure Windows Firewall and a software -defined distributed firewall., Secure network traffic., Secure your updates., Manage threats by using Advanced Threat Analytics (OMS). and Microsoft Operations Management Suite 20761 Querying Data with Transact SQL Description Are you ready to learn how to navigate relational databases like a pro? Transact SQL training from will prepare you to take the next step in your data career. In this course, you will gain a comprehensive understanding of the Transact SQL language, which is used by all SQL Server -related disciplines including database administration, database development and business intelligence. Acquired Skills Describe the key capabilities and components of SQL Server Confidently speak about T-SQL, sets and predicate logic Write single- and multi -table SELECT statements Explain how SQL Server uses data types Manipulate set operators to combine query results Work with and implement views and table -valued functions Write DML statements and queries Transform data by implementing pivot, unpivot, rollup and cube Create and implement stored procedures Add programming constructs such as variables, conditions and loops to T-SQL code 20762 Developing SQL Databases Description In the Developing SQL Databases course, you will learn how to use SQL Server 2016 features and tools and gain the knowledge and skills to develop a SQL Server database. Acquired Skills Design and implement tables Confidently speak about advanced table designs Ensure data integrity through constraints Describe indexes, including optimized and column store indexes Work with spatial data Address data manipulation using triggers Execute managed code in SQL Server Store and query XML data, BLOBS and text documents Design and implement views, stored procedures, user -defined functions and in -memory tables 20764 Administering a SQL Database Infrastructure Description In this course, you'll learn the ins and outs of database administration and gain hands-on experience automating, backing up, restoring and troubleshooting SQL Server. With expert guidance from' certified instructors, you'll master the modern database techniques companies are desperately seeking out. Acquired Skills Authenticate and authorize users Assign server and database roles Backup and restore SQL Server databases Protect data with encryption and auditing Automate database management Configure security for the SQL Server agent Manage alerts and notifications Administer SQL Server using PowerShell Monitor and troubleshoot a SQL Server infrastructure Import and export data 20765 Provisioning SQL Databases Description I " t 'e-Pro sinning SLFLm atab se coir you1117earn"'ho r ti=cdnFgure and • anage SQ'LServer dfabases ='= "" both on -premises and in SQL Azure. Acquired Skills Provision a database server Upgrade SQL Server Configure SQL Server Manage shared databases and files Set up, migrate and manage databases in the cloud 20767 Implementing a SQL Data Warehouse Description In the "Implementing a SQL Data Warehouse course", you'll learn how to provision a Microsoft SQL Server database both on -premises and in Azure. Acquired Skills Describe the main hardware required to build a data warehouse Execute logical and physical design for a data warehouse Create column store indexes and dynamic packages that include variables and parameters Implement an Azure SQL Data Warehouse Represent the key features of SSIS Apply control flow by using tasks and precedence constraints Debug and deploy SSIS projects Understand the considerations to implement an ETL solution Enable Data Quality Services and a Master Data Services model Interpret how to use custom components to extend SSIS Define common BI scenarios 20768 Developing SQL Data Models Description In the Developing SQL Data Models course, you will learn how to implement multidimensional databases and create tabular semantic data models for analysis using SQL Server Analysis Services (SSAS). Acquired Skills Describe the components, architecture and nature of a BI solution Create a multidimensional database with analysis services Implement dimensions and measures in a cube Customize a cube Apply MDX syntax Implement a tabular database Work with DAX to query a tabular model Use data mining for predictive analysis 20778 Analyzing Data with Power BI Description The main purpose of the course is to give students a good understanding of data analysis with Power BI. The course includes creating visualizations, the Power BI Service, and the Power BI Mobile App. Acquired Skills Perform Power BI desktop data transformation. Describe Power BI desktop modelling. Create a Power BI desktop visualization. Implement the Power BI service. Describe how to connect to Excel data. Describe how to collaborate with Power BI data. Connect directly to data stores. Describe the Power BI developer API. Describe the Power BI mobile app. 20779 Analyzing Data with Excel Descriptiom].... x.._fa :_ .>: .-XxffiMri The main purpose of the course is to give students the ability toaddBI techniques to Excel data analysis. The course goes beyond the capabilities of tables and charts and uses Pivot Charts, the Excel Data Model, and Power BI. Acquired Skills Explore and extend a classic Excel dashboard. Explore and extend an Excel data model. Pre -format and import a .CSV file. Import data from a SQL Server database Import data from a report. Create measures using advanced DAX functions. Create data visualizations in Excel. Create a Power BI dashboard with Excel. 50255 Managing Windows Environments with Group Policy Description In this course you will learn how to reduce costs & increase efficiencies in your network. You will discover how to consolidate the administration of an enterprise IT infrastructure with Group Policy, & you will learn to control & manage computer systems. Acquired Skills Features and functions of Group Policy Use Group Policy management tools to manage security policies Design a Group Policy infrastructure Group Policy processing architecture Back up, restore, import, and copy Group Policy Objects through the Group Policy Management Console Use Windows PowerShell to manage Group Policy Implement security using Group Policy Configure the desktop environment with Group Policy Configure roaming profiles and Folder Redirection Assign and publish software packages Implement AppLocker and software restriction policies Create and deploy Administrative Templates Configure Group Policy preferences students will continue their learning on the foundations of report writing with Microsoft® SQL Server® Report Builder and SSRS. The focus will be on report writing by connecting to a database and manipulating the data for presentation including: creating table and matrix reports, formatting reports, grouping report data, creating simple and complex expressions, displaying aggregated data, sorting and filtering data, charting data, and preparing reports for printing and exporting. Report Builder 3.0 is available for Microsoft@ SQL Server(D versions 2014, 2012, and 2008 R2. Acquired Skills Create table reports. Format reports. Create basic and complex expressions. Group report data. Create matrix reports. Sort and filter data. Summarize data with charts. Print and export reports. 55128 Writing Reports with Report Builder and SSRS Level 2 Description Builder and SSRS. The focus will be on report creation by connecting to a database and manipulating the data for presentation including: creating parameter reports, creating list reports, adding complex expressions to reports, adding images and sub reports to reports, adding drilldown and drill through functionality, and adding sparklines, data bars, and indicators to reports. Report Builder 3.0 is available for Microsoft® SQL Server® versions 2014, 2012, and 2008 R2. Acquired Skills Create parameter reports. Create list reports. Format reports with complex expressions. Add images and sub reports. Add drilldown and drill through functionality. Add sparklines, data bars, and indicators veaen N.w„ This course provides you with the knowledge and skills needed to use PowerShell for System Center Configuration Manager (SCCM) administration. In this course, you will learn how to access the PowerShell cmdlets included with SCCM 1802 and use them to perform configuration tasks for a primary site. Individual cmdlets will be used in working with objects such as Boundaries, Boundary Groups, Collections, Software Deployment, Patching, Compliance Settings, OSD Task Sequences, and many others. Basic scripting will also be covered so you can learn how to put PowerShell to use when working with large sets of objects. Acquired Skills Create additional site system roles on existing or new servers. Modify high level site settings. Create and modify Discovery Methods, Boundaries and Boundary Groups. Create Collections using any of the membership rules available. Delegate authority through Roles and Scopes. Install the Configuration Manager client, modify client settings and restrict access to site systems. Deploy software to clients. Deploy software updates to clients. Configure compliance settings targeted against collections. Modify settings that govern monitoring functions such as Alerts and Status Settings. Work with Task Sequences for Operating System Deployment. Write basic PowerShell scripts using cmdlets learned and scripting constructs to accomplish configuration tasks. Students should take this course if they need to know how to manage the team collaboration, document management and social features of Microsoft SharePoint 2016 sites. Acquired Skills Add users and groups and manage site, list, folder and item security Add and configure web parts Configure site options including theme, title, description and icon Configure site navigation View site activity reports Customize lists and libraries Configure Check out/in, Content Approval and Versioning Create and modify pages and web part pages 55205 Mastering Microsoft Project 2016 Description The course begins with the basic concepts and leads students through all the functions they'll need to plan and manage a small to medium -size project, including how to level resources and capture both cost and schedule progress. li-' AcqufredSliill5 _ ,,, :, .._tr Sham Create a Work Breakdown Structure. 4N Identify Task Types & Relationships. Define Resources within Project. Make Work Package Estimates. Create an Initial Schedule. Create a Resource Leveled Schedule. Create Projects from templates, Excel files. Create Global templates. Create formulas and graphical indicators. The steps to record a macro. Format Output and Print Reports. Integrate Multiple Projects. Set up a Project with a Calendar, Start date, and scheduling method. Understand Manually Schedule vs. Auto Schedule. Manage multiple projects. Be able to create a master project list with shared resources. 55215 SharePoint Online Power User Description This course delivers the complete site owner story from start to finish in an engaging and practical way to ensure you have the confidence to plan and create new sites or manage your existing sites in SharePoint Online. Acquired Skills Understand the benefits of using SharePoint in real world scenarios Create new SharePoint sites to store business information Create pages to share news and documents Customize the structure of a site to meet specific business requirements Create and manage view, columns and apps Manage the security of a site Use social tools to communicate with groups of people or the entire organization Use search to find business information including people to documents 55234 SharePoint 2016 Site Collections and Site Owner Administration Description This course will provide a deeper, narrowly -focused training on the important and popular skills needed to do SharePoint site collection and site administration with SharePoint 2016 deployed on -premise, in Office 365 (SharePoint Online) or a hybrid deployment (on -premise connected to Office 365). Acquired Skills Design and implement a company portal structure using SharePoint 2016 objects including sites, libraries, lists and pages Explain the role of security and permissions throughout SharePoint 2016 Implement guidelines for consistency in building a company portal to aid in the day-to-day administration of content in SharePoint 2016 Enhance the design and content of a company portal using SharePoint 2016 pages and web parts Explain the importance of governance for the planning and managing future growth of the SharePoint 2016 implementation Identify options to integrate data from other systems such as Microsoft Office, as well as preserve existing data Explain the role of social networking in SharePoint 2016 and its impact on collaboration 55238 SharePoint Online for Administrators Description This course will introduce the audience to SharePoint Online Administration in Office 365 and explain and demonstrate the configuration options for SharePoint Online. Acquired Skills Understand the architecture of SharePoint Online Have knowledge of all the components in SharePoint Online 12-. Ha' a on ands oh ex er ence co`n'ffg" g`r`kig the components'of{ShaFePointOnI! Have hands on experience configuring the options Work with Site Collections and storage options Manage user profiles and social profiling Understand and configure data connectivity in SharePoint Online Build'a taxonomy structure Understand and configure Search in SharePoint Online Configure and deploy apps Understand and define Enterprise content management and data loss prevention. Configure additional options and features in SharePoint Online such as Information Rights Management 55265 Microsoft PowerApps Description Students will be taught how to design, test and publish new apps that work with a variety of data sources. We will take users through a selection of well -crafted lessons to help them build new applications for their business Acquired Skills Understand when to use PowerApps Describe the components of PowerApps and their correct use Create PowerApps from existing data sources Brand PowerApps Customize PowerApps beyond just using the automated wizards Connect to a range of data sources from Excel to Azure SQL Understand the difference between canvas apps and model -driven apps Integrate PowerApps with other Office 365 systems — including Teams and SharePoint Online Administer and Maintain PowerApps 55268 Microsoft Flow Description This course delivers an instructor -led product showcase for Microsoft Flow from start to finish in an engaging and practical way. Flow is a diverse product, turning business processes into automated, consistent and visual workflows. Flow is designed to interweave the various products in Office 365 as well as connect to other on - premises and web -based solutions. This course will give you the confidence to select the right actions and workflow logic for your business workflows. Acquired Skills Understand when to use Flow Describe the components of Flow and their correct use How to create and edit Flows Benefits of Flow Integration with Flow Access 2016 - Part 1 Description In this course, students will use Access 2016 to manage their data, including creating a new database; constructing tables; designing forms and reports; and creating queries to join, filter, and sort data. Acquired Skills Navigate within the Microsoft Access application environment, create a simple database, and customize Access configuration options. Organize and manage data stored within Access tables. Use queries to join, sort, and filter data from different tables. Use forms to make it easier to view, access, and input data. Create and format custom reports. Access 2016 - Part 2 Description encrypting a database, preparing a database for multi-user access, and more. Knowledge of these features separate database professionals from the casual database users or occasional designers. Acquired Skills Customize a form layout to improve usability and efficiency of data entry. Share data across applications. Use macros to improve user interface design. Use VBA to enhance tasks. Organize data into appropriate tables to ensure data dependency and minimize redundancy. Lock down and prepare a database for distribution to multiple users. Create and modify a database switchboard and set the startup options. Access 2019 - Part 1 Description Data is everywhere. Most job roles today involve some form of data management. Virtually everyone is affected in some way by the need to manage data. A relational database application such as Microsoft® Office Access® can help you and your organization with this task. Acquired Skills Navigate within the Access application environment, create a simple database, and customize Access configuration options. Organize and manage data stored within Access tables. Use queries to join, sort, and filter data from different tables. Use forms to make it easier to view, access, and input data. Create and format custom reports. Access 2019 - Part 2 Description In this course, you will expand your knowledge of relational database design; promote quality input from users; improve database efficiency and promote data integrity; and implement advanced features in tables, queries, forms, and reports. Extending your knowledge of Access will result in a robust, functional database for your users. Acquired Skills Provide input validation features to promote the entry of quality data into a database. Organize a database for efficiency and performance, and to maintain data integrity. Improve the usability of Access tables. Create advanced queries to join and summarize data. Use advanced formatting and controls to improve form presentation. Use advanced formatting and calculated fields to improve reports. Access for Office 365 - Part 1 Description In this introductory course, you will discover the capabilities of Microsoft® Access®, a relational database application that can help you and your organization manage your complex data. Acquired Skills Navigate within the Access application environment, create a simple database, and customize Access configuration options. Organize and manage data stored within Access tables. Use queries to join, sort, and filter data from different tables. Use forms to make it easier to view, access, and input data. Create and format custom reports. Access for Office 365 - Part 2 Description you will expand your knowledge of relational database design; promote quality input from users; improve database efficiency and promote data integrity; and implement advanced features in tables, queries, forms, and reports. Extending your knowledge of Access will result in a robust, functional database for your users Acquired Skills P _ de FptiTa r afion Teatures to promoteithe- W.6f giia`lify data�ifito'a dgiaba`se. "_- `" w `1 I Organize a database for efficiency and performance, and to maintain data integrity. Improve the usability of Access tables. Create advanced queries to join and summarize data. Use advanced formatting and controls to improve form presentation. Use advanced formatting and calculated fields to improve reports. Accomplishing the Results You Want Description In this course, students will learn how to strengthen your leadership voice and foster employee buy -in to exceed expectations and achieve the most positive outcome. Acquired Skills Develop a leadership style that gets results Employ suitable motivation techniques for your team Adapt your communication style and use influence skills to drive direction Empower your team to get the results you want Accounting Essentials Description In this course, students will learn about accounting fundamentals. Acquired Skills Upon successful completion of this course, students will understand cash and accrual accounting, basic recordkeeping, ledger and journal entries and financial statement preparation. Adobe Acrobat Pro DC - Advanced Description In this course, students will use Adobe Acrobat Pro DC to convert technical documents to PDF files, enhance PDF documents, create interactive PDF forms, and prepare PDF files for commercial printing. Acquired Skills Customize the Acrobat Pro DC workspace. Create PDFs from technical documents. Enhance PDF documents. Create interactive PDF forms. Finalize PDF files for commercial printing. Adobe Acrobat Pro DC - Introduction Description Adobe Acrobat Pro DC puts the power of the Portable Document Format, literally, at your fingertips. By taking advantage of the functionality & features available in Acrobat, you will ensure the integrity of your documents regards of who views them. Acquired Skills Access information in a PDF document Create and save PDF documents Navigate content in a PDF document Modify PDF documents Review PDF documents Convert PDF documents Adobe Captivate 2019 - Beyond The Essentials Description A course that teaches the higher -end, more advanced functionality of Adobe Captivate 2019. Acquired Skills You will create responsive lessons (using Fluid Boxes and Breakpoints) that automatically reflow to fit just about any kind of display including desktops, laptops, tablets, and smart phones. Learn new features that Captivate now supports; such as, Virtual Reality with 360-degree images and videos along with interactive videos. kOZ Fine=t duo"Captivat'e proiJ aBtiori`skills by le`vehaging=object styl'e`s,, master=slides themessand`advanced actions; _ < ""r Engage your learners by adding variables, widgets, and learner interactions (including drag and drop) to your el -earning. Learn to create object styles, apply them globally, and import and export them. Knock large projects down to size by learning to create branch groups. Create branching scenarios that allow learners to plot their own path through your course. You will also learn to create templates. Ensure your el -earning can be used by people with disabilities by adding such 508-compliant features as accessibility text, keyboard shortcuts, and closed captions. Enable Captivates reporting features and, along the way, learn about Learning Management Systems, SCORM, SCOs, Manifests, and content packages. Adobe Captivate 2019 - The Essentials Description A course that teaches the core Adobe Captivate skills needed to create el -earning courses. Acquired Skills By the time you finish, you will know how to add such standard objects to a slide as text captions, images, characters, videos, Smart Shapes, and more. You will record, import, and edit audio. You will also further enhance the learner experience by adding interactivity via click boxes, buttons, text entry boxes, and quizzes. You will learn how to import existing PowerPoint content into Captivate. You will learn to publish a Captivate project as SWF, PDF, or HTML5 so that your content can be used on virtually any device including desktop computers, laptops, smart phones, and tablets. Adobe Dreamweaver CC - Part 1 Description In this course, you will learn to maintain and administer your website with Dreamweaver's site and page management tools. Acquired Skills Identify Dreamweaver fundamentals. Create websites. Create web pages. Insert tables and import content into web pages. Create reusable site assets. Link web pages and send the website to the server. Adobe Dreamweaver CC - Part 2 Description In this course, you will use Adobe Dreamweaver CC to create fluid CSS layouts, implement mobile integration techniques, and share files over a server to work in a collaborative manner. Acquired Skills Identify website requirements. Create layouts. Format web pages. Create forms. Integrate media files with Dreamweaver. Manage website files. Adobe Illustrator CC - Part 1 Description This course covers the Graphic Design & Illustration Using Adobe Illustrator CC objectives to help students prepare for the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) exam. This course is also designed to cover the Adobe Certified Expert (ACE) exam objectives. Acquired Skills Identify the components and capabilities of Illustrator CC. Create basic shapes. Create custom paths. OWL reatd'gra iE -tl a=c nni"arn>bii's • tezt. -12ML' ._'MOM, ,._.z MU_r = 3 Customize objects. Customize basic shapes. Prepare documents for deployment. Adobe Illustrator CC - Part 2 Description In this course, students will use painting tools, manage colors, format type, work with effects, prepare artwork for commercial printing, and prepare graphics for the web. Acquired Skills Draw complex illustrations. Enhance artwork by using painting tools. Customize colors and swatches. Format type. Enhance the appearance of artwork. Prepare content for deployment. Set up project requirements. Adobe InDesign CC - Part 1 Description This course has all the tools you need to elevate the look of your document and get it out to the people who need to see it, whether it be in print or on the web. Acquired Skills Navigate the InDesign interface. Create a new document. Customize a document using color, swatches, gradients, and styles. Manage page elements. Add tables. Prepare documents for deployment. Adobe InDesign CC - Part 2 Description In this course students will learn advanced InDesign techniques to enhance the look and functionality of your documents Acquired Skills Prepare documents for multiple formats. Manage advanced page layouts. Manage styles. Build complex paths. Manage external files and create dynamic documents. Manage long documents. Publish InDesign files for other formats and customize print settings. Adobe Photoshop CC - Part 1 Description This course focuses on some of the basic features of Photoshop so that the student can navigate the environment and use Photoshop tools to work with photographic images. Acquired Skills Identify the components and capabilities of Photoshop CC. Create basic images. Manage selections and layers. Modify and repair images, and manage color. Refine images by adjusting layers, using camera raw and applying advanced image refinement. Import, export, organize, and save files. Adobe Photoshop CC - Part 2 V Description- :7` .-_s .. � xr y .0 ", This course delves into some of the more advanced image creation and editing techniques and offers you hands-on activities that demonstrate how these techniques can be used in combination to create exciting visual effects. Acquired Skills Use brushes, gradients, and tool presets to create raster images. Apply vector paths, shape drawing tools, type, and type special effects. Apply advanced layer techniques with masks, filters, layers, and smart objects. Apply actions and batch processing to automate tasks. Edit video by using timelines, transitions, graphics, titles, and animation. Set project requirements by identifying the purpose, audience, copyright rules, and project management tasks. Advanced Java 9 Description This course provides an in-depth treatment of the many, significant Java 9 features and updates with the goal of demonstrating how these features can be used to improve the performance and functionality of Java applications. Acquired Skills Students who attend this course will leave armed with new skills to leverage Modules, scale applications into multi - core environments and improve the performance of Java 9 applications. This course will teach students everything they need to successfully master and implement the latest features and benefits of Java 9 and become a more effective Java 9 developer. Agile Master Certified Description Agile relies on adaptive planning and iterative development and delivery. It focuses primarily on the value of people in getting the job done effectively. Acquired Skills Participants will be familiar with the concepts and practices of Agile project delivery. Participants will be equipped with detailed knowledge and understanding of available Agile methodologies. Participants will be able to compare and choose the methodologies or parts of methodologies that are most relevant to their current and future situations. Participants will be armed with the proper tools to take the lead in Agile projects and to address and resolve Agile issues in their organizations. Participants will be SAMC certified. Agile Project Management Methodologies Description Course provides both the practice and the theory of planning and managing agile projects using methodologies such as scrum, XP (extreme Programming), and lean project management methodologies. Acquired Skills Core Agile Concepts, Agile manifesto, SCRUM methodology elements and terminology, Project initiation, SCRUM teams & team space, SCRUM planning, Sprints Android Studio Development Essentials Description This course will teach the basics of Android Development using the Java Programming Language and Android Studio. Acquired Skills Android Architecture and state changes, Views and layouts, Event handling, Advanced layout and transitions, Intents, Threads, Services, and Notifications, Data access and storage, Multimedia maps and printing. Angular 6 Essentials Description Angular was designed by Google to address challenges programmers face building complex, single -page applications. This JavaScript platform provides a solid core of web functionality, letting you take care of the design and implementation details. Acquired Skills Why Angular Development Setup of Angular Typescript and ES6 Components in Angular Data and Event Binding Attribute Directives Structural Directives Template Driven Forms Reactive Forms Angular Modules Services and Dependency Injection HTTP Client Pipes and Data Formatting AutoCAD Level 1 - Essentials Description In this course, you will learn to navigate the AutoCAD user interfaces and use the fundamental features of AutoCAD. You will learn to use the precision drafting tools in AutoCAD to develop accurate technical drawings. Acquired Skills Use the fundamental features of AutoCAD Use the precision drafting tools in AutoCAD to develop accurate technical drawings Present drawings in a detailed and visually impressive way AutoCAD Level 2 - Intermediate Description Discover the powerful tools and techniques for drawing, dimensioning, and printing 2D drawings in this course that enables you to reuse content and extract information from your drawings. Acquired Skills Powerful tools and techniques for drawing, dimensioning, and printing 2D drawings, Use content that has been previously created, Extract information from your drawings, Streamline the design process and become more productive with AutoCAD. In this course, you will learn the fundamental concepts and workflows for creating 3D models using AutoCAD Acquired Skills Fundamental concepts and workflows for creating 3D models using AutoCAD, Represent a design by creating solid primitives, solid or surface models from cross -sectional geometry, or composite models from multiple solid models, Complete a solid model design by adding the necessary features to detail, duplicate, and position 3D models, Convert 2D objects to 3D objects, Document a 3D design by creating 2D drawings for production and visualization, Communicate design ideas using visual styles, lights, model walk-through tools, and renderings. AZ-300 Azure Architect Technologies Description In this course, students will learn the different technologies used in the Azure Architect job role. Acquired Skills AZ-301 Azure Solutions Architect - Design Description In this course students will learn the design function of the Azure Solutions Architect job role. Acquired Skills Design for Identity and Security Design a Basic Continuity Strategy Design for Deployment, Migration, and Integration Design an Infrastructure Strategy AZ-400 Azure DevOps Engineer Description Start with skills needed for designing a DevOps strategy. Next, we'll get into implementing DevOps development processes. We'll also get into continuous integration and continuous delivery. As you move through the learning path, you'll learn about dependency management, application infrastructure, and implementing continuous feedback. Acquired Skills Describe the benefits of using source control Migrate from TFVC to Git Scale Git for Enterprise DevOps Implement and manage build infrastructure Manage application config & secrets Implement a mobile DevOps strategy AZ-500T00 Microsoft Azure Security Technologies Description In this course students will gain the knowledge and skills needed to implement security controls, maintain the security posture, and identify and remediate vulnerabilities by using a variety of security tools. The course covers scripting and automation, virtualization, and cloud N-tier architecture. Acquired Skills Describe specialized data classifications on Azure Identify Azure data protection mechanisms Implement Azure data encryption methods Secure Internet protocols and how to implement them on Azure Describe Azure security services and features AZ-900T00 Microsoft Azure Fundamentals Description This course will provide foundational level knowledge on cloud concepts; core Azure services; security, privacy, compliance, and trust; and Azure pricing and support Acquired Skills This course primarily uses the Azure portal to create services and does not require scripting skills. You will gain confidence to take other role -based courses and certifications. AZ-900T01 Microsoft Azure Fundamentals Description This course will provide foundational level knowledge of cloud services and how those services are provided with Microsoft Azure. The course can be taken as an optional first step in learning about cloud services and Microsoft Azure, before taking further Microsoft Azure or Microsoft cloud services courses. Acquired Skills Understand core services available with Microsoft Azure Understand security, privacy, compliance and trust with Microsoft Azure Understand pricing and support models available with Microsoft BA01 - Business Analvsis Essentials Description This is an introductory course designed to provide students with a basic understanding of the benefits, functions and impact a business analyst has within an organization. The course discusses the business analysis process as it is applied throughout a project as well as the pre -project activities that comprise strategy analysis. Students learn how a business analyst supports the project throughout the solution development life cycle, from defining business solution continues to provide value after implementation. Acquired Skills Discuss industry standards/resources for obtaining more information about business analysis Acquire a solid understanding of the various tasks/activities that comprises business analysis Recognize the pre and post project business analysis activities Learn how to plan, elicit, analyze, model, and test requirements BA02 - Strategic Business Analysis Description This course is aimed for experienced practitioners who desire a clear understanding of Strategic Business Analysis, who would like to understand what comprises this work, and the objectives for performing it. Acquired Skills Understand the importance of defining the business need correctly and pursuing a thorough analysis of the internal and external environments of the enterprise before choosing the solution. Shortcutting the pre -analysis work discussed in this course often results in delivering solutions that are misaligned to the enterprise strategy and to the expectations and needs of the business. Learn how to avoid the pitfall of jumping to a solution prior to a solid understanding of the opportunity or problem needing to be addressed. BA03 - Writinq Effective Business Cases Description Students learn the steps to effective business case development and support your strategic business recommendations with sound budgeting and financial back-up. The one course you need to make high -impact recommendations and receive full management support for your ideas. Acquired Skills Understand the main professional associations and standards that support business analysts in the industry Discuss the benefits of business case creation Explore how to define the business need Describe the role of the business analyst in supporting the enterprise to determine how to optimally invest in the right project initiatives Explain how to identify stakeholders and the significance to the pre -project activities Discuss the importance of analyzing the enterprise Describe and explore the activities performed to assess the current business environment Explain how a business analyst describes a 'future' state environment including how to identify gaps in enterprise capabilities Present and explore how to define the scope of a solution Describe the activities performed and techniques used to determine viable solution options Explore various techniques for evaluating solution options including feasibility and risk analysis Thoroughly understand the purpose of conducting a feasibility assessment Discuss and practice a number of business analysis techniques that support the business case process Explore the components of a business case Describe how the business case supports decision makers in making go/no-go decisions Demonstrate how to assemble the output from pre -project activities into a well -structured business case Present techniques for presenting business cases to top level managers and obtaining buy -in Discuss methods for preparing for challenges during business case delivery BA04 - Eliciting and Writing Effective Requirements Description With elicitation serving as a major component of the requirements process, it is imperative that business analysts maintain high competency levels in elicitation practices and technique use to help organizations overcome the requirements related challenges faced on projects. Regardless whether you are a practitioner just starting off your career in business analysis or whether you have been performing the role for some years, this course will provide insight into the latest thoughts on elicitation and writing effective requirements and present a number of current techniques that are being applied on projects across industries today. Acquired Skills Discuss the criticality of business analysis and requirements for successful project outcomes -r "Uriderstandfie ain professional assoaatiohs"and sfanda�ds supporting busihi s°°analystsinTtlie and"ustiy- Discuss the common problems with requirements and explore approaches to address these issues Obtain a clear understanding of the various requirements types and the significance for eliciting each type Demonstrate your ability to identify stakeholders Explore various methods for understanding and analyzing stakeholders Discuss and apply good planning practices to requirements elicitation efforts Obtain knowledge and understanding of over 15 current and commonly applied elicitation techniques Understand how to progress from elicitation to analysis to documentation Write well -formed and validated requirements Gain understanding of the best practices for writing quality requirements Learn the technical writing techniques that apply directly to writing requirements documents Discuss writing pitfalls, risks that impact requirements, and how to address them Learn best practices for communicating and collaborating with stakeholders, sharing the results of elicitation and the resulting documentation Learn approaches for validating requirements Understand the difference between validating requirements and validating the solution BA05 - Process Modeling Using BPMN Description Students will learn to map business processes easily and efficiently using the industry standard - BPMN which stands for Business Process Modeling Notation from the Object Management Group (OMG). Students will learn the best practices in process mapping using the latest industry standards (BPMN) so that both the business and IT stakeholders will be able to understand the models and map processes consistently through -out their organization. Acquired Skills Demonstrate how to solve practical business problems using BPMN Business Process Diagrams (BPDs) BA06 - Managing and Communicating Requirements for Proiects Description A planned requirements approach is essential to a successful project. Your role as the Business Analyst in any project is to help form and coach a cross -functional team, facilitate continuous collaboration with your client, manage and communicate changing requirements, and deliver business value to your client early and regularly throughout the project. Acquired Skills Plan, manage and communicate requirements for projects Perform the various elicitation techniques used in gathering and documenting requirements. Produce relevant artifacts needed for documenting requirements. Minimize uncertainty and risk by applying principles learned in the course Ensure your project delivers required functionality and adds value to the business Translate business requirements into appropriate technical specifications. Optimize your team's responsiveness to change. BA08 - Agile for Business Analysts Description In this course, students will gain an understanding about agile business analysis. Students will learn how business analysis on an agile project is 'the same' and 'different' than business analysis performed on waterfall projects. Students will understand how the business analysis role changes on an agile team. A number of business analysis techniques suited for supporting agile teams will be introduced as will the various standards available to the community to help teams and organizations transition. Since few organizations are pure agile, students will also learn about delivery approaches that use a combination of practices from waterfall and agile and will also be introduced to the important concept of business analysis tailoring —the key skill used to adapt business analysis skills to all environments — regardless of the delivery life cycle selected. Acquired Skills Understand the fundamentals of agile delivery and agile business analysis Compare and contrast business analysis on waterfall and agile projects Explain the value proposition for agile product development Define the 4 main types of project life cycles ' Comp et6ran°i th waflUKF60gfi dithe agile deIiVWIife'"cycle - - ` MT: u 3 " `' ' R Explain the major flavors of agile Understand the major standards available to assist in transition of skills Define business analysis tailoring and understand how to apply it Learn over 20 business analysis techniques commonly used on agile projects BA10 - Understanding Root Cause Analysis Description In this course, participants will learn to apply several practical, systematic methods for analyzing incidents and problems to uncover root causes. Acquired Skills Learn how to initiate a root cause analysis and gather data for investigating process and non -process incidents Demonstrate how to collect data through interviews and analysis Apply powerful techniques to identify and know the difference between symptoms and root causes Learn to know when to use the appropriate technique in root cause identification Learn how to avoid future incidents by developing appropriate recommendations to address causal factors and root causes Develop a process to identify systemic problem areas BA17 - Advanced Root Cause Analysis Description Problem determination skills cannot be acquired by reading a book. They mostly come from experience. After this course, you will have a general understanding of a structured problem determination approach, which you can then apply in your daily work. Acquired Skills Identify the different types of tools and techniques available Apply change management successfully Review what to look for when applying business case thinking to Root Cause Analysis Develop a process to systematically approach problems uescnpuon This course looks at the issues which drive the need for a UAT process & describes the components of the process. It is designed to help Business Analysts to develop an understanding of their role, the process, and the deliverables associated with UAT. Acquired Skills See how UAT applies to the Software Development Lifecycle (SDLC) Recognize benefits of improved quality of deployed software using User Acceptance Testing Identify the key roles, activities and deliverables which make up User Acceptance Testing Use a Business Use Case to define scenarios for testing Create a UAT test plan and write UAT test cases with associated test data Understand the process for testing functional and non-functional requirements Identify the challenges of testing vendor -supplied applications Becoming a Transformational Leader Description This course will help students develop authentic leadership qualities that motivate and drive others to reach their full potential and become the transformational leaders of the future. Acquired Skills Bring about valuable and positive change in those you lead Increase engagement, motivation and morale in your team Enhance performance of individuals and the team Provide an authentic role model that inspires followership Develop others into leaders Building Successful Work Relationships In this course, students will learn how to build co-operative trust -based relationships that enable them to work productively with other professionals, clearly communicating and respectfully harnessing their distinctive contributions. Acquired Skills Describe the importance of effective work relationships Demonstrate professionalism through your behavior Identify the interdependencies between you and your colleagues Communicate effectively to create rapport and connect with others Build and maintain your network of professional relationships Use quality dialogue to focus discussion toward mutual outcomes Develop collaborative working relationships that achieve results Business Writing Description This course offers effective strategies to sharpen your writing skills by structuring your ideas logically, exercising diplomacy in letters and reports, and shaping your arguments. Acquired Skills Refresher on basic writing concepts (such as spelling, grammar, and punctuation), and an overview of the most common business documents (such as proposals, reports, and agendas), giving you that extra edge in the workplace. Certified Artificial Intelligence (AI) Practitioner Description Artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) have become an essential part of the toolset for many organizations. When used effectively, these tools provide actionable insights that drive critical decisions and enable organizations to create exciting, new, and innovative products and services. This course empowers you to apply various approaches and algorithms to solve business problems through Al and ML, follow a methodical workflow to develop sound solutions, and use open source, off -the -shelf tools to develop, test, and deploy those solutions, and ensure that they protect the privacy of users. Acquired Skills Specify a general approach to solve a given business problem that uses applied Al and ML. Collect and refine a dataset to prepare it for training and testing. Train and tune a machine learning model. Finalize a machine learning model and present the results to the appropriate audience. Build linear regression models. Build classification models. Build clustering models. Build decision trees and random forests. Build support -vector machines (SVMs). Build artificial neural networks (ANNs). Promote data privacy and ethical practices within Al and ML projects. Certified Information Security Manager (CISM) Description In this course, students will establish processes to ensure that information security measures align with established business needs. Acquired Skills Information security management Information risk management and compliance Information security program development and management Information security incident management Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM) Course - Sixth Edition Description Sfud - n s wil le rr fo'apply--�projectrmana emeh p ocesses acknow"Iedgedrb the PrdjFegManag ent=institute m Inc. (PMI)® to successfully plan and execute projects. Acquired Skills Obtain an understanding of how project management affects business, create a charter, identify stakeholders, create a project management plan, create a schedule, create a budget, create a risk register, and create various management plans. They will be able to analyze project risks, address project related procurement, execute the plan, and monitor and control it as needed. They will know how to close the project, including project and contract closeout. Description Principles of Privacy in the U.S. Private Sector covers U.S. privacy laws and regulations at federal and state levels, including breach notification and limits on various private sectors. You'll leave with an understanding of the legal requirements for the responsible handling and transfer of personal data within industry and workplaces, including government access to private -sector data. Acquired Skills students know privacy laws and regulations and how to apply them, and that students know how to secure your place in the information economy. When students earn a CIPP credential, it means they've gained a foundational understanding of broad global concepts of privacy and data protection law and practice, including: jurisdictional laws, regulations and enforcement models; essential privacy concepts and principals; legal requirements for handling and transferring data and more. Certified Information Systems Auditor (CISA) Description This course is designed to help candidates prepare for sitting the ISACA CISA certification examination. By taking this course and obtaining CISA certification, your experience and skills in auditing and securing the organization's information systems will be validated. Securing the organization's information is a critical business objective in today's business environment. The information that an organization depends on to be successful can be at risk from numerous sources. By effectively managing audit processes, controls, and other security aspects of the business, you will greatly contribute to the overall security of the organization. Acquired Skills implement information systems audit services in accordance with information systems audit standards, guidelines, and best practices. evaluate an organizations structure, policies, accountability, mechanisms, and monitoring practices. evaluate information systems acquisition, development, and implementation. evaluate the information systems operations, maintenance, and support of an organization; and evaluate the business continuity and disaster recovery processes used to provide assurance that in the event of a disruption, IT services are maintained. define the protection policies used to promote the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of information assets. Certified Information System Security Professional (CISSP) Description In this course, students will expand upon their knowledge by addressing the essential elements of the 8 domains that comprise a Common Body of Knowledge (CBK)® for information systems security professionals. Acquired Skills Earning the CISSP proves you have what it takes to effectively design, implement and manage a best -in -class cybersecurity program. With a CISSP, you validate your expertise and become an (ISC)' member, unlocking a broad array of exclusive resources, educational tools, and peer -to -peer networking opportunities. Change Management Description This workshop will give all participants an understanding of how change is implemented and some tools for managing their reactions to change. Acquired Skills t '" iVe al °pP ci)iants a-r understanding of how change=is impl6ffiented'arid some'tools for mariaging4tReir-reactions to " change. Cisco® Configuring Cisco® MDS 9000 Series Switches v3 1 (DCMDS) Description This course shows you how to implement, manage, and troubleshoot Cisco® MDS 9000 Series Switches, to build highly available, scalable storage networks. Through expert instruction and extensive hands-on practice, you will learn how to deploy and use capabilities such as virtual storage area networks (VSANs), Role -Based Access Control (RBAC), N-Port Virtualization (NPV) fabric security, zoning, automation with NX-API, Slow Drain Analysis, Fibre Channel over TCP/IP (FCIP) tunnels, and more. You will learn how to configure and implement platform features and learn troubleshooting techniques pertaining to Fiber Channel (FC) domains, firmware upgrades, zones, and zone mergers. Acquired Skills Discover and describe the Cisco Multilayer Director Switch (MDS) platform of multilayer switches and directors. Describe the MDS hardware, NX-OS operating system, Data Center Network Manager (DCNM) management software, and key architectures of the platform, such as FC and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) Describe key product features of the MDS platform, including VSANs, RBAC, NPV, port channels, zoning, device aliases, Interactive Voice Response (IVR), and fabric security Describe and implement state-of-the-art product features, including NX-API, slow -drain analysis, SAN Analytics and 32-GB Fiber Channel interfaces Configure and implement the Cisco MDS switches and platform features, such has initial configuration, building a fabric, building a SAN extension, and configuring inter-VSAN routing for that purpose Configure FCIP tunnels Resolve issues and troubleshoot FC domains, zones and zone merges, and switch boot and firmware upgrades This course shows you how to install, configure, and manage Cisco Nexus Series Switch platforms using Cisco NX- OS to support highly available, secure, scalable virtualized data centers. You will learn how to deploy Cisco NX-OS software features including networking, virtualization, security, storage services, system management and monitoring. You will also gain an introduction to automating Cisco Nexus devices using Cisco NX-OS Software programmability features. Acquired Skills Describe ON Describe and configure VXLAN Describe Locator/D separation protocol Describe the key features of Cisco Nexus devices Describe Cisco Intelligent Traffic Director Describe QoS on Cisco Nexus devices Understand Cisco Nexus storage services Configure device alliances and zoning Configure FCoE Configuring NPIV and NPV Modes Describe NX-API and network orchestration solutions and program Cisco NX-OS with Python Explain system management, monitoring, and troubleshooting processes Explain the troubleshooting processes Cisco Configuring Cisco Unified Computing System v1.O (DCCUCS) Description The Configuring Cisco Unified Computing System (DCCUCS) v1.0 shows you how to deploy, secure, operate, and maintain Cisco Unified Computing SystemTM (Cisco UCS®) B-series blade servers, Cisco UCS C-Series, and S- Series rack servers for use in data centers. You will learn how to implement management and orchestration software for Cisco UCS. You will gain hands-on practice: configuring key features of Cisco UCS, Cisco UCS Director, and Cisco UCS Manager; implementing UCS management software including Cisco UCS Manager and Cisco IntersightTm; and more. Acquired Skills D'eson eandrir p ent Fib oh'g-n-nd] zoning, tN-PoiPViftualizatioW((NPV)'featUures'6ffCig'cUUCS'-= =` ' Describe and implement Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) on Cisco UCS Describe Cisco UCS policies for service profiles Describe Cisco Adapter Fabric Extender (FEX) and Single Root 1/0 Virtualization Describe and implement Role -Based Access Control (RBAC) on Cisco UCS Describe and implement external authentication providers on Cisco UCS Manager Describe and implement key management on Cisco UCS Manager Describe Cisco UCS Director Describe and implement Cisco Intersight Describe the scripting options for Cisco UCS Manager Describe and implement monitoring on Cisco UCS Manager This course is designed with the goal of providing learners with the knowledge and skills to successfully plan, install, configure, troubleshoot, monitor, and maintain basic Cisco Wireless LAN solutions in an enterprise customer environment. Acquired Skills Students should be able to discuss, plan, install, configure, monitor, and troubleshoot a basic Cisco wireless LAN in an enterprise environment. The Designing Cisco Data Center Infrastructure (DCID) v7.0 course helps you master design and deployment options focused on Cisco® data center solutions and technologies across network, compute, virtualization, storage area networks, automation, and security. You will learn design practices for the Cisco Unified Computing SystemM (Cisco UCS®) solution based on Cisco UCS B-Series and C-Series servers, Cisco UCS Manager, and Cisco Unified Fabric. You will also gain design experience with network management technologies including Cisco UCS Manager, Cisco Data Center Network Manager (DCNM), and Cisco UCS Director. Acquired Skills Describe the Layer 2 and Layer 3 forwarding options and protocols used in a data center Describe the rack design options, traffic patterns, and data center switching layer access, aggregation, and core Describe the Cisco Overlay Transport Virtualization (OTV) technology that is used to interconnect data centers Describe Locator/ID separation protocol Design a solution that uses Virtual Extensible LAN (VXLAN) for traffic forwarding Describe hardware redundancy options; how to virtualize the network, compute, and storage functions; and virtual networking in the data center Describe solutions that use fabric extenders and compare Cisco Adapter Fabric Extender (FEX) with single root input/outputvirtualization (SR-IOV) Describe security threats and solutions in the data center Describe advanced data center security technologies and best practices Describe device management and orchestration in the data center Describe the storage options for compute function and different Redundant Array of Independent Disks (RAID) levels from a high -availability and performance perspective Describe Fibre Channel concepts, topologies, architecture, and industry terms Describe Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) Describe security options in the storage network Describe management and automation options for storage networking infrastructure Describe Cisco UCS servers and use cases for various Cisco UCS platforms Explain the connectivity options for fabric interconnects for southbound and northbound connections Describe the hyperconverged solution and integrated systems Describe the systemwide parameters for setting up a Cisco UCS domain Describe role -based access control (RBAC) and integration with directory servers to control access rights on Cisco UCS Manager Describe the pools that may be used in service profiles or service profile templates on Cisco UCS Manager Describe the different policies in the service profile Describe the Ethernet and Fibre Channel interface policies and additional network technologies Descri. e= Bailvantages--of''-temp`I"ates dnd the"diffeterice' dtween` initial"and Cipdated"templates Describe data center automation tools Cisco Designing Cisco Enterprise Networks v1.0 (ENSLD) Description This course gives you the knowledge and skills you need to design an enterprise network and expands on the topics covered in the Implementing and Operating Cisco Enterprise Network Core Technologies (ENCOR) v1.0 course. Acquired Skills Design EIGRP internal routing for the enterprise network Design OSPF internal routing for the enterprise network Design IS -IS internal routing for the enterprise network Design a network based on customer requirements Design BGP routing for the enterprise network Describe the different types and uses of MP-BGP address families Describe BGP load sharing Design a BGP network based on customer requirements Decide where L2/L3 boundary will be in your Campus network and make design decisions Describe layer 2 design considerations for Enterprise Campus networks Design a LAN network based on customer requirements Describe layer 3 design considerations in an Enterprise Campus network Examine Cisco SD -Access fundamental concepts Describe Cisco SD -Access Fabric Design Design an SD -Access Campus Fabric based on customer requirements Design service provider -managed VPNs Design enterprise -managed VPNs Design a resilient WAN Design a resilient WAN network based on customer requirements Examine the Cisco SD -WAN architecture Describe Cisco SD -WAN deployment options Design Cisco SD -WAN redundancy Explain the basic principles of QoS Design QoS for the WAN Design QoS for enterprise network based on customer requirements Explain the basic principles of multicast Designing rendezvous point distribution solutions Describe high-level considerations when doing IP addressing design Create an IPv6 addressing plan Plan an IPv6 deployment in an existing enterprise IPv4 network Describe the challenges that you might encounter when transitioning to IPv6 Design an IPv6 addressing plan based on customer requirements Describe Network APIs and protocols Describe YANG, NETCONF and RESTCON Cisco Designing Cisco Enterprise Wireless Network (ENWLSD) Description This course gives you the knowledge you need to design Cisco wireless networks. The course covers design specifics from scenario design concepts through the installation phase and into post -deployment validation. Acquired Skills Describe and implement a Cisco -recommended structured design methodology Describe and implement industry standards, amendments, certifications, and Requests For Comments (RFCs) Describe and implement Cisco enhanced wireless features Describe and implement the wireless design process Describe and implement specific vertical designs Describe and implement site survey processes Describe and implement network validation processes °I colinple a tifia 4 v ncedGlscolecuriyV2.1fSAAA)' - a Description This course provides an updated training with labs on the key features on the Cisco ASA (covering up to the ASA 9.2.2 release). The goal of the course is to implement the key features of the Cisco ASA. Acquired Skills Explain the features of Cisco ASA 5500-X Series Next -Generation Firewalls, ASASM, ASA 1 o00V Cloud Firewall and Cisco ASAv Install and set up the Cisco ASAv Implement Cisco ASA Identity Firewall policies by using Cisco CDA and Cisco ASA Install and set up the Cisco ASA FirePOWER Services Module Implement Cisco ASA and Cisco Cloud Web Security integration Implement a Cisco ASA cluster Install and set up the Cisco NGFW Services (CX) Module (optional module) Describe SGFW and CoA support (optional module) Describe the IPv6 features in Cisco ASA Software Release 9.0 (optional module) Describe the multicontext enhancements in Cisco ASA Software Release 9.0 (optional module) This course gives you a broad range of fundamental knowledge for all IT careers. You will learn how to install, operate, configure, and verify a basic IPv4 and IPv6 network. The course covers configuring network components such as switches, routers, and Wireless LAN Controllers; managing network devices; and identifying basic security threats. The course also gives you a foundation in network programmability, automation, and software -defined networking. This course helps you prepare to take the 200-301 Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) exam to earn CCNA certification. Acquired Skills Identify the components of a computer network and describe their basic characteristics Understand the model of host -to -host communication Describe the features and functions of the Cisco IOS Software Describe LANs and the role of switches within LANs Describe Ethernet as the network access layer of TCP/IP and describe the operation of switches Install a switch and perform the initial configuration Describe the TCP/IP internet Layer, IPv4, its addressing scheme, and subnetting Describe the TCP/IP Transport layer and Application layer Explore functions of routing Implement basic configuration on a Cisco router Explain host -to -host communications across switches and routers Identify and resolve common switched network issues and common problems associated with IPv4 addressing Describe IPv6 main features, addresses and configure and verify basic IPv6 connectivity Describe the operation, benefits, and limitations of static routing Describe, implement and verify VLANs and trunks Describe the application and configuration of inter-VLAN routing Explain the basics of dynamic routing protocols and describe components and terms of OSPF Explain how STP and RSTP work Configure link aggregation using EtherChannel Describe the purpose of Layer 3 redundancy protocols Describe basic WAN and VPN concepts Describe the operation of ACLs and their applications in the network Configure internet access using DHCP clients and explain and configure NAT on Cisco routers Describe the basic QoS concepts Describe the concepts of wireless networks, which types of wireless networks can be built and how to use WLC Describe network and device architectures and introduce virtualization Introduce the concept of network programmability and SDN and describe the smart network management solutions like Cisco DNA Center, SD -Access and SD -WAN Configure basic IDS system monitoring tools Describe the management of Cisco devices Describe the current security threat landscape Implement a basic security configuration of the device management plane Implement basic steps to harden network devices Cisco Implementing and Configuring Cisco@ Identity Services Engine 0.0 (SISE) Description The Implementing and Configuring Cisco Identity Services Engine (SISE) v3.0 course shows you how to deploy and use Cisco® Identity Services Engine (ISE) v2.4, an identity and access control policy platform that simplifies the delivery of consistent, highly secure access control across wired, wireless, and VPN connections. This hands-on course provides you with the knowledge and skills to implement and use Cisco ISE, including policy enforcement, profiling services, web authentication and guest access services, BYOD, endpoint compliance services, and TACACS+ device administration. Through expert instruction and hands-on practice, you will learn how to use Cisco ISE to gain visibility into what is happening in your network, streamline security policy management, and contribute to operational efficiency. Acquired Skills Describe Cisco ISE deployments, including core deployment components and how they interact to create a cohesive security architecture. Describe the advantages of such a deployment and how each Cisco ISE capability contributes to these advantages. Describe concepts and configure components related to 802AX and MAC Authentication Bypass (MAB) authentication, identity management, and certificate services. Describe how Cisco ISE policy sets are used to implement authentication and authorization, and how to leverage this capability to meet the needs of your organization. Describe third -party Network Access Devices (NADs), Cisco TrustSec®, and Easy Connect. Describe and configure web authentication, processes, operation, and guest services, including guest access components and various guest access scenarios. Describe and configure Cisco ISE profiling services, and understand how to monitor these services to enhance your situational awareness about network -connected endpoints. Describe best practices for deploying this profiler service in your specific environment. Describe BYOD challenges, solutions, processes, and portals. Configure a BYOD solution, and describe the relationship between BYOD processes and their related configuration components. Describe and configure various certificates related to a BYOD solution. Describe the value of the My Devices portal and how to configure this portal. Describe endpoint compliance, compliance components, posture agents, posture deployment and licensing, and the posture service in Cisco ISE. Describe and configure TACACS+ device administration using Cisco ISE, including command sets, profiles, and policy sets. Understand the role of TACACS+ within the Authentication. Authentication, and Accounting (AAA) framework and the differences between the RADIUS and TACACS+ protocols. Migrate TACACS+ functionality from Cisco Secure Access Control System (ACS) to Cisco ISE, using a migration tool. Cisco Implementing and Operating Cisco@ Collaboration Core Technologies v1 0 CL( COR) Description In this course you will gain the knowledge and skills needed to implement and deploy core collaboration and networking technologies, including infrastructure and design, protocols, codecs, and endpoints, Cisco IDS XE gateway and media resources, Call Control, QoS, and additional Cisco collaboration applications. Acquired Skills Describe the Cisco Collaboration solutions architecture. Compare the IP Phone signaling protocols of SIP, H323, MGCP and SCCP. Integrate and troubleshoot Cisco Unified Communications Manager with LDAP for user synchronization and user authentication. Implement Cisco Unified Communications Manager provisioning features. Describe the different codecs and how they are used to transform analogue voice into digital streams. Describe a dial plan, and explain call routing in Cisco Unified Communications Manager. Implement PSTN access using MGCP gateways. Implement a Cisco gateway for PSTN access. . ®. : = Co igwre' allmg p i ilege m-Ci e �"nified'6ommumc'�tion�Manager.'�'r2- Implement toll fraud prevention. Implement globalized call routing within a Cisco Unified Communications Manager cluster. Implement and troubleshoot media resources in Cisco Unified Communications Manager. Describe Cisco Instant Messaging and Presence, the call flows and the protocols. Describe and configure endpoints and commonly required features. Configure and troubleshoot Cisco Unity Connection integration. Configure and troubleshoot Cisco Unity Connection call handlers. Describe how MRA is used to allow endpoints to work from outside the company. Analyze traffic patterns and quality issues in converged IP networks supporting voice, video, and data traffic. Define QoS and its models. Implement classification and marking. Configure classification and marking options on Cisco Catalyst switches. In this course, you will master the skills and technologies you need to implement data center compute, LAN an SAN infrastructure. You will also learn the essentials of automation and security in data centers. You will get hands- on experience with deploying, securing, operating, and maintaining Cisco data center infrastructure including: Cisco MDS Switches and Cisco Nexus Switches; Cisco Unified Computing SystemTM (Cisco UCS®) B-Series Blade Servers, and Cisco UCS C-Series Rack Servers. This course helps you prepare for the Cisco® CCNP8 Data Center and CCIE0 Data Center certifications and for advanced -level data center roles. Acquired Skills Implement routing and switching protocols in Data Center environment Implement overlay networks in data center Introduce high-level Cisco Application Centric Infrastructure (Cisco ACITM) concepts and Cisco Virtual Machine manager (VMM) domain integration Describe Cisco Cloud Service and deployment models Implement Fibre Channel fabric Implement Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) unified fabric Implement security features in data center Implement software management and infrastructure monitoring Implement Cisco UCS Fabric Interconnect and Server abstraction Implement SAN connectivity for Cisco Unified Computing SystemTM (Cisco UCS®) Describe Cisco HyperFlexTM infrastructure concepts and benefits Implement Cisco automation and scripting tools in data center Evaluate automation and orchestration technologies Cisco Implementinq and Operating Cisco Enterprise Network Core Technologies v1.0 ENCOR Description This course gives you the knowledge and skills needed to configure, troubleshoot, and manage enterprise wired and wireless networks. You'll also learn to implement security principles within an enterprise network and how to overlay network design by using solutions such as SD -Access and SD -WAN. Acquired Skills Configure, troubleshoot, and manage enterprise wired and wireless networks Implement security principles within an enterprise network Prepare to take the 350-401 Implementing Cisco Enterprise Network Core Technologies (ENCOR) exam NPuv„ The Implementing and Operating Cisco Security Core Technologies (SCOR) v1.0 course helps you prepare for the Cisco@ CCNPO Security and CCIE® Security certifications and for senior -level security roles. In this course, you will master the skills and technologies you need to implement core Cisco security solutions to provide advanced threat protection against cybersecurity attacks. You will learn security for networks, cloud and content, endpoint protection, secure network access, visibility, and enforcements. You will get extensive hands-on experience —MI _ deploying Ciscd`Firepow rC�-Nei t-GenerationtFirewall"and Cisco AdaptivezSecurityAppliande`(ASA)FFirewall; configuring access control policies, mail policies, and 802AX Authentication; and more. You will get introductory practice on Cisco Stealthwatch® Enterprise and Cisco Stealthwatch Cloud threat detection features. Acquired Skills Describe information security concepts and strategies within the network Describe common TCP/IP, network application, and endpoint attacks Describe how various network security technologies work together to guard against attacks Implement access control on Cisco ASA appliance and Cisco Firepower Next -Generation Firewall Describe and implement basic email content security features and functions provided by Cisco Email Security Appliance Describe and implement web content security features and functions provided by Cisco Web Security Appliance Describe Cisco Umbrella® security capabilities, deployment models, policy management, and Investigate console Introduce VPNs and describe cryptography solutions and algorithms Describe Cisco secure site -to -site connectivity solutions and explain how to deploy Cisco Internetwork Operating System (Cisco IOSO) Virtual Tunnel Interface (VTI)-based point-to-point IPsec VPNs, and point-to-point IPsec VPN on the Cisco ASA and Cisco Firepower Next -Generation Firewall (NGFW) Describe and deploy Cisco secure remote access connectivity solutions and describe how to configure 802AX and Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) authentication Provide basic understanding of endpoint security and describe Advanced Malware Protection (AMP) for Endpoints architecture and basic features Examine various defenses on Cisco devices that protect the control and management plane Configure and verify Cisco IOS software Layer 2 and Layer 3 data plane controls Describe Cisco Stealthwatch Enterprise and Stealthwatch Cloud solutions Describe basics of cloud computing and common cloud attacks and how to secure cloud environment Cisco Implementing Automation for Cisco Service Provider Solutions v1.0 (SPAUI Description This course prepares you to implement and support automation solutions in a Service Provider network infrastructure, using network programmability principles, protocols, tools, and mechanisms. Through a combination of lessons and hands-on labs, you will learn to deploy, configure, monitor, and operate Service Provider network environments using modern data models. These models allow you to represent operational data and new network management protocols in order to administer hundreds or thousands of devices in a single operation, replacing traditional, time-consuming, error prone, device -by -device Command Line Interface (CLI) management. The course also introduces powerful automation solutions that can streamline network operations Acquired Skills Use NETCONF and RESTCONF programmability protocols on Cisco devices Describe and use tools to validate YANG data models on Cisco devices Describe and configure model -driven telemetry on Cisco devices Describe and configure network traffic automation with Cisco XTC Describe and use network automation tools that utilize SSH Automate service provider network configuration with Cisco NSO Describe how to automate virtualized resources with Cisco ESC Describe how to automate service provider WAN with Cisco WAE Cisco Implementing Cisco Application Centric Infrastructure v1.0 (DCACI Description The Implementing Cisco Application Centric Infrastructure (DCACI) v1.0 course shows you how to deploy and manage the Cisco® Nexus® 9000 Series Switches in Cisco Application Centric Infrastructure (Cisco ACI®) mode. You will learn how to configure and manage Cisco Nexus 9000 Series Switches in ACI mode, how to connect the Cisco ACI fabric to external networks and services, and the fundamentals of Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) integration. You will gain hands-on practice implementing key capabilities such as fabric discovery, policies, connectivity, VMM integration, and more. Acquired Skills Describe Cisco ACI Fabric Infrastructure and basic Cisco ACI concepts Describe Cisco ACI policy model logical constructs Describe Cisco ACI basic packet forwarding Describe external network connectivity Describe Layer 4 to Layer 7 integrations Explain Cisco ACI management features This course provides the knowledge and skills needed to install, configure, operate and troubleshoot an enterprise network. This course is intended to be a deep dive into advanced routing and infrastructure technologies, which are an expansion of the topics covered in the Implementing and Operating Cisco Enterprise Network Core Technologies (ENCOR) course. This course prepares you to take the CCNP Enterprise exam 300-410 ENARSI. Acquired Skills Configure classic Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) and named EIGRP for IPv4 and IPv6 Optimize classic EIGRP and named EIGRP for IPv4 and IPv6 Troubleshoot classic EIGRP and named EIGRP for IPv4 and IPv6 Configure Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)v2 and OSPFv3 in IPv4 and IPv6 environments Optimize OSPFv2 and OSPFv3 behavior Troubleshoot OSPFv2 for IPv4 and OSPFv3 for IPv4 and IPv6 Implement route redistribution using filtering mechanisms Troubleshoot redistribution Implement path control using Policy -Based Routing (PBR) and IP service level agreement (SLA) Configure Multiprotocol-Border Gateway Protocol (MP-BGP) in IPv4 and IPv6 environments Optimize MP-BGP in IPv4 and IPv6 environments Troubleshoot MP-BGP for IPv4 and IPv6 Describe the features of Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Describe the major architectural components of an MPLS VPN Identify the routing and packet forwarding functionalities for MPLS VPNs Explain how packets are forwarded in an MPLS VPN environment Implement Cisco Internetwork Operating System (IOSO) Dynamic Multipoint VPNs (DMVPNS) Implement Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Describe the tools available to secure the IPV6 first hop Troubleshoot Cisco router security features Troubleshoot infrastructure security and services The Implementing Cisco Enterprise Wireless Networks (ENWLSI) v1.1 course gives you the knowledge and skills needed to secure wireless network infrastructure and troubleshoot any related issues. You'll learn how to implement and secure a wireless network infrastructure and use Cisco Identity Service Engine (ISE), Cisco Prime Infrastructure (PI), and Cisco Connect Mobile Experience to monitor and troubleshoot network issues. The course provides hands-on labs to reinforce concepts including deploying Cisco Prime Infrastructure Release 3.5, Cisco Catalyst® 9800 Wireless Controller Release, Cisco IDS XE Gibraltar 16.10, Cisco Digital Network Architecture (Cisco DNATM) Center Release 1.2.8, Cisco Connected Mobile Experiences (CMX) Release 10.5, Cisco Mobility Services Engine (MSE) Release 8.0 features, and Cisco ISE Release 2.4. Acquired Skills Implement network settings to provide a secure wireless network infrastructure Troubleshoot security issues as they relate to the wireless network infrastructure Implement a secure wireless client and troubleshoot wireless client connectivity issues Implement and troubleshoot QoS in wireless networks Implement and troubleshoot advanced capabilities in wireless network services This course shows you how to implement Cisco® cloud security solutions to secure access to the cloud, workloads in the cloud, and software as a service (SaaS) user accounts, applications, and data. Through expert instruction and hands-on labs, you'll learn a comprehensive set of skills and technologies including how to use key Cisco cloud security solutions; detect suspicious traffic flows, policy violations, and compromised devices; implement security ' =con iols foFcFoUd'4nVlfonmBntS antl=implementFcloud sec i'rity management: This course coversA a`ge of Cisco Cloudlock, Cisco UmbrellaT"", Cisco Cloud Email Security, Cisco Advanced Malware Protection (AMP) for Endpoints, Cisco StealthwatchO Cloud and Enterprise, Cisco Firepower® NGFW (next -generation firewall), and more. Acquired Skills Contrast the various cloud service and deployment models. Implement the Cisco Security Solution for SaaS using Cisco Cloudlock Micro Services. Deploy cloud security solutions using Cisco AMP for Endpoints, Cisco Umbrella, and Cisco Cloud Email Security. Define Cisco cloud security solutions for protection and visibility using Cisco virtual appliances and Cisco Stealthwatch Cloud. Describe the network as a sensor and enforcer using Cisco Identity Services Engine (ISE), Cisco Stealthwatch Enterprise, and Cisco TrustSec®. Implement Cisco Firepower NGFW Virtual (NGFWv) and Cisco Stealthwatch Cloud to provide protection and visibility in AWS environments. Explain how to protect the cloud management infrastructure by using specific examples, defined best practices, and AWS reporting capabilities. uescrrptron This course shows you how to deploy and use Cisco® Email Security Appliance to establish protection for your email systems against phishing, business email compromise, and ransomware, and to help streamline email security policy management. This hands-on course provides you with the knowledge and skills to implement, troubleshoot, and administer Cisco Email Security Appliance, including key capabilities such as advanced malware protection, spam blocking, anti -virus protection, outbreak filtering, encryption, quarantines, and data loss prevention. Acquired Skills Describe and administer the Cisco Email Security Appliance (ESA) Control sender and recipient domains Control spam with Talos SenderBase and anti-spam Use anti -virus and outbreak filters Use mail policies Use content filters Use message filters to enforce email policies Prevent data loss Perform LDAP queries Authenticate Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) sessions Authenticate email Encrypt email Use system quarantines and delivery methods Perform centralized management using clusters Test and troubleshoot Cisco® Securing the Web with Cisco® Web Security Appliance 0.0 (SWSA) Description This course shows you how to implement, use, and maintain Cisco® Web Security Appliance (WSA), powered by Cisco Talos, to provide advanced protection for business email and control against web security threats. Through a combination of expert instruction and hands-on practice, you'll learn how to deploy proxy services, use authentication, implement policies to control HTTPS traffic and access, implement use control settings and policies, use the solution's anti-malware features, implement data security and data loss prevention, perform administration of Cisco WSA solution, and more. Acquired Skills Describe Cisco WSA Deploy proxy services Utilize authentication Describe decryption policies to control HTTPS traffic Understand differentiated traffic access policies and identification profiles Enforce acceptable use control settings l7ef- en"T=a a nst:malwareW, MW Describe data security and data loss prevention Perform administration and troubleshooting The focus of this skills -building course is troubleshooting of LANs, SANS, Cisco Unified Fabric, Cisco Unified Computing System (UCS), and Cisco Application Centric Infrastructure (ACI). The course provides rich hands-on experience in resolving problems on Cisco MDS switches, Cisco Nexus switches, Cisco fabric extenders (FEXs), Cisco UCS, and Cisco ACI. Acquired Skills Outline the troubleshooting process, and highlight which questions to ask Describe the troubleshooting tools and methodologies that are available from the CLI and are used to identify and resolve issues in a Cisco Data Center network architecture Identify and resolve issues related to VLANs and PVLANs Identify and resolve issues related to port channels and virtual port channels Identify and resolve issues related to Cisco FabricPath Identify and resolve issues related to OTV Identify and resolve issues related to VXLAN Identify and resolve issues related to LISP Describe troubleshooting of routing protocols, such as OSPF, ISIS, and PIM. Describe troubleshooting of the AAA and RBAC Identify and resolve issues related to a single device Identify and resolve issues related to Fibre Channel interface operation Identify and resolve issues related to Fibre Channel switching when the Cisco NX-OS software switch is used in switched mode (vs. NPV mode) Identify and resolve issues related to Fibre Channel switching when the NX-OS switch is used in N Port Virtualization (NPV) mode Identify and resolve issues related to FIP and FCoE, including FCoE performance Describe Cisco UCS architecture, initial setup, tools and service aids that are available for Cisco UCS troubleshooting and interpretation of the output Describe Cisco UCS configuration and troubleshoot related issues Describe Cisco UCS B-Series operation and troubleshoot related issues Describe LAN, SAN and Fibre Channel operations, including in depth troubleshooting procedures Describe Cisco IMC utilities to validate performance and facilitate data -gathering activities for Cisco UCS C-Series troubleshooting, as well troubleshooting approach to hardware and firmware failures Define proper procedures to configure LAN and SAN connectivity and avoid issues with the P81 E virtual interface card (VIC) Troubleshoot integration of Cisco UCS C-Series servers with Cisco UCS Manager Identify tools, protocols and methods to effectively troubleshoot Cisco ACI This course gives you the skills needed to administer and support a single -site Cisco® Unified Communications Manager (CM) solution. The course covers initial parameters, management of devices including phones and video endpoints, management of users, and management of media resources, as well as Cisco Unified Communications solutions maintenance and troubleshooting tools. In addition, you will learn the basics of SIP dial plans including connectivity to Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) services, and how to use class -of -service capabilities. Acquired Skills Define collaboration and describe the main purpose of key devices in a Cisco collaboration on -premise, hybrid, and cloud deployment model Configure and modify required parameters in Cisco Unified Communications Manager (CM) including service activation, enterprise parameters, CM groups, time settings, and device pool Deploy and troubleshoot IP phones via auto registration and manual configuration within Cisco Unified CM Describe the call setup and teardown process for a SIP device including codes negotiation using Session Description Protocol (SDP) and media channel setup rage' s, o Unified'CM"user'adcourits (locaI and wa LigHtweight Directory`AccesYP'rotocoI2(UDAP]) ihcluding'the MW role/group, service profile, UC service, and credential policy Configure dial plan elements within a single site Cisco Unified CM deployment including Route Groups, Local Route Group, Route Lists, Route Patterns, Translation Patterns, Transforms, SIP Trunks, and SIPRoute Patterns Configure Class of Control on Cisco Unified CM to control which devices and lines have access to services Configure Cisco Unified CM for Cisco Jabber and implement common endpoint features including callpark, softkeys, shared lines, and pickup groups Deploy a simple SIP dial plan on a Cisco Integrated Service Routers (ISR) gateway to enable access to the PSTN network Manage Cisco UCM access to media resources available within Cisco UCM and Cisco ISR gateways Describe tools for reporting and maintenance including Unified Reports, Cisco Real -Time Monitoring Tool (RTMT), Disaster Recovery System (DRS), and Call Detail Records (CDRs) within Cisco Unified CM Describe additional considerations for deploying video endpoints in Cisco Unified CM Describe the integration of Cisco Unity(D with Cisco Unified CM and the default call handler Cisco@ Understanding CiscoO Wireless Foundations v1.0 (WLFNDUI Description This course gives you the knowledge and skills you need to position, plan, implement, operate, and manage a Cisco WLAN network. This course teaches you how to design, install, configure, monitor, and conduct basic troubleshooting tasks on a Cisco WLAN network of any size. Acquired Skills Describe and implement foundational wireless theory Describe and implement basic wireless security and client access Describe and implement a Cisco wireless network architecture Configure Cisco centralized wireless networks Describe and implement WLAN maintenance and troubleshooting CMB-318 Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktops 7, App Layering and WEM Administration (Fast -Track) Description This course is designed for experienced IT professionals to build the foundational administration aspects of installing, configuring and managing a Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktops 7 environment. Learn about configuring policies, printing and basic security features as well as more advanced topics including Windows Environment Management (WEM) and App Layering. Gain an understanding of the solution architecture and communications, and the factors that contribute to a successful deployment. Also learn how to monitor and troubleshoot the environment with a Citrix Director and Citrix Analytics. Acquired Skills manage a Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktops 7 site on -premises and on Citrix Cloud including how to migrate from on -premises to Citrix Cloud How to configure Workspace Environment Management to improve the end user environment and virtual resource consumption App Layering skills to create and administer OS, platform, application, elastic and user layers CNS-219 Citrix ADC 12.x Traffic Management Description Learn the skills required to configure and manage Citrix ADC Traffic Management features, including Content Switching, Traffic Optimization, and Global Server Load Balancing. At the end of the course, students will be able to configure their ADC environments to address efficient traffic switching and resilience requirements including Content Switching, Traffic Optimization, and Disaster Recovery. -. `Ac rred=Skil-- _.-- _. _ Optimize the Citrix ADC system for traffic handling and management Customize the ADC system for traffic flow and content -specific requirements Employ recommended tools and techniques to troubleshoot common Citrix ADC network and connectivity issues Configure advanced load balancing and GSLB on the Citrix ADC system CNS-221 Citrix Gateway 12.x Description Learn the skills required to configure and manage Citrix Gateway features. At the end of the course, students will be able to configure their Citrix Gateway environments to address remote access requirements for Apps and Desktops. Acquired Skills Configure Authentication and Authorization Define End User Access and Experience Integrate Citrix Gateway with Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktops and additional resources Employ recommended tools and techniques to troubleshoot common Citrix Gateway network and connectivity issues It covers Citrix ADC essentials, including secure load balancing, high availability and operations management, and also focuses on Citrix Gateway. Students will learn to deliver secure remote access to apps and desktops integrating Citrix Virtual Apps and Citrix Desktops with Citrix Gateway. Acquired Skills Expand your Citrix networking knowledge and skills by enrolling in this course. It covers Citrix ADC essentials, including secure load balancing, high availability and operations management, and also focuses on Citrix Gateway. Students will learn to deliver secure remote access to apps and desktops integrating Citrix Virtual Apps and Citrix Desktops with Citrix Gateway. Coaching and Mentoring Description This workshop focuses on how to better coach your employees to higher performance. Acquired Skills Coaching is a process of relationship building and setting goals. How well you coach is relating directly to how well you can foster a great working relationship with your employees through understanding them and strategic goal setting. COBIT 2019 Foundation Description COBIT 2019 builds on and integrates more than 25 years of development in this field, not only incorporating new insights from science, but also operational izing these insights as practice. The heart of the COBIT framework updates COBIT principles while laying out the structure of the overall framework including: New concepts are introduced, and terminology is explained —the COBIT Core Model and its 40 governance and management objectives provide the platform for establishing your governance program. The performance management system is updated and allows the flexibility to use maturity measurements as well as capability measurements. Introductions to design factors and focus areas offer additional practical guidance on flexible adoption of COBIT 2019, whether for specific projects or full implementation. Acquired Skills New framework introduction Key concepts and terminology Governance and Framework Principles Governance system and components Governance and management objectives Performance management Designing a tailored governance system In this course, students will learn to build trust and commitment, motivating others through respectful and authentic interactions. Acquired Skills Identify the essential elements of effective communications within an organization Use knowledge of yourself to build effective communication strategies Build communication strategies that leverages interpersonal and organizational awareness Apply effective facilitation skills Communication Strategies Description In this course students will understand the different methods of communication and how to make the most of each of them. Acquired Skills Understanding communication barriers Paraverbal communication skills on -Verbal communication Listening skill's Appreciative inquiry Advanced communication skills CompTIA A+. Part 1 Description This course provides the knowledge and skills you will require to be a successful A+ technician. In this course, you will install, configure, optimize, troubleshoot, repair, upgrade, and perform preventive maintenance on personal computers, digital devices, and operating systems. Acquired Skills Support operating systems. Install and configure PC system unit components and peripheral devices. Install, configure, and troubleshoot display and multimedia devices. Install, configure, and troubleshoot storage devices. Install, configure, and troubleshoot internal system components. Install, configure, and maintain operating systems. Maintain and troubleshoot Microsoft Windows. Explain network infrastructure concepts. Configure and troubleshoot network connections. Manage users, workstations, and shared resources. Implement client virtualization and cloud computing. Implement physical security. Secure workstations and data. Troubleshoot workstation security issues. Support and troubleshoot laptops. Support and troubleshoot mobile devices. Install, configure, and troubleshoot print devices. Implement operational procedures. CompTIA A+ - Part 2 Description In this course, you will install, configure, optimize, troubleshoot, repair, upgrade, and perform preventive maintenance on personal computers, digital devices, and operating systems. Acquired Skills Support operating systems. Install and configure PC system unit components and peripheral devices. Install, configure, and troubleshoot display and multimedia devices. Install, configure, and troubleshoot storage devices. Install, configure, and troubleshoot internal system components. ,ry s alh `coiiirgure a =maffi ain operating syste`"ms' Maintain and troubleshoot Microsoft Windows. Explain network infrastructure concepts. Configure and troubleshoot network connections. Manage users, workstations, and shared resources. Implement client virtualization and cloud computing. Implement physical security. Secure workstations and data. Troubleshoot workstation security issues. Support and troubleshoot laptops. Support and troubleshoot mobile devices. Install, configure, and troubleshoot print devices. Implement operational procedures. CompTIA A+ certified professionals are proven problem solvers. They support today's core technologies from security to cloud to data management and more. CompTIA A+ is the industry standard for launching IT careers into today's digital world. It is the only industry recognized credential with performance -based items to prove pros can think on their feet to perform critical IT support tasks in the moment. It is trusted by employers around the world to identify the go -to person in end point management and technical support roles. CompTIA A+ is regularly re- invented by IT experts to ensure that it validates core skills and abilities demanded in the workplace. Acquired Skills Support operating systems. Install and configure PC system unit components and peripheral devices. Install, configure, and troubleshoot display and multimedia devices. Install, configure, and troubleshoot storage devices. Install, configure, and troubleshoot internal system components. Install, configure, and maintain operating systems. Maintain and troubleshoot Microsoft Windows. Explain network infrastructure concepts. Configure and troubleshoot network connections. Manage users, workstations, and shared resources. Implement client virtualization and cloud computing. Implement physical security. Secure workstations and data. Troubleshoot workstation security issues. Support and troubleshoot laptops. Support and troubleshoot mobile devices. Install, configure, and troubleshoot print devices. Implement operational procedures. CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP) Description In this course, which prepares you for the CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner exam (CAS-003),you will expand on your knowledge of information security to apply more advanced principles that will keep your organization safe from the many ways it can be threatened. You'll apply critical thinking and judgment across a broad spectrum of security disciplines to propose and implement sustainable security solutions that map to organizational strategies; translate business needs into security requirements; support IT governance and risk management; architect security for hosts, networks, and software; respond to security incidents; and more. Acquired Skills Support IT governance in the enterprise with an emphasis on managing risk. Leverage collaboration tools and technology to support enterprise security. Use research and analysis to secure the enterprise. Integrate advanced authentication and authorization techniques. Implement cryptographic techniques, security controls for hosts and mobile devices, network security, and security in the systems and software development lifecycle. r. Integrate hosts, storage; netwd-rks,-a plicatioris;}=Girtual enviFonments and cloud`technologies in?asSediare-enterprise `>' architecture. Conduct security assessments; responding to and recovering from security incidents. COMPTIA Cloud Essentials+ Description CompTIA Cloud Essentials+ is the only internationally recognized, vendor -neutral certification utilizing key business principles and fundamental cloud concepts that validate data -driven cloud recommendations. It stands alone in this field by demonstrating that all necessary staff members —not just the IT specialists —understand how to increase efficiency, manage costs, and reduce security risks for organizations whenever tasked with making current cloud technology decisions. Acquired Skills Have the knowledge and understanding of the foundational business and technical components included in a cloud assessment Understand specific security concerns and measures Comprehend new technology concepts, solutions, and benefits to an organization. CompTIA Cloud+ Description In this course, you will learn how to implement, maintain, and deliver cloud technologies including network, storage, and virtualization technologies to create cloud solutions. Acquired Skills Prepare to deploy cloud solutions Deploy a pilot project Test a pilot project deployment Design a secure network for cloud deployment Determine CPU and memory sizing for cloud deployments Determine storage requirements for cloud deployments Plan Identity and Access Management for cloud deployments Analyze workload characteristics to ensure successful migration to the cloud Secure systems to meet access requirements Maintain cloud systems Implement backup, restore, and business continuity measures Analyze cloud systems for required performance Analyze cloud systems for anomalies and growth forecasting Troubleshoot deployment, capacity, automation, and orchestration issues Troubleshoot connectivity issues Troubleshoot security issues CompTIA Cybersecurity Analyst (CVSA+) Certification Description The course introduces tools and tactics to manage cybersecurity risks, identify various types of common threats, evaluate the organization's security, collect and analyze cybersecurity intelligence, and handle incidents as they occur. Acquired Skills Assess information security risk in computing and network environments. Analyze reconnaissance threats to computing and network environments. Analyze attacks on computing and network environments. Analyze post -attack techniques on computing and network environments. Implement a vulnerability management program. Collect cybersecurity intelligence. Analyze data collected from security and event logs. Perform active analysis on assets and networks. Respond to cybersecurity incidents. Investigate cybersecurity incidents. Address security issues with the organization's technology architecture. CompTIA IT Fundamentals+ Description This course will prepare participants to take the FCO-U61 exam to obtain the IT Fundamentals+ certification and help participants learn some of the basic principles and techniques of providing PC, mobile, applications, and network support. Acquired Skills Set up a computer workstation and use basic software applications. Explain the functions and types of devices used within a computer system. Apply basic computer maintenance and support principles. Describe some principles of software and database development. Configure computers and mobile devices to connect to home networks and to the Internet. Identify security issues affecting the use of computers and networks. CompTIA Linux+ Certification Description The Official CompTIA® Linux+® courseware builds on your existing experience with systems operations and administration to provide you with the knowledge and skills required to configure, manage, operate, and troubleshoot a Linux environment by using security best practices, scripting, and automation. This course will also prepare you for the Exam XKO-004. Acquired Skills Perform basic Linux tasks. Manage users and groups. Manage permissions and ownership. Manage storage. Manage files and directories. Manage kernel modules. Manage the Linux boot process. Manage system components. Manage devices. Manage networking. Manage packages and software. Secure Linux systems. Write and execute Bash shell scripts. Automate tasks. Plan and perform a Linux installation. CompTIA Network+ Certification Description This course builds on your existing user -level knowledge and experience with personal computer operating systems and networks to present the fundamental skills and concepts that you will need to use on the job in any type of networking career. Acquired Skills Identify basic network theory concepts and major network communications methods. Describe bounded network media. Describe unbounded network media. Identify the major types of network implementations. Identify TCP/IP addressing and data delivery methods. Analyze routing and switching technologies. Identify the components of a TCP/IP implementation. Analyze network security. Implement network security. Identify the components of a WAN implementation. Identify the components used in cloud computing and virtualization. Identify the components of a remote network implementation. Manage networks. „'• Trou731es d network-iss es _ - -.. CompTIA Penetration Tester+ (PenTest+) Certification Description Intermediate knowledge of information security concepts, including but not limited to identity and access management (IAM), cryptographic concepts and implementations, computer networking concepts and implementations, and common security technologies. Practical experience in securing various computing environments, including small to medium businesses, as well as enterprise environments. Acquired Skills Plan and scope penetration tests Conduct passive reconnaissance Perform non -technical tests to gather information Conductive active reconnaissance Analyze vulnerabilities Penetrate networks Exploit host -based vulnerabilities Test applications Complete post -exploit tasks Analyze and report pen test results CompTIA Project+ Certification Description This course is designed to provide you with the skills needed to be a successful project manager in today's rapidly changing world. Additionally, this course can be a significant part of your preparation for the CompTIA® Project+® certification exam. Acquired Skills Identify the fundamentals of project management. Initiate a project. Create project plans, stakeholder strategies, and scope statement. Develop a Work Breakdown Structure and activity lists. Develop project schedule and identify the critical path. Plan project costs. Create project staffing and quality management plans. Create an effective communication plan. Create a risk management plan, perform risk analysis, and develop a risk response plan. Plan project procurements. Develop change management and transition plans. Assemble and launch the project team to execute the plan. Execute the project procurement plan. Monitor and control project performance. Monitor and control project constraints. Monitor and control project risks. Monitor and control procurements. Perform project closure activities. CompTIA Security+ Certification Description In this course, students will build on their knowledge of and professional experience with security fundamentals, networks, and organizational security as you acquire the specific skills required to implement basic security services on any type of computer network. Acquired Skills Compare and contrast attacks. Compare and contrast security controls. Use security assessment tools. Explain basic cryptography concepts. Implement a public key infrastructure. EMMONWIm—pTeWen itleht'i d�adcess m agent"control . "` ` 'r� Manage access services and accounts. Implement a secure network architecture. Install and configure security appliances. Install and configure wireless and physical access security. Deploy secure host, mobile, and embedded systems. Implement secure network access protocols. Implement secure network applications. Explain risk management and disaster recovery concepts. Describe secure application development concepts. Explain organizational security concepts. CompTIA Server+ Certification (1) Description This course builds on existing professional experience with personal computer hardware support to present the next tier of skills & concepts students will use on the job when administering any type of network server. If yourjob duties include server troubleshooting, installation, or maintenance, or if you are preparing for any type of network server -related career, it provides the primary knowledge and skills you will require to be successful.. (5) Acquired Skills Manage server hardware. Install server hardware and operating systems. Configure networking hardware and protocols. Create a virtual server environment. Perform basic server configuration tasks. Administer servers. Implement server storage solutions. Secure the server. Plan and test disaster recovery. Troubleshoot server issues. Computer Hacking Forensics Investigator (CHFI) Description This course will provide participants the necessary skills to identify an intruder's footprints and to properly gather the necessary evidence to prosecute in the court of law. Acquired Skills Computer forensics enables the systematic and careful identification of evidence in computer related crime and abuse cases. This may range from tracing the tracks of a hacker through a client's systems, to tracing the originator of defamatory emails, to recovering signs of fraud. Conflict Resolution Description Participants will learn crucial conflict management skills, including dealing with anger and using the Agreement Frame. If left unchecked or not resolved it can lead to lost production, absences, attrition, and even lawsuits. Acquired Skills Wherever two or more people come together, there is bound to be conflict. This course will give participants a seven -step conflict resolution process that they can use and modify to resolve conflict disputes of any size. Participants will also learn crucial conflict management skills, including dealing with anger and using the Agreement Frame. Constructive Conflict Management Description In this course, students will learn to recognize the warning signs that precede quarrels and how to mitigate their impact, as well as constructive ways to harness the differences between team members and shift them toward productive, positive outcomes. Acquired Skills Identify and manage sources of conflict "r Definean"effective sf"rategy'to deal'vWith=conflict "` VZWMRKVV� Implement a process to manage conflict situations Build civility in the workplace Creative Problem Solving Description This workshop will give students an overview of the creative problem -solving process, as well as key problem - solving tools that they can use every day. Skills such as brainstorming, information gathering, & analyzing data will be covered during class. Acquired Skills Identify types of information to gather and key questions to ask in problem solving Identify the importance of defining a problem correctly Identify and use four different problem definition tools Write concrete problem statements Use basic brainstorming tools to generate ideas for solutions Evaluate potential solutions against criteria, including cost/benefit analysis and group voting Perform a final analysis to select a solution Understand the roles that fact and intuition play in selecting a solution Understand the need to refine the shortlist and redefine it Understand how to identify the tasks and resources necessary to implement solutions Evaluate and adapt solutions to reality CRISC Certified in Risk and Information Systems Control Description The CRISC course is designed for those who have experience with risk identification, assessment, and evaluation; risk response; risk monitoring; information systems control design and implementation; and information systems control monitoring and maintenance. Acquired Skills Key Risk Indicators Key Performance Indicators Data Collection and Extraction Tools and Techniques Monitoring Controls Control Assessment Types Results of Control Assessments Changes to the IT Risk Profile Critical Facilitation Skills for Leaders Description Students will learn how to develop and apply facilitation techniques to support their team at every stage of the team life cycle. Students will enhance their interpersonal competencies and observational abilities to deal with disruptions and more. Acquired Skills Apply techniques to encourage participation and reach consensus Utilize facilitative questioning techniques Recognize indicators to facilitate each stage of the team process Deal constructively with disruptions and typical problem behavior Implement interventions appropriately Plan and run a focused discussion, meeting or event Critical Thinking Description In this course, students will learn develop their ability to analyze and evaluate information Acquired Skills Components of critical thinking Non -Linear thinking Logical Thinking CFiYhin rs loss N a:. Evaluate information Benefits of critical thinking Changing your perspective Problem solving Crystal Reports 2016 - Part 1 Description this course, students will create a basic report by connecting to a database and modifying the report's presentation. Acquired Skills Identify the elements of the Crystal Reports interface. Create and modify a basic report. Use formulas to calculate and filter data. Build a parameterized report. Group report data. Enhance a report. Create a report using data from an Excel workbook. Distribute data. Crystal Reports 2016 - Part 2 Description In this course, students will create complex reports & data sources using the tools in Crystal Reports 2016. Students will not only create more complex reports including sub -reports and cross -tabs, but will also increase their speed and efficiency. Acquired Skills Create automatic and manual running totals. Work with cross -tab reports. Add sub reports. Create drill -downs in a report. Use SQL statements in report processing. Create complex formulas. Add charts to reports. Enhance report functionality Customer Service Description This workshop will look at all types of customers & how we can serve them better. Students will be provided a strong skillset including in -person & over the phone techniques, dealing with difficult customers, and generating return business. Acquired Skills Recognize how your attitude affects customer service Identify your customers' needs Use outstanding customer service to generate return business Build good will through in -person customer service Provide outstanding customer service over the phone Connect with customers through online tools Deal with difficult customers CWS-215 Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktops 7 Administration On -Premises and In Citrix Cloud Description This course will teach students how to deploy, install, configure, setup profile management, configure policies, printing and basic security features for on -premises Virtual Apps and Desktop solution building, and then migrating to Citrix Cloud. Acquired Skills Learn how to install, configure, and manage a Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktops 7 site and Cloud connectors '- ldehf the conside--ratio'ns`b6tWeeff` CittN Virtual A" s anii D'eskto s=dh= remisesand^the Cit'fix Viftual'A a and-• fy pp..r-- P�< --p '� pP Desktops Service Discover how to deliver app and desktop resources CWS-313 Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktops 7 Advanced Deployment Troubleshooting Security and Administration Description Students will learn techniques to investigate many of the common issues that can affect environment health and how to solve issues more effectively in the advanced troubleshooting section. Students will leave this course with a good understanding of how to manage more complex solutions such as multi -location environments with configurations around StoreFront, the Delivery Controllers, Cloud Connectors and HDX. Acquired Skills administration concepts such as backups, disaster recovery, scalability and redundancy for a Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktop 7 Site Advanced troubleshooting techniques to troubleshoot Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktop 7 Security considerations and configurations for Citrix Apps and Desktop 7 site including multi -site management using zones CWS-314 Citrix App Layering and WEM Administration Description Students will learn to build and combine App Layers to optimize management of your app and desktop images and to implement Workspace Environment Management to improve log -on times, centralize user settings management, and optimize the performance of machines. Students will leave this course with a good understanding of how to manage more complex solutions and features in their Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktop 7 site. Acquired Skills Configure Workspace Environment Management to improve the end user environment and virtual resource consumption Implement App Layering skills, for example how to create and administer OS, platform, application, elastic and user layers Migrate to Workspace Environment Management CWS-315 Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktops 7 Advanced Administration Description Get more value out of your Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktops 7.1x investment through the use of Workspace Environment Management, Provisioning Services, Application Layering, and advanced features. Students leave this course with a good understanding of how to manage more complex solutions such as multizone environments spanning multiple locations with configurations around StoreFront, the Delivery Controllers, and HDX. Students will gain the skills to improve logon times, user personalization, and resource performance through Workspace Environment Management. Also, learn to optimize management of your app and desktop images by building and combining App Layers. End the course by learning to install, configure, and manage Provisioning Services in accordance with leading practices. Acquired Skills Understand Zones in Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktops 7.1x and how to account for user and desktop locations and optimal connection and registration How to build and manage App Layers to minimize image sprawl with Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktops 7.1x Understand and configure HDX channels and protocols for improved performance delivering multimedia and data over network connections Microsoft Azure Description Navigate the move from an on -premises environment into Citrix Cloud and learn to deploy resource locations onto Microsoft Azure. Learn the architecture, communications, and management of Citrix Cloud and the Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktops Service and then migrate existing infrastructure and settings into Citrix Cloud. If you are planning a move to Citrix Cloud or starting out anew, this course is a necessary step in enabling you with the right training and skills to understand, manage, and deliver successfully. Plan machine catalog and virtual machine design based in Microsoft's public cloud and deploy those machines using Machine Creation Services. Learn to configure the access layer as a service within Citrix Cloud, as managed machines in your datacenter, or on the Azure platform. Acquired Skills How to install, configure, and manage Citrix Cloud Connectors Deploy and manage Virtual Delivery Agent machines to on -premises resource locations as well as in Microsoft Azure using MCS Integrate Citrix Cloud and Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktops with Microsoft Azure Active Directory Cyber Secure Coder Description This course presents an approach for dealing with security and privacy throughout the entire software development lifecycle. You will learn about vulnerabilities that undermine security, and how to identify and remediate them in your own projects. You will learn general strategies for dealing with security defects and misconfiguration, how to design software to deal with the human element in security, and how to incorporate security into all phases of development. Acquired Skills Identify the need for security in your software projects. Eliminate vulnerabilities within software. Use a Security by Design approach to design a secure architecture for your software. Implement common protections to protect users and data. Apply various testing methods to find and correct security defects in your software. Maintain deployed software to ensure ongoing security. CvberSec First Responder (Exam CFR-310) Description This course covers the duties of those who are responsible for monitoring and detecting security incidents in information systems and networks, and for executing a proper response to such incidents. Depending on the size of the organization, this individual may act alone or may be a member of a cybersecurity incident response team (CSIRT). The course introduces tools and tactics to manage cybersecurity risks, identify various types of common threats, evaluate the organization's security, collect and analyze cybersecurity intelligence, and handle incidents as they occur. Ultimately, the course promotes a comprehensive approach to security aimed toward those on the front lines of defense. Acquired Skills Assess information security risk in computing and network environments. Analyze the cybersecurity threat landscape. Analyze reconnaissance threats to computing and network environments. Analyze attacks on computing and network environments. Analyze post -attack techniques on computing and network environments. Implement a vulnerability management program. Evaluate the organization's security through penetration testing. Collect cybersecurity intelligence. Analyze data collected from security and event logs. Perform active analysis on assets and networks. Respond to cybersecurity incidents. Investigate cybersecurity incidents. Data Analysis using Excel 2016 — Level 1 tom. " Description= -y,, u:, c r. Power BI Report Writers will learn everything they need to create highly effective PivotTable and PivotChart reports using data models created by more advanced Power BI Designers. Acquired Skills Day one topics covered include an overview of PowerPivot, creating effective and professional reports, creating data driven narratives, effectively applying different chart styles, using data hierarchies, and creating simple custom data calculations. Day two topics include learning how to use the Power View, Power Map, and Power Query add -ins. Power BI Report Writers will learn how to use Power View to create highly effective interactive reports using data models created by more advanced Power BI Designers. Students will also learn how to build 3D geospatial reports using Power Map as well as how to transform and query data sources using Power Query. Data Analysis using Power BI Desktop - Level 1 Description This is the first course in TLG Learning's exclusive Power BI for the Cloud training series. This course lays the foundation for Power BI for the Cloud Report Builders Equipment All computers, software, and resources are provided at the respective learning center locations. Students learning programs are inclusive of all equipment and resources they will need to develop accordingly. Our facility has elite and functioning computer labs and learning environments for the student to flourish. All Student are provide with Dual Monitor Systems, Keyboard, Mouse and Headset with Microphone. Acquired Skills Power BI Report Builders will learn everything they need to create highly effective stand-alone and multi -page narrative reports using data sources that are created by Power BI Data Model Designers. Data Model Design Using Excel 2016 — Level 2 Description This course is designed for Power BI for Excel Designers who are ready to create custom data models for themselves and for other Power BI Designers. Acquired Skills This course is designed for Power BI for Excel Designers who are ready to create custom data models for themselves and for other Power BI Designers. Topics covered include database design concepts, how to build both general purpose and customized data models, building data hierarchies, and how to use basic DAX language and functionality to extend the capabilities of data models for in-depth and customized analysis of information. Data Model Design using Power BI Desktop - Level 2 Description This course is designed for Report Builders who are ready to create custom data models for themselves and for other Power BI Report Builders. Acquired Skills Understanding BI Data Creating data models Customizing data models Power BI functions Daz Measures Data Warehousing on AWS Description Data Warehousing on AWS introduces you to concepts, strategies, and best practices for designing a cloud -based data warehousing solution using Amazon Redshift, the petabyte-scale data warehouse in AWS. Acquired Skills Discuss the core concepts of data warehousing. Evaluate the relationship between Amazon Redshift and other big data systems. =valuat a=cases or daf4'waa ehousFn w6rRl-o5dsTafidTeView c a studiesthatt'demo'ffstrate=implemeTtation df AWS data and analytic services as part of a data warehousing solution. Choose an appropriate Amazon Redshift node type and size for your data needs. Discuss security features as they pertain to Amazon Redshift, such as encryption, IAM permissions, and database permissions. Launch an Amazon Redshift cluster and use the components, features, and functionality to implement a data warehouse in the cloud. Use other AWS data and analytic services, such as Amazon DynamoDB, Amazon EMR, Amazon Kinesis Firehose, and Amazon S3, to contribute to the data warehousing solution. Evaluate approaches and methodologies for designing data warehouses. Identify data sources and assess requirements that affect the data warehouse design. Design the data warehouse to make effective use of compression, data distribution, and sort methods. Load and unload data and perform data maintenance tasks. Write queries and evaluate query plans to optimize query performance. Configure the database to allocate resources such as memory to query queues and define criteria to route certain types of queries to your configured query queues for improved processing. Use features and services, such as Amazon Redshift database audit logging, Amazon CloudTrail, Amazon CloudWatch, and Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS), to audit, monitor, and receive event notifications about activities in the data warehouse. Prepare for operational tasks, such as resizing Amazon Redshift clusters and using snapshots to back up and restore clusters. Use a business intelligence (BI) application to perform data analysis and visualization tasks against your data. Data Wrangling with Python Description In this course you will start with the absolute basics of Python, focusing mainly on data structures. Then you will delve into the fundamental tools of data wrangling like NumPy and Pandas libraries. You'll explore useful insights into why you should stay away from traditional ways of data cleaning, as done in other languages, and take advantage of the specialized pre -built routines in Python. This combination of Python tips and tricks will also demonstrate how to use the same Python backend and extract/transform data from an array of sources including the Internet, large database vaults, and Excel financial tables. To help you prepare for more challenging scenarios, you'll cover how to handle missing or wrong data, and reformat it based on the requirements from the downstream analytics tool. The course will further help you grasp concepts through real -world examples and datasets. Acquired Skills Data structure using python Advanced data structure Numpy, Pandas and MatplotLlB Sub setting, Filtering and Grouping BeautifulSoup4 and Web Page Parsing Zip Function Web Scraping and BeautifulSoup Libraries Reding Data for XML RDBMS and SQL Database Design - A Modern Approach Description This course introduces you to a process for effectively planning and designing a functional, efficient database. Knowing how to plan a relational database is important to the success of the databases you create. Without planning, you cannot possibly know what the database needs to do, or even what information to include in the database. Planning a database is essential and prevents the extra work of fixing data maintenance problems later on. Acquired Skills Follow an efficient process for designing a relational database Define the database conceptual model Define the database logical model Apply database normalization methods to improve the initial design of a database t- = T ' `Com letetlie'd[ aI34seTdesi n, includii "'coritrolstoensure''its referential ihte rit-end'datdOihte rit F;'Y1. "r g 9 9 Y 9 )�_�` Developing on AWS Description In this course, you learn how to use the AWS SDK to develop secure and scalable cloud applications. Explore how to interact with AWS using code and also learn about key concepts, best practices, and troubleshooting tips. Acquired Skills Set up the AWS SDK and developer credentials for Java, C#/.NET, Python, and JavaScript Interact with AWS services and develop solutions by using the AWS SDK Use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) for service authentication Use Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) and Amazon DynamoDB as data stores Integrate applications and data by using AWS Lambda, Amazon API Gateway, Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS), Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS), and AWS Step Functions Use Web Identity Framework and Amazon Cognito for user authentication Use Amazon ElastiCache to improve application scalability Use containers in the development process Leverage the Cl/CD pipeline to deploy applications on AWS Developing Successful Interpersonal Skills Description This course will prepare students for the collaborative situations inherent in every facet of business, whether working with colleagues, partners, vendors, or clients. Acquired Skills Recognize the difference between hearing and listening Enhance interpersonal relationships through the use of verbal and non-verbal communication Apply techniques to move towards high quality conversation Create a positive impression through a powerful introduction Influence others through sharing perspectives and opinions constructively Use logic and emotion to persuade and collaborate Identify ways of sharing thoughts and opinions constructively Prepare for and conduct simple negotiations DevOps Continuous Delivery Architect (CDA) Description This course is designed for participants who are engaged in the design, implementation, and management of DevOps deployment pipelines and toolchains that support Continuous Integration, Continuous Delivery, Continuous Testing and potentially Continuous Deployment. The course highlights underpinning processes, metrics, APIs and cultural considerations with Continuous Delivery. Key benefits of Continuous Delivery will be covered including increased velocity to assist organizations to respond to market changes rapidly, thus being able to outmaneuver competition, reduce risk and lower costs while releasing higher quality solutions. Increased productivity and employee morale by having more activities performed by pipelines instead of humans so teams can focus on vision while pipelines do the execution. Acquired Skills Goals, history, terminology, and pipeline The importance, practices, and transformation of a DevOps collaborative culture Design practices, such as modular design and microservices Continuous Integration (CI), such as version control, builds, and remediation Tenets and best practices of Continuous Testing (CT) Continuous Delivery and Deployment (CD): packaging, containers, and release Continuous Monitoring (CM): monitoring and analysis infrastructure, process, and apps Infrastructure and tools: frameworks, tools, and infrastructure as code Security Assurance: DevSecOps The opportunity to hear and share real -life scenarios DevOps Foundation Description The DevOps Foundation® course provides a baseline understanding of key DevOps terminology to ensure everyone is talking the same language and highlights the benefits of DevOps to support organizational success. Acquired Skills Benefits to the business and IT Principles and practices including Continuous Integration, Continuous Delivery, testing, security and the Three Ways DevOps relationship to Agile, Lean and ITSM Improved workflows, communication and feedback loops Automation practices including deployment pipelines and DevOps toolchains Scaling DevOps for the enterprise Critical success factors and key performance indicators Real -life examples and results DevOps Leader (DOL) Description The DevOps Leader course is a unique and practical experience for participants who want to take a transformational leadership approach and make an impact within their organization by implementing DevOps. Leading people through a cultural transformation requires new skills, innovative thinking, and transformational leadership. Leaders up, down and across the IT organization must align and collaborate to break down silos and evolve the organization. The course highlights the human dynamics of cultural change and equips participants with practices, methods, and tools to engage people across the DevOps spectrum through the use of real -life scenarios and case studies. Upon completion of the course, participants will have tangible takeaways to leverage when back in the office such as understanding Value Stream Mapping. Acquired Skills DevOps and time to market The business and IT perspectives Key differences between DevOps IT and traditional IT Planning and organizing Understanding performance and culture Measurement differences Designing a DevOps organization Focusing on what matters Ideas for organizing workflows Sharing information Defining meaningful metrics Value stream mapping The Spotify Squad model Managing culture change Popular tools and key practices Putting it all together DevOps Test Engineering (DTE) Description This comprehensive course addresses testing in a DevOps environment and covers concepts such as the active use of test automation, testing earlier in the development cycle, and instilling testing skills in developers, quality assurance, security, and operational teams. The course is relevant for every modern IT professional involved in defining or deploying a DevOps testing strategy for their organization, as test engineering is the backbone of DevOps and the primary key for successful DevOps pipeline to support digital transformation. Acquired Skills The purpose, benefits, concepts and vocabulary of DevOps testing How DevOps testing differs from other types of testing DevOps testing strategies, test management and results analysis Strategies for selecting test tools and implementing test automation Integration of DevOps testing into Continuous Integration and Continuous Delivery workflows How DevOps testers fit with a DevOps culture, organization and roles Leaders inspire followership in others. Whether speaking conversationally or presenting before a group, a powerful leadership message delivered with impact and focused on the needs of the audience, can motivate and energize others. Acquired Skills Enhance your leadership effectiveness through your message Communicate with greater openness and authenticity Craft compelling messages that connect people to purpose Engage, motivate, and inspire others to embrace change Apply your leadership voice to increase your impact and influence EC -Council Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH) Description Students will learn how to scan, test, hack and secure target systems. The course covers the Five Phases of Ethical Hacking, diving into Reconnaissance, Gaining Access, Enumeration, Maintaining Access, and covering your tracks. Acquired Skills A Certified Ethical Hacker is a skilled professional who understands and knows how to look for weaknesses and vulnerabilities in target systems and uses the same knowledge and tools as a malicious hacker, but in a lawful and legitimate manner to assess the security posture of a target system(s). The CEH credential certifies individuals in the specific network security discipline of Ethical Hacking from a vendor -neutral perspective. EC -Council Certified Network Defender Description Certified Network Defender (CND) is a vendor -neutral, hands-on, instructor -led comprehensive network security certification training program. It is a skills -based, lab intensive program based on a job -task analysis and cybersecurity education framework presented by the National Initiative of Cybersecurity Education (NICE). The course has also been mapped to global job roles and responsibilities and the Department of Defense (DoD) job roles for system/network administrators. The course is designed and developed after extensive market research and surveys. Acquired Skills The Class prepares network administrators on network security technologies and operations to attain Defense -in -Depth network security preparedness. It covers the project, detect and respond approach to network security. The course contains hands-on labs, based on major network security tools and techniques which will provide network administrators real world expertise on current network security technologies and operations. The study -kit provides you with over 10 GB of network security best practices, assessments and protection tools. The kit also contains templates for various network policies and a large number of white papers for additional learning. Effective Leadership through Coaching Description The most successful leaders recognize that their success depends upon the success of those they lead. Enabling others to grow and fulfil their potential by coaching them to discover and apply their talents and strengths is a core competency of leadership Acquired Skills Develop a positive partnership that supports employee growth Provide effective coaching and feedback within a relationship of mutual trust Agree appropriate performance goals using the SMART technique Clarify the current state or reality of your employees' situation Create options for your employee and develop them into a plan Motivate and support your employee to achieve their goals Recognize and remove any obstacles to employee success Email Etiquette Description In this course, students will learn about e-mail policies and learn how to write professional e-mail memos that convey appropriate messages. Follow company policies regarding e-mail, follow copyright laws, avoid viruses, and discuss e-mail liability. Use the various features of e-mail programs and secure their e-mail by using encryption, digital signatures, and passwords. Use headers effectively in an e-mail message and structure the body of an e-mail message. Write e-mail with recipients in mind and manage their e-mail volume. Use proper netiquette styles and use emoticons and electronic abbreviations. Communicate online, use language and punctuation, and develop efficient writing habits. Employee Motivation Description This course will assist students in understanding and implementing strategies that will help to motivate their work force. Acquired Skills Herzberg's Theory of Motivation Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs A History of Reinforcement Theory Behavior Modification in Four Steps Appropriate Uses in the Workplace A History of Expectancy Theory Understanding the Three Factors Using the Three Factors to Motivate in the Workplace Identifying Your Personality Type Identifying Others' Personality Type Motivators by Personality Type Goals and Motivation Setting SMART Goal Evaluating and Adapting Building Your Own Motivational Plan Encouraging Growth and Development Getting Others to See the Glass Half -Full Creating a Motivational Organization Creating a Motivational Job Dealing with Individual Morale Problems Addressing Team Morale What to Do When the Whole Company is De -Motivated Identifying Personal Motivators Maximizing Your Motivators Evaluating and Adapting Evolvinq into the Manager Role Description In this course, students will learn how to confidently acquire and build these skills through relevant discussions, team and individual activities. Acquired Skills Describe the roles that a manager has in an organization Identify and nurture talent in your team Build a management vision for success Create strategies to motivate and empower your team Combine leadership qualities and influence skills to motivate your team Plan and manage effective meetings Excel 2013/2016 Programming with VBA Description Learn how to use formulas and advanced functions, create and format tables, sort and filter, add and format graphics, and protect and finalize a workbook. .._=Acquire d Skills _ _Mom&, W n-_.. x Working with Procedures and Functions Understanding Objects Using Expressions, Variables, and Intrinsic Functions Controlling Program Execution Working with Forms and Controls Working with the PivotTable Object Debugging Code Handling Errors Excel 2016 - Part 1 Description Are you looking to become a proficient Excel user? Professional Excel training from can get you on the path to mastering this popular data spreadsheet software. Through completing the introductory Excel 2016 training course, you'll develop foundational data manipulation knowledge and skills that you can build upon through additional training and use. With the Excel 2016 - Part 1 course under your belt, you'll feel confident using one of the world's most powerful applications. Acquired Skills Write a range of fundamental Excel commands Perform worksheet calculations Build custom formulas Amend elements in a worksheet Apply formatting changes to cells Manage workbook properties Excel 2016 - Part 2 Description You've mastered the basics of Excel. In Excel 2016 - Part 2 training, you'll build upon your data manipulation skills and unlock more capabilities within the platform. Deepen your understanding of Excel by learning how to create advanced workbooks and worksheets. With Part 2 training from under your belt, you'll be ready to create custom formulas, apply built-in Excel functions and manipulate data to extract the insights you need. Acquired Skills Perform calculations using functions and formulas Sort, filter and query data Create and format tables Visualize data with charts Create advanced formulas Analyze data with PivotTables and Pivot Charts Excel 2016 - Part 3 Description Excel is a powerhouse spreadsheet software used by companies small and large. Master this popular platform by completing the Excel 2016 - Part 3 course from . This advanced Excel course builds off learnings from Excel 2016 - Parts 1 & 2 and prepares you to complete difficult Excel tasks such as LOOKUPS, macros and more. The course also covers Microsoft Office Specialist exam objectives to help you prep for the certification exam. Acquired Skills Refer to internal and external worksheets Perform LOOKUPS and audit formulas Share and protect workbooks Automate workbook functionality using validation rules and macros Create sparklines and map data Forecast data Excel 201612019: Data Analysis with Pivot Tables Being able to harness the power of PivotTable features & create Pivot Charts will help students gain an edge. Not only will students be able to summarize data to analyze, but they can organize the data in a way that can be meaningfully presented to others. Acquired Skills Prepare data for PivotTable reporting and create PivotTables from various data sources. Analyze Data Using PivotTables. Work with Pivot Charts. Excel 2016: Formulas and Charts Description In This Course, students will analyze Excel data, create Formulas, Charts and Data to Support Excel Spreadsheets and Workbooks. Acquired Skills Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to create Intermediate Formulas and Charts using Microsoft Office Excel 2016. Excel 2016: Tables, Pivot Tables and Conditional Formatting Description In This Course, students will analyze Excel data, create PivotTables, Pivot Charts as well as Analyzing Pivot Tables. Acquired Skills Tables Conditional Formatting Pivot Tables Pivot Charts Summarize PivotTable Data Organize PivotTable Data Filter PivotTable Data Format a PivotTable Refresh and Change a PivotTable Excel 2019 - Part 1 Description This course aims to provide you with a foundation for Excel knowledge and skills, which you can build upon to eventually become an expert in data manipulation. Excel can help you organize, calculate, analyze, revise, update, and present your data in ways that will help the decision makers in your organization steer you in the right direction It will also make these tasks much easier for you to accomplish, and in much less time, than if you used traditional pen -and -paper methods or non -specialized software. Acquired Skills Perform calculations. Modify a worksheet. Format a worksheet. Print workbooks. Manage workbooks. Excel 2019 - Part 2 Description This course builds upon the foundational knowledge presented in the Microsoft® Office Excel® 2019: Part 1 course and will help start you down the road to creating advanced workbooks and worksheets that can help deepen your understanding of organizational intelligence. The ability to analyze massive amounts of data, extract actionable information from it, and present that information to decision makers is at the foundation of a successful organization that is able to compete at a high level. Acquired Skills Work with functions. Work with lists. Analyze data. .mom,.. m _ -.,_ .. ., 'n; € r' _,,- z isua ize� a a wit c s..° :; �, _�._ ,, r _ ,_ ., � .:� .. ��: a <- Use PivotTables and PivotCharts. Excel 2019 - Part 3 Description This course builds upon the foundational and intermediate knowledge presented in the Microsofte Office Excel® 2019: Part 1 and Microsoft® Office Excel® 2019: Part 2 courses to help you get the most of your Excel experience The ability to collaborate with colleagues, automate complex or repetitive tasks, and use conditional logic to construct and apply elaborate formulas and functions will put the full power of Excel right at your fingertips. The more you learn about how to get Excel to do the hard work for you, the more you'll be able to focus on getting the answers you need from the vast amounts of data your organization generates. Acquired Skills Work with multiple worksheets and workbooks. Share and protect workbooks. Automate workbook functionality. Use Lookup functions and formula auditing. Forecast data. Create sparklines and map data. Excellence in Service - Advanced Description In this course, learn how to develop and monitor service standards to support exceptional customer service; build customer service teams; understand your customers and how they measure service; and how to develop customer loyalty with your customers. Acquired Skills Discuss the basics of service standards, monitor service standards, and understand how management standards support exceptional customer service. Build customer service teams, select right employees through effective screening and interviews, provide training and empowerment, and motivate employees to maintain desirable behaviors. Understand your customers and how they measure service, develop loyalty in customers, understand how employee loyalty affects service, and create memorable service. Excellence in Service - Basic Description Identify customer types, set customer expectations and maintain a positive attitude when working with customers. Acquired Skills Distinguish the different types of customers, appreciate the importance of customer service, build rapport and communicate with customers, and respond to customers while exceeding their expectations. Develop customer service skills, provide quality customer service, and solve customer service problems. Understand customer dissatisfaction, work with customers who are either angry or upset, and reduce customer service stress. Understand the importance of effective communication, identify the importance of interpersonal communication, provide quality service on the telephone, and compose effective e-mail messages. Expanding Your Emotional Intelligence Description Incorporating powerful tools and classroom activities, students will practice and hone their skills, mastering the strategies learned to effectively communicate, connect with, and support others through healthy and productive interactions. Acquired Skills Identify the key competencies of emotional intelligence Develop a learning path to enrich your El Gain better control over your behavior under duress Enhance your communication skills and competencies Learn to thrive under stress Develop gratitude and strength of character =z SuiTd a=ir�ea iingf' 1=h a balance nd"yo aut is sel `= '$ =" - 9 Extending Your Sphere of Influence Description In this course, you will learn to become proficient in the art of persuasion, selecting and utilizing appropriate styles and strategies to have the most influential effect, as well as understanding how to protect yourself from being manipulated by others. Acquired Skills Build workplace relationships based on mutual trust and respect Collaborate effectively through influence and persuasion Recognize and enhance your sources of personal power Choose and apply appropriate influence strategies Work with resistance to gain commitment and buy -in Fundamentals of AWS Description Fundamentals of AWS by Cloud That is for anyone with an IT background who is interested in understanding what is Cloud Computing. It will equip you with basic knowledge of Cloud Technologies in use now. Cloud Computing has grown from being just a buzzword to a serious business decision that many businesses are contemplating. Therefore, knowledge about it is necessary to make a clear and strategic plan to move applications and services to the Cloud. Acquired Skills After completing this course, the participants can go on any AWS Certification track of their choice Cloud Computing Security AWS cloud Cloud Storage cloud networking Cloud Computing aws Information Privacy Cloud Management security Cloud Applications AWS Lambda Amazon Lex Get Going with QuickBooks Description First-time QuickBooks users will learn the basic features of the software. Experienced QuickBooks users will quickly learn the new features and functionality of QuickBooks Acquired Skills Starting QuickBooks Setting QuickBooks Preferences Identifying Components of the QuickBooks Operating Environment Using QuickBooks Help Identifying Common Business Terms Exiting QuickBooks Setting up a Company Working with list Selling your product Invoicing for services Processing payments Working with bank accounts Entering and paying bills Using the easy setup interview Description This course provides an overview of Google Cloud Platform products and services. Through a combination of presentations, demos, and hands-on labs, students learn the value of Google Cloud Platform and how to incorporate cloud -based solutions into business strategies. Acquired Skills Identify the purpose and value of Google Cloud Platform products and services Interact with Google Cloud Platform services Describe ways in which customers have used Google Cloud Platform Choose among and use application deployment environments on Google Cloud Platform: Google App Engine, Google Kubernetes Engine, and Google Compute Engine Choose among and use Google Cloud Platform storage options: Google Cloud Storage, Google Cloud SQL, Google Cloud Bigtable, and Google Cloud Datastore Make basic use of BigQuery, Google's managed data warehouse for analytics Make basic use of Cloud Deployment Manager, Google's tool for creating and managing cloud resources through templates Make basic use of Google Stackdriver, Google's monitoring, logging, and diagnostics system Grammar Essentials Description In this course, students will review the rules of grammar, identify common grammar errors, and refine their business writing style. Acquired Skills examine nouns, pronouns, and verbs. identify adjectives and adverbs. identify prepositions, conjunctions, and interjections. identify some important rules of grammar and some commonly made grammatical errors. identify grammar rules regarding correct punctuation. identify problematic sentence fragments, run-ons, and comma splices, as well as effective methods of rewriting sentences so that they are clear and complete. identify methods for improving word choices. identify methods for building effective sentences. identify methods for editing text effectively. identify methods for avoiding some common errors made by overzealous writers who create hypercorrections in their own work. Handling a Difficult Customer Description In this course, students will gain a valuable skill set to deal with difficult customers in various situations. Acquired Skills Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to deal with difficult customers in a way that increases productivity and customer service, and decreases unhappy customers. HTML 5 - Content Authoring with New and Advanced Features Description This course focuses on the new and advanced features of HTML5, covering how to create HTML5 and CSS3 markup that will work well on the widest possible variety of web browsers, mobile devices, and machine readers, such as search engine web crawlers. Acquired Skills Optimize HTML content to take advantage of HTML5 and CSS3 features. Write advanced CS33 selectors and media queries. Use advanced background and border options introduced in CSS3. Use advanced text formatting options introduced in CSS3. Use HTML5 graphics and multimedia elements, including transforms, animation, audio, and video. Follow best practices to enable HTML content to be successfully processed by many different web browsers and machine readers. .� _ - HTML6 - Content Authoring Fundamentals Description HTML5 is one of the most integral and evolving web technologies that enables a user to structure content and present it on the web.This course lays the foundation for mastering this popular web publishing technology. Acquired I Skills Embed Content within an HTML Page Link HTML Pages Create Image Maps Apply Style Sheets to HTML Use CSS to Create Multiple Column Layouts Author Table Content Construct and Format Forms Identify and Correct Structural and Compatibility Problems Make HTML Content Accessible Publish and Deploy Web Content Interpersonal Skills Description In this course, students will be shown how to apply advanced verbal and written communication techniques in the workplace. Acquired Skills Will help participants work towards being that unforgettable person by providing communication skills, negotiation techniques, tips on making an impact, and advice on networking and starting conversations. Introduction to Agile and Scrum Methodologies Description Agile project management is growing in popularity as a method for delivering value quickly. This course presents the tenets of Agile methodologies using the Scrum framework as a primary example to demonstrate the Agile approaches, their benefits, and challenges. Acquired Skills Identify basic concepts, core values, principles, and methodologies of Agile. Address the myths, challenges, and benefits of Agile. Define the Scrum methodology of Agile. Execute sprint ceremonies using Scrum tools and techniques. Introduction to DAX for Excel 2016 Users — Level 3 Description This course is built for Power BI for Excel Designers that will be responsible for taking basic PowerPivot data models turning them into power business intelligence solutions. Acquired Skills This course takes an in-depth approach to the DAX language, teaching designers how to build models that extend the capabilities of source data for more in-depth, customized business intelligence solutions. Specific topics covered include proper understanding of DAX evaluation, controlling evaluation context, understanding relational functions, error handling within the data model, working with complex time intelligence calculations, creating advanced DAX dashboards and report elements using Slicers. Introduction to R Programming Description Over the past few years, R has been steadily gaining popularity with business analysts, statisticians and data scientists as a tool of choice for conducting statistical analysis of data as well as supervised and unsupervised machine learning. Acquired Skills Students learn the practical aspects of the R programming language. The course is supplemented by many hands- on labs which allow attendees to immediately apply their theoretical knowledge in practice. ITIL 4 Awareness es¢nption -. ._� _'.. a �. �..... ITIL0 is the world's leading best practice framework for implementing IT service management. Organizations use ITIL to plan, implement, support, and improve services and create value for their customers. In this course, you will learn the foundational knowledge and skills for adopting and adapting best practices for IT service management (ITSM) in your organization. Acquired Skills Define ITIL and its key concepts. Identify the components of the ITIL framework. Analyze the ITIL practices and guiding principles. Identify the components and functions of the ITIL SVS. ITIL 4 Create. Deliver and Support (CDS) Description This course begins yourjourney toward the ITIL Managing Professional designation. You will acquire insight that will allow you to integrate different value streams and activities to create, deliver and support IT -enabled products and services. Armed with this knowledge and skill set, you will be confident in running those IT -enabled services, teams and workflows successfully. The associated certification exam voucher is included with this course. Acquired Skills Understand how to plan and build a service value stream to create, deliver and support services Know how relevant ITIL practices contribute to creation, delivery and support across the SVS and value streams Know how to create, deliver and support services Understand how to integrate different value streams and activities to create, deliver and support IT enabled products and services, and relevant practices, methods and tools Understand service performance, service quality and improvement methods. ITIL 4 Direct, Plan and Improve (DPII Description This unique and central course covers requirements in both the ITIL Managing Professional and ITIL Strategic Leader designations. As such, this course is a must -have in any ITIL 4 professional development plan. You will gain the practical skills needed to establish a "learning and improving" IT organization that possess a strong and targeted strategic direction. The associated certification exam voucher is included with this course. Acquired Skills Understand the Key Concepts of Direct, Plan & Improve Understand the scope of what is to be directed and/or planned, and know how to use key principles and methods of direction and planning in that context Understand the role of GRC (Governance, Risk & Compliance) and know how to integrate the principles and methods into the service value system Understand and know how to use the key principles and methods of continual improvement for all types of improvements Understand and know how to use the key principles and methods of Organizational Change Management to direction, planning and improvement Understand and know how to use the key principles and methods of measurement and reporting in directing, planning and improvement Understand and know how to direct, plan and improve value streams and practices ITIL 4 Drive Stakeholder Value (DSV) Description This course covers key topics such as SLA design, multi -supplier management, communication, relationship management, CX and UX design, customerjourney mapping, and more. It will provide candidates with the tools to increase stakeholder satisfaction which is integral to business success in the current competitive landscape. The associated certification exam voucher is included with this course. Acquired Skills Value propositions Fostering relationships Keeping engagement channels open Shaping demand �. yr Des n g se" iea offering ;�-� ,: .: ._ ;w , Aligning and agreeing expectations Co -creating service experiences Realizing value ITIL 4 Foundation Description ITIL® is the world's leading best practice framework for implementing IT Service Management. ITIL version 4 introduces IT Service Management through the lens of a Service Value System (SVS), which provides a holistic end -to -end view of how to successfully contribute to business value, and also how to leverage concepts from models such as Lean IT, Agile, DevOps and Organizational Change Management. This foundational course immerses you in the guiding principles, dimensions, and practices of ITIL® 4. Acquired Skills understanding of the 7 Guiding Principles, 4 Dimensions of Service Management, 34 ITIL® Practices, and the new Value Service Chain that incorporate the core of ITIL® version 4. ITIL 4 Managing Professional Transition Description The ITIL 4 Managing Professional Transition module is designed to allow ITIL Experts or ITIL v3 candidates who have already invested to easily transition across to ITIL 4. They can gain the designation of ITIL 4 Managing Professional via one course and one exam. The associated certification exam voucher is included with this course. Acquired Skills To allow candidates of the previous iteration of ITIL the opportunity of a straightforward transition to ITIL 4 in order to achieve the designation of ITIL 4 Managing Professional. To provide candidates with an understanding of the new ITIL 4 Foundation concepts and definitions, including the key differences between the previous iteration of ITIL and ITIL 4 and how they can be practically applied. JavaScript Essential with JQuery Description Mastering JavaScript and jQuery provides an introduction to and experience working with the JavaScript programming language in the environment it's used in the most: the browser. Acquired Skills Become both familiar with the language and confident enough to work with it in any context Learn enough of the DOM API to bend it to your will Make communication between the browser and your server possible Understand and effectively leverage closures Understand how JavaScript's object model differs from the model classical object -oriented programming languages Learn what jQuery is and how to add it to your applications Use jQuery to select complex sets of elements from the DOM Develop rich web pages that respond to user interaction Interact with your server -side code using Ajax Explore a wide variety of plugins and learn how to write your own Test your applications to make sure your JavaScript is as solid as the rest of your code Keep Going with QuickBooks Description This course is an introduction to QuickBooks. Students will be introduced to the basic features and functionality in QuickBooks and will learn how to use QuickBooks to effectively track and manage their company's financial data and determine the health of the business. Acquired Skills Memorizing Transactions Customizing Forms Other QuickBooks Account Types Working with Credit Card Transactions Working with Fixed Assets Working with Long -Term Liability Accounts -mUsingFthis Loa rir'Mana r' " ._. vz �. _ v: -. . Creating Reports Creating Graphs Tacking and Paying sales tax Preparing payroll Using online banking Managing company files Leadership and Influence Description Once you learn the techniques of true Leadership And Influence, you will be able to build the confidence it takes to take the lead. Acquired Skills The Evolution of Leadership Situational Leadership Personal Inventory Modeling the Way Inspiring a Shared Vision Challenging the Process Enabling Others to Act Encouraging the Heart Basic Influencing Skills Setting Goals Leadership Excellence for Senior Management Description To maximize performance and foster a healthy environment, senior managers must also motivate others, nurturing and utilizing the distinctive skills of each team member. Acquired Skills Use wisdom and understanding to lead others Deliver constructive critiques to your staff More effectively coach and mentor your staff Develop new managers Better motivate your staff Navigate organizational politics Lean Six Siqma Black Belt Description Student will be able to explain Six Sigma philosophies and principles, including supporting systems and tools. .Black belts have a thorough understanding of all aspects of the define, measure, analyze, improve and control (DMAIC) model in accordance with Six Sigma principles Acquired Skills DMAIC Model Black Belt Roles and Responsibilities Stakeholder Management Tollgate Reviews Leading Teams Change Management Project Selection Strategies Measure Phase Analyze Phase Improve Phase Control Phase Lean Six Sigma Green Belt Description solves quality problems and is involved in quality improvement projects Acquired Skills Roles and Responsibilities in a Lean Six Sigma Organization Value Stream Maps 5S 7 Wastes Project Selection Define Phase Measure Phase Analyze Phase Improve Phase Control Phase Mac Final Cut Pro Description Final Cut Pro X is a revolutionary video editing application that makes it possible for beginners and professionals to achieve stunning results. This course teaches students to perform editing functions and becoming familiar with the user interface. Acquired Skills Start with basic video editing techniques and work all the way through Final Cut Pro's powerful advanced features. Students work with dramatic real -world media to learn the practical techniques used daily in editing projects. mac OS Support Essentials Description In this course, students will be introduced to the command -line interface and macOS Recovery. They will also manage user accounts and system resources. Acquired Skills students in this course will learn how to update, upgrade, and reinstall macOS Catalina, then set up and configure the new macOS. They will also be introduced to the command -line interface and macOS Recovery. Other course topics include: managing user accounts, system resources, Time Machine, user home folders managing file systems, storage, encryption, permissions, using hidden items, shortcuts, file archiving file sharing, metadata, Spotlight, network services, host sharing, and creating a personal firewall and much more. The students will also learn all about macOS security and password changes. Making the Right Decisions Under Pressure Description In this course, students will learn to evaluate options, generate possible solutions, and decide on logical strategies. Acquired Skills Make intelligent decisions with limited time and information Reframe issues to ensure greater problem -solving accuracy Convert conflicting opinions into useful insights Managing Remote and Virtual Teams Description Managing remote teams is now a common occurrence. Working virtually offers unique advantages and challenges. But how do you best leverage these benefits while overcoming impediments? This course will teach you to adjust your management style to successfully improve communication, foster connections, increase productivity, and develop highly successful remote and virtual teams. Acquired Skills Effectively manage team dynamics in remote and virtual teams Leverage communications technologies to the benefit of your remote and virtual teams Identify the specific skills required for managing remote and virtual teams Evaluate the impact of culture and language on your team's performance Masterinq Positive Assertiveness Description In this course, students will discover the best techniques to be properly assertive, and what are the ideal approaches in differing situations. Acquired Skills Develop the necessary skills to communicate with confidence Apply communication styles that maximize benefits Augment your listening and hearing skills to increase engagement Utilize that art of asking questions to elicit more from others Leverage your body language for full communication Make the best first impressions by looking, sounding and being confident MD-100 -Windows 10 Description In this course, students will learn how to support and configure Windows 10 desktops in an organizational environment. Students will develop skills that include learning how to install, customize, and update Windows 10 operating systems. Students will learn how to manage storage, files, and devices as well as how to configure network connectivity for Windows 10. Students will also learn how to secure the Windows 10 OS and protect the data on the device. Finally, students will learn how to manage and troubleshoot Windows 10. Acquired Skills Install and customize Windows 10 Configure Updates for Windows. Configure devices and drivers for Windows. Configure storage for Windows. Configure network and remote management settings in Windows. Configure and manage browsers and applications in Windows. Configure account access and authentication. Configure file and folder permissions. Describe methods for securing Windows 10, common threats and methods for mitigating against them. Troubleshoot Windows and application installations. Troubleshoot hardware and driver issues. Troubleshoot file issues and perform recoveries. MD-101 Managing Modern Desktops Description In this course, students will learn how to plan and implement an operating system deployment strategy using modern deployment methods, as well as how to implement an update strategy. Students will be introduced to key components of modern management and co -management strategies. This course also covers what it takes to incorporate Microsoft Intune into your organization. Students will also learn about methods for deployment and management of apps and browser -based applications. Students will be introduced to the key concepts of security in modern management including authentication, identities, access, and compliance policies. Students will be introduced to technologies such Azure Active Directory, Azure Information Protection and Windows Defender Advanced Threat Protection, as well as how to leverage them to protect devices and data. Acquired Skills Plan, develop, and implement an Operating System deployment, upgrade, and update strategy. Understand the benefits and methods of co -management strategies. Plan and implement device enrollment and configuration. Manage and deploy applications and plan a mobile application management strategy. Manage users and authentication using Azure AD and Active Directory DS. Describe and implement methods used to protect devices and data. Microsoft Excel for Office 365 - Part 1 Description This course aims to provide you with a foundation for Excel knowledge and skills, which you can build upon to eventually become an expert in data manipulation. MINE- cqufr d kilf Get started with Microsoft Excel. Perform calculations. Modify a worksheet. Format a worksheet. Print workbooks. Manage workbooks. Microsoft Excel for Office 365 - Part 2 Description This course builds upon the foundational knowledge presented in the Microsoft® Excel® for Office 365TM (Desktop or Online): Part 1 course and will help start you down the road to creating advanced workbooks and worksheets that can help deepen your understanding of organizational intelligence. The ability to analyze massive amounts of data, extract actionable information from it, and present that information to decision makers is at the foundation of a successful organization that is able to compete at a high level. Acquired Skills Work with functions. Work with lists. Analyze data. Visualize data with charts. Use PivotTables and PivotCharts. Microsoft Excel for Office 365 - Part 3 Description In this course, you will build upon the foundational and intermediate knowledge presented in the Microsoft® Excel® for Office 365TM (Desktop or Online): Part 1 and Microsoft® Excel® for Office 365TM (Desktop or Online): Part 2 courses to help you get the most of your Excel experience. The ability to collaborate with colleagues, automate complex or repetitive tasks, and use conditional logic to construct and apply elaborate formulas and functions will put the full power of Excel right at your fingertips. The more you learn about how to get Excel to do the hard work for you, the more you'll be able to focus on getting the answers you need from the vast amounts of data your organization generates. Acquired Skills Work with multiple worksheets and workbooks. Share and protect workbooks. Automate workbook functionality. Use Lookup functions and formula auditing. Forecast data. Create sparklines and map data. Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2019 — Part 1 Description In this course, you will use PowerPoint 2019 to begin creating engaging, dynamic multimedia presentations. Acquired Skills Identify the basic features and functions of PowerPoint. Develop a PowerPoint presentation. Perform advanced text editing operations. Add graphical elements. Format graphical elements. Prepare to deliver your presentation. Microsoft Office Publisher 2016/2019 Description Microsoft® Office Publisher is a desktop publishing software application capable of producing greeting cards, certificates, newsletters, and other printed publications. Publisher includes a large collection of templates that provide a great way to start a new publication. Publisher offers a large selection of building blocks that can be dragged into your documents, helping you to create page elements such as calendars, newsletter sidebars, and With a user-friendly interface, Publisher makes it easy to create and edit publications. Acquired Skills Perform basic tasks in the Microsoft Publisher interface. Add content to a publication. Format text and paragraphs in a publication. Manage text in a publication. Work with graphics in a publication. Prepare a publication for printing and sharing. Microsoft Outlook for Office 365 — Part 2 Description In this course, you will customize command sets, configure mail accounts, set global options, perform advanced searches, apply filters to intercept mail and control spam, create rules to automate mail management tasks, work with calendars and contacts, manage tasks, preserve data with archives and data files, as well as share and delegate access to your Outlook items. In short, you'll work with a wide range of features and options and, in so doing, understand why Outlook is a leading personal management system. Acquired Skills Insert objects in messages, and modify properties and global options. Organize, search, and manage messages. Protect your mailbox and manage its size. Use rules and Quick Steps to automate message management. Work with advanced calendar settings. Import and forward contacts. Assign delegate permissions and share Outlook items with others. Archive and back up Outlook items using data files. Microsoft Power BI - Data Analysis Practitioner Description As technology progresses and becomes more interwoven with our businesses and lives, more data is collected about business and personal activities. This era of "big data" has exploded due to the rise of cloud computing, which provides an abundance of computational power and storage, allowing organizations of all sorts to capture and store data. Leveraging that data effectively can provide timely insights and a competitive advantage. Acquired Skills Analyze data with self-service BI. Connect to data sources. Perform advanced data modeling and shaping. Visualize data with Power BI. Enhance data analysis. Model data with calculations. Create interactive visualizations. Microsoft PowerPoint 2019 - Part 2 Description In this course, students learn different tools & features within PowerPoint that will help them deliver content in an informative & memorable manner. Students will create presentations that not only stand out, but also don't consume all of their time. Acquired Skills Modify the PowerPoint environment. Customize design templates. Add SmartArt and math equations to a presentation. Work with media and animations. Collaborate on a presentation. Customize a slide show. Secure and distribute a presentation. Microsoft SharePoint 2016 -Advanced Site Owner with Workflow Administration Description In this course, students will learn how to create, configure, and manage a SharePoint site so that your team or organization can collaborate effectively, manage the flow of digital information, automate business processes, & meet records management needs. Acquired Skills Configure site settings. Integrate external applications and data. Configure site metadata. Manage archiving and compliance. Implement workflows. Microsoft SharePoint 2016 - Site Owner Description In this course, students will learn how to create, configure, and manage a SharePoint team site so that your team or organization can share information and collaborate effectively. Acquired Skills Create and configure new sites. Add and configure document libraries. Add and configure lists. Create custom lists and forms. Assign permissions and access rights. Extend SharePoint functionality with web parts. Microsoft SharePoint 2016 - Site User Description SharePoint is a complex platform. A strong understanding of the platform will allow students to work more efficiently & effectively. In this course, students will learn how to use a SharePoint Team Site to access, store, and share information & documents. Acquired Skills Interact with SharePoint Team Sites. Work with documents, content, and libraries. Interact in SharePoint. Work with Lists. Integrate SharePoint with Microsoft Office. Microsoft Teams Description Microsoft Teams includes meetings, group conversations, video chat, file -sharing, co-authoring, SharePoint connection, and it can also be used to link to many other Office 365 apps. Acquired Skills How to use and customize channels Posting messages in channels Managing messages and files in a channel Using the wiki Using chat and meetings Managing files Editing Office 365 profiles and team settings Adding apps and bots to Teams Microsoft Word for Office 360 - Part 1 Description In this course, you'll learn how to use Word on the desktop to create and edit simple documents; format documents; add tables and lists; add design elements and layout options; and proof documents. Acquired Skills t =Y-' Navigate and�'perfdmi°oommbri tasksir Wortl"such a`s"'o enfn viewh editin s"avm "- = �r= 9, g, 9and'pnhting documents r' and configuring the application. Format text and paragraphs. Perform repetitive operations efficiently using tools such as Find and Replace, Format Painter, and Styles. Enhance lists by sorting, renumbering, and customizing list styles. Create and format tables. Insert graphic objects into a document, including symbols, special characters, illustrations, pictures, and clip art. Format the overall appearance of a page through page borders and colors, watermarks, headers and footers, and page layout. Use Word features to help identify and correct problems with spelling, grammar, readability, and accessibility Microsoft Word for Office 360 — Part 2 Description Creating professional -looking documents can help you give your organization a competitive edge. Implementing time -saving features such as document templates and automated mailings helps your organization reduce expenses. Mastering these techniques will make you a valued employee in your organization. Student are provide with Dual Monitor Systems, Keyboard, Mouse and Headset with Microphone. Acquired Skills Organize content using tables and charts. Customize formats using styles and themes. Insert content using Quick Parts. Use templates to automate document formatting. Control the flow of a document. Simplify and manage long documents. Use mail merge to create letters, envelopes, and labels. Microsoft Word for Office 360 — Part 3 Description In this course, you'll learn how to use Word to create and edit simple documents; format documents; add tables and lists; add design elements and layout options; and proof documents. Acquired Skills Use images in a document. Create custom graphic elements. Collaborate on documents. Add reference marks and notes. Secure a document. Create and manipulate forms. Create macros to automate tasks. MS-030T00 Office 365 Administrator Description This course covers three central elements of Microsoft 365 enterprise administration — Microsoft 365 tenant and service management, Office 365 management, and Microsoft 365 identity management. In Microsoft 365 tenant and service management, you will examine all the key components that must be planned for when designing your Microsoft 365 tenant. Once this planning phase is complete, you will learn how to configure your Microsoft 365 tenant, including your organizational profile, tenant subscription options, component services, user accounts and licenses, and security groups. Acquired Skills Plan an Office 365 deployment, configure the Office 365 tenant, and plan a pilot deployment. Manage Office 365 users, groups, and licenses, and configure delegated administration. Plan and configure client connectivity to Office 365. Plan and configure directory synchronization between Microsoft Azure AD and on -premises AD DS. Plan and implement the Office 365 ProPlus deployment. Plan and manage Microsoft Exchange Online recipients and permissions. Plan and configure Exchange Online services. Plan and configure Microsoft Teams PeenT c nfi-g re=Mic soft'SI arePoint O, lfne: =r.IREM Plan and configure an Office 365 collaboration solutions. Plan and configure the integration between Office 365 and Microsoft Azure Information Protection. Monitor and review Office 365 services, and troubleshoot Office 365 issues. Plan and implement identity federation between on -premises AD DS and Azure AD. MS-100T00 Microsoft 365 Identity and Services Description Students will learn key elements of Microsoft 365 Identity job role. Acquired Skills Microsoft 365 Tenant & Service Management Microsoft 365 Identity Management MS-101T00 Microsoft 365 Mobility and Securi Description This course covers three central elements of Microsoft 365 enterprise administration — Microsoft 365 security management, Microsoft 365 compliance management, and Microsoft 365 device management. In Microsoft 365 security management, you will examine all the common types of threat vectors and data breaches facing organizations today, and you will learn how Microsoft 365's security solutions address these security threats. Acquired Skills Microsoft 365 Security Metrics Microsoft 365 Security Services Microsoft 365 Threat Intelligence Data Governance in Microsoft 365 Archiving and Retention in Office 365 Data Governance in Microsoft 365 Intelligence Search and Investigations Device Management Windows 10 Deployment Strategies Mobile Device Management This thee-MOC packaged set aligned to Microsoft 365 Exam: Messaging Administrator, Part 1 contains courseware that helps prepare students for Exams MS-200. Passing this exam is required to earn the Microsoft 365 certification. Acquired Skills Understand the Modern Messaging Architecture Deploy and Manage a Modern Messaging Architecture Create and Manage Exchange Recipients Manage Email Addresses, Lists, and Resources Plan for Mailbox Databases Create and Manage Mailbox Databases Manage Authentication for Messaging Configure Organizational Settings Configure Organizational Sharing This two-MOC packaged set aligned to Microsoft 365 Exam: Messaging Administrator, Part 2 contains courseware that helps prepare students for Exams MS-201. Passing this exam is required to earn the Microsoft 365 certification. Acquired Skills Plan Mailbox Migrations Plan IMAP Migrations Plan Cutover and Staged Migrations € + Perforrir Advance 3 Mi raf Z ns s w ,rv, » . v MT _.ram Understand Exchange Hybrid Deployment Requirements Run the Hybrid Configuration Wizard Deploy and Manage an Edge Transport Server Configure a Hybrid Deployment using the HCW Implement Advanced Hybrid Functionality Troubleshoot Hybrid Deployments MS-300 Deploying Microsoft 365 Teamwork Description This four-MOC packaged set aligned to Microsoft 365 Exam: Teamwork Administrator, Part 1 contains courseware that helps prepare students for Exams MS-300. Passing this exam is required to earn the Microsoft 365 certification. Acquired Skills Configure SharePoint Site Collections. Manage site collection storage limits. Deploy OneDrive for Business sync client. Use Group Policy to control OneDrive sync client settings. Manage external sharing for data in SharePoint Online and OneDrive for Business. MS-301 Deploying SharePoint Server Hybrid Description This four-MOC packaged set aligned to Microsoft 365 Exam: Teamwork Administrator, Part 2 contains courseware that helps prepare students for Exams MS-301. Passing this exam is required to earn the Microsoft 365 certification. Acquired Skills Describe the MinRole feature in SharePoint 2019 Describe how to install and configure SharePoint 2019. Describe how to implement high availability for SharePoint Describe the authentication infrastructure in SharePoint 2019. Explain the concepts behind federated identity. Describe how to create site collections. Describe how to plan for authorization in SharePoint 2019 MS-500 Microsoft 365 Security Administrator Description This four-MOC packaged set aligned to Microsoft 365 Exam: Microsoft 365 Security Administrator contains courseware that helps prepare students for Exams MS-500. Passing this exam is required to earn the Microsoft 365 Security Administrator certification. Acquired Skills Administer user and group security in Microsoft 365. Manage passwords in Microsoft 365. Describe Azure Identity Protection features. Plan and implement Azure AD Connect. Manage synchronized identities. Plan implement federated identities. Describe and use conditional access. Describe cyber-attack threat vectors. Describe security solutions for Microsoft 365 Use Microsoft Secure Score to evaluate your security posture. Use the Security Dashboard in the Microsoft Security & Compliance center. Configure various advanced threat protection services for Microsoft 365. Configure Advanced Threat Analytics. Plan and deploy Mobile Device Management. Implement information rights management. Secure messages in Office 365. ��-- Con'iigure a LSs R eveniob polidies Deploy and manage Cloud App Security. Implement Azure information protection for Microsoft 365. Implement Windows information protection for devices. Plan and deploy a data archiving and retention system. Perform assessments in Compliance Manager. Manage email retention through Exchange. Conduct an audit log investigation. Create and manage an eDiscovery investigation. Manage GDPR data subject requests. MS-700T00 Microsoft 365 Teams Administrator Description The Managing Microsoft Teams course is designed for persons who are aspiring to the Microsoft 365 Teams Admin role. Microsoft Teams admins configure, deploy, and manage Office 365 workloads for Microsoft Teams that focus on efficient and effective collaboration and communication in an enterprise environment. This course covers six central elements - Microsoft Teams overview, implementing governance, security and compliance for Microsoft Teams, preparing the environment for a Microsoft Teams deployment, deploying and managing teams, managing collaboration and managing communication in Microsoft Teams. Acquired Skills What is Microsoft Teams and how the components work together How to implement Governance, Security and Compliance for Microsoft Teams How to prepare an organizations environment for a Microsoft Teams deployment How to deploy and manage teams Ways of managing collaboration in Microsoft Teams Techniques to manage and troubleshoot communication in Microsoft Teams MS-900T01 Microsoft 365 Fundamentals Description This course provides foundational knowledge on the considerations and benefits of adopting cloud services and the Software as a Service (SaaS) cloud model, with a specific focus on Microsoft 365 cloud service offerings. You will begin by learning about cloud fundamentals, including an overview of cloud computing and specifically Microsoft cloud services. You will be introduced to Microsoft Azure, and you will examine the differences between Microsoft 365 and Office 365. You will then perform an in-depth review of Microsoft 365, including a comparison of Microsoft on -premises services versus Microsoft 365 cloud services, a review of enterprise mobility in Microsoft 365, and an analysis of how Microsoft 365 services provide collaboration. The course then analyzes how security, compliance, privacy, and trust are handled in Microsoft 365, and it concludes with a review of Microsoft 365 subscriptions, licenses, billing, and support Acquired Skills Differentiate between the various cloud service models Identify the key differences between Microsoft 365 and Office 365 Plan for migration to Microsoft 365 services Identify key differences between Microsoft on -premises services vs. Microsoft 365 cloud services Define enterprise mobility in Microsoft 365 Identify how Microsoft 365 services provide collaboration Understand identities, including cloud, on -premises, and hybrid identity Understand cloud device management and protection, including the use of Intune Understand data protection, including the use of Azure Information Protection Describe compliance in general and the compliance features in Microsoft 365 Describe Microsoft 365 subscriptions, licenses, billing, and support In this course, students will learn how to capitalize on the strengths of your diverse team while directing and guiding them to even greater achievements. Acquired Skills PMOMMKI746—hi leacrm a=wofr ordiversity . _ .„ Wm ..,.&, m , ._ r<: „ �, ,.. r.N Engage and empower our multi -generational workforce Leverage culture as the new strategic differentiator Develop your path to leadership success Negotiation Skills Description This workshop will give participants an understanding of the phases of negotiation, tools to use during a negotiation and ways to build win -win solutions for all those involved. Acquired Skills Understanding Negotiation Identifying Your WAP Identifying Your ZOPA Personal Preparation Laying the Groundwork Phase One — Exchanging Information Phase Two — Bargaining About Mutual Gain Phase Three — Closing Dealing with Difficult Issues Negotiating Outside the Boardroom Negotiating on Behalf of Someone Else OneNote 2016 Description This course provides a way for students to create and collect their notes. This course will introduce students to using OneNote notebooks to store a variety of content in an organized way, access the content from anywhere, and also share it. Acquired Skills Navigate and customize the OneNote interface and environment. Add and format text, images, audio, links, and drawing objects to a notebook. Embed Excel spreadsheets and attach other files to a notebook. Categorize, organize, and search notebook content. Check spelling in, print, and password -protect notebooks. Use Outlook and OneDrive to send and share notebook content. Export notebook content and manage notebook history and backups. Oracle 12c - PL/SQL Fundamentals Description In this course, students will learn the foundation for the programming series and the use of database -resident stored program units for Oracle 12c. Acquired Skills Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to work with Oracle database programming using the PL/SQL programming language. They will learn the syntax, structure and features of the language. Organizational Skills Description Developing good Organizational Skill is an investment that will provide benefits for years. To be successful means to be organized. These skills will filter through all aspects of your participants professional and personal lives. Acquired Skills Through Organizational Skills your participants will encounter improved productivity, better management, and an overall increase in professional growth. Every day people waste numerous amounts of time looking for items. So, stop looking for those important items, and start knowing where they are by getting organized. Outlook 2016 - Part 1 Description Inthiscou'fse;- u i Use®utlookto d"feceiv,and"fiiafiage"etn"mimessage`s'mafiageyourcohtact-IRWHEN- -- information, schedule appointments and meetings, create Tasks and Notes for yourself, and customize the Outlook interface to suit your working style. Acquired Skills Navigate Outlook 2016 to read and respond to email. Use the Address Book, format and spell check new messages. Attach files and insert illustrations to messages. Customize read and response options. Use flags, categories, and folders to organize messages. Create and work with Contacts. Create appointments and schedule meetings in Calendar. Create and work with Tasks and Notes. Outlook 2016 - Part 2 Description This course builds upon the foundational knowledge presented in the Microsoft ® Office Outlook® 2016: Part 1 course and will help students customize a communication system well -suited to your work styles. Acquired Skills Modify messages and set global options. Organize, search, and manage messages. Manage your mailbox. Automate message management. Work with calendar settings. Manage contacts and groups. Manage activities by using tasks. Share workspaces with others. Manage Outlook data files. Outlook 2019 - Part 1 Description In this course, you will use Outlook to send, receive, and manage email messages, manage your contact information, schedule appointments and meetings, create tasks and notes for yourself, and customize the Outlook interface to suit your working style. Acquired Skills Navigate Outlook to read and respond to email. Use the Address Book and format and spell check new messages. Attach files and insert illustrations to messages. Customize read and response options. Use flags, categories, and folders to organize messages. Create and work with Contacts. Create appointments and schedule meetings in Calendar. Create and work with Tasks and Notes. Outlook 2019 - Part 2 Description In this course, you will customize command sets, configure mail accounts, set global options, perform advanced searches, apply filters to intercept mail and control spam, create rules to automate mail management tasks, work with calendars and contacts, manage tasks, preserve data with archives and data files, as well as share and delegate access to your Outlook items. In short, you'll work with a wide range of features and options and, in so doing, understand why Outlook is a leading personal management system. Acquired Skills Insert objects in messages, and modify properties and global options. Organize, search, and manage messages. Protect your mailbox and manage its size. Use rules and Quick Steps to automate message management. Work with advanced calendar settings. r- Z =ImpoffdridTforwardcontacts"f= Manage activities by assigning tasks to others. Delegate access to and share Outlook items with others. Archive and back up Outlook items using data files. Palo Alto Networks - Firewall Essentials - Configuration and Management v9 0 (EDU-210) Description The Palo Alto Networks Firewall 9.1 Essentials: Configuration and Management (EDU-210) course is five days of instructor -led training that will help you to: Configure and manage the essential features of Palo Alto Networks next -generation firewalls Configure and manage Global Protect to protect systems that are located outside of the data -center perimeter Configure and manage firewall high availability Monitor network traffic using the interactive web interface and firewall reports Acquired Skills Configure and manage the essential features of Palo Alto Networks next -generation firewalls Configure and manage Global Protect to protect systems that are located outside of the data center perimeter Configure and manage firewall high availability Monitor network traffic using the interactive web interface and firewall reports PanoramaTM network security management enables you to control your distributed network of our firewalls from one central location. View all your Firewall traffic, manage all aspects of device configuration, push global policies, and generate reports on traffic patterns or security incidents — all from a single console. PanoramaTM is available either as a dedicated management appliance or as a virtual machine. In summary, PanoramaTm provides: Streamlined policy management Simplified operations Unparalleled network and threat visibility Flexible deployment options Acquired Skills Learn how to configure and manage the next -generation PanoramaTM management server Gain experience configuring templates (including template variables) and device groups Gain experience with administration, log collection, and logging and reporting Gain experience with PanoramaTm High Availability and PanoramaTM troubleshooting Become familiar with new PanoramaT' features such as PanoramaTM in the public cloud, the Logging Service, and Global Protect cloud service Performance Management Description this course, students learn to identify and manage difficult employees, monitor their behavior, develop clear and effective communications techniques, give and receive feedback, identify workplace conflicts and present resolutions. Acquired Skills Identify difficult personality types and the effect they can have in an organization; manage difficult employees and monitor their behavior; and document ongoing changes in behavior and performance. Communicate clearly and effectively, both verbally and nonverbally; improve your listening skills; communicate with difficult supervisors and co-workers; and identify types of employee dismissals. Identify the focus of feedback, and give and receive feedback effectively; provide positive and constructive feedback, and monitor performance afterwards; identify communication styles; manage difficult feedback sessions; and identify when to avoid giving feedback. Identify some common myths associated with workplace conflicts, common reasons that conflicts arise, and types of workplace conflict; and distinguish between conflict management and conflict resolution. Identify conflict resolution styles; resolve workplace conflicts, including team conflicts; and identify the communication skills required to resolve conflicts. This course is intended for individuals who want to maximize their personal productivity. Acquired Skills Upon successful completion of this course, students will take ownership of their time management in order to achieve their goals and lead a more productive life. course provides participants with a solid foundation of the PMI-ACP® exam. Participants earning this certification demonstrate their knowledge of and commitment to this rapidly growing approach to project management. Organizations employing PMI-ACP® certified individuals are more likely to roll out projects that provide customer value in less time and with far less wasted money and effort. Acquired Skills Core Agile Concepts The Agile Manifesto Common Agile Methodology Elements Project Initiation Agile Teams and Team Space Agile Planning Iterations/Sprints Interpersonal Aspects of Agile Agile Methodologies PowerPoint 2016 - Part 1 Description In this course, students will use PowerPoint 2016 to begin creating engaging, dynamic multimedia presentations. Acquired Skills Identify the basic features and functions of PowerPoint 2016. Develop a PowerPoint presentation. Perform advanced text editing operations. Add graphical elements to your presentation. Modify objects in your presentation. Add tables to your presentation. Add charts to your presentation. Prepare to deliver your presentation. PowerPoint 2016 - Part 2 Description In this course, students learn different tools & features within PowerPoint that will help them deliver content in an informative & memorable manner. Students will create presentations that not only stand out, but also don't consume all of their time. Acquired Skills Modify the PowerPoint environment. Customize design templates. Add SmartArt and math equations to a presentation. Work with media and animations. Collaborate on a presentation. Customize a slide show. Secure and distribute a presentation. PowerPoint for Office 365 - Part 1 Description By exploring the vast array of features and functionality contained within PowerPoint, you will gain the ability to organize your content, enhance it with high -impact visuals, and deliver it with a punch. In this course, you will use PowerPoint to begin creating engaging, dynamic multimedia presentations. r .. AcgifiredrSkills _, .£ <Ram- Identify the basic features and functions of PowerPoint. Develop a PowerPoint presentation. Perform text formatting. Add and arrange graphical elements. Modify graphical elements. Prepare to deliver your presentation. PowerPoint for Office 366 - Part 2 Description Meetings, instruction, training, pitches; these are all a part of our daily lives. We are often called upon to deliver presentations with little notice, at multiple venues, and with varying requirements. And, some of these presentations include sensitive information that needs to be guarded. Given all the variables, it may seem an overwhelming task to deliver your content, on time, to all audiences, and to only those who need to see it. Oh, and by the way, you need to make it interesting, informative, and memorable. So, how do you do it? Without the help of a robust set of tools, it would be nearly impossible. But Microsoft® Office PowerPointO 2019 provides you with a variety of such tools that can help you deliver content in nearly any situation, while saving time and effort. By taking advantage of these tools, you will be creating presentations that not only stand out from the crowd, but also don't consume all of your available time. Acquired Skills Customize design templates. Use ink to hand draw elements. Add tables. Add charts. Work with media. Build advanced transitions and animations. Finalize a presentation. Customize presentation navigation. Secure and distribute a presentation. Presentation Skills Description In this course, students will learn active listening skills to facilitate the exchange of ideas in meetings and presentations. They will also organize your ideas to create coherent and convincing oral presentations. Acquired Skills This program can benefit anyone who presents; a trainer, a meeting facilitator, speaker, or seminar discussion leader. No matter which role you are assuming, this workshop will help you become more efficient and proficient with the skills of providing information to others. Prioritizing Your Time Effectively Description In this course, students will learn to improve their focus, prioritize tasks, identify and avoid obstacles to staying on track, and develop strategies to get the most out of their time. Acquired Skills Time Management Prioritization Organization Workflow Productivity Project 2016 - Part 1 Description This course is designed to familiarize students with the basic features and functions of Microsoft Project Professional 2016 so they can use it effectively and efficiently in a real -world environment. Acquired Skills Identify project management concepts and navigate the Project 2016 environment. ,.K- re'ate•a define'a=ne proje lan: Create and organize tasks. Manage resources in a project plan. Finalize a project plan. Project 2016 - Part 2 Description This course covers the skills a project manager needs to update a project plan during the execution, monitoring, and controlling phases of a project. This course will enable students to manage the project so that it is completed on time & within budget. Acquired Skills Update a project plan to reflect progress as you execute the project. Monitor project progress in the project plan. Adjust the project plan to control constraints. Create project reports to share a project's status. Customize project settings and share customizations with other projects. Project 2019 - Part 1 Description This course will familiarize you with the basic features and functions of Microsoft Project so that you can use it effectively and efficiently in a real -world environment. You will develop the critical knowledge and skills you need to create a project plan with Project during the planning phase. In other words, if your supervisor assigns you to lead a project, this course will enable you to draft a project plan and share it with your supervisor (and others) for review and approval. Acquired Skills Identify project management concepts and navigate Microsoft Project Professional. Create a new project plan. Add tasks to a project. Manage task relationships within a project. Manage project resources. Finalize a project plan. Project 2019 - Part 2 Description This course empowers you with the advanced knowledge and skills you need to update a project plan in Project during the execution, monitoring, and controlling phases of a project. In other words, once your project plan is approved by the project sponsor, this course will enable you to manage the project so that it is completed on time, within budget, and according to scope. Acquired Skills Update a project plan. Generate project views to manage a project. Create project reports to share a project's status. Reuse project plan information. Work with multiple projects. This course focuses on both improving the efficiency and effectiveness of all project -related communications, from initial planning through closure. Acquired Skills Communication Dimensions Communication Skills Project Communication Management Processes Project Stakeholder Management Processes Interpersonal Communications Initiating Processes EPIaaii"rinq=i NOW Executing Processes Monitoring and Controlling Processes Project Management Essentials Description Project managers are always under severe pressure to complete projects on time and within budget. However, most projects fail to meet these demands, and, as a result, many projects are terminated early. Successful project management requires knowledge and experience. This course is designed to provide you with the skills needed to be a successful project manager in today's rapidly changing world. The skills and knowledge you gain in this course will help you avoid making costly mistakes and increase your competitive edge in the project management profession. Acquired Skills Identify the basic concepts of project management. Launch a project. Estimate project work. Create a project schedule. Plan project costs. Plan for project risks. Plan for project quality and compliance. Manage human and physical resources for the project. Manage project procurements. Plan for change management and monitor the project scope. Monitor and optimize project schedule and cost. Monitor the quality of the project work and the risks involved. Plan communication strategies and manage stakeholder relationships. Close a project. Project Management Professional (PMP®) Certification Preparation Description Project managers who have proven skills and experience can find exciting, high -visibility opportunities in a wide range of fields. This course is specifically designed to provide you with the proven, practical body of project management knowledge and skills that you need to demonstrate project management mastery on the job. Additionally, this course can be a significant part of your preparation for the Project Management Professional (PMP)® Certification Exam. The skills and knowledge you gain in this course will help you avoid making costly mistakes and increase your competitive edge in the project management profession. This course includes a PMP exam simulator and exam prep resources. Acquired Skills Define project management fundamentals. Define project management within the organization. Define the project management methodology. Initiate a project. Develop a project management plan and plan components. Plan a project schedule. Plan project costs. Plan for quality, resources, and procurements. Plan for risk. Plan stakeholder engagement and communications. Execute a project. Work with stakeholders. Monitor project work, scope, risks, stakeholder engagement, and communications. Control project changes, scope, schedule, costs, quality, resources, and procurements. Close a project. Project Management Skills for Non -Project Managers Description f In this o estuiienfs GvviTt=ideritify rrhods of effectlymanag' •small- fd medium-sizedu o7tc sand`achving* "`" their stated objectives. Acquired Skills plan the project and its parameters, including its scope, requirements, resources, and constraints. implement the project plan, which includes putting the work of the project in motion and delegating tasks, and then monitoring the progress of the project and managing changes as they arise. Project Scope and Schedule Management Description This course provides participants with tools and techniques to help them determine and deliver products, services, and results that meet requirements, expectations, and deadlines. Acquired Skills PROJECT SCOPE AND TIME MANAGEMENT PLAN SCOPE AND SCHEDULE MANAGEMENT COLLECT REQUIREMENTS DEFINE SCOPE CREATE WBS DEFINE ACTIVITIES SEQUENCE ACTIVITIES ESTIMATE ACTIVITY RESOURCES ESTIMATE ACTIVITY DURATIONS DEVELOP SCHEDULE VALIDATE SCOPE CONTROL SCOPE AND SCHEDULE Providing Outstanding Customer Service Description This course offers practical tools and techniques to win clients, create loyal advocates for your business, and deliver excellent customer service. Acquired Skills Define customer service in relation to both internal and external customers Recognize how your attitude affects customer service Identify your customers' needs Generate repeat business with outstanding customer service Build goodwill through in -person customer service Provide outstanding customer service over the phone Connect with customers through online tools Deal effectively with difficult situations Public Speaking Description In this course, students will learn some basic public speaking skills, including in-depth information on developing an engaging program and delivering their presentation with power. Acquired Skills Upon successful completion of this course, students will become more confident and relaxed in front of an audience which will translate into a successful speaking event. Publisher 2016/2019 Description Microsoft® Office Publisher is a desktop publishing software application capable of producing greeting cards, certificates, newsletters, and other printed publications. Publisher includes a large collection of templates that provide a great way to start a new publication. Publisher offers a large selection of building blocks that can be dragged into your documents, helping you to create page elements such as calendars, newsletter sidebars, and borders. Publisher integrates online sharing and mail merge features, which are handy when you need to send publications to a list of customers, and it's possible to export publications as HTML web pages or PDF documents. With a user-friendly interface, Publisher makes it easy to create and edit publications. Ac fired Skills w sass= s r .. y Perform basic tasks in the Microsoft Publisher interface. Add content to a publication. Format text and paragraphs in a publication. Manage text in a publication. Work with graphics in a publication. Prepare a publication for printing and sharing. Python 3 Essentials Description An introductory and beyond -level practical, hands-on Python training course that leads the student from the basics of writing and running Python scripts to more advanced features. Acquired Skills Create working Python scripts following best practices Use python data types appropriately Read and write files with both text and binary data Search and replace text with regular expressions Get familiar with the standard library and its work -saving modules Use lesser -known but powerful Python data types Create "real -world", professional Python applications Work with dates, times, and calendars Know when to use collections such as lists, dictionaries, and sets Understand Pythonic features such as comprehensions and iterators Write robust code using exception handling Python Programming -Advanced Description Students will build upon basic Python skills, learning more advanced topics such as object -oriented programming patterns, development of graphical user interfaces, data management, threading, unit testing, and creating and installing packages. Acquired Skills Create object -oriented Python applications. Design and create a GUI. Store data in a database from Python applications. Communicate using client/server network protocols. Manage multiple processes with threading. Implement unit testing. Package an application for distribution Python Programming - Introduction Description In this course, you'll learn the fundamentals of programming in Python, and you'll develop applications to demonstrate your grasp of the language. Acquired Skills Set up Python and develop a simple application. Declare and perform operations on simple data types, including strings, numbers, and dates. Declare and perform operations on data structures, including lists, ranges, tuples, dictionaries, and sets. Write conditional statements and loops. Define and use functions, classes, and modules. Manage files and directories through code. Deal with exceptions. Python With Data Science Description Covers theoretical and technical aspects of using Python in Applied Data Science projects and Data Logistics use cases. Python REPLs Jupiter Notebooks Data analytics life -cycle phases Data repairing and normalizing Data aggregation and grouping Data visualization Data science algorithms for supervised and unsupervised machine learning Red Hat RHCSA Rapid Track Course (RH199) Description This course combines the foundations and applications established and covered in Red Hat System Administration (RH124) and Red Hat System Administration II (RH134). The rapid pace of review and consolidated course timeline allow you to focus on practical application, making this offering best suited for you if you already have significant experience with Linux® administration. Acquired Skills Access the command line locally and remotely Manage files from the command line Manage local users and groups Monitor and manage Linux processes Control services, daemons, and the boot process Manage tuning profiles for system performance Control access to files with file system permissions Analyze and store log files Configure and secure the OpenSSH service Install and update software packages and appstreams Manage Linux file systems and volumes Manage Linux networking and firewalls This course combines the foundations and applications established and covered in Red Hat System Administration (RH124) and Red Hat System Administration II (RH134). The rapid pace of review and consolidated course timeline allow you to focus on practical application, making this offering best suited for you if you already have significant experience with Linux® administration. Acquired Skills Access the command line locally and remotely Manage files from the command line Manage local users and groups Monitor and manage Linux processes Control services, daemons, and the boot process Manage tuning profiles for system performance Control access to files with file system permissions Analyze and store log files Configure and secure the OpenSSH service Install and update software packages and appstreams Manage Linux file systems and volumes Manage Linux networking and firewalls Red Hat System Administration I (RH124) Description This course equips you with Linux® administration ""survival skills"" by focusing on foundational Linux concepts and core tasks. You will learn how to apply command -line concepts and enterprise -level tools, starting you on your journey toward becoming a full-time Linux system administrator. Acquired Skills Access the command line ns ' IftaTr""om command line1AINMEH _-, ., Create, view, and edit text files Manage local users and groups Monitor and manage Linux processes Control services and daemons Control access to files with file system permissions Analyze and store log files Configure and secure the OpenSSH service Install and update software packages Access Linux file systems Manage Linux networking Red Hat System Administration II (RH134) Description Red Hat System Administration II (RH134) is designed as the second part of the Red Hat® Certified System Administrator (RHCSA®) training track for IT professionals who have taken Red Hat System Administration I (RH124). The course goes deeper into core Linux® system administration skills, including storage configuration, security feature management, task control, and installation and deployment of Red Hat® Enterprise Linux. Acquired Skills Install Red Hat Enterprise Linux using Kickstart Manage file systems and logical volumes Manage scheduled jobs Access network file systems Manage SELinux Control firewalls Perform troubleshooting tasks Red Hat System Administrator III - Linux Automation (RH294) Description This course will help you master the skills needed to manage large numbers of systems and applications efficiently and consistently. You will explore the techniques needed to use Ansible® to automate provisioning, configuration, application deployment, and orchestration. Acquired Skills Install and configure Ansible or Red Hat Ansible Engine on a control node. Create and manage inventories of managed hosts, as well as prepare them for Ansible automation. Run individual ad hoc automation tasks from the command line. Write Ansible Playbooks to consistently automate multiple tasks and apply them to managed hosts. Parameterize playbooks using variables and facts, and protect sensitive data with Ansible Vault. Write and reuse existing Ansible roles to simplify playbook creation and reuse code. Automate common Red Hat Enterprise Linux system administration tasks using Ansible. Salesforce.com - Sales Cloud Administration Essentials Description In this course, students will identify information about the five native business processes every company can manage using Salesforce, regardless of the License Edition. Students will also gain insight into each of the functional groups of users (Inside Sales, Outside Sales, Marketing, Customer Support, and Management), and they will establish patterns of critical thinking that can help them to ensure that they are indeed taking the right approach and providing the necessary support for each request they receive. Acquired Skills Students will: Describe basic concepts related to Salesforce administration. Set up an organization. Manage user accounts. Implement security controls. Configure the Salesforce Classic user interface. Lam-; a Reel 6ff t e tfSing Ezpef' ce usi§F inffirfaee. M5 "'Zsm I_ IV Customize pages. Manage Opportunities. Implement additional Opportunity features. Implement data validation and workflows. Manage Leads. Manage Accounts. Manage Contacts. Manage Campaigns. Manage Cases. Manage custom objects. Manage data. Configure views, reports, and dashboards. Integrate and extend Salesforce. This course will give students the knowledge and skills they need to use Salesforce® in the real world —ultimately enabling them to meet and exceed their sales targets. Acquired Skills Create a basic Salesforce Sales Cloud environment and navigate the interface. Optimize lead qualification. Manage accounts and contacts. Manage the opportunity pipeline. Use Salesforce email. Work with reports and dashboards. Scrum Developer Certified Description In this course, students learn to understand the basics of Scrum, effectively contribute to a Scrum project, and learn how to enable Scrum Team members to apply Scrum effectively in Scrum/Agile projects. Acquired Skills To enable Scrum Team members to effectively contribute to a Scrum project. To enable Scrum Team members to apply Scrum effectively in Scrum/Agile projects. Scrum Master Description This course guides & teaches Scrum practices to everyone involved in the project; clears impediments for the team; and, ensures that Scrum processes are being followed. Acquired Skills AGILE & SCRUM SCRUM ROLES SCRUM PROJECT PHASES SCALING SCRUM Scrum Product Owner Description Scrum Product Owner Certified (SPOCTM) certification exam is designed to confirm applicants practical and working knowledge of Scrum that equips them to handle the business aspects and stakeholders in a Scrum environment. Acquired Skills AGILE & SCRUM SCRUM ROLES PLANNING IN SCRUM SPRINT PLANNING IMPLEMENTATION OF SCRUM SCRUM FOR LARGE PROJECTS SharePoint -Advanced Site Owner Description Microsoft® SharePoint® online is a platform designed to facilitate collaboration, allowing you to use familiar applications and web -based tools to create, access, store, and track documents and data in a central location. As such, SharePoint has many distinct features and content structures that can be selected, added, and configured. In this course, you will learn how to create, configure, and manage SharePoint sites so that your team or organization can share information and collaborate effectively. Acquired Skills Configure site settings. Integrate external data and apps. Configure custom content types, columns, and document sets. Manage information governance and compliance. Design and create a SharePoint site for an event. SharePoint - Site Owner with Microsoft Forms and Flow Description This course will empower you to use Microsoft@ SharePoint® online to facilitate collaboration and allow you to use familiar applications and web -based tools to create, access, store, and track documents and data in a central location. Enable and configure SharePoint's many distinct features and discover the many content structures that can be selected, added, and configured. Learn how to create, configure, and manage SharePoint sites so that your team or organization can share information and collaborate effectively. Acquired Skills Create and configure new SharePoint sites. Create and configure document libraries. Create and configure lists. Assign permissions and access rights. Create and configure a communication site. Implement workflows with Forms and Flow. SharePoint - Site User Description Microsoft@ SharePoint@ online is a platform specifically designed to facilitate collaboration, allowing you and your team to use familiar applications and web -based tools to create, access, store, and track documents and data in a central location. Through this course, you will discover the many features of SharePoint online and improve your ability to work collaboratively by easily sharing, accessing, editing, and saving information. Acquired Skills Interact with SharePoint sites. Work with documents, content, and lists. Share, follow, and collaborate on content. Interact with Office 365 files via SharePoint. Manage Office 365 apps with SharePoint. SQL Querying - Level 1 Fundamentals of Querying Description This course, SQL Querying: Fundamentals, will teach you to use SQL as a tool to retrieve the information you need from databases. Acquired Skills Connect to the SQL Server database and execute a simple query. Include a search condition in a simple query. Use various functions to perform calculations on data. Organize the data obtained from a query before it is displayed on -screen. Retrieve data from multiple tables. Export the results of a query. SQL Querying - Level 2 Advanced Quervin - In this course you will learn how to identify and use advanced querying techniques. You might find that you need to modify the structure of a table; inserting, updating, deleting data and indexing tables to optimize query performance. Acquired Skills Use subqueries to generate query output. Manipulate table data by inserting and updating records in a table and deleting records from a table. Manipulate the table structure. Create views, manipulate data through views, modify the view structure, and drop views. Create indexes on table columns and drop inefficient indexes. Mark the beginning of a transaction, roll back a transaction, and commit a transaction. Strategic Negotiation Skills Description Students will learn the essential strategies and techniques needed to guide negotiations from opening discussions through to a positive result. Students will leave with practical solutions to negotiate effectively. Acquired Skills Develop the necessary skills to negotiate like a pro Prepare for a negotiation applying best practices Utilize industry standard tools and techniques Create your Best Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement (BATNA) Build common ground and consensus in your negotiation strategies Negotiate with experts to develop your skills for success Supervising Others Description In this course, students will develop the skills required to be more efficient and proficient supervisors. Acquired Skills Upon successful completion of this course, students will be equipped to supervise others more effectively and efficiently, contributing to job satisfaction and productivity. Tableau Desktop - Part 1 Description The era of "big data" has exploded due to the rise of cloud computing, which provides an abundance of computational power and storage allowing organizations of all sorts to capture and store data. Leveraging that data effectively can provide timely insights and competitive advantage. This course will introduce you to Tableau, which was built to connect to a wide range of data sources and allow users to quickly create visualizations of connected data to gain insights, show trends, and create reports. You will learn Tableau's data connection capabilities and visualization features which go far beyond those that can be found in spreadsheets, allowing you to create compelling and interactive worksheets, dashboards, and stories, that bring your data to life and allow you to take thoughtful action. Acquired Skills Identify and configure basic functions of Tableau. Connect to data sources, import data into Tableau, and save Tableau files. Create views and customize data in visualizations. Manage, sort, and group data. Save and share data sources and workbooks. Filter data in views. Customize visualizations with annotations, highlights, and advanced features. Create maps, dashboards, and stories. Tableau Desktop - Part 2 Description The advent of cloud computing and storage has ushered in the era of "big data." With the abundance of computational power and storage, organizations and employees with many different roles and responsibilities can benefit from analyzing data to find timely insights and gain competitive advantage. <- - DataWackiid,visual¢ations=alloy+=anyon6gd1?ezpIdre'FanaIVzze and "report-ih-` igl is and trends=frorr data: Tableau�E software is designed for this purpose. Tableau was built to connect to a wide range of data sources, and allows users to quickly create visualizations of connected data to gain insights, show trends, and create reports. Beyond the fundamental capabilities of creating data driven visualizations, Tableau allows users to manipulate data with calculations to show insights, make visualizations interactive, and perform statistical analysis. This gives users the ability to create and share data driven insights with peers, executives and clients. Acquired Skills Blend data to visualize relationships Join data Access data in PDFs Refine visualizations with sets and parameters Manipulate data with calculations Visualize data with advanced calculations Perform statistical analysis and forecasting Enrich visualizations, dashboards, and maps. Team Building for Managers Description In this course, students will be exploring different aspects of a team and how to create healthy team dynamics. Acquired Skills Upon successful completion of this course, students will apply the principles of teamwork to successfully build teams that achieve more than the individuals that comprise them ever could. Teamwork and Team Building Description This workshop will encourage you to explore the different aspects of a team, as well as ways that they can become a top-notch team performer. Acquired Skills Students will come away with knowledge and skills to become a top-notch team performer. Telephone Etiquette Description In this course, students will learn about different types of calls and the etiquette associated with them. Acquired Skills Upon successful completion of this course, students will be more confident in handling the phone, resulting in new customers while retaining current clientele. The Art of Effective Presentations Description In this course, students will learn strategies to master your speaking skills, confidently standing before a group and delivering their message. Acquired Skills Explore what makes a successful presentation Recognize the factors that go into building and delivery of presentations Outline, develop and build a high -quality presentation Successfully deliver and close an effective presentation Thinking with Critical Insight Description Students will learn to explore challenges, defy incorrect assumptions, and look at things with new and differing perspectives, incorporating these insights into your thought processes, and enabling them to find solutions to even the most difficult tasks. Acquired Skills Enable you to evaluate, identify, and distinguish between relevant and irrelevant information Engage critical thinking through curiosity and your ability to ask good questions Apply the eight best practices of critical thinking in practice Ce ge""ope-rrrtnde ess"fog ecom morreceptiverandrtiighIy'Wfied'fdrWdW-ides= " T Time Management Description The Time Management workshop will cover strategies to help participants learn crucial strategies that include personal motivation, delegation skills, organization tools, and crisis management. Acquired Skills Time management training most often begins with setting goals. These goals are recorded and may be broken down into a project, an action plan, or a simple task list. Activities are then rated based on urgency and importance, priorities assigned, and deadlines set. This process results in a plan with a task list or calendar of activities. Routine and recurring tasks are often given less focus to free time to work on tasks that contribute to important goals. This entire process is supported by a skill set that should include personal motivation, delegation skills, organization tools, and crisis management. Transitioning into Leadership for an IT Manager Description From developing an inspiring vision and empowering members to reach it. To meeting deadlines and evaluating results. This course you will teach students the skills and behaviors needed to successfully transition into an IT manager role. Acquired Skills Make a smooth transition into management Develop your authentic leadership style Engage and empower staff to achieve excellence Build high performing, collaborative teams Apply delegation best practices Attract and retain great staff Using Google G Suite Description The office productivity apps that comprise Google G SuiteTM support both real-time and asynchronous collaboration. In this course, you will learn about the features and functionalities of the apps included in most G Suite editions—GmailTM, Google DriveTM, Google DocsTM, Google SlidesTM, Google DrawingsTM, Google SheetsTA°, Google FormsTA/, Google HangoutsTM, Google CalendarTM, and Google SitesTM—and work within their respective environments. Acquired Skills Navigate in the Google G Suite environment. Store documents using Google Drive. Collaborate with Google Docs, Slides, and Drawings. Collaborate with Google Sheets and Forms. Communicate using Google Hangouts. Manage schedules using Google Calendar. Collaborate using Google Sites. Using Microsoft Windows 10 Description In this course, students will learn the features and functionality of the Windows 10 operating system for professional and personal use. Acquired Skills ACCESSING WINDOWS 10 USING WINDOWS APPS AND DESKTOP APPLICATIONS WORKING WITH FILES AND FOLDERS ACCESSING THE INTERNET USING MICROSOFT EDGE CUSTOMIZING THE WINDOWS 10 ENVIRONMENT INSTALLING AND REMOVING DEVICES USING WINDOWS 10 SECURITY FEATURES This course provides students with a tool to easily create a professional -looking visual product. Students will create visually engaging diagrams, maps, and drawings, using graphical elements to make information easier to comprehend. Acquired Skills Identify the basic elements of Visio and their use. Create a workflow diagram. Build organization charts. Design a floor plan. Build a cross -functional flowchart. Design a network diagram. Style a diagram. Visio 2016 - Part 2 Description In Microsoft® Visio® 2016 : Part 2, students will learn about more advanced features, making themselves more efficient and effective as a Visio user. Acquired Skills Design advanced plans and diagrams. Enhance the look of drawings. Create shapes, stencils, and templates. Connect drawings to external data. Leverage development tools. Share drawings. Use diagram standards (optional). VMware Cloud on AWS - Deploy and Manage Description course teaches you skills for deploying and managing a VMware CloudTM on AWS infrastructure. Through a mix of lecture and labs, you deploy and manage the VMware Cloud on AWS and VMware vSphere@ features that build a foundation for a hybrid infrastructure. You also discuss when and where these features have the greatest effect. Anyone planning to migrate, build, or hybridize with VMware Cloud on AWS will benefit from this course. Acquired Skills Describe the architecture of VMware Cloud on AWS Deploy a VMware Cloud on AWS SDDC and Virtual Machines (VMs) Configure internal, external, and inter-SDDC networking Describe and configure storage integrations and solutions for VMware Cloud on AWS Configure a connection between an on -premises vSphere SDDC and a VMware Cloud on AWS SDDC Configure the scale -up and scale -down of a VMware Cloud on AWS SDDC Migrate virtual machines between on -premises vSphere and VMware Cloud on AWS SDDCs Describe additional services that add value to a VMware Cloud on AWS SDDC Describe lifecycle, troubleshooting scenarios, and support resources for a VMware Cloud on AWS SDDC VMware Horizon 7 - Install. Configure, Manage Description This course gives students the skills to deliver virtual desktops and applications through a single virtual desktop infrastructure platform. This course builds your skills in installing, configuring, and managing VMware Horizon® 7 through a combination of lecture and hands-on labs. Students will learn how to configure and deploy pools of virtual machines, how to manage the access and security of the machines, and how to provide a customized desktop environment to end users. Acquired Skills Identify VMware Horizon components Install and configure View Connection Server Install and configure virtual desktops Configure and manage VMware Horizons Client TM systems Config and ma agje poolsof ptiysical4and viitiial chine _' Configure and manage automated pools of full virtual machines Configure and manage pools of linked -clone desktops Configure and manage automated pools of instant clones Configure and manage Remote Desktop Services (RDS) pools of desktops and applications Use Horizon Administrator to configure the VMware Horizon environment Configure secure access to virtual desktops Use VMware User Environment ManagerTM to manage user personalization and application configurations Describe steps to deploy profile management Use VMware App VolumesTM to provision and manage applications Identify the benefits of JMP architecture Manage the performance and scalability of a VMware Horizon deployment VMware vSphere: Install, Configure, Manage Description This course features intensive hands-on training that focuses on installing, configuring, and managing VMware vSphere@ 7, which includes VMware ESXiT" 7 and VMware vCenter Server@ 7. This course prepares you to administer a vSphere infrastructure for an organization of any size. Acquired Skills Describe the software -defined data center (SDDC) Explain the vSphere components and their function in the infrastructure Install and configure VMware ESXiTM hosts Deploy and configure VMware vCenter@ Server Appliance TM Use VMware vSphere@ ClientTm to manage the vCenter Server inventory and the vCenter Server configuration Manage, monitor, back up, and protect vCenter Server Appliance Create virtual networks with vSphere standard switches Describe the storage technologies supported by vSphere Configure virtual storage using SCSI and NFS storage Create and manage VMware vSphere@ VMFS datastores Use the vSphere Client to create virtual machines, templates, clones, and snapshots Create a content library and deploy virtual machines from templates in the library Manage virtual machine resource use Migrate virtual machines with VMware vSphere@ vMotion@ and VMware vSphere@ Storage vMotion@ Create and manage a vSphere cluster that is enabled with VMware vSphere@ High Availability and VMware vSphere@ Distributed. Resource SchedulerTm Discuss solutions for managing the vSphere life cycle Use VMware vSphere@ Update Manager TM to apply patches and perform upgrades to ESK hosts and virtual machines Word 2016 - Part 1 Description In this course, students learn how to use Word 2016 to create and edit simple documents; format documents; add tables and lists; add design elements and layout options; and proof documents. Acquired Skills Navigate and perform common tasks in Word, such as opening, viewing, editing, saving, and printing documents, and configuring the application. Format text and paragraphs. Perform repetitive operations efficiently using tools such as Find and Replace, Format Painter, and Styles. Enhance lists by sorting, renumbering, and customizing list styles. Create and format tables. Insert graphic objects into a document, including symbols, special characters, illustrations, pictures, and clip art. Format the overall appearance of a page through page borders and colors, watermarks, headers and footers, and page layout. Use Word features to help identify and correct problems with spelling, grammar, readability, and accessibility. Word 2016 - Part 2 - Description MERT In this course, students learn the features which enable them to create complex documents with a consistent look and feel. Students will also learn how to automate tedious tasks such as preparing a letter to send to every customer of your organization. Acquired Skills Organize content using tables and charts. Customize formats using styles and themes. Insert content using quick parts. Use templates to automate document formatting. Control the flow of a document. Simplify and manage long documents. Use mail merge to create letters, envelopes, and labels. Word 2016 - Part 3 Description Microsoft® Word 2016 enables you to do far more than simple word processing. This course covers Microsoft Office Specialist exam objectives to help students prepare for the Word 2016 Exam and the Word 2016 Expert Exam. Acquired Skills Use images in a document. Create custom graphic elements. Collaborate on documents. Add reference marks and notes. Secure a document. Create and manipulate forms. Create macros to automate tasks. Word 2019 - Part 1 Description In this course, you'll learn how to use Word 2019 to create and edit simple documents; format documents; add tables and lists; add design elements and layout options; and proof documents. Microsoft® Word 2019 is designed to help you move smoothly through the task of creating professional -looking documents. Its rich features and powerful tools can make your work easy, and even fun. Acquired Skills Navigate and perform common tasks in Word, such as opening, viewing, editing, saving, and printing documents, and configuring the application. Format text and paragraphs. Perform repetitive operations efficiently using tools such as Find and Replace, Format Painter, and Styles. Enhance lists by sorting, renumbering, and customizing list styles. Create and format tables. Insert graphic objects into a document, including symbols, special characters, illustrations, pictures, and clip art. Format the overall appearance of a page through page borders and colors, watermarks, headers and footers, and page layout. Use Word features to help identify and correct problems with spelling, grammar, readability, and accessibility. Word 2019 - Part 2 Description Creating professional -looking documents can give you and your organization a competitive edge. Implementing time -saving features such as document templates and automated mailings can help reduce expenses. Mastering these techniques will make you a valued employee in your organization. Acquired Skills Organize content using tables and charts. Customize formats using styles and themes. Insert content using Quick Parts. Use templates to automate document formatting. Control the flow of a document. Use mail merge to create letters, envelopes, and labels. Word 2019 a Part 3 Description Microsoft® Word enables you to do far more than simple word processing. Word includes advanced image manipulation tools, collaboration features, cross-referencing and linking tools, entry forms and data collection, security features, and tools to automate document production. Acquired Skills Use images in a document. Create custom graphic elements. Collaborate on documents. Add reference marks and notes. Secure a document. Create and manipulate forms. Create macros to automate tasks. Writing for the Business Professional Description In this course, you will learn the essential skills needed to organize your thoughts and select the best words and phrases to clearly convey them in writing. Acquired Skills Awareness of common spelling and grammar issues in business writing. Basic concepts in sentence and paragraph construction. Basic structure of agendas, email messages, business letters, business proposals, and business reports. Collaborative writing techniques, tools and best practices Tips and techniques to use when deciding the most appropriate format to use for agendas, email messages, business letters, business proposals, and business reports MOM ., ..,.. ..... GENERAL RULES AND POLICIES Non -Discrimination Policy Career Development Solutions is committed to providing a learning environment that is free of discrimination. Equal opportunity will be extended to all persons in all aspects of our Program. Career Development Solutions will not discriminate against a student because of race, color, religion, sex (including pregnancy, childbirth, and related medical conditions, sex stereotyping, transgender status, and gender identity), national origin, ancestry, age, marital status, physical or mental disability, medical condition, political affiliation or belief. If a student believes they are being discriminated against, they should report the facts of the incident to the Instructor, the Education Advisor , or the Site Manager in writing (see Grievance Procedures) Drug Free Campus In accordance with the Drug -Free Schools and Communities Act, Public Law 101-226, Career Development Solutions is a drug and alcohol -free school. Student use of alcohol or the manufacture, distribution, dispensing, or use of a controlled substance on school property, or while participating in school related activities, is prohibited. Students who violate this policy are subject to disciplinary action, which could include termination from the program. A detailed copy of this policy is provided to all current students. "Notice Concerning Transferability Of Credits And Credentials Earned At Our Institution" "The transferability of credits you earn at Career Development Solutions is at the complete discretion of an institution to which you may seek to transfer. Acceptance of the Course, or Certification you earn in the educational program is also at the complete discretion of the institution to which you may seek to transfer. If the Course, Certificate or Certification that you earn at this institution are not accepted at the institution to which you seek to transfer, you may be required to repeat some or all of your coursework at that institution. For this reason, you should make certain that your attendance at this institution will meet your educational goals. This may include contacting an institution to which you may seek to transfer after attending Career Development Solutions to determine if your Course, Certificate or Certification will transfer." Articulations Agreements with Universities or Colleges Career Development Solutions does not have an articulation or transfer agreement with any other college or university. Career Development Solutions courses, programs and certificates are not accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department of Education. Students have a right to any and all of their personal records which our school maintains for the sole purpose of monitoring progress during their enrollment at Career Development Solutions. This includes attendance, personal information, and entrance testing results. Career Development Solutions is obligated by various government regulatory entities to use the student records as a whole to report performance statistics related to enrollments. Because of the confidentiality of student records, Career Development Solutions does not give out student information without proper authorization. The only individuals who have proper authorization without written permission from the student are as follows; Career Development Solutions Staff • Authorized Consumer Affairs representatives Authorized CSAAVE representatives The student If a student wishes a printout of their transcript, they will need to visit the school in person and fill out a REQUEST FOR STUDENT RECORD FORM. The student will also need to return in person in order to pick up a copy of their transcript. The school does not mail any transcripts or certifications directly to the student. All student records are stored in a location only assessable by approved staff of Career Development Solutions Student transcripts are saved and permanently maintained electronically at our main campus as required by section 94900(b). Career Development Solutions maintains for a period of five years the pertinent student records described in Section 71920 from the student's date of completion or withdrawal. Career Development Solutions is a Non -Resident Campus Career Development Solutions does not assist a student in finding housing. There are no dormitory facilities under Career Development Solutions control. The cost range of housing in the area of the school is between $1600 and $2000 per month for a one -bedroom apartment. Career Development Solutions takes no responsibility to find or assist a student in finding housing. SCHOOL GOVERNING BODY, ADMINISTRATORS AND FACULTY Kevin M. Landry 15 years at Career Development Solutions CEO BA NAU MBA National University Cindy Sutherland 14 years at Career Development Solutions President of Career Development BA CSUF • MASTERS CSUDH Ryan M Landry 11 years at Career Development Solutions VP and General Manger BA Chapman University • MASTERS MIT 2017 Vic Emurian 13 years at Career Development Solutions Coo BA CSUF Vic Emurian 13 years at Career Development Solutions CFO • BA CSUF Jeremy Janov • 14 3 years at Career Development Solutions Guidance Counselor BA University of Phoenix VA Certifying Officials Katrina Foster Jeremy Janov Edith Silva _� .... " "71 h000si l cations: Computer and �tnoi�ogy raining`Servtces.De" i e`r'e vat IN - following locations. Anaheim Campus: 1900 S State College Blvd., Suite 100 Anaheim, CA 92806 (714)221-3100 Burbank Campus 333 N Glen Oaks Blvd., Suite 400 Burbank, CA 91502 (818) 3334600 Torrance Campus 19401 S Vermont Ave Suite B102 Torrance, CA 90502 (310) 342-3500 San Diego Campus: 7480 Miramar Road Bldg. B, Suite 202 San Diego, CA 92126 (858) 880-2200 Sacramento Campus 3831 N. Freeway Blvd., Suite 140 Sacramento, CA 95834 (916) 609-4700 *Training Purchased at the Anaheim, Burbank, Torrance, San Diego Centers and Sacramento may be taken at any of these Five centers. Courses also available online. Instructional Facilities Site Square Footage # Classrooms Maximum Room Capacity Classroom Capacity Testing Room Capacity Break Room Capacity Anaheim 17,903 8 22 165 6 30 Burbank 6,560 5 18 86 1 8 Torrance 2,586 2 19 26 0 0 San Diego 15,794 8 32 184 3 17 Sacramento 7,651 5 32 112 4 12 Equipment and Materials Manuals and equipment for classes will be distributed at the beginning of each individual course. The materials (Student courseware and labs) are given to each student at the beginning of each course. These Courseware and labs become the property and responsibility of the student; by no means should any student material or property be left in a classroom unattended. , For security reasons, the classrooms will be locked at the noon break and students will not be allowed to stay and study. Be advised: The photocopying or reproduction of any copyrighted material (books, computer data, files, etc.) may be a violation of governing laws and will not be allowed. This, along with any theft of Career Development Solutions' or other student's hardware, software, books or personal belongings may lead to immediate dismissal from the program. All computers, software, and resources are provided at the respective learning center locations. Students learning programs are inclusive of all equipment and resources they will need to develop accordingly. Our facility has elite and functioning computer labs and learning environments for the student to flourish. All Students are provided access to Dual Monitor Systems, Keyboard, Mouse and Headset with Microphone If student is taking classes remotely, they may check out equipment for the duration of their training at no cost. "AD ISM S`PROC4ES_ myq 4_. • "As a prospective student, you are encouraged to review this catalog prior to signing an enrollment agreement. You are also encouraged to review the "School Performance Fact Sheet, which must be provided to you prior to signing an enrollment agreement" • When a prospective student contacts Career Development Solutions to inquire about our training, an Education Advisor will discuss our offerings with the student and an invitation is extended to attend an evaluation class and a tour. This evaluation class is generally a 4-hour Software Applications class. The evaluation class allows the student to sample a half a day of training without any further obligation. • An Education Advisor will meet with the student to discuss their individual training interests. An appointment will be made to take the entrance exam. The Education Counselor will discuss the exam results with the candidate. It is determined at this time whether a student has the required prerequisite knowledge, and ability to be successful in the chosen program. • An interview may also be used to determine the viability of a candidate. Education Advisors will conduct interviews. Additional interviews may be required in certain situations. Student interviews assess employment history, educational background, and relevant skills. Interview results are used to determine the candidate's ability to be successful in the desired program. Upon successful completion of assessments and interviews, a candidate may request enrollment. • All enrolling students will read and sign a Contractual Enrollment Agreement: and the Students Right to Cancel Notification along with reviewing the School Performance Fact Sheet. These documents outline the items included in the program, cost, cancellation grace period, withdrawal, and refund policies. • Each program has enrollment requirements listed for the given program • A Basic knowledge of PC desktop operation or equivalency is required for enrollment • Students enrolling in Distance Learning Modalities will be required to pass an assessment prior to enrolling in courses. • Students enrolling in Distance Learning Online Anytime Classes will receive Learning Materials within SEVEN days of enrollment • All instructor evaluations, exam assessment results and response will be made within FIVE business days. • Pursuant to the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Section 504) and the 1990 Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA), Career Development Solutions will provide reasonable and individualized academic modifications for students who have provided proper documentation outlining their disabilities and have requested reasonable and appropriate accommodations. • Classroom accommodations are not retroactive but are effective only after the request has been made, the documentation has been received and the school has had an opportunity to address the request and/or accommodation. Therefore, if you have a disability, it is your responsibility to seek available assistance and make your needs known at the time of enrollment or as the need arises due to disability. Students are encouraged to request accommodations as early as feasible with the school to allow for time to gather necessary documentation and consider reasonable accommodations. Students cannot wait until after completing a course or activity or receiving a poor grade to request services and then expect a grade change or opportunity to retake the course. • Although accommodations cannot be provided which would fundamentally alter the nature of the program, cause undue hardship on the school, or jeopardize the health, safety or learning environment of others, reasonable accommodations can be provided to specifically address the fundamental limitations of the student's specific disability. "VA Chapter 30, 33, 35, 1606, and 1607 Funded Students May Not use Distance Learning Modalities for Educational Clock Hours Career Development Solutions courses are scheduled conveniently. Classes are available during the weekdays, and some evenings and Saturdays. Classes are scheduled frequently to allow students the flexibility to take daytime classes or to arrange classes around their work schedule. Class schedules vary based on location. Career Development Solutions distributes class schedules via our website, www.careerdevelopmentsolutions.corn Schedules should be reviewed for specific class dates and times. Career Development Solutions schedules class times and frequency based on consumer demand. All classes necessary to complete a program may not always be available Evenings and Saturdays. Career Development Solutions reserves the right to add or cancel class scheduling based on enrollment and consumer demand. Standard Class Hours: Class Type *Day Eve Cohorts 11:00 AM — 3:30 PM 4:30 PM — 9:00 PM I Single Classes Technical Courses Microsoft@, Com TZAR CISCO® 6:00 AM — 2:OOPM 8:00 AM to 4:00 m Application Courses 6:00 AM - 2:00 PM 8:00 AM — 4:00 PM "Start and end times may vary by location Breaks are as follows: First 20-minute break - Starts approximately two hours from class start time, Lunch Period — Starts approximately two hours from first break, Second 20-minute break — Starts at 2 hours from the lunch period. 2023 Holidays School is closed for the following holidays New Year's Day ............ ........ 12/30/2023 Memorial Day........................05/39/2023 Independence Day., ............. X103/2023 — 07/04/2023 Labor Day.............................09/0412023 Thanksgiving.........................11/2312023 —11124/2023 Christmas..............................12/25/2023 —12/26/2023 New Year's Eve ....................12/29/2023 Enrollment Policy 2024 Holidays New Year' Eve.............................12/30/2023 Memorial Day .................... ........... 05/27/2024 Independence Day .......... ............. 07/04/2024- 07/05/2024 Labor Day ............................ — ..... 09/02/2024 Thanksgiving .................... — ......... 11128/2023—11129/2023 Christmas.....................................12/24/2023 —12/25/2022 New Year's Day...........................12/31/2023 Student may enroll on any day school is in session. Student may not begin course or program until enrollment agreements are completed and signed by both student and Career Advisor, along with additional required signed documents and All applicants are required to possess a high school diploma or its legal equivalent, or pass the entrance exam with a score of 70% or better. Student must pay required fees prior at time of enrollment. Student must meet prerequisites for the course he or she is enrolling. Prerequisites are for each course and program are listed in course outlines and program descriptions, Each course and program have a maximum enrollment of 32 per cohort. Maximum student to instructor ratio is 32:1. - 1231K heoctunligtsd l"on— You have the right to cancel the enrollment agreement and obtain a refund of charges paid through attendance at the first class session, or the seventh day after enrollment, whichever is later, as described in the Notice of Cancellation which you are given at the time of enrollment. The student has the right to cancel the enrollment agreement and obtain a refund on tuition if it is requested on the first-class session, or the seventh day after enrollment, whichever is later. In such case, the institution shall refund 100 percent of the amount paid for intuitional charges, less an application fee not to exceed $75.00. CancellationMithdrawal Procedures A notice of withdraw shall be in writing, and a withdraw may be effectuated by the student's written notice to the schools Admissions Office, 1900 S. State College Suite 100, Anaheim, CA 92806 or an email to studentrequest@nhlearninagroup.com or by the student's conduct, including, but not necessarily limited to, a student's lack of attendance. In addition, the school may withdraw a student, if within the first two weeks of class the student has not reported to class nor communicated his intent to the admission office. i. Print out the Student Rights to Cancellation Form included in your Student Enrollment or email studentrequest(afnhlearninggroup,com to obtain a replacement copy of your enrollment agreement. (Page 6 of the Student Enrollment Agreement 2. Sign and date the Student Rights to Cancellation. 3. Submit the form in person at the center you enrolled or email student services at studentrequestonhlearninggroup.com or mail to the Admissions Office, at 1900 S. State College Suite 100, Anaheim, CA 4. If you withdraw prior to completing more than 60% of a course, you are entitled to a prorate refund, less a $75.00 application fee, based on the percentage of the course that you completed, Textbooks or exams issued are nonrefundable. s. If you cancel, any refunds due to you shall be returned to you within 30 days following the school's receipt of your cancellation notice. 6. If the school gave you any equipment, you must return the equipment within 30 days of the date you signed a cancellation notice. If you do not return the equipment within this 30-day period, the school may keep an amount out of what you paid that equals the cost of the equipment. 7. If Career Development Solutions closes before you complete your training, you may be entitled to a refund. Contact the Bureau for Private Post -Secondary and Vocational Education at the address and telephone number printed below for information, s. If you have any complaints, questions, or problems, which you cannot work out with Career Development Solutions call or write to: Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education 1747 North Market, Suite 225 Sacramento, CA 95834 Phone (888) 370-7589, Fax (916) 263.1897, www.bppe.ca.gov Cancelation Procedures 1. Students have the right to cancel the enrollment agreement and obtain a refund of charges paid through attendance at the first-class session, or the seventh day after enrollment, whichever is later. 2. Print out the Student Rights to Cancellation Form included in your Student Enrollment or email StudentRequest(a,nhlearninggroup.com to obtain a replacement copy -3r "'S bmit the form irrpersohraTeenter o1�e'ail`eduea tonal advisor or stuTleifit=Services a -� =� ^�> StudentRequest(c).nhlearninggroup.com 4. If you withdraw prior to completing more than 60% of a course, you are entitled to a prorate refund, less a $75.00 application fee, based on the percentage of the course that you completed. 5. If you cancel, any payment you have made, and any negotiable instrument signed by you shall be returned to you within 30 days following the school's receipt of your cancellation notice. 6. If the school gave you any equipment, you must return the equipment within 30 days of the date you signed a cancellation notice. If you do not return the equipment within this 30-day period, the school may keep an amount out of what you paid that equals the cost of the equipment or invoice you for the equipment. Program Refund Information You may withdraw from a program after instruction has started and receive a pro-rata refund for the unused portion of the tuition and other refundable charges. To determine your refund, you would deduct a Registration Fee (non- refundable) of seventy-five dollars 75.00 from the tuition charge. You would then divide this figure by the number of hours in the program. The rate is the hourly charge for the program. The amount owed by the student for the purpose of calculating a refund is derived by multiplying the total hours attended by the hourly charge for instruction plus the amount of the Registration Fee (non-refundable) and the documented costs of any books or equipment that were not returned. For example, if the student completes only 10 hours of a 40-hour course and paid $400.00 tuition, and a Registration Fee (non-refundable) of $75, 00, the student would receive a refund of $300, 00. ($475.00 total fee, less the Registration Fee (non-refundable) of $75, 00, divide this by the 40 hours of the program, this will give you the hourly rate of $10.00 per hour). Multiply this rate times the hours completed 10 hours completed x $10.00 per hour, totaling the $100.00 for the tuition charge. This charge plus the Registration Fee (non-refundable) would be deducted from the amount paid. Total paid $475,00, less Registration Fee (non-refundable) $75.00, less tuition charge $100.00 refund paid $300.00, Individual Class Refund Information You may withdraw from a class after instruction has started prior to completing more than 60% of a course and receive a pro-rata refund, less a $75.00 application fee, based on the percentage of the course that you completed. If Career Development Solutions provided supplies, manuals, or other equipment for classes not attended, you must return these items within Five days of the date of the cancellation notice. If you do not return these items within this Five-day period, Career Development Solutions will withhold an amount equal to the cost of the items not returned. Career Development Solutions is required to refund any amount remaining as provided in the Refund Agreement. If you have any questions or need further clarification, please contact your Education Advisor at Career Development Solutions. Veteran's Refund Policy New Horizon CDS Veterans Refund Policy complies with CFR 21.4255. In the event the veteran or eligible person fails to enter the course, withdraws, or is dismissed at any time prior to completion, any unused portion of tuition, fees, and other charges is refunded. Any amount in excess of $10 of the application/Registration Fee (non- refundable) is subject to a 100% pro-rata refund policy. The amount charged will not exceed the exact pro-rata portion of total charges. The length of the completed portion of the course will be prorated over its total length, and the exact proration will be determined by the ratio of the number of days of instruction completed by the student, to the total number of instructional days in the course. Refunds are made within 40 days of the last date of the student's attendance. ONEV MINE Griev ce-Procedures - ,_. If you encounter any problems concerning the education or administration of this program, please contact your guidance counselor studentreguest(o)nhlearninggroup.com Immediately and state your grievance in writing to allow us to help you. The issue will not be addressed until a written grievance has been submitted to the following Career Development Solutions staff. Please elevate your concerns as documented below: • 1st level - Your Guidance Counselor • (Please Allow 3 Business Days for response) • 2nd level - Your Campus Education Advisor • (Please Allow 3 Business Days for response ) • 3rd level — Student Service Supervisor • (Please Allow 3 Business Days for response) • 4th level — President of Career Development • (Please Allow 3 Business Days for response) If the 1 st level staff (Guidance Counselor) has not responded to your grievance issue in a satisfactory manner, please proceed to the next level of authority. Under the school's Grievance / Complaint procedure, you are entitled to the following within the specified days from the day you file a grievance or complaint: 71810(b)(14) 1. Assistance from your training school Guidance Counselor or representative in preparing your complaint in writing, within the first day. School's Point of Contact: Jeremy Janov jjanovanhlearninggroup.com or stu dentreg uest(cr) n h learn i ngg rou p. com 2. An informal conference with the school President of Career Development or representative and the applicant / participant to identify and clarify issues of disagreement in an attempt to reach a mutually satisfactory resolution within five (5) days. 3. An informal hearing on your complaint with the school President of Career Development within fifteen (15) days. 4. A final decision on your complaint from the school President of Career Development within thirty (30) days. "A student or any member of the public may file a complaint about this institution with the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education by calling (888) 370-7589 toll -free or by completing a complaint form, which can be obtained on the bureau's internet web site www.bppe.ca.gov "Any questions a student may have regarding this catalog that have not been satisfactorily answered by the institution may be directed to the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education at 1747 North Market, Suite 225, Sacramento, CA 95834, P.O. Box 9808% West Sacramento, CA 95798.0818 www.bppe.ca .gov, toll -free telephone number (888) 370.7589 or fax (916) 263 263-1897 or (916) 431.6959 Reimbursement to Veterans and Eligible Persons For information or for resolution of specific payment problems, the veteran should call the DVA Nationwide toll -free number at 1-800-827-1000 Credit Evaluation Policy Students who enter Career Development Solutions with previous training in the course to be pursued will be tested upon enrollment and when appropriate, be given credit for prior educations and/or experience, Evaluation will be based upon a written exam, an oral exam, official documentation or certificates or a combination of the above criteria. Credit will be recorded on enrollment record and the length of the course shortened proportionately. Tuition will be adjusted accordingly. In addition, the student and the Department of Veteran's Administration (DVA) shall be notified. All prior training is subject to evaluation. _..TTUD`ENT OLt I .... _ .s . Attendance Attendance & Tardiness: We require students to arrive to class on time. If a student arrives more than 30 minutes late, we may allow another student to take their place in class. If students arrive more than 30 minutes late, they will not be admitted to class. If the class is a multiple dayclass and the student is more than 30 minutes late or the seat is relinquished due to tardiness, the seat is relinquished for the entire length of the class The student will need to reschedule the class. If a student misses more than 20% of a certified program, a certificate of completion will not be awarded. If an absence or tardy is absolutely necessary, we require that you notify us by calling The Customer Service desk at your local campus on or before the date(s) in question. VA Attendance Policy Students must attend 80% of their program hours, this time includes accumulated approved absences and class cuts. Students will be allowed three absences during the duration of their program. THE 80% RULE TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER THE THREE ABSENCE RULE IN THE CASE WHERE THREE ABSENCES WOULD BE LESS THAN 80% OF A PROGRAM A student will be placed on a 30-day attendance probation if he or she is below 80% in attendance. The student must bring his/her attendance above 80% within in 30 days to be removed from probation. If at the end of the probation period, the student's attendance is not raised to 80% of scheduled classes, the Department of Veterans Affairs will be notified, and benefits will be interrupted. A student can be placed on a maximum of Two probation for attendance prior to academic dismissal. Make Up Work Students will work directly with instructor for make-up work. Students will have two weeks from the date of missed class to submit make up work Program Interrupt -Extension Policy! Leave of Absence 1 Withdrawal All written requests for a "Leave of Absence", "Training Extension", or "Reinstatement" will be considered. These are granted to students at the discretion of the School. These interruptions or reinstatements into a program are subject to space availability. Students who interrupt from one class and transfer to the next available class will be responsible for any cost incurred due to any change or upgrade made in course kits or books. If an upgrade occurs, the added cost will be the sole responsibility of the student. Career Development Solutions will not incur any of the additional costs. Suspension or Dismissal It is the intention of Career Development Solutions to provide the most effective learning and training environment for our students. Therefore, it is imperative that our staff maintains and enforces guidelines that will ensure the best possible educational atmosphere for the students. The following are general examples of behaviors and actions that may lead to a student's suspension and/or dismissal: 1. Inappropriate and/or violent conduct displayed by the student. 2. Inappropriate clothing, or improper clothing attire, and/or indecent exposure. 3. Disrespect for Career Development Solutions property and equipment. 4. Software piracy or violating copyright rules and regulations. 5. Recurring attendance problems despite continuous meetings with the Education Advisor and/or Site Manager to rectify the issues. The general levels of reprimand are as follows: The student will meet with the Education Advisor or Site Manager to discuss the inappropriate conduct and the respective consequences. The second level, if the problem persists after the primary level of reprimand has been exhausted is to suspend the student [no longer than thirty (30) days] from the training facility. A mutual plan will be discussed and agreed upon by the Education Consultant, Site Manager and the student. Once all parties agree upon this mutual plan, then the student will be reinstated. If the primary and secondary levels do not resolve the inappropriate behavior, then the student will be terminated from the training program. However, if the inappropriate behavior displayed violated any section of the federal, state, and local penal codes, then it is under the discretion of Career Development Solutions to terminate the student from the training program and facility. Appeal of Academic Probation, Disciplinary Action, Dismissal Students have the right to appeal academic probation, dismissal, and disciplinary actions taken against them, as well as final decisions regarding any other dispute resolution procedure. Students who believe they have extenuating circumstances regarding a particular matter should submit an appeal in writing to the CAD. The appeal will be mailed to: Career Development Solutions CAO/President 1900 S. State College Blvd. Suite 100 Anaheim, CA 92806 The Board of Directors will review the appeal within 10 days of the student's submission. A decision to the appeal will be made within 30 days of the day the appeal was received. Grading Standards Career Development Solutions does not issue letter grades. We are a pass/fail school. A Completion Certificate is granted when a student completes 80% attendance and passes the Career Development Solutions mid-term and final exam assessments at an overall score of 70% or better. A Completion Certificate is not issued when a student is absent more than 20% of the course or does not pass the post class assessment requirement of 70% overall Reentrance Conditions for re -enrollment will be approved only after evidence is shown to the School Directors satisfaction that the condition, which caused the interruption for unsatisfactory progress, has been rectified. Certification Testing Career Development Solutions Programs does include the cost of certification exams when noted in the program. Each student is financially responsible for the cost of exam registrations, Exam Registration Fee (non- refundable)s vary and are established individually by each certifying body (Microsoft, Novell, CIW, CompTIA etc.). Appointments for exams are registered and purchased from Pearson VUE. Exam appointments may be made via the Pearson VUE website at htt2s://Iiome.pearsonvue.com/. If you schedule an exam with Pearson VUE and fail to make that appointment, Pearson VUE will charge you for that exam. ou`cherslE am Po icy. All unused vouchers for exams expire 18 months from the date of purchase. When student is issued exam voucher it is the student's responsibility to schedule and complete the exam before the expiration date of the exam voucher. Completion Requirements Completion requires a minimum of 80% course attendance and an overall passing score of 70% or better on Career Development Solutions post class assessments. Student Conduct Students must abide by all school policies and regulations. This includes the proper use of software, hardware, classroom behavior, dress code, respect for the instructor's authority, completion of courses in the designated time frame, and adherence to attendance policies. Career Development Solutions believes that no student has the right to interfere with another student's ability to learn. If any student exhibits behavior that hinders that right, they will be asked to leave the classroom. Children are not allowed to accompany parents into any class or to labs. Students are prohibited from unlawful possession, use, or distribution of illicit drugs, alcohol, or weapons of any kind. No student will be allowed to use any verbal, physical, or discriminatory threats or abusive language towards another student, or member of the staff. The use of profanity is strictly prohibited. Discriminatory remarks of any kind will not be tolerated and may result in termination from the program. Any violation of this conduct policy should be brought to the attention of the Instructor immediately. These concerns can be made verbally, or in writing as stated in the grievance procedures described in this catalog. Any student who violates this student conduct policy may be placed on advisement, suspension, or dismissed from the program. Any courses that are missed due to violations of the conduct policy must be made up, and are the student's responsibility. Mobile Phone Policy Students will always have Mobile Phones on silent. Talking on mobile phones in class is prohibited. Talking on phones in classrooms will result in student being asked to leave for the day. NO EXCEPTIONS Learning Lab The school maintains a resource lab area at each location. The lab has resource materials and a mentor available for the students to assist them in their studies. The learning is open to students during normal, operating hours. Students can drop in during business hours to utilize the lab and resources available. Each Learning lab is staffed by an expert mentor. Students have access to a personal, state-of-the-art workstations that include two computer monitors. This allows students to have the course content on one screen or other training material while using the other to participate in an interactive environment that consists of the server, hardware, and software need for hands-on training. Students also have access to a professional mentor that will able to answer questions, troubleshoot, and provide assistance with the course work. (5, CCR §71740 and §7181 0(b)(1 0)) -Ms tuden ress od4" Career Development Solutions is "business casual." Career Development Solutions is a corporate atmosphere.. , Students are requested to wear clothing that is clean, and appropriate. It is further requested that students refrain from wearing the following articles of clothing: sandals, shorts, sweats or any shirt that may expose your midriff. Please use your best judgment in this matter. If you are observed in inappropriate attire, you may be asked to go home and change Veterans Addendum The following polices are for students receiving veteran educational benefits as required to meet the minimum standards of federal law. Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy Progress will be monitored at the end of each week of every program for all students receiving veterans' benefits. If at the end of any week, the student's grades fall below 70%, the student will be placed on academic probation for one week. If at the end of the probation period, the student's grade is not raised to 70%, the Department of Veterans Affairs will be notified, and benefits will be interrupted. Funding Policy Computer Learning Center does not penalize students using VA Education benefit programs under Chapters 33 and 31 while waiting for payment from the Department of Veterans Affairs providing they submit a certificate of eligibility, a written request to use such entitlement, and any additional information needed to certify enrollment. Students will continue have access to classes, labs, and other institutional facilities as outlined in our catalog. No late fees will be assessed, and student's accounts will be considered on hold. This is required under Title 38 USC 3679(e) VA Benefits I understand that it is my responsibility to monitor my benefits. I also understand that I am responsible for the funding of my training. Attendance Policy A student will be placed on attendance probation if he or she is below 80% in attendance in any given week. The student must bring his/her attendance above 80% by the end of the following week to be removed from probation. If at the end of the probation period, the student's attendance is not raised to 80% of scheduled classes, the Department of Veterans Affairs will be notified, and benefits will be interrupted. A student can be placed on a maximum of TWO probations for attendance prior to academic dismissal. Prior Education and Training Policy This institution will inquire about each veteran's previous education and training, and request transcripts from all prior institutions, including military training, traditional college coursework and vocational training. Previous transcripts will be evaluated, and credit will be granted, as appropriate: This is required per 38 CFR 21.4254(b)(12) M�in Soft- re- Piracy and Personal�items - - In accordance with copyright laws, all Career Development Solutions students are prohibited from copying any of the software loaded on the school's machines. Please understand that any student found doing so may be terminated from the program. Students are not allowed to bring any of their personal computers or related software and hardware items on any Career Development Solutions campuses to be connected or used with the school's equipment. Career Development Solutions shall not be held responsible for any lost or stolen items belonging to any student while on any Career Development Solutions campus. Student Loans Career Development Solutions is not a Federal Department of Education school. Therefore, students cannot use attendance during this program to defer a student loan. Career Development Solutions does not participate in Federal or State Financial Aid Programs and students are not eligible not federal financial aid If a student obtains a loan to pay for an educational an educational program, the student will have to repay the full amount of the loan plus interest less the amount of any refund, and that if the student receives federal student financial aid funds, the student is entitled to a refund of the money's not paid from federal financial aid funds Payment Policy Programs of four months, or less, may require payment of all tuition and fees on the first day of instruction. Programs designed to be four months or longer, require 50 percent for tuition along with courseware cost for payment at the time of enrollment. When 50 percent of the program has been completed the remaining payment is due. The limitations in this section shall not apply to any funds received by an institution through federal and state student financial aid grant and loan programs, or through any other federal or state programs. (An institution that provides private institutional loan funding to a student shall ensure that the student is not obligated for indebtedness that exceeds the total charges for the current period of attendance. At the student's option, an institution may accept payment in full for tuition and fees, including any funds received through institutional loans, after the student has been accepted and enrolled and the date of the first class session is disclosed on the enrollment agreement. STRF Fees "The State of California established the Student Tuition Recovery Fund (STRF) to relieve or mitigate economic loss suffered by a student in an educational program at a qualifying institution, who is or was a California resident while enrolled, or was enrolled in a residency program, if the student enrolled in the institution, prepaid tuition, and suffered an economic loss. Unless relieved of the obligation to do so, you must pay the state -imposed assessment for the (STRF), or it must be paid on your behalf, if you are a student in an educational program, who is a California resident, or are enrolled in a residency program, and prepay all or part of your tuition. You are not eligible for protection from the STRF and you are not required to pay the STRF assessment, if you are not a California resident, or are not enrolled in a residency program." " It is important that you keep copies of your enrollment agreement, financial aid documents, receipts, or any other information that documents the amount paid to the school. Questions regarding the STRF may be directed to the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education, 1747 North Market, Suite 225, Sacramento, CA 95834, P.O. Box 980818, West Sacramento, CA 95798-0818 (916) 263-1897 or (888) 370-7589 or by fax (916) 263-1897. ' " be eligible- o , y u usWdrar lif its r 'den or en 11edr'ff are lddffc pfo am, epafde "- tuition, paid or deemed to have paid the STRF assessment, and suffered an economic loss as a result of any of the following: 1. The institution, a location of the institution, or an educational program offered by the institution was closed or discontinued, and you did not choose to participate in a teach -out plan approved by the Bureau or did not complete a chosen teach -out plan approved by the Bureau. 2. You were enrolled at an institution or a location of the institution within the 120-day period before the closure of the institution or location of the institution, or were enrolled in an educational program within the 120 day period before the program was discontinued. 3.You were enrolled at an institution or a location of the institution more than 120 days before the closure of the institution or location of the institution, in an educational program offered by the institution as to which the Bureau determined there was a significant decline in the quality or value of the program more than 120 days before closure. 4.The institution has been ordered to pay a refund by the Bureau but has failed to do so. 5. The institution has failed to pay or reimburse loan proceeds under a federal student loan program as required by law, or has failed to pay or reimburse proceeds received by the institution in excess of tuition and other costs. 6.You have been awarded restitution, a refund, or other monetary award by an arbitrator or court, based on a violation of this chapter by an institution or representative of an institution, but have been unable to collect the award from the institution. 7.You sought legal counsel that resulted in the cancellation of one or more of your student loans and have an invoice for services rendered and evidence of the cancellation of the student loan or loans. To qualify for STRF reimbursement, the application must be received within four (4) years from the date of the action or event that made the student eligible for recovery from STRF. A student whose loan is revived by a loan holder or debt collector after a period of noncollecting may, at any time, file a written application for recovery from STRF for the debt that would have otherwise been eligible for recovery. If it has been more than four (4) years since the action or event that made the student eligible, the student must have filed a written application for recovery within the original four (4) year period, unless the period has been extended by another act of law However, no claim can be paid to any student without a social security number or a taxpayer identification number. " Note: Authority cited: Sections 94803, 94877 and 94923, Education Code. Reference: Section 94923, 94924 and 94925, Education Code. Career Development Solutions is currently not pending any petition in bankruptcy not operating as a debtor in possession nor has Career Development Solutions filled a petition with the preceding five years and has not had a petition in bankruptcy filled against us within the preceding five years that resulting in reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S. C. Sec. 1101 et seq.) - � . GERTIPfED`INSTRUCTOkS sag FACULTY MEMBER EXPERIENCE & QUALIFICATIONS Tony Bhawani Training ManagerlInstructor Master of Business Administration (Geographic Information Systems) from University of Redlands Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from University of Redlands Tony Bhawani has been an Applications Instructor with and is now the Applications Training Manager. In addition to his applications training experience, he has worked in education as a tutor at both the primary and secondary school levels. Tony has been involved in many Microsoft Delivery Events, including the latest roll -outs of Windows 7 and Office 2010, 2013 and 2016. He is certified in Microsoft Office, and proficient in all versions of MS Office applications, including Access, Excel, Outlook, PowerPoint, and Word. Christopher Dominguez Applications Instructor: Lean Six Sigma Black Belt, ITIL Foundations, Microsoft Office Specialist B.S. Computer Information Science Coleman College, San Diego Chris has 25+ years in Technical Support Management, Software Development, Infrastructure Management and End User training. His diverse career has provided him with examples for the benefits of proper training, as well as the consequences of its absence, Chris places an emphasis on great customer service, professional development and how to balance independence with being a contributing team member. His proficiency in not limited to Microsoft, He also performs well in the Six Sigma, ITIL and Business Skills realms as well. Debbie Wong Applications Instructor Bachelor of Science- Information and Computer Science degree. Minor in Mathematics University of California, Irvine Debbie Wong is an Applications instructor with over 20 years of field experience, working with various office applications. Debbie has had past experiences in both the Microsoft Applications in real world office environments as well as programming and consulting. She has vast experience in Outlook and Word. Gabe Chapa Applications Instructor: MOS Master, Lean Six Sigma Black Belt, MCT Gabe began his career in the information technology field in 1997.. Venturing into the field as a computer programmer allowed him to have a basic understanding of computers and how they worked. This led to a programming position as a Project Analyst with Experian, providing the first steps towards his current career as an Applications Instructor with Computer Learning Center of Tucson. Gabe has seven years of experience as an instructor. Gabe is a three -time winner of Top 25 Instructor in the Worldwide Network. Jason Schuler Applications Instructor: Microsoft Office and Adobe Creative Suite With over 15 years' experience in the creative technology industry, he loves opportunities to interact with students with a variety of backgrounds and experiences. Jason began teaching while still in high school, when he taught art to children at a local daycare. Since then, he's taught computer programming to professional artists and guided other instructors in developing design curriculum and learning goals. Throughout his career, Jason has loved seeing the sense of accomplishment when a tool finally clicks for a student and their interaction with the technology provides an experience that's tantamount to magic. v ERTIFI'BDxINST'RUC TORS FACULTY MEMBER EXPERIENCE & QUALIFICATIONS Genaro L. Moran Applications Instructor: Microsoft Office Specialist: Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Access, Outlook. QuickBooks, Great Plains Bachelor of Arts in Finance• Cal State University Fullerton, MBA Liberty University, Doctoral Candidate in Organizational Management• Jones International University Genaro Moran is both an Applications instructor with over 30 years of Business and Educational field experience, working with various office applications. As a trainer, he holds more than 15 years, using real world situations to help his students understand. Genaro trains via all three of our training modalities; the traditional classroom environment, Online LIVE virtual training and On- sites. His teaching is based on both theoretical and real -world examples. Genaro specializes in Excel and Spanish based deliveries. Imes Leverette Applications Instructor: Microsoft Office: Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Windows 7, Windows 8.1, Outlook. Adobe Creative Suite: Illustrator, Photoshop, InDesign, Animate, Mac OSX Associates of Arts in Fashion Design from FIDM in Los Angeles, Ca. A Bachelor of Arts from Ashford University and a Master of Arts in Education from Ashford University Imee Leverette comes from 15+ years of experience as a Senior Media Graphic/Apparel Designer for Action Sports Industries, 8 years as an Editor and Art Director for Tiaregirl Magazine in Hawaii. She also holds 4+ years' experience as a Higher Education instructor, teaching Adobe Creative Suites: Illustrator and Photoshop at Art Institute, FIDM and Mira Mesa College, with her concentration on Digital Art Design and Technical Drawing with Mac OSX and Windows platforms. Jessica Brown Applications Instructor: Microsoft Office Specialist Bachelor of Arts — UNC Wilmington Jessica Brown Is an Applications Instructor with Career Development Solutions, LLC. She has over eight years of experience in the training industry, both with Career Development Solutions, LLC and as an in-house corporate trainer. Jessica has worked with the Microsoft Office suite for multiple generations and has assisted organizations on the latest roll -outs of Windows 8 and Office 2013, She is certified in Microsoft Office and proficient in all versions of MS Office applications, including Access, Excel, Outlook, PowerPoint and Word. Jessica uses a combination of theoretical and real -world examples to inform her teaching method, although she leans towards real -world examples most, as it has more relevance to utilizing concepts in the working environment. In 2015, Jessica walked stage as a Top 25 Instructor in the Worldwide Network. FACULTY MEMBER ''eCER-TIFIED'IINSTRUGTORSmm7 EXPERIENCE & QUALIFICATIONS Mia Gwyn Applications Instructor: Microsoft Office Certified Bachelor of Arts — University of Colorado, Boulder. As an experienced technology expert and educator with over 10 years experience, Mia connects to her students at a very relatable level. Her practical and hands on approach encourages students to learn and not to be afraid of not knowing the program, Mia has been awarded as a Top 25 Instructor in the Worldwide network under two different ownership groups, which shows her stability and continued high level of performance. Mia focuses on Business Skills, Microsoft programs including high level VBA, Access and SharePoint as well as being able to deliver in Spanish as needed. Natalie Green Applications Instructor: Microsoft Office Natalie Green came to from a varied background. She has been teaching for over 20 years. Her first teaching experience was as an art instructor and summer camp counselor. It washer experience in a foreign language classroom where she discovered her gift of connecting with others in meaningful ways as to encourage them to continue to learn and be willing to change and grow in knowledge and understanding. She has a passion for both learning and teaching and has been working with computer technology in one form or another since 1991. FACULTY MEMBER EXPERIENCE & QUALIFICATIONS Melodie Wilson Applications Instructor: Microsoft Office Specialist: Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Access, Outlook. Miami University, Masters in Education With experience in the school system and corporate training, Melodie is a talented teacher. She understands the challenges of a workplace, and she has the theoretical training of the learning process to meet her individual students' requirements. ., V-4 CERTIFIED`INSTRUCTORTS- ' .. ,.... �... FACULTY MEMBER EXPERIENCE & QUALIFICATIONS Bill Sullivan Technical Instructor: MCT, MCSE, MCSA, MCITP, MCTS, MCP, CISSP, CompTIA A+, Network+, Security+, Cloud Essentials and CASP, BA in Physics from the University of California, Berkeley As a US Navy veteran, Bill served in the Persian Gulf where he worked as a Fleet Instructor and Maintenance Check Pilot. Prior to beginning his career in Information Technology, Bill held the positions of Analyst and Total Quality Management Systems Instructor at Douglas Aircraft Company, as well as an Associate Professor of Aircraft Mechanics at Northrop University. Since 1994, Bill has held the position of Technical Instructor with Career Development Solutions, LLC. As a Technical Instructor, Bill's focus has been on training and assisting students new to the IT world in becoming IT professionals and guiding them along the way to obtaining their Microsoft and CompTIA certifications. On three occasions, Bill received recognition as one of the Top 25 Technical Instructors in the World from . 4 _ CERTIFIED INSTRUCTORS FACULTY MEMBER EXPERIENCE & QUALIFICATIONS Dennis Thibodeaux Technical Instructor: MCT, MCSE, MCSA, MCITP, MCTS, MCP, CISSP, EC•Counctl Certified Instructor, CEH, CHFI, CFR, CISA, CISM, CompTIA A+, Network+, Security+, CASP, Linux+, Cloud+, Mobility+ and Project+, BS in Mass Communication from Middle Tennessee State University Dennis Thibodeaux is a technology educator and IT professional who has been a Microsoft Certified Professional since 1998. As an instructor, he draws on his extensive experience as an Information Systems Security Management specialist, Systems Engineer and Network Administrator. Dennis joined the Career Development Solutions, LLC Technical Instructor team in 2014. Dennis brings real -world security experience and solid business skills to the classroom, often using his own professional activities as examples. His skillset includes vulnerability assessment, risk management, network security, application security, physical security, incident response and digital forensics. As an Information Security industry analyst recently put it, "Leaders like Mr. Thibodeaux are needed to usher in the next wave of maturity for InfoSec- a period characterized by the fusion of business and IT." For 2016, recognized Dennis as one of the Top 25 Technical Instructors in the World. James Hanavan Technical Instructor: MCT, MCSE, MCSA, MCITP, MCTS, MCP, CCSI and CCNA, BA in History from University of California, Santa Barbara James has more than 25 years of experience as an IT consultant and trainer and he joined the Career Development Solutions, LLC team as a Technical Instructor in 1995. James specializes in the design, planning, implementation, management, maintenance and securing of Windows Server systems, Active Directory, Group Policy, Microsoft Exchange Server, Microsoft Skype for Business and Microsoft System Center. Moreover, as a Cisco Certified Systems Instructor, James delivers training for students interested in obtaining their Cisco CCNA certification. James Nelson Technical Instructor: MCT, MCSD, MCSA, MOS and CompTIA Project+, BA in Communications from California State University, Fullerton James has more than 20 years of experience in the IT industry focusing on database administration, programming and design. James joined the Career Development Solutions, LLC team in 1998. During this timeframe, James' principal training focus has been with Microsoft SQL Server administration, database design and programming, data warehousing and business intelligence. In addition, James teaches classes covering various other technologies such as Microsoft SharePoint, Microsoft Excel and Access VBA and Project Management. Jeff Zahorowski Technical Instructor:MCT, MCSA, MCITP, MCTS, MCP, CompTIA A+, Network+ and Security+, BS in Communications Studies from California State University, Sacramento Jeff has worked in various positions within the IT industry over the past 25 years and he has been a Technical Instructor since 2000. He joined the Career Development Solutions Technical Instructor team in 2016. Jeff's training expertise include Microsoft's Windows Server and Client operating systems. Additionally, he focuses on assisting students new to the IT industry gain a foothold within the industry by obtaining their CompTIA A+, Network+ and Security+certifications. Employees from companies such as Intel, Apple Computer, Oracle, Northrup -Grumman and the US Navy Fighter Weapons Schools have gained insight and technical knowledge from Jeff's training events. FACULTY MEMBER EXPERIENCE & QUALIFICATIONS John DeVries Technical Instructor: MCT, MCSA, MCITP, MCTS, MCP, CompTIA A+, CompTIA Network+, CompTIA Security+, CompTIA Mobility+, CompTIA Cloud+ Computer Science - John Hopkins University, Baltimore Maryland John has a wide reaching and impressive range of prior experience within the IT industry. For over 30 years, he worked as a product and marketing manager in the computer and data communications industries. Additionally, during this same period, John ran his own web design, software development and consulting business. John began his career as a Technical Instructor with of Tampa, FL and he joined the Career Development Solutions team, in the same role, in 2016. John specializes in training IT professionals on Microsoft Azure cloud services, Microsoft Office 365 and Windows 10. Additionally, he also specializes on web development and programming leveraging technologies such as JavaScript, C# and Microsoft .NET. Besides his experience within the IT industry, John received the honor of serving as the Chair for a National Institute of Standards and Technology working group on telecommunications. Joseph(Joe)Ng Technical Instructor: MCT, MCSE, MCDBA, MCSA, MCTS, MCP, CCSI, CCNA, VCI, VCP, AS in Computer Information Systems from Santa Monica College In addition to working as an IT Consultant, Joe has been an IT Technical Instructor since 1999. He has been a part of the Career Development Solutions, LLC Technical Instructor team since 2001, Joe's areas of expertise are varied and include a number of Microsoft technologies, especially Windows Server and Microsoft Exchange, Cisco routing and switching technologies, as well as VMware's vSphere and Horizon products. Martin Wuesthoff Technical Instructor: MCT, SQL Business Intelligence and Data Modeling, Windows PowerShell Expert, Microsoft Exchange Server Bachelor's in Music Teacher Education, University of Connecticut Martin has been a successful technical trainer for nearly 2 decades. In that time, he has trained thousands of students on many different Microsoft Server products included SQL Server, SSIS, SSRS, SSAS, SharePoint BI, PowerShell, Windows Server, IIS, ISA Server, SMS, SCOM, SQL Server, VB Scripting and Exchange Server. He is highly ranked by students and focuses on providing real -world examples and practical knowledge. FACULTY z, CER�TIFIEDAN9&TRUCT©RS MEMBER EXPERIENCE & QUALIFICATIONS Matt VanRhysseghem Technical Instructor: Microsoft Office Specialist, CompTIA A+, Sec+, Net+ and Applications Instructor With a lengthy background in management, training and computing, Matt has been knowledgeable in many areas of the IT industry including hardware, software and networking. Matt has been an instructor with for over 2.5 years with training focused primarily on software applications, ranging from Microsoft Office and Windows to cloud -based services like Google Applications and Office 365. In addition, his experience with the CompTIA certification objectives, leading instruction for both A + and Network+. Free time activities include hiking, gaming, reading, writing and basically anything that gets me outside and moving, Matt is a great fit at as it combines his love of computers with his love of conversation and social interaction. In his words "I absolutely love what I do and think thatthere's no betterfeeling than helping someone solve a problem they've been struggling with or seeing that light bulb come on when you show them something that they had maybe never considered possible" Nicholas (Nick) Lane Technical Instructor: MCT, MCSE, MCSA, MCITP, MCTS, MCP, EC -Council Certified Instructor, CEH, CompTIA A+, Network+, Security+, CASP and Cloud Essentials Computer Repair, Electronics & Networking Degree from Nassau Tech BOCES Vocational Institute Since 1999, Nick has provided Technical Solutions, Systems Administration, Desktop Support, Technical and Applications Training to thousands of satisfied customers. He joined the Career Development Solutions; LLC team in 2005 and, over that timeframe, Nick received recognition as one of the Top 25 Technical Instructors in the World on five separate occasions from . Nick specializes in delivering Microsoft, CompTIA and EC -Council technical training. Rhett Williams Technical Instructor: MCT, MCSE, MCSA, MCITP, MCTS, MCP, RHCI, RHCA, RHCE, CCSI, CCNA, CompTIA A+, Network+ and CTT+, BA in History from California State University, Fullerton Rhett has over 30 years instructing experience and he has been a technical instructor for Career Development Solutions, LLC since 1996..He has a wide range of technical training capabilities including network operating systems, database administration and development, application development, internetworking and network security. As a Red Hat Certified Architect and Instructor, Rhett's training focus has been on various Red Hat technologies, especially Red Hat Enterprise Linux, Red Hat Virtualization and Red Hat OpenStack. He received recognition as a Top 25 Technical Instructor in the World from and, in 2013, Red Hat recognized Rhett as their Training Advocate of the Year. FACULTY MEMBER NME CERTIFIED INSTRUCTORS r- EXPERIENCE & QUALIFICATIONS Marco Quezada IT Technical Trainer Bachelor of Science Information Systems. More than 20 years of computer experience including website design, network administration, Teaching CompTIA A+, Network+, Security+ and Microsoft Office Specialist classes since 1996. Held many high-level positions at educational institutions including Director of Marketing, Director of Compliance, IT Manager, and Computer Department Chairman Patrick Shafer IT Technical Trainer: CompTIA A+, CompTIA Network+. Associates Degree in Communications: Sierra College - Rocklin, CA 20 years of building and maintaining computer systems. For the past year, I have been mentoring students who are looking to get certifications of their own. Certifications: CompTIA A+, CompTIA Network+. Ross Benavides IT Technical Trainer CompTIA l� Employment EDD Development Department State of California DIRECTIVE Date: November 10, 2021 Number: WSD21-03 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES EXECUTIVE SUMMARY CC( ALIFORNIA Workforce Development Board This policy provides guidance and establishes the procedures applicable to the training providers and programs listed on the state and local Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL) under the Workforce Innovation and OpportunityAct (WIOA). This policy applies to Local Workforce Development Boards (Local Boards), and is effective on the date of issuance. This policy contains some state -imposed requirements. All state -imposed requirements are indicated by bold, italic type. This Directive finalizes Workforce Services Draft Directive ETPL Policy and Procedures (WSDD- 215), issued for comment on September 3, 2020. The Workforce Development Community submitted 131 comments during the draft comment period. A summary of comments, including all changes, is provided as Attachment 8. This policy supersedes Workforce Services Directive WIOA Eligible Training Provider List - Policy and Procedures (WSD15-07) dated November 10, 2015. Retain this Directive until further notice. REFERENCES • Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (Public Law 113-128) Sections 3, 116, 122, 123, 129, 134, and 404 • Title 20 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 677: Performance Accountability Under Title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (Uniform Guidance), Sections 677.150 and 677.230 • Title 20 CFR Part 680: Adult and Dislocated Worker Activities Under Title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (DOL Exceptions), Sections 680.200, 680.210, 680.230, 680.300, 680.310, 680.320, 680.330, 680.340, 680.350, 680.410, 680.420, 680.430, 680.450, 680.460, 680.470, 680.480, 680.490, 680.500, 680.520, and 680.530 The EDD is an equal opportunity employer/program. Auxiliary aids and services are available upon request to individuals with disabilities. Revised February 22, 2023 Page 1 of 5 DIC: 12 EXHIBIT C • Title 20 CFR Part 681: Youth Activities Under Title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (DOL Exceptions), Sections 681.480 and 681.540 • Title 34 CFR Part 600: Definitions (Department of Education), Section 600.2 • Training and Employment Guidance Letter (TEGL) 8-19, Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) Title I Training Provider Eligibility and State List of Eligible Training Providers (ETPs) and Programs (January 2, 2020) • TEGL 3-18, Eligible Training Provider (ETP) Reporting Guidance under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) (August, 31, 2018) • TEGL 19-16, Guidance on Services provided through the Adult and Dislocated Worker Programs under the WIOA and the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Services, as amended by title III of WIOA, and for Implementation of the WIOA Final Rules (March 1, 2017) • TEGL 13-16, Guidance on Registered Apprenticeship Provisions and Opportunities in the WIOA (January 12, 2017) • California Code of Regulations Division 7.5 • California Education Code Sections 94801.5, 94850.5, and 94874 • California Unemployment Insurance Code (CUIC) Section 14005 • CUIC Section 14230 • Workforce Services Directive WSD22-08, ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (January 17, 2023) • WSD22-01, Performance Guidance (July 18, 2022) • WSD19-10, Recovery of WIOA Tuition and Training Refunds (February 20, 2020) • WSD19-06, CaIJOBS Activity Codes (December 27, 2019) • WSD17-01, Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Procedures (August 1, 2017) • California's Unified Strategic Workforce Development Plan BACKGROUND WIOA Section 122 requires states to establish and maintain a list of training providers who are eligible to receive WIOA Title I, subtitle B funds for training services. An America's Job Center of Californiasm (AJCC) may issue an Individual Training Account (ITA) to a WIOA Title I, subtitle B eligible individual (out of school youth age 16-24, adult or dislocated worker) to fund training services. The Employment Development Department (EDD) is the entity responsible for publishing, disseminating, and maintaining the comprehensive California (CA) ETPL with performance and cost information. In addition, the EDD is responsible for ensuring programs meet the eligibility criteria and performance levels established in this Directive; removing programs that do not meet the program criteria or performance levels established in this Directive; and taking enforcement actions against providers that intentionally provide inaccurate information, or that substantially violate the requirements of WIOA. Page 2 of 5 EXHIBIT C Likewise, the Local Board is responsible for carrying out the procedures outlined in this Directive; work with the state to ensure there are sufficient numbers and types of providers of training services with expertise in assisting individuals with disabilities, and adults in need of adult education and literacy activities; developing and maintaining a local ETPL; and ensuring the dissemination of the CA and local ETPL through the AJCCs, including in formats accessible to individuals with disabilities. In cooperation with stakeholders, the State has adopted the following principles when developing the CA ETPL policies and procedures: 1. Simplicity —Avoid imposing burdens that inhibit the participation of quality training providers. 2. Customer Focus —The policies and procedures support the collection and presentation of easily accessible and reliable training program information for both individuals seeking career and occupational training information, and career planners who assist participants eligible for training services. 3. Informed Consumer Choice —The CA ETPL includes locally approved training programs that lead to self -sustainable careers in the local/regional economy, as supported by current labor market information identifying industry sectors and occupational clusters that are high -growth, high -demand, projecting skills shortages, and/or vital to the regional economy. 4. Training Delivery Flexibility — Policies and procedures that foster and support the inclusion of various types of training delivery that expand opportunities for consumer choice. 5. Quality — Ensure a comprehensive list of quality training programs that meet minimum performance standards, and provide industry -valued skills in priority industry sectors. Information must be accurate, transparent, accessible, and user-friendly. 6. Respect for Local Autonomy —The policy remains supportive of the autonomy WIOA grants to the Local Boards. In addition, this policy and Local Board policies should align with the three policy objectives outlined in the California Unified Strategic Workforce Development Plan: 1. Fostering demand -driven skills attainment —Workforce and education programs need to align program content with the state's industry sector needs so as to provide California's employers and businesses with the skilled workforce necessary to compete in the global economy. 2. Enabling upward mobility for all Californians —Workforce and education programs need to be accessible for all Californians, especially populations with barriers to employment, and ensure that everyone has access to a marketable set of skills, and is Page 3 of 5 EXHIBIT C able to access the level of education necessary to get a good job that ensures both long- term economic self-sufficiency and economic security. 3. Aligning, coordinating, and integrating programs and services — Workforce and education programs must economize limited resources to achieve scale and impact, while also providing the right services to clients, based on each client's particular and potentially unique needs, including any needs for skills -development. POLICY AND PROCEDURES This policy establishes the types of allowable training services, consumer choice, the difference between the state and local ETPL, the requirement for Local Boards to establish a ETPL policy, eligibility criteria and procedures for initial and continued eligibility for CA ETPL training providers and programs, the federally mandated Eligible Training Provider Performance Report (ETP Report), and the roles and responsibilities of the Local Boards and the EDD in maintaining the integrity of the CA ETPL. The following attachments to this Directive provide guidance and resources when implementing the CA ETPL: 1. ETPL Policy and Procedures Contains detailed information on initial and continued eligibility requirements, and the roles and responsibilities of the Local Boards, and the EDD in maintaining the integrity of the CA ETPL and the quality of the training programs offered on it. 2. ETPL Definitions Includes definitions relevant to the ETPL Policy and Procedures. 3. ETPL Local Board Delegation and Cancelation Form This form is utilized to delegate or cancel the delegation of a Local Board's ETPL responsibilities to another Local Board. The delegation includes both state and local ETPL functions. This form is required to be submitted annually. 4. CA ETP Assurances Form This form must be completed by the provider to ensure they will provide the data necessary to complete the annual ETP Report. This form must be submitted annually. 5. CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart Decision trees designed to assist Local ETPL Coordinators with determining initial and continued eligibility for the various provider types and programs. Page 4 of 5 EXHIBIT C 6. Local ETPL Coordinator Contact Form A form for Local Boards to designate the Local ETPL Coordinators and provide their contact information. 7. Summary of Comments A list of all comments received during the comment period, and responses to those comments from the EDD. 8. Errata Chronology A list of changes that were made to the Directive and its attachments. ACTION The information contained in this Directive should be shared with Local ETPL Coordinators, and all other staff involved in the administration of the ETPL. INQUIRIES If you have any questions, contact the State ETPL Coordinator at wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov. /s/JAVIER ROMERO, Deputy Director Workforce Services Branch Attachments: 1. ETPL Policy and Procedures (DOCX) 2. ETPL Definitions (DOCX) 3. ETPL Local Board Delegation and Cancelation Form (DOCX) 4. CA ETP Assurances Form (DOCX) 5. CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart (PDF) 6. Local ETPL Coordinator Contact Form (DOCX) 7. Summary of Comments (DOCX) 8. Errata Chronology (DOCX) Page 5 of 5 EXHIBIT C ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 ETPL Policy and Procedures Contents A. Introduction......................................................................................................................... 2 B. Allowable Types of Training Services................................................................................... 2 C. State and Local ETPLs........................................................................................................... 2 D. Local Board Policy................................................................................................................3 E. Consumer Choice.................................................................................................................6 F. CA ETPL Application Process................................................................................................ 6 ETPL Application Process by Provider Category..................................................................... 7 G. CA ETPL Initial Eligibility....................................................................................................... 8 Training Provider Initial Eligibility Criteria.............................................................................. 8 Training Program Initial Eligibility Criteria............................................................................11 H. CA ETPL Continued Eligibility Criteria................................................................................ 13 Training Provider Continued Eligibility Criteria.................................................................... 13 Training Program Continued Eligibility Criteria.................................................................... 13 I. Approval and Denial of Training Provider/Program.......................................................... 15 Approval of Training Provider/Program............................................................... ................ 15 Denial of a Training Provider/Program................................................................................. 15 J. Delisting Training Providers/Programs.............................................................................. 16 K. Placing Delisted Training Providers/Programs Back on the ETPL...................................... 18 L. Appeals...............................................................................................................................18 Appealsto EDD..................................................................................................................... 19 M. Maintenance of the CA ETPL.......................................................................................... 20 N. ETP Report.......................................................................................................................... 20 0. Technical Assistance and Resources.................................................................................. 20 TrainingProviders................................................................................................................. 21 LocalETPL Coordinators........................................................................................................ 21 WSD21-03 Page 1 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES A. Introduction ATTACHMENT 1 This policy establishes the types of allowable training services, consumer choice, the difference between the state and local Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL), the requirement for Local Workforce Development Boards (Local Boards) to establish an ETPL policy, eligibility criteria and procedures for initial and continued eligibility for Eligible Training Providers (ETP) and programs, the federally mandated Eligible Training Provider Performance Report (ETP Report), and the roles and responsibilities of the Local Boards and the Employment Development Department (EDD) in maintaining the integrity of the state ETPL. This document contains detailed information on initial and continued eligibility requirements, and the roles and responsibilities of the Local Boards, and the EDD in maintaining the integrity of the state ETPL and the quality of the training programs offered on it. B. Allowable Types of Training Services The following are the allowable types of training for the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) Title I program: a. Occupational skills training, including nontraditional employment. b. On -the -Job Training (OJT). c. Incumbent Worker Training (IWT). d. Programs that combine workplace training with related instruction, which may include cooperative education programs. e. Training programs operated by the private sector. f. Skill upgrading and retraining. g. Entrepreneurial training. h. Job readiness training provided in combination with the training services described in (a) through (g) above. i. Adult education and literacy activities, including activities of English language acquisition and integrated education and training programs, provided concurrently or in combination with services provided with the training services described in (a) through (g) above. j. Customized training conducted with a commitment by an employer, or group of employers, to employ an individual upon successful completion of the training. While all of the above are allowable training services under WIOA, service types b, c, and j are not required to be on the ETPL. C. State and Local ETPLs Local Boards and the EDD are responsible for working together to identify ETPs for the state ETPL. The state ETPL creates a pool of ETPs that Local Boards can utilize to establish their local ETPL. In California, the state ETPL is called the California (CA) ETPL. Each Local Board must maintain a local list of training providers and programs. Local Boards may add additional local requirements for providers and/or programs (except for WSD21-03 Page 2 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 apprenticeship programs) to be eligible on the local ETPL. Local Boards must include all CA ETPL approved apprenticeship programs on their local ETPL. Adding additional local requirements may result in providers that are on the CA ETPL, but may not be eligible for inclusion on the local ETPL. While additional requirements may be added for the local ETPL, Local Boards may only include training providers on their list that are approved for the CA ETPL. If the Local Board is reviewing provider and/or program applications for inclusion on the ETPL, the Local Board must conduct the state eligibility review first, and then determine eligibility for inclusion on their local ETPL. When conducting the state eligibility review, the Local Board must do so using only the state's requirements, and not the Local Board's additional requirements. Local Boards that do not add additional requirements must include all of the providers/programs on the CA ETPL on their local ETPL, whereas Local Boards with additional requirements may have a subset of the state list as depicted in the diagram below: Note — Providers on the local ETPL must be on the CA ETPL. Note —Additional functionality is being added to the CalJOBSsm system to enable Local Boards to identify the training providers and programs approved for their local ETPL. D. Local Board Policy Each Local Board must develop local policies that provide sufficient consumer protection and oversight of training providers. These policies must meet the minimum requirements of the procedures outlined in this Directive, and may include additional requirements as deemed appropriate by the Local Board. Such policies must include, but are not limited to, processes that achieve the following: • Ensure participants can avail themselves of, and are made aware of, grievance/complaint procedures. Please reference Workforce Services Directive WIOA Grievance and Complaint Resolution Procedures (WSD18-05) for guidance. • Recover WIOA training funds. Please reference Recovery of WIOA Tuition and Training WSD21-03 Page 3 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Refunds (WSD19-10) for guidance on recovering training funds. Outline any additional eligibility requirements providers and/or programs (except apprenticeship programs) must meet to be listed on the local ETPL. o These requirements must support the creation of a list that ensures provider performance, job -driven training, informed consumer choice, continuous improvement, and cost-effective investment of public funds. o Requirements may include, but are not limited to: ■ Additional performance requirements. ■ Program location. • Accreditation requirements. • Cost. Include the timeline for initial and continued eligibility review for inclusion on the local ETPL. o Continued eligibility review for the CA ETPL must be completed annually, and review for the local ETPL must be completed at least once every two years. o Within the federally required timeline in the previous bullet, Local Boards have discretion on when they conduct initial and continued eligibility for inclusion on the local ETPL. The following are just a few examples of options for local review: • Review entire local ETPL every two years. • Review each provider/program annually. • Review on the anniversary of when the provider/program established continued eligibility on the local ETPL. • Process for delisting training provider/programs from the local ETPL. • Provide comparable training opportunities if the training providergoes out of business. If the training provider is a Bureau of Private Postsecondary Education (BPPE) approved provider, the policy should include the requirement to coordinate with BPPE's Office of Student Assistant Relief. Ensure training programs lead to at least one of the following: 1) credentials and/or certificates valued by employers, or 2) training -related employment as a result of gaining measurable technical skills for a specific occupation. This requirement ensures that training programs lead to high -quality jobs, as described in the California Unified Strategic Workforce Development Plan. lob quality serves the workforce development system and broader public sector by protecting investments in training. Please see ETPL Definitions (Attachment 2) for a definition of a postsecondary credential, as well as a definition of a training program that leads to employment. o Please note, a program on the ETPL that only leads to employment will negatively affect a Local Board's Credential Attainment rate, since all individuals in an education or training program are included in the measure. Please refer to CaIJOBS Activity Codes (WSD19-06) Attachment 3 for a list of activity codes that place individuals into the Credential Attainment performance measure. WSD21-03 Page 4 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 • Verify and document participant attendance at regular intervals throughout the length of the training program. Per WSD19-10, the Local Board should check with the training provider to ensure clients are still in the training program each month. If not able to check monthly, the Local Board must check at least quarterly. • Require providers to maintain sufficient records and to make these records available for monitoring or audit by either the Local Board and/or the state. • Ensure there are no conflicts of interest between the Local Board and the provider, which includes, but is not limited to the following: o A prohibition on the payment of referral fees by training providers to Local Board staff, including America's Job Center of California" (AJCC) operator staff. o Decisions made by the Local Board regarding ETPs and their programs is in compliance with WIOA Section 107(h). • Outline the requirement of the Local Board to keep all training provider and program eligibility documents (either physical or electronic), and the process to provide them to the EDD within five business days, if requested. • Explain the Local ETPL Coordinator's responsibilities, which, at minimum, must include the following: o Requirement to provide technical assistance to all training providers with programs located within the Local Workforce Development Area (Local Area) seeking to be listed on the CA ETPL. o Requirement for reviewing and approving or denying providers and programs for initial eligibility in a timely manner: • The review must include eligibility for the CA ETPL that meets requirements outlined in this Directive. ■ The review must include eligibility for the local ETPL that meets requirements outlined in the Local Board's local ETPL policy. o Requirement for reviewing and approving or denying providers and programs for continued eligibility in a timely manner: ■ The review must include eligibility for the CA ETPL that meets requirements outlined in this Directive. • The review must include eligibility for the local ETPL that meets requirements outlined in the Local Board's local ETPL policy. o Method and timeline for notifying providers if they or their program(s) are removed from the CA and/or local ETPL. • Describe the appeal process that meets the requirements outlined in this Directive. In addition, Local Board policies shall include the following for training providers who are deemed exempt per California Education Code (CEC) Section 94874, and are not regionally accredited by an accrediting institution: • Verification of the instructor's credentials or experience. WSD21-03 Page 5 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 • Ensure the financial stability of the training provider. • Annual inspection of the schools or training programs. • Ensure actual instruction is taking place. • Ensure instructional equipment and instruction meet current industry standards. Local Boards may delegate their responsibility of the ETPL to another Local Board to act on their behalf in making nominations for training providers and programs to be listed on the CA ETPL, and the creation of their local ETPL. To delegate, or cancel an existing delegation, please complete and submit the ETPL Local Board Delegation and Cancelation Form (Attachment 3). Any Local Boards that delegate their ETPL responsibilities to another Local Board must complete this form annually between July 1st and July 30". Due to the signature requirement (physical or electronic signature), this form should be emailed as an attachment. E. Consumer Choice Training services must be provided in a manner that maximizes informed consumer choice in selecting an eligible provider and program. Each Local Board must make the local ETPL available to customers. Additionally, the Local Board must make available information identifying ETPs for OJT, customized training, and IWT. After consultation with a career planner, an individual who has been determined eligible for training services may select an ETP from the Local Board's local ETPL. Unless the program has exhausted training funds for the program year, the Local Board must refer the individual to the selected provider, and establish an Individual Training Account (ITA) for the individual to pay for training. A referral may be carried out by providing a voucher or certificate to the individual to obtain training. The cost of the referral of an individual with an ITA to a training provider is paid by the applicable Adult, Dislocated Worker, or Youth program. F. CA ETPL Application Process For a provider to be listed on the CA ETPL, the provider must have its information entered into the CaIJOBS ETPL module. It is the Local ETPL Coordinator's role to provide assistance and guidance to training providers who register in CaIJOBS. Once all necessary information is entered, the Local ETPL Coordinator must review and nominate the training provider and/or program to the State ETPL Coordinator for inclusion on the CA ETPL ensuring all information provided is complete, accurate, and current, and is in alignment with this Directive. The EDD will review applications for the CA ETPL within 30 days of receipt from the Local Board. WSD21-03 Page 6 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Once the provider and/or program is approved and included on the CA ETPL, the Local Board must review, and approve or deny the training provider for inclusion on their local ETPL ensuring all information is in alignment with their Local Board policy. ETPL Application Process by Provider Category 1. In -State Training Provider All training providers that have a training site(s) in CA and wish to be listed on the CA ETPL are required to be registered in CaIJOBS. The training provider shall provide all the training provider information required in the CaIJOBS ETPL module. The training provider must upload a signed CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. If the in -state training provider is a Department of Labor (DOL) Registered Apprenticeship or California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR), Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS) approved apprenticeship, please see the Training Provider Initial Eligibility section below. Local Boards must review and nominate a provider headquartered in their Local Area for the CA ETPL if the provider meets state eligibility requirements. If a provider has multiple locations, the Local Board(s) in the area of the provider locations must nominate the program(s) to the State ETPL Coordinator. 2. Distance Education Training Providers All Distance Education training providers that wish to be listed on the CA ETPL are required to be registered in CaIJOBS. The training provider shall provide all the training provider information required in the CaIJOBS ETPL module. The training provider must upload a signed CA ETP Assurances Farm (Attachment 4) to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. The State ETPL Coordinator will determine if a Distance Education training provider is eligible to be on the CA ETPL using the eligibility criteria in this Directive. If a Local ETPL Coordinator is contacted by a Distance Education training provider, the provider should be referred to wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov for assistance. 3. Out -of -State Training Providers All training providers, other than Distance Education training providers, that have training sites located only outside of CA cannot be listed on the CA ETPL. Local Boards cannot utilize an ITA with out-of-state training providers unless leveraging an approved ETPL reciprocal agreement. Please see ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (WSD22-08) for more information on the use of approved agreements. Please reference the CaIJOBS ETPL Module Guide Card (located on the Staff Online Resources page in CalJOBS) for detailed information on the CaIJOBS process for registering new training providers. WSD21-03 Page 7 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES G. CA ETPL Initial Eligibility ATTACHMENT 1 Training Provider Initial Eligibility Criteria Initial eligibility applies to providers previously not listed on the CA ETPL under the WIOA or the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA). The initial eligibility period is one year (365 days). The Local ETPL Coordinator is responsible for reviewing the training provider's initial eligibility prior to nominating for inclusion on the CA ETPL. The following institution types are eligible for inclusion on the CA ETPL: 1. Adult education secondary schools, as long as the activities are provided in combination with occupational skills training. 2. Pre -apprenticeship and apprenticeship providers. 3. Private postsecondary institutions. 4. Public postsecondary institutions. The initial eligibility process for each for the training provider types listed above is based on the following: 1. Adult Education Secondary Schools Training providers must be an eligible provider of adult education and literacy activities under Title II of WIOA. Adult education and/or literacy activities must be offered concurrently, or in combination with, occupational skills training. A list of Title II providers can be found on the California Department of Education (CDE) website. 2. Pre -apprenticeship and Apprenticeship Providers a. Pre -apprenticeship Provider Training providers must have a letter of commitment from a DOL registered or DIR DAS approved apprenticeship program. To be listed on the CA ETPL, the pre -apprenticeship program must award an industry -recognized credential or certificate. The state will not enter information on pre -apprenticeship training programs, this information will be entered by Local Boards, if necessary. Pre -apprenticeship programs are considered Individualized Career Services under WIOA, and thus are not required to be on the ETPL. Pre -apprenticeship programs that do not result in an industry -recognized credential or certificate cannot be listed on the ETPL; however, those pre -apprenticeship programs that do provide an industry -recognized certificate or credential can be listed on the ETPL and used in conjunction with an ITA. The California Workforce Development Board (State Board) and each Local Board must ensure that federal WIOA funds awarded for pre -apprenticeship training in the building and construction trades fund programs and services that follow the Multi -Craft Core Curriculum (MC3) implemented by the CDE and that develop a plan to help increase the representation of women in those trades. WIOA prohibits Title I funds from being used for "construction, purchase of facilities or buildings, or other capital expenditures for improvements to land or buildings except with WSD21-03 Page 8 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 prior approval." b. DOL Registered Apprenticeships and DIR DAS Approved Apprenticeships DOL registered apprenticeships and DIR DAS approved apprenticeships are automatically eligible to be listed on the CA ETPL and do not have any eligibility requirements. The state will reach out to new apprenticeship programs to inform them of the opportunity to join the CA ETPL. If the provider opts into the ETPL, the apprenticeship program will be placed on the ETPL by the state. The State Board and Local Boards shall, to the maximum extent feasible, coordinate their pre -apprenticeship and apprenticeship training programs with one or more DIR DAS approved apprenticeship for the occupation and geographic area. 3. Private Postsecondary Institutions (for -profit or non-profit) Training providers be must be accredited by the Accrediting Commission for Schools (ACS) Western Association of Schools and Colleges (WASC); the WASC Senior College and University Commission (WSCUC); have current BPPE Approval to Operate; current Verification of Exemption by BPPE; or are deemed exempt per California Education Code (CEC) Section 94874. Note that providers who are deemed exempt are not required to have a Verification of Exemption. However, if EDO is unable to determine the specific exemption that the provider falls under, then EDD reserves the right to request that the provider obtain a Verification of Exemption from the BPPE. Providers that fall under exemptions (a), (d), (f), or (h) of CEC Section 94874 are not eligible for the ETPL. A Distance Education provider without a physical presence in California that offers postsecondary distance education to California students for a fee must be registered with the BPPE. Private Distance Education higher education institutions that are degree granting, non-profit, and accredited are not required to register with BPPE, but must be accredited by the ACS WASC, the WSCUC, or on agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. For more information on the BPPE Out -of -State Institution registration, please see the BPPE Out -of -State Institution Registration webpage. For a directory of accredited schools, please visit ACS WASC and WSCUC. For more information regarding BPPE Approval to Operate, or current Verification of Exemption, please visit the BPPE website. If the training provider has a BPPE Approval to Operate, Verification of Exemption, or Out -of -State Institution Registration, the document must be uploaded to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. 4. Public Postsecondary Institutions a. Public Postsecondary Community Colleges WSD21-03 Page 9 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Training providers must be accredited by the WASC Accrediting Commission for Community and Junior Colleges (AMC). The following website can be utilized to search for the WASC ACCJC accredited colleges: WASC ACJCC. For public postsecondary community colleges not WASC ACCIC accredited, but are currently in the initial accreditation process, the Local Board can nominate the training provider, and the State Board and the EDD will determine whether the community college meets the training provider initial eligibility criteria. b. CA State University (CSU) and University of CA (UC) Training providers must be accredited by the WSCUC. The following website can be utilized to search for WSCUC accredited colleges: WSCUC. In addition to the above requirements, all training providers (with the exception of apprenticeship programs) must meet the following: All training providers are subject to the Equal Opportunity and Nondiscrimination requirements found in Section 188 of WIOA. All Local Boards must ensure a training provider is in compliance prior to nominating the training providerto be on the CA ETPL. Equal Opportunity and Non -Discrimination procedures should be posted at the AJCC and approved training providers' facilities, and provided to each participant upon enrollment in a CA ETPL training program. It is critical for Local Boards to utilize EDD- provided monitoring tools to evaluate the providers, and to upload appropriate documents to the Documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. It is also important to note that all site locations for a provider must be in compliance with WIOA Section 188. For more information, refer to Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Procedures (WSD17-01). Provide information supporting the provider's partnership with business. This may include information about the quality and quantity of employer partnerships. Enter program(s) of training services into CaIJOBS. The training provider should only enter the program(s) desired to be on the CA ETPL. If the program is offered with multiple modes of delivery, curriculum, or course lengths, the program must be entered separately for each variation. Please reference ETPL Definitions (Attachment 2) for the definition of a Training Program. A signed copy of the CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) is uploaded to the Documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. This form must be uploaded annually, prior to the provider being reviewed for eligibility. Once the training provider completes the CA ETPL application on CaIJOBS, the Local ETPL Coordinator is responsible for reviewing the provider's information and either denying their inclusion on the CA ETPL, or nominating them for review by the State ETPL Coordinator through the CaIJOBS approval process. The Local ETPL Coordinator must review and nominate, or deny a training provider profile within 30 days of the completed application date. WSD21-03 Page 10 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 The Local Board that contains the headquarters of the provider is responsible for nominating the provider profile. Please reference the Approval or Denial of Training Provider/Program section of this attachment for additional information. Training Program Initial Eligibility Criteria Initial eligibility applies to a program previously not listed on the CA ETPL under the WIOA or the WIA. The initial eligibility period is one year (365 days). After a training provider meets the training provider initial eligibility criteria listed above, been nominated by the Local Board, and approved by the State ETPL Coordinator, each individual training program must meet the following requirements to be listed on the CA ETPL: The training program must be for occupations in in -demand industry sectors identified by the state, region, or Local Board. In -demand or priority industry sector information must be verified with the State Board and/or Local Board. The training program provides training services that lead to an industry -recognized credential, national or state certificate, or degree, including all industry appropriate competencies, licensing and/or certification requirements, or employment in a specific occupation after receiving measurable technical skills. Please note the training program does not have to issue the credential, but the training program should prepare the individual to obtain the credential. For example, a Class A Truck Driving program does not issue the Class A driver's license, but it should prepare the individual to pass the state -issued exam to obtain the license. For more information on if a training leads to an industry -recognized credential, please see DOL's Credential Attainment Decision Tree. • The cost in the Cost Details tab in the program wizard should match the cost of a member of the general public enrolling in the program without assistance from WIOA. This information should be available in the provider's brochure or website. If the Local Board works out a different cost with the provider, then the cost information in the training activity code will need to be updated to reflect the different cost. • The mode of instruction, and class schedule(s) are consistent with the provider's advertised brochure/website. If a program is offered with multiple modes of instruction (e.g., online and in -person) or durations, the program needs to be entered separately for each variation. • For providers with a BPPE Approval to Operate, the training program and its location are BPPE approved'. • For WASC accredited training providers where the program's instruction and/or curriculum development is entirely sub -contracted to another entity or third party vendor, the training provider directly receiving tuition and related instruction fees 1 For providers with a BPPE Approval to Operate, not all BPPE training programs are automatically eligible to be listed on the CA ETPL. WSD21-03 Page 11 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 (e. g., ITA) must meet the requirements outlined in this directive, and register in CaIJOBS as a provider. See ETPL Definitions (Attachment 2) for the definition of third - party subcontracting and what is considered allowable. Program must provide and meet the following performance metrics based on aggregate data for all students in the program to ensure the program supports the ability for the individual to obtain an industry -recognized postsecondary credential, and/or employment upon completion of the program. The provider must provide performance data for the prior complete program year (July 1—June 30). o Public Postsecondary Community Colleges, CSUs, UCs, and Adult Education Secondary Schools are required to provide performance information for consideration of placement on the CA ETPL, but due to heavy state oversight, investment, and the inability to capture true program outcome data, these institution types are not required to meet a specific performance threshold to be listed on the CA ETPL. The following performance data must be provided and listed in CaIJOBS: • Of individuals that exited the program, the percentage who successfully completed the training program (did not withdraw or transfer out of the program). • Of individuals that successfully completed the training program, the percentage who are employed within six months of graduating from the training program. For occupations for which the state requires passing an examination, the six month period begins after the announcement of the examination results for the first examination available after a student completes the program. o Private Postsecondary Institutions are required to meet and provide the following performance data in CaIJOBS: • Of individuals who exited the program, 50% successfully completed the training program (did not withdraw or transfer out of the program). • Of individuals who successfully completed the training program, 50% are employed within six months of graduating from the training program. For occupations for which the state requires passing an examination, the six month period begins after the announcement of the examination results for the first examination available after a student completes the program. Please note —Apprenticeship programs are not subject to program initial eligibility criteria. Once the training provider enters the program into CaIJOBS, the Local ETPL Coordinator is responsible for reviewing the program information and either denying their inclusion on the CA ETPL, or nominating them for review by the State ETPL Coordinator through the CaIJOBS approval process. The Local ETPL Coordinator must review and nominate, or deny a training program within 30 days of the completed application date. WSD21-03 Page 12 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 The Local Board where the program is located is responsible for nominating the program. Please reference the Approval or Denial of Training Provider/Program section of this attachment for additional information. For more information regarding the training provider and program initial eligibility process, please refer to the CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart (Attachment 5). H. CA ETPL Continued Eligibility Criteria Training Provider Continued Eligibility Criteria Continued eligibility applies to all training providers listed on the CA ETPL at any time under the WIOA or WIA, and whose initial eligibility has expired. A training provider's initial and continued eligibility is valid for 365 days after the provider is approved for the ETPL. Since providers can be reviewed year-round, all active training providers on the CA ETPL will be evaluated annually by the EDD no earlier than 60 days, and no later than 30 days prior to the provider's eligibility expiration date to ensure they continue to meet eligibility to be retained on the CA ETPL. To determine continued eligibility, the EDD must verify that the training provider continues to meet the requirements outlined in the Training Provider Initial Eligibility Criteria section of this Directive. DOL registered apprenticeships and DIR DAS approved apprenticeships do not have any continued eligibility requirements and will remain on the ETPL. It is recommended that apprenticeships update their program information annually. In addition, providers on the CA ETPL for two full program years (July 1 — June 30) must have at least one Title 1, subtitle B enrollment during the previous two program years. If removed due to enrollment requirements, a provider must wait six (6) months from removal to submit their ETPL application for reinstatement and will not be held to the enrollment requirement when determining continued eligibility for placement back onto the list. Training Program Continued Eligibility Criteria Continued eligibility applies to all training programs listed on the CA ETPL at any time under the WIOA or WIA and whose initial eligibility has expired. A training program's initial and continued eligibility is valid for 365 days after the program is approved for the ETPL. Since programs can be reviewed year-round, all active training programs on the CA ETPL will be evaluated annually by the Local Board no earlier than 60 days, and no later than 30 days prior to the program's eligibility expiration date to ensure they continue to meet eligibility to be retained on the CA ETPL. Training providers must reapply for WIOA program certification using CaIJOBS. All applications for continued eligibility of training programs will be evaluated as they are received, by the Local Board and EDD, to ensure they continue to meet eligibility to be retained on the CA ETPL. The Local Board where the program is located is responsible for evaluating the program. WSD21-03 Page 13 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 After a training provider has met the training provider continued eligibility criteria listed above, each individual training program must meet the following requirements to retain their listing on the CA ETPL: • Training program information is reviewed and updated in CalJOBS. • Training program meets all requirements outlined above in the Training Program Initial Eligibility Criteria section of this attachment. CA ETPL training programs must meet performance metrics to retain their eligibility on the ETPL. The EDD will negotiate with DOL to establish yearly performance goals based on the WIOA primary indicators of performance. For continued eligibility, CA ETPL training programs (with the exception of apprenticeship programs, Adult Education programs, Community Colleges, UCs and CSUs) must meet or exceed the performance metrics required in initial eligibility, as well as the negotiated state -level Title I Adult performance goals. The EDD will publish the state -level negotiated performance goals in a Workforce Services Information Notice located on the EDD website. The continued eligibility performance calculations for each program is based on WIOA participant performance, and is verified using the federal ETP Report published annually by the state. Providers are required to collect and submit aggregate performance data for all students to EDD. The following outlines the performance metrics for continued eligibility: o The program must meet the following performance metric for all students for the most recent complete program year (July 1—June 30): • Oindividuak who exited the program; 50'0 successfully completed (did not withdraw or transfer) the program. o The program must meet the following performance metrics for WIOA participants for the most recent complete program year (July 1—June 30)2: • Employment Rate 2nd Quarter after Exit meets the state's negotiated goal for the Title I Adult program. • Employment Rate 4th Quarter after Exit meets the state's negotiated goal for the Title I Adult program. • Median Earnings meet the state's negotiated goal for the Title I Adult program. • Credential Attainment meets the state's negotiated goal for the Title I Adult program (if applicable). • Measurable Skill Gains meets the state's negotiated goal for the Title I Adult program. z With the exception of completers, providers will be held accountable for the performance measures in which two complete years of data is available for their program(s) on the ETP Report. WSD21-03 Page 14 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Please see CaIJOBS ETPL Module Guide Card (located on the Staff Online Resources page in CaIJOBS) for instructions on how providers reapply for WIOA program certification in CalJOBS. For detailed information regarding the definitions and calculations of the WIOA primary indicators of performance, please see Performance Guidance (WSD22-01). Please refer to the CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart (Attachment 5) to determine if a training provider and its program(s) meet the continued eligibility criteria to remain on the CA ETPL. I. Approval and Denial of Training Provider/Program Approval of Training Provider/Program After reviewing to ensure the provider/program meets the eligibility criteria above, the Local Board can nominate the training provider/program to the state for review. If nominating the provider to the State ETPL Coordinator, the signed CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) must be uploaded to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. The State ETPL Coordinator will review providers within 30 days of their nomination by the Local Board. The EDD will review the provider/program's information to ensure it meets all initial or continued eligibility requirements outlined in this Directive. If eligible, the State ETPL Coordinator will approve the provider/program for the CA ETPL, and notify the Local ETPL Coordinator. if the Local Board has additional local ETPL eligibility requirements, the Local ETPL Coordinator must review all CA ETPL approved distance education programs, as well as all in- state CA ETPL approved programs located in the Regional Planning Unit for inclusion on their local ETPL. If the Local Board does not have additional local ETPL eligibility requirements, all approved CA ETPL programs must be included on the Local Board's local ETPL. Denial of a Training Provider/Program After review, if a Local Board determines the training provider/program does not meet the requirements to be listed on the CA ETPL, the Local Board must inform the training provider in writing with the reason(s) for the denial, and provide information on the Local Board appeal process within 30 days of receipt of the application. A copy of the written notification provided to the provider must be uploaded to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS within 10 business days of issuance. If the Local Board nominates a provider/program to the state for review, but upon review, the State ETPL Coordinator denies the training provider/program listing on the CA ETPL, the EDD must inform the Local Board of the denial and the reason(s) for the denial within 30 days of receipt of the nomination. The Local Board must in turn inform the training provider in writing with the reason(s) for the denial, and information on the Local Board appeal process within 30 WSD21-03 Page 15 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 days of receipt of the EDD's decision. A copy of the written notification provided to the provider must be uploaded to the document section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS within 10 business days of issuance. If the training provider is able to rectify the issue that caused the denial, the Local Board can review the information and resubmit to the State ETPL Coordinator for review. For example, if a provider is denied solely because the CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) was not uploaded to CaIJOBS, the State ETPL Coordinator would notify the Local Board, which would notify the provider. The Local Board can then nominate the provider again once the form is uploaded to CaIJOBS. The training provider's request to be on the CA ETPL must be denied if the training provider fails to provide complete information, intentionally provides inaccurate information, or has substantially violated any WIOA requirement(s). If the EDD, in consultation with the nominating Local Board, determines a training provider intentionally supplied inaccurate information or violated any WIOA requirement(s), the EDD or the Local Board shall deny the training provider's application for the CA ETPL, and the training provider is not allowed to be reconsidered for inclusion on the CA ETPL for at least two years. If approved for inclusion on the CA ETPL, but the Local ETPL Coordinator determines the training provider/program does not meet their local ETPL requirements, the Local Board must inform the training provider in writing with the reason(s) for the denial, and information on the Local Board appeal process within 30 days of receipt of the application. A copy of the written notification provided to the provider must be uploaded to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaUOBS within 10 business days of issuance. J. Delisting Training Providers/Programs To ensure the integrity of the CA ETPL, the Local Board or the EDD will remove a training provider or program from the CA ETPL at any time for the items below: 1. The training provider will be immediately removed from the CA ETPL for any of the following reasons until such time as they meet continued eligibility. A provider who has been removed from the list for any of the following reasons is liable to repay all Adult and Dislocated Worker training funds received during the period of noncompliance: a. The training provider has lost its accreditation or its approval to operate from its regulating agency. b. A private postsecondary training provider no longer meets the exempt criteria per CEC Section 94874, or the provider's Verification of Exemption by BPPE (if required by the EDD) expired or is revoked, and the provider does not have a new Verification of Exemption, or BPPE Approval to Operate. c. The nonprofit Community Based Organization no longer qualifies under Section 501(c)(3) of the Federal Internal Revenue Code. d. The apprenticeship program is no longer registered with the DOL under the National Apprenticeship Act, or is no longer approved by DIR DAS. The State WSD21-03 Page 16 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 ETPL Coordinator is responsible for removing apprenticeship programs. e. The pre -apprenticeship program no longer has a Letter of Commitment from a DOL registered or DIR DAS approved apprenticeship program, or no longer leads to an industry -recognized postsecondary credential. f. It is determined the provider sub -contracted instruction of the program to another entity without approval from WASC or BPPE. See ETPL Definitions (Attachment 2) for the definition of third -party subcontracting. g. The provider is not in compliance with WIOA Section 188. 2. A training provider will be immediately removed from the CA ETPL for a period of no less than two years for any of the reasons listed in this section. A provider who has been removed from the list for any of the following reasons is liable to repay all Adult and Dislocated Worker training funds received during the period of noncompliance: a. The state identifies the Local Board and training provider are participating in pay -to -play activities (commonly known as kickbacks) that include, but are not limited to: the Local Board received monetary or gift exchanges for (or in the hope for) referrals to a specific training provider, and/or exchanges of money or gifts to have the training provider listed on ETPL. As part of the annual on -site monitoring of Local Boards, if it is determined the Local Board is engaging in pay -to -play activities, a corrective action is required, and failure to take timely action to be in compliance may result in decertification of the Local Board involved. b. It is determined the training provider falsely reported information. c. The training provider substantially violated a provision of Title I of WIOA, or its implementing regulations. d. The training provider's top level leadership (e.g., owner, CEO, Director, etc.) is convicted of violating any federal or state law associated to the operation of the institution. 3. The EDD, in coordination with the Local Board, can remove a provider for any of the following reasons. Reactivation to the list is at the discretion of the State ETPL Coordinator and the Local Board: a. It is determined the provider is not serving or providing value to WIOA participants, and is listed on the CA ETPL solely for other purposes, such as the utilization of Workers' Compensation Supplemental Job Displacement Benefit vouchers. b. The provider has not served at least one Title I, subtitle B enrollment during the previous two program years. See "Training Provider Continued Eligibility Criteria" for requirements to be reinstated to the ETPL. c. The provider's CaIJOBS profile and/or program information is inaccurate or incomplete. d. The training provider has not demonstrated a good faith effort in providing the ETP Report data to the EDD. e. The provider no longer wishes to be listed on the CA ETPL. WSD21-03 Page 17 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 4. In an effort to safeguard WIOA funds, the training provider will be suspended from the CA ETPL if the training provider is under any federal, state, or local investigation. During the period of suspension, no new enrollments may occur, but the training provider can continue to serve existing WIOA funded enrollments. Once the investigation is complete, a review of the findings by the state will determine if the provider can be reinstated to the CA ETPL. If a training provider/program is removed from the CA ETPL, the EDD must inform the Local Board of the denial and the reason(s) for the delisting within 30 days of the removal. The Local Board must in turn inform the training provider in writing with the reason(s) for the delisting, and provide information on the Local Board appeal process within 30 days of receipt of the EDD's decision. A copy of the written notification provided to the provider must be uploaded to the document section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS within 10 business days of issuance. All training provider/programs removed from the CA ETPL must be removed from the local ETPL immediately upon notification from the EDD, as any new enrollments into a training program not eligible to be on the CA ETPL will result in disallowed costs. It is the responsibility of the EDD and the Local Board to work together to ensure any participants currently enrolled in a training program removed under items 1 and 2 experience minimal disruption. If the training provider or program is removed due to items 1, 3, or 4, any participants already enrolled (attended at least one day of instruction) can continue participation in the program until the training is complete, but no new enrollments may occur. Please see WSD19-10 for additional information regarding the recovery of training funds. K. Placing Delisted Training Providers/Programs Back on the ETPL Requests to be placed back on the CA ETPL must be submitted through the Local Board (unless the provider is a Distance Education or apprenticeship program). The training provider and program(s) must meet all criteria outlined in the CA ETPL Continued Eligibility Criteria section of this attachment to be placed back on the CA ETPL. If the training provider is removed for item 2 of the Delisting Training Providers/Programs section of this directive, two years must have passed from the time of their removal before they can be placed back onto the CA ETPL. If the training provider is removed for item 3(b) of the Delisting Training Providers/Programs section, the provider must wait 6 months from the date of removal before submitting an ETPL application for reinstatement. L. Appeals Appeals to the Local Board Each Local Board must have a written appeal process for the CA and local ETPL that includes the following required provisions: WSD21-03 Page 18 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Instructions for a training provider wishing to appeal a decision. The training provider must appeal to the Local Board in writing within 30 days of the issuance of the denial or delisting notice. The appeal must include a statement of the desire to appeal, specification of the training program(s) in question, the reason(s) for the appeal (i.e., grounds), documentation supporting the grounds for the appeal, and the signature of the appropriate training provider official. An initial informal meeting between the Local Board staff and the training provider. The purpose of this meeting is to identify if there is a simple solution to resolve the dispute. The opportunity for training providers to have a hearing. The hearing officer shall be an impartial person. The hearing officer shall provide written notice to the concerned parties of the date, time, and place of the hearing at least ten calendar days in advance of the scheduled hearing. Both parties shall have the opportunity to present oral and written testimony under oath, to call and question witnesses, request documents relevant to the proceedings, and have legal representation. The hearing officer's final decisions must be made within 60 days of receipt of the appeal, and the training provider and the Local Board notified in writing of the final decision. • A copy of the final decision must be emailed to the State ETPL Coordinator (wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov), and the Local ETPL Coordinator must upload the final decision to the Provider Profile section of CaI1OBS. Appeals to EDD Distance Education and Apprenticeship programs can appeal directly to the EDD. All other training provider may appeal to the EDD only if the local appeal process has been exhausted, and the provider is dissatisfied with the Local Board's final decision. A training provider wishing to appeal a Local Board's decision must submit a written appeal to the EDD within 30 days from the date of the Local Board's final decision. The request for appeal must include a statement of the desire to appeal, specification of the training program in question, the reason(s) for the appeal (i.e., grounds), Local Board's final decision document, and the signature of the appropriate training provider official. The appeal should be sent to: wsbetpl(@edd.ca.gov. • The EDD will promptly notify the appropriate Local Board when the EDD receives a request for appeal and when a final decision has been rendered. • The EDD will review appeals received, make a decision, and notify the training provider and the Local Board. • The EDD will upload the state's final decision to the Provider Profile in CaI1OBS. WSD21-03 Page 19 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 M. Maintenance of the CA ETPL The EDD is responsible for the maintenance and publishing of the CA ETPL. Local Boards, in turn, are responsible for ensuring all of their AJCC locations have access to the most recent version of the CA and local ETPLs. Local Boards may include additional performance, occupational, and/or industry data to augment the CA ETPL listings on their local ETPL. Local Boards, job seekers, and training providers have access to the CA ETPL on CaIJOBS by clicking the Access California's ETPL and Apprenticeship Providers link from the homepage, or by clicking More Career Services, and then Education Services section. N. ETP Report The WIOA requires the state to submit an ETP Report with the federal WIOA Annual Performance Report on October 1't utilizing a template developed jointly by the DOL and U.S. Department of Education. This report includes all WIOA and non-WIOA participants served by each training program listed on the CA ETPL'. The DOL has made the ETP Report data available to the public via trainingproviderresults.gov. The ETP Report gathers critical information, including the employment, earnings, and credentials obtained by participants in the training program. This information will be widely disseminated to assist participants and members of the general public in identifying effective training providers and programs. This information will also benefit the training provider by providing awareness of their program, and serving as a tool to potentially enhance their programs. All training providers are required to electronically submit the program participant data outlined in the CA ETPAssurances Form (Attachment 4). The state recognizes the reporting burden this causes, and understands the data limitations, so the state will work with training providers based on the available data provided. Data reporting for the annual ETP Report will be a phased approach with the state working collaboratively with Local Boards, and training providers to obtain the required information. Training providers that demonstrate a good faith effort in providing data will not be subject to removal from the ETPL; however, failure to provide any data may result in removal from the CA ETPL. Performance data from the ETP Report will be used for continued eligibility review of all training programs, excluding DOL registered or DIR DAS approved apprenticeships. O. Technical Assistance and Resources Technical assistance will be provided by BPPE, DIR DAS, Local ETPL Coordinators, and EDD on respective application processes, compliance requirements, and reporting documents. Each Local Board must identify a Local ETPL Coordinator(s) using the Local ETPL Coordinator Contact ' Apprenticeship programs are excluded from this requirement. WSD21-03 Page 20 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Form (Attachment 6). The Local Board must provide an updated form if the Local ETPL Coordinator changes, or if the existing coordinator's information changes. Training Providers Training providers may contact the Local ETPL Coordinator in their area with questions regarding the application process and eligibility (initial and continued). For basic ETPL information and a list of Local ETPL Coordinators, refer to the EDD's Eligible Training Provider List located on the EDD website. Private postsecondary training providers can obtain assistance from the BPPE through technical assistance workshops (BPPE Application Workshop and BPPE Compliance Workshop), which assists training providers in completing the BPPE Annual Reports, and online reporting tools. Apprenticeship providers that are registered with either the US DOL or CA DIR DAS and wish to be added to the ETPL should contact the State ETPL Coordinator by email: wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov. Local ETPL Coordinators Local ETPL Coordinators can communicate with the State ETPL Coordinator by email: wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov. The EDD will coordinate webinars and trainings as necessary. Announcements related to the CA ETPL will be made via email to the Local ETPL Coordinators. The CaIJOBS ETPL Module Guide Card (located on the Staff Online Resources page in CaIJOBS) provides detailed instructions to assist Local Boards with entering programs into the CaIJOBS ETPL module. The CaIJOBS system includes data entry screens and reports, and is the mandatory method to be used by training providers and Local Boards for transmitting this data to the state. For a full list of CaIJOBS Activity Codes used to track a participant's training activities, please see CaIJOBS Activity Codes (WSD19-06). WSD21-03 Page 21 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 2 ETPL DEFINITIONS Apprenticeship Program — All apprenticeship programs that are registered with the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL), Office of Apprenticeship, or approved by California (CA) Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS), are automatically eligible to be included on the CA Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL). Apprenticeship programs are a written plan designed to move an apprentice from a low or no skill entry-level position to full occupational proficiency. The apprenticeship program is sponsored by an employer, and upon completing the training program, an apprentice earns a "Completion of Registered Apprenticeship" certificate, which is an industry -issued, nationally - recognized credential. Customized Training —Training that meets the following criteria: 1. Designed to meet the specific requirements of an employer (including a group of employers). 2. Conducted with a commitment by the employer to employ an individual upon successful completion of the training. 3. The employer pays a significant portion of the cost of training, as determined by the Local Workforce Development Board (Local Board) involved, taking into account the size of the employer and such other factors as the Local Board determines to be appropriate, which may include the number of employees participating in training, wage and benefit levels of those employees at present and anticipated upon completion of the training), relation of the training to the competitiveness of a participant, and other employer -provided training and advancement opportunities. Distance Education— Education that uses only one or more of the technologies listed below to deliver instruction to students who are separated from the instructor, and to support regular and substantive interaction between the students and the instructor, whether offered concurrently or not. The technologies include the following: 1. The internet. 2. One-way and two-way transmissions through open broadcast, closed circuit, cable, microwave, broadband lines, fiber optics, satellite, or wireless communications devices. 3. Audio conferencing. Eligible Training Provider (ETP) — In order for a training provider to list a program on the ETPL, the training provider must do the following: 1. Receive funding for training services. 2. Meet the standards and requirements to be a training provider on the ETPL. 3. Provide a program of training services. 4. Be one of the following types of entities: a. Institution of Higher Education that leads to a recognized post -secondary credential. WSD21-03 Page 1 of 5 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 2 b. Entities that carry out a training program registered under the National Apprenticeship Act. c. Other public or private training providers, which may include the following: I. Nonprofit Community Based Organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Federal Internal Revenue Code. ii. Joint labor-management organizations. iii. Eligible training providers of Adult education and literacy activities under Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) Title II. ETPL Training Program Types— In order for a training provider to receive WIOA funds through an Individual Training Account (ITA), its training program(s) must be listed on the ETPL. These programs must provide training services, including, but not limited to the following (unless otherwise noted): 1. Occupational skills training, including training for non-traditional employment. 2. Programs that combine workplace training with related instruction, which may include cooperative education programs. 3. Training programs operated by the private sector. 4. Skill upgrading and retraining. 5. Entrepreneurial training. 6. Adult Education or Literacy Activities in combination with training services listed above. Apprenticeship and Pre -apprenticeship Skills Training (20 CFR 680.330). In -demand Industry Sector or occupation — The determination of whether an industry sector or occupation is in -demand shall be made by the California Workforce Development Board (CWDB) or Local Board, as appropriate, using state and regional business and labor market projections. An industry sector is considered in demand if it has a substantial current, or potential impact (including through jobs that lead to economic self-sufficiency and opportunities for advancement) on the state, regional, or local economy, and that contributes to the growth or stability of other supporting businesses, or the growth of other industry sectors. An occupation that currently has, or is projected to have, a number of positions in an industry sector so as to have a significant impact on the state, regional, or local economy, as appropriate. Occupational Skills Training —An organized program of study that provides specific vocational skills that lead to proficiency in performing actual tasks and technical functions required by certain occupational fields at entry, intermediate, or advanced levels. Postsecondary Credential —An industry -recognized certificate or certification, a certificate of completion of an apprenticeship, a license recognized by the state or federal government, or an Associate or Bachelor's degree. A recognized postsecondary credential is based on the attainment of measurable technical or industry/occupational skills necessary to obtain employment or advance within an industry/occupation. These technical or industry/occupational skills are generally based on standards developed or endorsed by WSD21-03 Page 2 of 5 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 2 employers or industry associations. The following are types of recognized postsecondary credentials: • Associate degree. • Bachelor's degree. • Occupational licensure (e.g. Certified Nursing Assistant license). • Occupational certificate, including Registered Apprenticeship and Career and Technical Education educational certificates. • Occupational certification (e.g. Automotive Service Excellence certification). • Other recognized certificates of industry/occupational skills completion sufficient to qualify for entry-level or advancement in employment. Certificates awarded by Local Boards and work readiness certificates are not considered postsecondary credentials because neither type of certificate is recognized industry -wide, nor documents the measurable technical or industry/occupational skills necessary to gain employment or advancement within an occupation. Certificates/credentials that provide general skills, even if such general skills are broadly required to qualify for entry-level employment or advancement in employment, are not considered postsecondary certificates/credentials. The following are examples of credentials/certificates that are not recognized postsecondary credentials: • Occupational Safety and Health Administration 10-hour course on job -related common safety and health hazards (OSHA 10). • National Career Readiness Certification. • National Retail Federation Credentials. • ServSafe Food Handler's Certification. • Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) Certification. • Certificates for General Computer Skills (Microsoft Word, Excel, Outlook, etc.). For an additional resource, the DOL designed an interactive Postsecondary Credential Attainment Decision Tree to assist in making a determination about whether a credential is considered an industry -recognized credential. This tool is best used in conjunction with the information outlined in this directive. Pre -apprenticeship Program —A program designed to prepare individuals to enter and succeed in an apprenticeship program, and includes the following elements: 1. Training and curriculum that aligns with the skill needs of employers in the economy of the state or region involved. 2. Access to educational and career counseling and other supportive services, directly or indirectly. WSD21-03 Page 3 of 5 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACH M ENT 2 3. Hands-on, meaningful learning activities that are connected to education and training activities, such as exploring career options, and understanding how the skills acquired through coursework can be applied toward a future career. 4. A partnership with one or more apprenticeship programs that assists in placing individuals who complete the pre -apprenticeship program in an apprenticeship program. 5. Opportunities to attain at least one industry -recognized credential through an apprenticeship program. Secondary School Diploma or Recognized Equivalent— CA -recognized diplomas issued by a CA public school, as well as by private schools accredited by the Western Association of Schools and Colleges (WASC) or equivalent regional accreditation body. The requirements of a secondary school diploma are outlined by the California Department of Education (CDE) and listed on CDE's High School Graduation Requirements webpage. A secondary school equivalency certification indicates that a student has completed the requirements for a high school education. CA has approved the use of three high school equivalency tests (HSET): GED®, HiSET®, and TASCII. These tests are for students 18 years old and older, and 17 years old (in some instances). Those who pass the CA High School Proficiency Examination are awarded a Certificate of Proficiency by the CA State Board of Education. While some HSET preparation programs may issue "diplomas or certificates" of completion these documents are not genuine high school equivalency credentials. There are various free HSET preparation programs available for free through the CA Adult Education Provider Directory. Third -Party Subcontracting — a program where course instruction and curriculum is not developed by the provider, and instead is created and delivered by a third party. Per Attachment 1 of the directive, the provider accepting tuition and related instruction fees (e.g. ITA) must be the provider listed on the ETPL. Third -party subcontractors cannot accept WIOA funding without meeting ETPL eligibility requirements, and being placed on the ETPL. Per the California Education Code Section 94886, private postsecondary institutions that receive "institutional charges" such as tuition are required to be approved or deemed exempt by the BPPE.1 1 EDC 94886 - Except as exempted in Article 4 (commencing with Section 94874) or in compliance with the transition provisions in Article 2 (commencing with Section 94802), a person shall not open, conduct, or do business as a private postsecondary educational institution in this state without obtaining an approval to operate under this chapter. EDC 94858 - "Private postsecondary educational institution" means a private entity with a physical presence in this state that offers postsecondary education to the public for an institutional charge. WSD21-03 Page 4 of 5 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 2 Training Program —A program of training services is one or more courses or classes, or a structured regimen that provides the WIOA training services, and leads to any of the following: 1. An industry -recognized certificate or certification, a certificate of completion of a registered apprenticeship, a license recognized by the State or the Federal government, an associate or baccalaureate degree. 2. A secondary school diploma or its equivalent. 3. Employment (see definition for Training Program that leads to Employment). 4. Measurable skill gains. Due the federal reporting requirements of the ETP Report, if a program is offered with more than one mode of delivery (e.g. online and in -person), more than one program length (e.g. contact hours and/or weeks), and/or more than one curriculum, the program needs to be entered once for each different variation. For example, if program A is offered online, and in - person, the program needs to be entered twice: (1) for the online program, and (2) for the in - person program. Training Program that leads to Employment —An eligible ETPL program must prepare graduates for a specific occupation related to the training that was provided. This means that programs must award measurable technical skills, rather than general skills that are broadly required for employment. These measurable technical or industry/occupational skills generally are based on standards developed or endorsed by employers or industry associations. The training program must be valuable to employers, as evidenced by partnerships with business within priority industry sectors as identified in the State or Local Plan. Support of the training program from at least three separate employers are required to be eligible, and documentation of this support should be uploaded into the provider profile. In addition, graduates of the program must be employed in an occupation related to the training program. Training -related employment can be recorded for WIOA graduates in the follow-up ribbon of the WIOA application. Unsubsidized Employment— Employment in the private or public sector where the employer does not receive a subsidy from public funds to offset all or part of the wages and costs of employing the individual. WSD21-03 Page 5 of 5 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 3 ETPL LOCAL BOARD DELEGATION AND CANCELATION FORM A Local Workforce Development Board (Local Board) may delegate or cancel responsibility of the California (CA) and local Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL) to an appointed Local Board by completing this form. This form must be completed at the time of a change (delegation or cancelation), and annually in July to ensure the State ETPL Coordinator is able to coordinate with the appropriate Local Board. Please sign (physical or electronic) and submit the completed form to the Employment Development Department via email to WSBETPL@edd.ca.gov. ---------.__ .. - - -- - - --- ------- - ---- Select either the Delegation or Cancelation box: ® DELEGATION — Delegating Local Board is assigning responsibility for the CA and local ETPL to the Appointed Local Board, and the Appointed Local Board agrees to coordinate the CA and local ETPL on behalf of the Delegating Local Board. Signatures are required of the Delegating and Appointed Local Board's Executive Director. ❑ CANCELATION — Delegating Local Board is revoking responsibility for the CA and local ETPL to the Appointed Local Board. The Delegating Local Board will resume responsibility for the CA and local ETPL unless a new Local Board is assigned this responsibility. Signatures are required of the Delegating and Appointed Local Board's Executive Director. Delegating Local Board: Name: Appointed Local Board: Name: Delegating Local Board Executive Director Signature: Appointed Local Board Executive Director Signature: Date: Date: WSD21-03 Page 1 of 1 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 4 CA ETP ASSURANCES FORM A completed and signed California (CA) Eligible Training Provider (ETP) Assurances Form must be uploaded to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. This form must be uploaded annually, prior to the provider being reviewed for eligibility. Part A. I certify that (Insert Name of School/Organizationl: (a) Is a legal entity, registered to do business in the state of California (CA). (b) Has not been determined to be ineligible to receive federal funds. (c) Is in compliance with Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Section 188 and Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations Part 38. (d) Has demonstrated effectiveness in operating occupational classroom or distance training program(s). (e) Agrees that training provider facilities, classroom instruction, relevant financial records, and attendance records may be reviewed by state, federal and/or local monitors or auditors to ensure compliance with funding requirements. Part B. I certify that I: (a) Have reviewed the annual student data reporting requirements for the Eligible Training Provider Performance Report (ETP Report) established for training providers. Please refer to the ETP Report Required Data listed below. (b) Will begin collecting required student data elements that are not currently being collected. (c) Will report and submit the ETP Report data for all students trained in each of my school/organization's training programs listed as approved on the Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL) to the Employment Development Department by the due date. I understand that my school/organization's application for program approval on the CA ETPL will not be processed without receiving this Eligible Training Provider Assurances Form. Name of Training Provider (School/Organization) _ Mailing Address City, State, Zip Code Phone Number (###) ###-#### Print Name of School/Organization Representative Title of School/Organization Representative Signature of School/Organization Representative Date WSD21-03 Page 1 of 2 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ETP REPORT REQUIRED DATA - Required Data Fields ATTACHMENT 4 ETPL Provider Name ETPL Program Name Total Number of Individuals Served Total Number of Individuals Exited Total Number who Completed the Program- ---- --- ------.---- ----- . _ Total Number Employed2nd Quarter after Exit - Median Earnings in the 2nd Quarter after Exit ----------- Total Number Employed 41h Quarter after Exit Total Number of Individuals that Attained a Credential Average Earnings in the 2nd Quarter after Exit Average Earnings in the 4th Quarter after Exit WSD21-03 Page 2 of 2 ining Provider wants prograi to be listed on the CA ETPL. Local ETPL Coordinator not responsible for Distance Education. Refer provider to State ETPL Coordinator at wsbetpl@edd.ca_gov. r Training Provider is not eligible to be listed on the CA ETPL. An ITA can be used if are is an approved reciproi agreement with the state. PV Does the Training Provider only '11 offer programs remotely (e.g., online; audio conference; one-way or two-way Distance Education Training Provider Out-of-state Training Provider transmissions; etc.)? Does the Training Provider have at least one physical training site in CA? In -state Training Provider (Proceed to Step 2) In -state 711s the Training Provider an Please proceed to Adult Training Providerdult Education Secondary Training Provid�e=rEducation Secondary School School? process. Please proceed to Pre - Is the Training Provider apprenticeship and offering a Pre -apprenticeship Apprenticeship Program kgr Apprenticeship Program? nrnracc Is the Training Provider a Please proceed to Private private postsecondary Postsecondary Institution institution? process. Is the Training Provider a Please proceed to Public public postsecondary Postsecondary Institution institution? process. ETPL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart STEP 3: CA ETPL TRAINING PROVIDER ELIGIBILITY DETERMINATION YES YES ATTACHMENT 5 LTraining provide]is eligible to be on the CA ETP -� J � � N — d ¢ O O_ y0 V Q v U d U a v c'1 O N p C p 1 UJFt F c c c • • T L N (� ai E O C c Y n. to E Lp m 0- L Q-.E m UO pT o O N c rOJ toato N a .O E O_ � L a p ` L c m m n D v L E c p- CL F D U N U m v Q m` e) m F �^ o m J m_ O Y c V O 2 _ E O O O V N Y QD c Y N N p Q p y Q V c p y @ a) F p— v d N p 0 *' -C UJ Fo w c a d 0 cp aj u V u.l c Q Q bo ,F, LO E W U L L a) c O a. Q- O c p m '5 a N — N U 0 J N O L p Q a Q W n CL CL S H '^ v E U N .0 N L CL c c no v v o n O CL cl m Q , Private Postsecondary Is the Training Provider Institution ACS WASC or WSCUC \ accredited? P Does the Training Provider have a current BPPE Approval to Operate? A F'Training provider is Is the Training Provider not eligible to be listed deemed exempt per CEC on the CA ETPL. Section 94874 (does not ` include a, d, f, or h)?.A Private Postsecondary Institution (proceed to Initial Program Eligibility). Private Postsecondary Institution (proceed to Initial Program Eligibility). Private Postsecondary Institution (proceed to Initial Program Eligibility). h y Ln J N — d aj 90 F � w 0 0 LO_ N U w — a1 C LEb .0 — c N O F O C I i L M1' O O , Qf v W a) Y Q CLJ R. UD -O o c U ',_. o c v v v v U ov ao�. C ✓ F U Q m N U L U O > O t N v I a N — a v - Y � O F s Y ° ° c Qj (UV A N C C L O Y C � � v o F o c � Initial Program Training provider is Eligibility Training Provider meets all `' >'„ • not eligible to id lists criteria in Step 1, 2, and 3? on the CA ETPL. Training Program is in an inTraining provider is demand industry sector? - • not eligible to be lists on the CA ETPL. Training Program leads to employment in a Training provider is specific occupation or an industry • not eligible to be listed recognized postsecondary on the CA ETPL. credential? Training Program Proceed to Initial Program information in CaIJOBMe raining provider is Eligibility for the eligible to be listed matches informationappropriate provider type. on the CA ETPL.L in school catalog?J 0 W } LA W 0 W u O a z z a W_ V J O IL J a F W ETPL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart STEP 5: CA ETPL TRAINING PROVIDER ELIGIBLITY DETERMINATION YES ATTACHMENT 5 ETPL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart STEP 5: CA ETPL TRAINING PROVIDER ELIGIBLITY DETERMINATION YES ATTACHMENT 5 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT6 LOCAL ETPL COORDINATOR CONTACT FORM Each Local Workforce Development Board (Local Board) Executive Director must designate a Local Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL) Coordinator(s). The Local ETPL Coordinator(s) will review and nominate training providers and programs for inclusion on the ETPL, via CaI10BSsM on behalf of the Local Board. Submit completed and signed (physical or electronic) form to the Employment Development Department by email: WSBETPL@edd.ca.gov. Date: Local Board: MIS Administrator Name: Executive Director Name: Executive Director Email Address: ETPL First Name Last Name Phone Coordinator PRIMARY ALTERNATE (Optional) Signature of Approving Local Board Executive Director Date Email Address WSD21-03 Page 1 of 1 ATTACHMENT 7 SUMMARY OF COMMENTS Draft Directive ETPL Policy and Procedures (WSDD-215) There were 131 comments to the draft version of this Directive. Contents Accreditation..............................................................................................................................2 AdultEducation..........................................................................................................................2 Appeals....................................................................................................................................... 2 Apprenticeships.........................................................................................................................3 ConsumerChoice.......................................................................................................................5 Delegation..................................................................................................................................5 Eligibility.....................................................................................................................................7 GeneralEligibility...................................................................................................................7 InitialEligibility.......................................................................................................................7 ContinuedEligibility...............................................................................................................8 CostInformation......................................................................................................................10 Credentials...............................................................................................................................11 DistanceEducation..................................................................................................................12 EEO...........................................................................................................................................13 ETPReport ................................................................................................................................14 ETPAssurances Form...............................................................................................................17 GeneralETPL Requirements....................................................................................................17 In-Demand...............................................................................................................................19 LocalBoard Policy....................................................................................................................19 Localvs CA ETPL.......................................................................................................................20 Other........................................................................................................................................22 Out -of -State Providers.............................................................................................................22 Pre-apprenticeships.................................................................................................................23 ThirdParty................................................................................................................................24 Worker's Comp/Supplemental Job Displacement Benefit(SJDB)...........................................24 Page 1 of 25 Accreditation Comment #1— How do we determine if a provider and their programs are accredited? Resolution —Accreditation can be verified by visiting the Western Association of Schools and Colleges, Senior College and University Commission (WSCUC) or WASC Accrediting Commission for Community and Junior Colleges (WASC ACCJC) website and searching for the provider in the directory of institutions. Direct links are provided in the policy. Comment #2 — Do private postsecondary schools need to be Bureau of Private Postsecondary Education (BPPE) approved and accredited by WASC? Resolution — No, private providers must be either accredited by WASC, have BPPE Approval to Operate, or meet the exemption criteria identified in California Education Code (CEC) Section 94874. See Attachment 1 under 3. Private Postsecondary Institutions for more information. Comment #3 — Why is the accreditation only limited to Accrediting Commission for Schools (ACS), WASC, the WSCUC? Why is accreditation limited to regional and not inclusive of any Department of Education (DOE) accrediting agency in lieu of BPPE? There are specific examples listed in bold italics that do include these exceptions, what's the difference? Resolution —The BPPE oversees private postsecondary institutions operating in California with the exception of those outlined in CEC Section 94874. Per CEC 94874(i) institutions accredited by the ACS WASC, or WSCUC are exempt from the BPPE. Additional language expanding acceptable accrediting agencies for Distance Education providers has been added on page 9 of this directive. Adult Education Comment #4— Regarding defining providers of adult education as only those who provide training under Title II of Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) (English as a Second Language [ESL] and citizenship classes). This could exclude Regional Occupational Programs (ROPs), community based schools, and any district that contract these services out to local Community Based Organizations (CBOs). Resolution —Training Employment and Guidance Letter (TEGL) 8-19, attachment 1, page 3 includes "Eligible providers of adult education and literacy activities under WIOA Title II if such activities are provided in combination with training services described in 20 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) § 680.350" as an eligible training provider. Appeals Comment #5 — Does the appeals process still work in the context of Local Workforce Development Boards (Local Boards) "nominating" providers for the ETPL instead of placing them on directly? Where should the appeals process start? Resolution —The appeals process starts with the Local Board that issued the denial. If a provider is denied inclusion on the ETPL, and wishes to appeal, the provider must submit its appeal to the Local Board. Page 2 of 25 Comment #6 — Who would be the party responsible for (1) suspending the provider that is under federal, state, or local investigation; (2) notifying the provider of the suspension? If the provider protests, stating they were not afforded due process conduct, who will be responsible for handling any possible legal process as a result of this suspension. Resolution — Removing the provider would be the responsibility of both the Local Board and the state. If either found that a training provider is currently under investigation, then the provider would be immediately suspended by either the state or the Local Board, and the Local Board would inform the provider of the suspension. The provider would then undergo the appeals process if it so chooses, starting with the Local Board. Comment #7 — What if the training provider disagrees with the Local Board's initial eligibility assessment? Resolution —The Local Board must provide the training provider with information regarding the appeals process. Comment #8 —Are initial/informal meetings required as part of the appeals process if both parties waive it based on written confirmation? Resolution —All Local Boards must include an option for an informal meeting in their appeals policy. However, both parties can agree to waive this requirement, and documentation should be uploaded into the Provider Profile. This also needs to be included in the local policy. Comment #9 —Are formal hearings required if both parties waive it? Can impartial hearing officers be employed at the Local Board or does it need to be from an outside agency? Can the hearing officer be a compliance analyst not working directly with ETPL? Resolution — Local Boards must include the option of a formal hearing in their appeals policy. However, both parties can agree to waive this requirement, and documentation should be uploaded into the Provider Profile. Guidance on the appeals process, including Impartial hearing officers, needs to be included in the local policy. Comment #10 — Can a Local Board rule to approve a provider on appeal, if the EDD originally rejected it? Resolution —Yes, but the provider/program has to go through final EDD approval before being reinstated to the ETPL. Apprenticeships Comment #11— It appears that a number of requirements are inapplicable to apprenticeship programs, including the WIOA Section 188 requirement. Is this correct? Resolution — Both Department of Labor (DOL) and Department of Industrial Relations (DIR), Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS) ensure that apprenticeships meet Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) standards per 29 CFR 30.3, therefore the Local Board cannot impose additional EEO requirements onto the apprenticeship program. Page 3 of 25 Comment #12 — Please provide further guidance on including all California (CA) apprenticeships on the local Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL). There are some apprenticeship programs that are not available locally (example: apprenticeship programs in Imperial County do not have a presence in Southern California), and does not seem to make sense to list locally as we are unable to provide the Individual Training Account (ITA) for training due to the distance restrictions. Resolution — Per TEGL 13-16, Change 1, "All Registered Apprenticeship Program (RAPs) on a statewide ETP list must also be located on all local ETP lists in the state." In addition, TEGL 8-19 states that "Local Boards may add additional requirements for providers, except for RAPs, which result in providers that are on the state ETP list that may not be eligible for inclusion on the local ETP list." Comment #13 — Can Local Boards require local program requirements to apprenticeship programs related to payments (W-9s, Invoice Agreements) and other WIOA assurances (WIOA section 188), list of employers partners, or is that assumed by the state? Resolution — Apprenticeship programs cannot have additional eligibility requirements added to them, per TEGL 8-19. If an apprenticeship program is approved by DOL or DIR DAS and want to be added to the ETPL, they must be added to the state and local ETPL. They cannot be removed from the ETPL until they request to be removed or they lose apprenticeship approval/designation from DOL or DIR DAS. Comment #14—Are registered apprenticeship programs required to provide a paid employment component and if they are not providing employment, how is that monitored? If they do not provide employment, isn't that just a regular training program? Resolution —Yes, per the Factsheet located on the DOL Apprenticeship website, apprenticeships are required to provide a paid employment component. The approval of apprenticeship programs is managed by the DOL and/or DIR DAS. Comment #15 —Are we allowed to require apprenticeship to meet our contracting/insurance requirements to be on the local list? Resolution — No. Per TEGL 8-19, no additional eligibility requirements can be added to apprenticeship programs. Comment #16 —There are approved apprenticeship programs in occupations that are not in our local priority sector or in -demand occupations. Our local policy is to not put such programs on our local ETPL. It would be inconsistent to allow such a program to be listed as an apprenticeship when we do not list it as a private postsecondary training program. Resolution — Per TEGL 13-16, Change 1, "Given that RAPS are a link to demonstrated hiring needs and WIOA provides automatic training provider eligibility to RAPS, ETA has determined that RAPs qualify as occupations in -demand in the local labor market." In addition, TEGL 8-19, Attachment 1, page 3 states: "RAPs are automatically eligible to be included on the ETP list and are exempt from state and local ETP eligibility requirements." Page 4 of 25 Comment #17 — If WIOA funds cannot be used for building construction, doesn't that restrict Local Boards from funding apprenticeship/pre-apprenticeship programs? Resolution — DOL Final Rules 683.235 clarifies that WIOA funds can't be used for construction, etc. for the purposes of administering WIOA without prior approval from the Secretary of State. However, in the context of apprenticeships and pre -apprenticeships, WIOA funds can be used to pay for participants to be enrolled in construction programs. Consumer Choice Comment #18 —Does this mean the Local Board must refer the client for training and an ITA regardless of the appropriateness of the training? Can an individual demand enrollment and training services while demonstrating poor fitness by missing appointments, failing to meet their obligations in the Individual Employment Plan (IEP), and participate in training that does not necessarily fit their employment goals as long as they possess the minimum age, basic skills, and/or prerequisites to do so? If so, we do not believe this is required by WIOA or beneficial to the participant or the system. Resolution —The America's Job Center of California" staff must determine training services are appropriate for an individual after conducting an interview, an evaluation or assessment, and career planning. If training is determined to be appropriate after meeting with a career planner, the Local Board must send that participant to the training they select as long as training funds have not been exhausted. Individuals maintain the right to enroll in whatever program they choose, however it is the Local Board's responsibility to help individuals with choosing the best program that fits their needs based on the IEP. Please see the definition of Training Services in WSD19-06 for further guidance on how an individual qualifies for training services. Comment #19 —The CA ETPL does not permit the Local Board to approve a training program that is eligible to be paid with WIOA funding, even though the Local Board is the subject matter expert on what will lead to a self -sustainable career in the local/regional economy. The CA ETPL limits the choice of consumer and the Local Board to use Labor Market Information to determine which courses should be deemed eligible. Resolution — Local Board staff are still able to select providers to nominate that reflect the needs of their Local Workforc a Development Area (Local Area). Attachment 1, page 6 states "Once all necessary information is entered, the Local ETPL Coordinator must review and nominate the training provider and/or program for inclusion on the CA ETPL." Delegation Comment #20— Does each Local Board need to screen all ETPL schools in the Regional Planning Unit (RPU) for inclusion on its local ETPL? Currently we only go through the local process if a customer requests the school. Resolution —Yes, as well as all CA ETPL approved distance education providers and registered apprenticeships. Page 5 of 25 Comment #21— How does a Local ETPL Coordinator get notified that a distance education program or a program in the RPU has been approved? Resolution — ETPL Coordinators receive notifications via the CaIJOBSsm Message Center for their ETPL Coordinator account alerting them to newly added and approved programs. Comment #22 — Please explain how this will be handled for the providers and programs that are already listed. Currently, the ETPL Coordinator in which the main campus is located must manage all of the sites, even those out of their area. Resolution — Local Board initial and continued eligibility procedures will need to be adjusted. For Continued Eligibility, the provider profile will be reviewed by the EDD. The programs will continue to be reviewed by the Local Boards where the programs are located. Comment #23 — Local Boards with the main office or main campus located in their region, should not be responsible for listing other affiliated programs located outside their region. Each region needs to have the option to list linked campuses/schools separately in each region. With EEO monitoring requirements and no designated funding provided to hire ETPL Coordinators, being responsible for multiple campuses throughout the State, is an unrealistic expectation, especially for smaller Local Boards with limited resources. Resolution — For Initial Eligibility, the provider profile is nominated by the Local Board where the provider is headquartered. Programs will be nominated by the Local Board where the program is located. For Continued Eligibility, the provider profile will be reviewed by the EDD. The programs will continue to be reviewed by the Local Boards where the programs are located. Comment #24 — Once programs are listed on the CA ETPL, can this be clarified why training providers need to contact Local Boards? If the provider is not currently on the CA ETPL, shouldn't the Local Board where the provider (not the program) is located be responsible for nominating the provider? Resolution — Providers can reach out to the Local ETPL Coordinator for technical assistance with entering information in CaIJOBS. The provider is nominated by the Local Board where the provider is headquartered. Programs will be nominated by the Local Board where the program is located. Comment #25— If there are no changes to the ETPL Local Board Delegation and Cancellation Form (Attachment 3) and the Local ETPL Coordinator Contact Form (Attachment 7) that are already on file, do we need to resubmit them under this new Draft Directive? Resolution — Local Boards will need to submit the ETPL Local Board Delegation and Cancellation Form (Attachment 3) annually in July. The Local ETPL Coordinator Contact Form (Attachment 7) only needs to be resubmitted when there are updates. Comment #26 — Is it possible to not only delegate ETPL duties to another Local Board, but instead to delegate individual providers to another Local Board? Page 6 of 25 Resolution —The delegation form is used to delegate ETPL responsibilities (including providers/programs) to another Local Board. Individual providers cannot be delegated to another Local Board. If a provider moves its headquarters from one Local Area to another, the responsibility for that provider changes, and both Local Board ETPL Coordinators should be made aware of the change. Eligibility General Eligibility Comment #27 — Can Local Boards place the burden of proof on providers to prove that their programs meet the requirements for eligibility? Resolution — Local Board staff are required to review programs to ensure they meet eligibility requirements, including credentials. Once all necessary information is entered, the Local ETPL Coordinator must review and nominate the training provider and/or program for inclusion on the CA ETPL ensuring all information provided is complete, accurate, and current, and is in alignment with this Directive. Comment #28— What documentation is required to demonstrate a provider's partnership with local businesses? Resolution —This will vary depending on the Local Board and their local policy. The state will allow Local Boards to decide what is considered "in partnership with business. Comment #29— Will the negotiated goals be the same as WIOA title I programs or will there be different ones for training provider programs? Resolution — Programs must meet the performance requirements described in the continued eligibility section of the Directive, as well as the state -level Title I Adult performance goal. Comment #30— Why are training providers that do not award degrees and solely provide educational programs for total charges of $2,500 not allowed? If a provider has a BPPE exemption, it is unclear if a WIOA-funded ITA is considered Federal student financial aid and therefore ineligible. Resolution —This exemption prohibits any federal funding be used to pay for this program, thus excluding WIOA funding from being used. Section 74110 of the CEC defines public funding as "any financial aid paid on behalf of students or directly to an institution from any public source," which includes WIOA. Initial Eligibility Comment #31— Performance requirements for initial eligibility limit customer choice and local autonomy by removing the ability for new training providers to be added to the ETPL without performance data. The Draft Directive does not specify the source of the performance metrics. If in the past, it will come from a provider's BPPE Annual Report, this will further inhibit a Local Board's autonomy as BPPE is currently two years behind in publishing performance data and, in fact, does not even allow a provider to upload data until September for publication in Page 7 of 25 December. This would effectively mean new providers would be required to have two years of performance metrics. Resolution —TEGL 8-19, Attachment 1 indicates that, "The performance of ETPs is a factor that states must use in determining both initial and continued eligibility of a provider to be included on the state's ETP list." The state requires placement data for initial eligibility for two main reasons: 1) it ensures that providers on the ETPL are of a certain quality in keeping with state and federal laws and regulations, and 2) participants are more likely to be successful in WIOA (i.e. employment) if the ETPL program meets the initial eligibility placement requirement. This benefits Local Board performance numbers. Performance data is entered directly into CalJOBS, and is no longer verified using the BPPE Annual Report. Comment #32 — Given the time it takes for a provider to create and complete an ETPL application, what is the exact timeframe for Local Boards to complete their review process? Resolution — Local Boards should complete their review process of a provider within 30 calendar days of the complete provider and/or program data being submitted into CaIJOBS. The state considers the date of a program being submitted as the application date, and the Local Board has 30 days from that date to nominate the program for review to the state. Comment #33 — Is it required that all initial and continued eligibility reviews be reviewed by the state prior to a Local Board approving? If so, what is the process for this? Resolution — Local Boards will submit providers and their programs to the state for review. This is called "nominating," and the process will be very similar to the current one for adding programs to the ETPL. Within 30 days of receiving the nomination, the state will review the data in CaIJOBS and either approve or deny the provider and/or program, and inform the Local Board. Comment #34 — In the past, performance was collected during the subsequent eligibility period. Are we now, gathering information on performance prior to listing a program on the ETPL? Is there an exception for performance if the provider or program is new? Resolution —Yes, performance information must be provided as part of the initial eligibility review process. The use of performance data during initial eligibility review is required by the DOL, and cannot be waived. Continued Eligibility Comment #35 — Removing programs and then requiring a program meet continued eligibility requirements limits consumer choice and would slow the ETPL's ability to foster demand - driven skills attainment. Resolution —The state has implemented this policy to limit the number of providers that are only on the ETPL for other funding sources (e.g. Workers' Compensation Vouchers) and should help limit the burden of the Local Board ETPL Coordinators in reviewing these providers if they are not helping participants in the workforce system. Comment #36 — Previously, it was up to the Local Board to determine if a provider or program can stay on the ETPL. Is it required that we remove the provider if no enrollments have Page 8 of 25 occurred in 2 years? If so, what is the process for the provider to get back on the ETPL? Can a customer request the provider? Resolution — Yes, per the Directive providers must be removed from the ETPL if they do not have at least one enrollment in the previous two program years (PYs). If they would like to get back on the ETPL, they must wait 6 months before reapplying to the ETPL and meet the continued eligibility requirements in the Directive. Comment #37 — What is the process for schools that are already listed on the ETPL? Do we review all new requirements at their annual mark or do they need to be reviewed at the effective date of this Directive? Resolution — Per the ETPL Directive, continued eligibility applies to all training providers listed on the CA ETPL at any time under the WIOA or Workforce Investment Act (WIA), and whose initial eligibility has expired. A training provider's initial and continued eligibility is valid for 365 days after the provider is approved for the ETPL. Providers and programs already on the list can be reviewed using the policies outlined in this directive the next time they are reviewed for continued eligibility. Comment #38 — Providers on the ETPL for two full complete PYs (July 1—June 30) must have at least one Title I, subtitle B enrollment during the previous two PYs. Does this refer to one enrollment in the entire provider or one enrollment in the individual program? Resolution —One enrollment for the entire provider. This requirement is not applied to the program. Comment #39 — What is the reapplication process for programs trying to remain on the ETPL? Resolution — Please see the ETPL Guide Card (Attachment 5) for steps on how programs are submitted for continued eligibility review. Comment #40 — Since continued eligibility can be reviewed at any time during the year (calendar or fiscal), which timeframe is used to measure performance? Resolution —The performance timeframe is for the previous complete PY, July 11 to June 30tn Comment #41— Will Local Boards have the discretion when they conduct continued eligibility? Resolution —After the program becomes initially eligible, they must be reviewed again before the end of the first year (i.e. a program is added to the ETPL on 10/22/2020, the Local Board must review the program again prior to 10/22/2021). Continued eligibility for providers and programs on the CA ETPL must be reviewed every year. For the local ETPL, Local Boards can do continued eligibility every two years. Local Boards can determine the time frame in which they review and complete continued eligibility as long as it is done within the required timeframes. Comment #42 — For programs that run over the one-year period, how should the Local Board conduct continued eligibility? Page 9 of 25 Resolution — Programs that are longer than one year should use whatever cohort is graduating in the year to determine if they meet continued eligibility. Comment #43 — How do Local Boards determine which programs are up for continued eligibility? Resolution — ETPL programs in CaIJOBS have a Subsequent Review Due Date (SRDD), which is the date that Local Boards must review a program by. If a program is not reviewed by the SRDD, the program will automatically be removed from the ETPL. Programs that are 60 days from their SRDD will have a REAPP icon, indicating they are in need of review. The Detailed Report > Provider> by Program Reapplication allows Local Board to see which programs on the ETPL are due for review. Comment #44 — Flow do Local Boards keep track of programs during continued eligibility, aside from reports? What if there are issues with how the reports function? Resolution — ETPL staff accounts allow for notifications to be sent to staff's email regarding new programs, changes to existing programs, and other changes in the ETPL module. If there are any issues regarding notifications, please reach out to the CaIJOBS Operations Unit at caijobsadmin@edd.ca.gov. The state is also working to revise provider reports to be more useful to ETPL staff. If ETPL staff would like to request updates to reports (new filters, new columns, etc.), they can email the ETPL box at wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov. Comment #45 — Will we be using the most recent data available in ETP Report for our continued eligibility or waiting until a new year is submitted? Resolution —You would use the most recently available performance data to determine if a provider is eligible. Comment #46 — Reviewing year-round instead of at one specific time may seem like a more efficient method, but in reality, it puts an onerous burden on ETPL coordinators. Couldn't it be possible to make the review at a set time during the year? Or Local Boards should have the option to review at a minimum, once per year, or every 2 years if programs are longer than a year? Resolution —After the program becomes initially eligible and is added to the CA ETPL, they must be reviewed annually for continued eligibility (i.e. a program is added to the ETPL on 10/22/2020, the Local Board ETPL Coordinator must review the program again prior to 10/22/2021). For the local ETPL, Local Boards can do continued eligibility every two years. Local Boards can determine the time frame in which they review and complete continued eligibility as long as it is done within the required timeframes. Cost Information Comment #47 = What should the cost information for an ETPL program be matched to? Resolution —The cost in the Cost Details tab of the program wizard should match the cost a Page 10 of 25 member of the general public would pay when enrolling in the program without assistance from WIOA. This information should be available in the provider's brochure or website. Credentials Comment #48—This DOL Credential Tool does not include a category for private postsecondary providers. Resolution —Those providers would fit under the "Institutions for Higher Education" category. Comment #49—The DOL Credential Tool does not explain the skills that either meet/do not meet the definition of a credential. It also does not explain what "in -demand" means. Resolution —The DOL Credential Tool is meant to accompany federal ETPL guidance and illustrate how the requirements are met, rather than explain what those requirements are. Comment #50— If a Local Board, as part of the local initial eligibility requirements, completes an onsite visit with an industry expert who verifies the program meets industry standards, evidenced by the review of the curriculum, equipment, testing, etc., would this be considered as meeting the industry credentials? Resolution —These requirements are in addition to the credential/employment for a specific occupation requirement, not specific criteria for the requirements. Credentials that are "Industry -recognized" must meet the definition as described in WSD19-03. Comment #51—There are many programs that do not meet the narrow definition of Post - Secondary Credential outlined in the Definitions attachment that provide valuable and demonstrated effectiveness to individuals with barriers to employment (such as programs for Microsoft Office applications and other office and administrative oriented programs). We also believe these should meet the definition of training under Skills Upgrade and Retraining. Resolution — Per Training and Employment Notice (TEN) 25-19, the programs described here do not meet the definition of a post -secondary credential, since the skills that are attained fall into the general skills/work readiness category. WIOA funds can be used to provide training to general skills such as work readiness, hygiene or safety, but credentials can only be counted toward recognized postsecondary credential attainment if they prepare a person with the competencies required to perform a specific occupation. Local Boards can still send participants to Microsoft courses; however, it is considered a Short-term Prevocational Service and CaIJOBS activity code 215 should be used. Comment #52—Several comments were received regarding the desire to exclude Skills Upgrading and Retraining, Entrepreneurial Training, and Adult Education and Literacy Activities from the list of services required to be on the ETPL. Resolution — Per TEGL 8-19, Attachment 1, these training services are required to be on the ETPL if using an ITA. Page 11 of 25 Comment #53 — Would the fact that there is a partnership be the only evidence needed to prove that the provider's credential and/or certificate is acceptable as an industry -recognized credential? What extent or depth of partnership is required to meet this bar- and what criteria should the ETPL coordinator use to determine what the extent or depth of the partnership is? Should there be written documentation? Resolution — No, credentials that are "industry -recognized" must meet the definition as described in WSD19-03. The extent or depth of partnership will be determined by each Local Board. Comment #54 —The second to last bullet (page 4) only mentions credentials and or certificates, but does it also include degrees or licenses? Resolution — Yes. Attachment 2 provides a full list of the types of recognized postsecondary credentials. Comment #55 — If the program does not issue the credential, what is the distinction that the program meets a requirement to lead to a license? Would it be "if a separate/third party exam is required to obtain the license," otherwise it would need to be issued by the training provider? Resolution —The training program does not have to issue the credential, but the training program should prepare the individual to obtain the credential. For example, a Class A Truck Driving program does not issue the Class A driver's license, but it should prepare the individual to pass the state issued exam to obtain the license. Comment #56—The DOL Credential Tool indicates that a secondary school diploma or equivalent meets the requirements of a credential when attesting to Industry -wide Technical or Industry/Occupation Skills. We believe programs to attain secondary school diplomas or the equivalent meet the definition of training and credential. Resolution —Credentials that are "industry -recognized" must meet the definition as described in WSD19-03. A secondary school diploma or equivalent is a credential, but the Adult Education program can only be on the ETPL when earned in conjunction with Occupational Skills Training. Distance Education Comment #57— Emergent needs from COVID (online versions, remote training, etc.) is not represented at this time on ETPL. There is urgent need for access to quick training options in addition to training designed to assist in short-term skill building in order to access surge recruitment and lifeboat jobs. How will we handle this need? Resolution — Online learning and/or remote training (distance education) is eligible to be on the ETPL. These providers are reviewed for initial and continued eligibility by the State ETPL Coordinator. Under the new Directive, the responsibility for providers that only function in a distance education capacity shifts to the state for initial and subsequent eligibility review. Page 12 of 25 Comment #58 — With the change in instruction delivery due to COVID, will training providers already listed on ETPL have to create new listings for on-line programs? Resolution —Yes. Per Attachment 1, "if the program is offered with multiple modes of delivery, curriculum, or course lengths, the program must be entered separately for each variation." Please reference the definition of a Training Program in Attachment 2. Comment #59 — Online training is really limited, particularly by providers outside of California. There are many quality training programs that initiate and have headquarters outside of California. The ETPL makes it difficult to find and access these providers. Additionally, online courses (without physical operations) are not easily added which is a disincentive. Resolution — Distance Education providers can be headquartered outside of CA, but they must only offer distance education courses. If they only have physical training locations outside of CA, then they are considered an out-of-state provider and cannot be on the CA ETPL; however, an approved reciprocal agreement may be used. If they have physical locations in CA, but are headquartered outside CA, they are still considered an in -state provider and can be on the ETPL if they meet eligibility requirements. Per the Education Code Section 94801.5, Distance Education private postsecondary education institutions must register with BPPE, unless they provide undergraduate or graduate degrees. Comment #60 — What about providers that provide both distance and in -person programs? Or programs that are hybrid partially distance and partially in -person? Resolution — If the provider offers alternative or "hybrid" in -person and online programs, and have a physical location in California, they are an in -state provider. If the program is offered with multiple modes of delivery, different curriculum, and/or different course lengths, the program must be entered separately for each variation. Please reference the definition of a Training Program in Attachment 2. Comment #61— CaIJOBS offers a screen for choosing "Duration" with options of more than one intensity, duration and schedule. CaIJOBS also offers a "Scheduling" screen that could be updated by GSI to allow a selection for in -person and/or distance learning if you want to track it. Could these be used instead of creating separate program entries in CaIJOBS for a single program that only has one listing with the accrediting agency, one curriculum, one cost and one set of performance? Shouldn't CaIJOBS listings match the exact titles and programs approved by the accrediting agency? Resolution — Programs with multiple modes of delivery, different lengths of instruction, and/or different curriculum must be listed separately to comply with ETP Report requirements. Program details should match the brochures available on the provider's website. Comment #62 — Who is responsible for initial and continued eligibility for Distance Education providers? Resolution —The State ETPL Coordinator is responsible for the initial and continued eligibility of Distance Education providers. C Page 13 of 25 Comment #63 — Where do Local Boards find the EEO monitoring tools? Resolution — Please refer to your Local Board's EEO Officer, as defined in WSD17-01. Comment #64 — How do Local Boards conduct EEO monitoring for providers with multiple locations? Resolution — It is recommended that Local Boards provide the provider one of the EEO monitoring tools (depending on size of provider), and have them complete it and add it to their CaIJOBS Provider Profile. For additional assistance, please refer to your Local Board's EEO Officer and reference WSD17-01. Comment #65 —Are on -site visits (which would be needed to determine that EEO and other items are posted) required before nominating a training vendor for inclusion on the CA ETPL? Resolution — No, it is recommended that Local Boards provide one of the EEO monitoring tools (depending on size of provider), and have them complete it and add it to their CaIJOBS Provider Profile. For additional assistance, please refer to your Local Board's EEO Officer and reference WSD17-01. Comment #66 — Do the EEO requirements in the Draft Directive apply to all providers? Resolution —This applies to all training providers, except apprenticeship programs. ETP Report Comment #67 — What if BPPE performance data is not collected for providers who serve rural areas? Won't this negatively affect their placement rate? Resolution — Performance requirements for providers under the new ETPL Directive do not require BPPE placement data. Placement data is directly entered into CaIJOBS. Comment #68 — Public education either does not collect and track students past graduation or claim they aren't allowed to release that information due to confidentiality requirements. If a public postsecondary CC, CSU or UC does not provide % who successfully completed a program, nor % who are employed within 6 months for initial eligibility, their program must still be listed on the CA ETPL because they are not required to meet a specific performance threshold, correct? Resolution — For Initial Eligibility, public postsecondary providers are still required to submit performance data. They are not required to meet a threshold. Comment #69 — Would a waiver be available if the individual was sick or had a valid reason not to take the first test? Some state tests have very long periods between test dates. Resolution — No, a waiver is not available for a missed test. Comment #70 — How is the provider supposed to know when one of their students has exited from WIOA? Or does this mean the student exited from the program, either by successfully completing or dropping out? Resolution — Exiting the program refers to the training program rather than WIOA. Page 14 of 25 Comment #71— Is the placement requirement based on WIOA enrollments only or includes general public as well? Resolution —The placement requirement for initial eligibility includes all students. For continued eligibility, the completion measures includes all students, whereas the other measures include WIOA participants only. Comment #72 — In regards to performance for public postsecondary, is there a form for the providers to fill out with the performance information? Resolution —All providers are required to report their performance data directly into CaIJOBS. Comment #73 — Local Boards are responsible for meeting WIOA performance outcomes for WIOA participants. Are training providers held to the outcomes that are the responsibility of the Local Boards or do they hold shared responsibility? If the performance metrics inclusive of both WIOA and non-WIOA participants, is it common for providers to track employment outcomes or is this specific to ETPL? Resolution — Providers are held to the performance requirements outlined in the ETPL Directive, as described in the Initial and Continued Eligibility sections. If providers and/or programs are successful with WIOA participants, the Local Board will see this success in meeting their negotiated goals. The responsibility of outcomes is shared. Comment #74 — Program data being entered into CaIJOBS represents duplication of work for those who do collect such information and is not verifiable. Minimally, we believe the state should work with the CaIJOBS vendor to provide a more streamlined process. Resolution —As described in TEGL 3-18, all providers must work with the state to submit performance data required by the ETP Report in order to be eligible and listed on the ETPL. WIOA participant data will come from case management work that is already entered into WIOA applications in CaI10BS. Providers are required to submit aggregate data on all students in CalJOBS. Comment #75 — Providers are required to report data on ALL students, not just WIOA, to the Local Board and the state. Does this data need to be reported by individual? If so, how do we avoid FERPA violations with individuals who have not signed consent for us to have their data? Resolution — Providers only need to submit aggregate all student data as outlined on the CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4). Comment #76 —The data collection and reporting of all students that is required for the ETP Report is prohibitive. This is evidenced by many waivers that have been granted by DOL to states as well as our own state's request to waive this provision. The waiver to collect all student data should be extended. Resolution —The waiver to report all student data ended with PY 19. DOL has recently granted an extension to the waiver for PY 20; however, the DOL denied our request for a waiver Page 15 of 25 beyond PY 20, so providers will need to collect and report data on all students (WIOA and non- WIOA). For additional information on the end of this waiver, please see TEN 07721. Comment #77 —Are Community Colleges, UCs and CSUs required to submit data on all of the data points referenced in the CA ETP Assurance Form? There should be a mechanism to obtain entered employment from students attending public schools. Resolution —Yes, per TEGL 3-18 all providers must submit data for the ETP Report. The CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) notes the data elements required for providers. Comment #78 — Will the state be working directly with providers to upload data to CaIJOBS or will the State be contacting the Local Boards to complete these tasks? Resolution — Ultimately, the Local Boards are responsible for reviewing providers and programs for initial and continued eligibility, which includes performance data. Guidance will be provided on how to upload or enter performance data into CalJOBS. Comment #79 —The Directive references the ETP site is scheduled to launch in PY 2020; when will this be a requirement for providers to submit data to the system? What do we do in the interim? Resolution — Per TEN 7-21, the ETP All Students Waiver expired on June 30, 2021, so performance data is required to be submitted by providers beginning in PY 21. Comment #80 — ETP Reports will be published in October, what is the reporting period for that report? Are performance reports requested annually by calendar year or program year? Resolution —The ETP Report is reported by PY (July 1 to June 30). For PY 2020, the report due in October 2021 reflects data from July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021. Comment #81— It looks like the state is aligning the provider program performance measures with WIOA indicators of performance. Does this mean the state will measure this data themselves just as they do with WIOA indicators of performance? Resolution — Providers will submit all student data to the state through the CaIJOBS system, which is then uploaded into the Eligible Training Provider Performance Report (ETP Report). The CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) details what data the providers are responsible for submitting. WIOA student data will be calculated automatically via the case management data in the CalJOBS system. Comment #82 — Will training providers be required to enter performance data for individual participants or will it still be totals per program? Will the data be required for both WIOA and non-WIOA students? Resolution —Training providers must enter aggregate data into CaIJOBS for all students in the programs. WIOA student performance data will be calculated via the case management data entered by the case manager. Comment #83 — Will there be a CaIJOBS report for performance data? Page 16 of 25 Resolution —Yes, please use the CaIJOBS Detailed Reports > Provider > by Program Performance report. Comment #84— What if a participant used a pseudo SSN in CaIJOBS? Resolution — If the participant has a pseudo SSN, Local Boards should capture employment and wage information in the Follow Up forms, just as they would normally for WIOA performance. WIOA participants will be included in the ETP Report automatically. Comment #85 —Are training providers expected to capture WIOA performance data that is being captured by WIOA case managers (i.e., employment data)? Resolution —Training providers are expected to capture and report aggregate data for all students (WIOA and non-WIOA). Comment #86 — Will the due date for performance be issued as an Information Notice? Resolution — Beginning in PY 21, any provider undergoing initial or continued eligibility review must provide the performance data outlined in this directive. ETP Assurances Form Comment #87 — Does Page 2 have to be filled out for each student who attended during the reporting period? Resolution — No, the CA ETP Assurances Form is just the signed agreement from the provider agreeing they will provide the necessary data elements on the following page. Comment #88 —Does the completed and uploaded CA ETP Assurances Form replace the Performance tab? Or does the information have to be entered in both places? Resolution —The CA ETP Assurances Form is just an agreement that providers will provide the indicated data. The form should be uploaded to the Documents section of the Provider's Profile. The performance data still needs to be submitted in the Performance tab in CaIJOBS. General ETPL Requirements Comment #89 — Due to a combination of performance reporting and the continued eligibility process, Local Boards have seen competition on the ETPL dwindle to very few. This does not promote access and equity. The challenge primarily seems to stem around the accreditation process and reporting. Resolution — It is required per WIOA law, regulations, and guidance that initial eligibility and continued eligibility of providers and programs meet certain requirements, including accreditation and meeting a factor of performance. DOL has also prescribed the requirements of the ETP Report. The state is looking into and open to suggestions on ways to make the required reporting less burdensome. We are also open to ideas and ways to assist Local Boards with advertising the ETPL to providers in their area in an effort to build the list of providers in their area. While a contract is more cumbersome than an ITA, a Local Board has the authority to contract with a provider if they determine there is a lack of providers in their area that offer a specific training program. Page 17 of 25 Comment #90 — Vetting process for adding training providers needs to be streamlined and much improved. It is currently locally driven. Can this be centralized in state this can really help achieve economies of scale? Additionally, the state has expertise in financial stability, accessibility, compliance, etc. Resolution — With the implementation of this policy, the EDD will review all Local Board nominated providers and program for initial and continued eligibility ensuring the requirements outline in this directive are applied consistently. In addition, the EDD is exploring other ways to streamline and improve the ETPL process. Comment #91—Are Adult Education and Literacy activities not allowable/fundable under WIOA unless in conjunction with an authorized training? Are such activities allowable, but not considered training? Are they simply not allowable? Resolution —To be listed on the ETPL, the provider must be an eligible provider of adult education and literacy activities under Title II of WIOA. Adult education and/or literacy activities must be offered concurrently, or in combination with, occupational skills training. Comment #92 — Public education course work should automatically be accessed and allowed on ETPL. Data collection has proven prohibitive. Should all public schools, such as Adult Ed, Community Colleges, ROP, contract education, etc., should be automatically eligible. Resolution — Not all public education programs are in -demand, so each program should be looked at individually for ETPL eligibility requirements. Per federal requirements, data collection is required of all providers (except registered apprenticeships). Comment #93 — Are all other service types on Section B, page 2 (except on the job training [OJT], Incumbent Worker Training [IWT], and customized training) required to be on ETPL? Resolution —Aside from OJT, IWT, and customized training, all services listed are considered "training services," and when funded through an ITA, these must be on the ETPL perTEGL 8- 19. Comment #94— Is it required that OJT, IWT, customized training providers are listed in CaIJOBS as a non-ITA provider or be listed on the local ETPL? Resolution — Local Areas are encouraged to enter OJT, IWT, and customized training providers into CaIJOBS as a non-ITA provider. These providers are not required to be on the ETPL; however, the Local Board must inform participants of the OJT, IWT, and customized training options available. In CaIJOBS, these providers would be listed as either ETPL (ITA) or Local Providers (non-ITA). Comment #95 — If all elements of the Draft Directive become final, it will take all the time of one full-time employee to implement them. Additional funding and training would have to be provided by the state. Resolution —The EDD will offer training, and quarterly meetings with the ETPL Coordinators to provide technical assistance. Questions and concerns regarding Local Area's allocations can be directed to the Local Board's Regional Advisor. Page 18 of 25 Comment #96— What about programs that are offered in English and Spanish? Should those be listed separately, like programs that are online or in -person? BPPE does not mandate combining of program data for English and Spanish courses. Resolution — If the curriculum between a Spanish and an English program is the same, then the program only needs to be entered once. The description of the program should indicate that the program is offered in both English and Spanish. If the curriculum between the two programs is different, then the programs should be listed separately, per DOL ETP reporting requirements. In -Demand Comment #97— Who verifies whether a program is in -demand? The ETPL coordinator of the Local Board that nominated the provider? And what about priority sectors of adjacent or even far -away Local Boards? Resolution —The Local Board is responsible for verifying that a program be for occupations in in -demand industry sectors identified by the state, region, or Local Board. In -demand or priority industry sector information must be verified with the State Board and/or Local Board. CA ETPL programs would then be available for other Local Boards to use. If the Local Board chooses to have a local ETPL, the Local Board would determine if the program is in -demand in their area. Comment #98— In -demand industry sectors are locally defined. How do you identify occupations (by SOC code) that are in -demand as determined by the state? Where is this list located? Would you use state in -demand to determine state eligibility, then use local in - demand to determine local eligibility? Resolution —California's Unified Strategic Workforce Development Plan has language on what is considered an in -demand occupation, as well as a list of occupations that Local Boards can use to justify state in -demand requirements. Local Boards would then apply their own local requirements for their local ETPL eligibility. You can find a link to the plan on the California Workforce Development Board's website. Local Board Policy Comment #99 — Does the state have a guide for the specific documents that contribute to "sufficient records"? Resolution —This requirement is to ensure providers are submitting accurate data to the Local Board. Providers can be removed for intentionally supplying inaccurate data. What constitutes as "sufficient records" needs to be addressed in the Local Board's local policy. Comment #100 — If the provider that went out of business is the only provider in a reasonable distance, Local Boards may not be able to provide a comparable training alternative. Must we provide travel costs if the client wishes to go? Resolution —This would be something to address in the Local Board's local policy. Page 19 of 25 Comment #101— Regarding the requirements for Local Board policy listed at the bottom of page 5, isn't this already covered by BPPE Approval/Exemption or WASC accreditation? Resolution —This requirement is for providers who are deemed exempt per CEC 94874, and are not regionally accredited by an accrediting institution. Comment #102 — Current local policy is to have individuals research and visit 3 schools that provide the training that the individual is interested in, before they select which school.they wish to attend. Does this supersede the requirements described in Section E, page 5, and we should no longer have the individuals go to 3 schools first? Resolution — Local Boards can continue with this type of procedure, as described in their local policy. Local vs CA ETPL Comment #103 — Without clear guidelines, Local Boards cannot expect the participants to understand why certain local programs are available in the state, but not in our Local Area. II also makes it confusing for the participant when they are reverse referred from that training provider and we will not approve the training locally, but it can be added to the CA ETPL. Resolution —The state is working with the vendor to display CA and local ETPL programs differently. This distinction in the system should help clarify what programs are available to participants, depending on where they are located. TEGL 8-19 allows for Local Boards to continue deciding what programs are allowed on their local ETPL. Comment #104— If a Local Board utilizes the CA ETPL, CaIJOBS serves as the "local list of training providers and programs," correct? Is it possible for the Local Board to make incumbent worker training provider information available when this is by definition only for a specific employer and a specific group of employed individuals? Resolution —The list available to the public includes training providers and programs that are on the ETPL. Any additional training providers that are not on the ETPL (non-ITA) can be entered as a local provider in CaIJOBS and only viewed by staff. The IWT may be eligible for, but not required to be on, the ETPL. Comment #105— Can state and local eligibility be conducted simultaneously? Resolution — Local Boards can review the provider and program at the same time for both CA and local ETPL eligibility, but they need to review the provider for the appropriate requirements (i.e. local ETPL has additional requirements to eligibility that do not effect eligibility for the CA ETPL). Also, CA ETPL eligibility review must happen first, because if they are no longer eligible per CA ETPL requirements, then they cannot be on the local ETPL. Comment #106— For the purpose of review for continued eligibility, does local ETPL refer to the geographic boundaries of the Local Board or the training providers that are under contract to the Local Board for payment of ITAs? Resolution —The local ETPL includes all providers that are on the CA ETPL, and meet that Local Board's local ETPL requirements. Page 20 of 25 Comment #107 —Local Boards may have additional criteria in order to be listed locally. For those who do not meet our local requirements, we are expected to list and manage them for the CA ETPL even though we will not use them locally? For both initial and continued eligibility? What happens when a provider has an onsite program and have no enrollments? We are expected to monitor them for compliance, review their performance, and provide technical assistance even though they aren't utilized? Resolution — If a provider and/or program meets the state requirements for the ETPL, and their business is headquartered in Local Area A, then Local Board A must nominate this provider profile to the CA ETPL. If the provider also has programs located in Local Area A, then Local Board A must review and nominate those programs for inclusion on the ETPL—even if this means the provider would not receive any participants. The Local Area can choose to only use their local ETPL for serving their participants, but the providers on the CA ETPL still should be available for other Local Boards to use. Local Board A would monitor for compliance, review performance, and provide technical assistance. The Local Board can delist the provider if the provider has not served at least one Title I, subtitle B enrollment during the previous two program years. See "Training Provider Continued Eligibility Criteria" for requirements to be reinstated to the ETPL. Comment #108 — Will there be copy and paste functionality added or radio button to add a program to the local ETPL? Resolution—CaIJOBS includes the ability to copy program data and create duplicate programs as needed via the "Duplicate" button in the Education and Training Programs tab. See Attachment 5 for more guidance on how to navigate CaIJOBS. Comment #109 — As written, it appears that providers outside the Local Area must be included on the local ETPL, if there is no specific local criteria. What is the reasoning behind requiring all CA ETPL to be also on the local ETPL? We don't include out -of -area training on our local ETPL, but if a participant requests it, we will consider it on a case -by -case basis. Local Boards should have the autonomy to consider allowing interested participants to attend out -of -area providers on a case -by -case basis. Resolution —A local ETPL is available for Local Boards to require additional criteria (such as location) for providers to meet, in order for them to serve participants using WIOA funds. If no additional requirements are added, then the Local ETPL will mirror the CA ETPL. Comment #110— Providers and programs may be eligible for the CA ETPL but not on the local ETPL. Are Local Boards required to nominate them, based only on the requirements of the Directive, will now be responsible to manage that provider and programs on the ETPL? Resolution —Yes. If the provider meets the CA ETPL requirements, Local Boards are responsible for nominating providers headquartered in their Local Area to the CA ETPL. They are also responsible for nominating programs located within their Local Area to the ETPL, assuming they meet the CA ETPL requirements. Per TEGL 8-19, page 5, Local Boards can only use CA ETPL requirements when reviewing providers for the CA ETPL. After conducting state Page 21 of 2S eligibility, the Local Board can then review the provider for local eligibility using their Local ETPL-specific requirements. Other Comment #111— Who are the stakeholders involved in developing the CA ETPL policies and procedures? Resolution —The California Workforce Development Board, Local Boards, regulatory agencies, and providers. Comment #112— Can an enrolled Youth in a Title I Youth program enroll in ITAs on ETPL if they are over 18 or do they need to be enrolled as an Adult? Resolution —An ITA can be used for an Out -of -School Youth ages 16 to 24, Adults, or Dislocated Workers. In -school Youth cannot receive an ITA. Comment #113— Who is responsible for uploading documents into the provider's profile? Resolution — Both the provider or the ETPL Coordinator have the ability to upload documents. Comment #114— ETPL Coordinatorjob qualifications need to be defined. Currently if an ETPL Coordinator is not the MIS Administrator, they are excluded from invitations to MIS Admin meetings and no alternative provisions are made to train new ETPL Coordinators. Resolution —To ensure Local ETPL Coordinators receive the training and support needed, the EDD will provide quarterly ETPL Coordinator webinars similar to the monthly MIS Administrator call. In addition, Local ETPL Coordinators can contact the State ETPL Coordinator and wsbetp!@eddca,gov_ to request assistance. Comment #115— Where would providers and/or Local Board staff go for resources on how to navigate the Provider Module in CaIJOBS? Resolution — Providers and Local Board staff can access the ETPL Guide Card, which is attachment 5 of this Directive. Local Board staff can also access the Provider Services User Guide located in the Staff Online Resources menu of CaIJOBS. Comment #116—The "CRS" designation is confusing to both providers and staff as it is not spelled out or explained anywhere. Can this be removed if it is no longer relevant? Resolution —The state is currently working with the vendor to improve the ETPL module and make it more streamlined, and will look into removing the CRS designation. Comment #117 — What staff privileges are associated to changing the Local Board responsible for the provider on page 58 of the ETPL Guide Card? Resolution —This is available to any staff with an ETPL Coordinator account. Out -of -State Providers Comment #118—Can out-of-state providers have training paid for through an ITA? Page 22 of 25 Resolution —All training providers, other than Distance Education training providers, that have training sites located only outside of CA cannot be listed on the CA ETPL. Local Boards cannot utilize an ITA with out-of-state training providers unless leveraging an approved ETPL reciprocal agreement. Please see ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (WSD22-08) for more information on the use of approved agreements. Comment #119 — Can WIOA funds be used for out-of-state provider training, as long as the provider is on the ETPL in the state where their headquarters is located? Resolution —AII training providers, other than Distance Education training providers, that have training sites located only outside of CA cannot be listed on the CA ETPL. Local Boards cannot utilize an ITA with out-of-state training providers unless leveraging an approved ETPL reciprocal agreement. Please see ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (WSD22-08) for more information on the use of approved agreements. Comment#120— When Local Boards contract with an out-of-state provider, how is EEO monitoring conducted? What about going through a formal procurement process? Resolution —To align with 20 CFR 680.320, the directive has been updated to remove the ability for Local Boards to contract with a provider listed on another state's ETPL. All training providers, other than Distance Education training providers, that have training sites located only outside of CA cannot be listed on the CA ETPL. Local Boards cannot utilize an ITA with out- of-state training providers unless leveraging an approved ETPL reciprocal agreement. Please see ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (WSD22-08) for more information on the use of approved agreements. Pre -apprenticeships Comment #121— Do pre -apprenticeships need to meet placement? In the last Directive, this was spelled out. Resolution —Yes, the pre -apprenticeship programs that are on the ETPL need to meet the same standards as the other postsecondary programs. Comment #122 — Suggestion to change pre -apprenticeship language to read: must provide training that "leads" to an industry -recognized credential or certificate. Resolution — No changes were made to the directive as a result of this comment. Comment #123 — Can the state please elaborate on what Local Boards must require of pre - apprenticeship training in the building and construction trades, especially those related to Multi -Craft Core Curriculum (MC3)? Resolution — If WIOA funds are being used to send participants to a construction pre - apprenticeship, the state and Local Boards must ensure the pre -apprenticeships follow Multi - Craft Core Curriculum (MC3) standards. Comment #124 — If pre -apprenticeships are not required to be on the ETPL, is their inclusion solely to use ITAs if it does lead to a credential? What does listed on ETPL and used in Page 23 of 25 conjunction with an ITA mean? I thought ITAs and ETPL went hand in hand, Is it possible to get a link to MC3 in the policy? If a pre -apprenticeship is listed on ETPL must it be connected with a Registered Apprenticeship Program? Resolution — Pre -apprenticeships are considered an individualized career service, and are not required to be on the ETPL. However, if a Local Area wants to utilize an ITA, the program must meet the requirements to be listed on the ETPL. The pre -apprenticeship must meet the definition of occupational skills training and award an industry -recognized credential. If it does not meet these requirements, it cannot be on the ETPL, In order to be eligible for the ETPL, pre -apprenticeships must have a Letter of Commitment from a DOL or DIR DAS apprenticeship. The last paragraph on page 8 states that Local Boards should prefer pre -apprenticeships that are partnered with DIR DAS Approved apprenticeships. Here (PDF) are some resources for understanding Multi -Craft Core Curriculum. Third Party Comment #125 — Isn't this third party subcontracting requirement applicable only to public colleges and universities? Resolution —This applies to both public and private provides accredited by WASC. Comment #126— Why are only WASC-accredited institutions limited from providing courses via a third party if they participated in development of the curriculum and ensure responsibility for the curriculum by issuing the related credential? Resolution — WASC providers do not have their third party courses reviewed during accreditation. To protect WIOA funds, third party vendors that directly receive tuition fees are not allowed to provide training unless the third party vendor provider and program is on the ETPL. Comment #127 —Can an accredited training provider sub -contract to another training provider, as long as that training provider is accredited by WASC? Resolution — if the subcontracted training provider is directly receiving payment, they must be listed as their own provider on the ETPL. Comment #128— How do we determine which Local Board conducted continued eligibility for the provider? Resolution —The review record in CaIJOBS will show which Local Board completed the review. Worker's Comp/Supplemental Job Displacement Benefit (SJDB) Comment #129— Has this passage about removing Workers Comp providers been discussed with the agencies that currently use the ETPL (e.g. Worker's Comp, VA, DOR)? We have frequent requests from these agencies to verify and list their providers. Resolution —Yes, the state has discussed this language with other agencies. Comment #130 — ETPL Coordinators get a lot of calls for people looking for worker's comp voucher training. It seems that the worker's comp customers have to guess what to do, and Page 24 of 25 while this clarification in the Directive will give ETPL Coordinators a ready-made response as to why ETPL Coordinators can't assist worker's comp customers, it still leaves worker's comp customers with questions. Resolution —The DIR handles the administration of the Worker's Comp program, which includes informing those in the program of where they can use their voucher. State law requires that vouchers only be used for public schools or providers on the ETPL. Local Boards that receive questions from voucher holders should direct them to their employer, Claims Administrator, or the Dartment of Industrial Relations. Comment #131— What are some resources that Local Board staff can use for Worker's Compensation questions? Resolution —A few resources regarding Workers' Compensation include the EDD's ETPL webpage, which has a paragraph on Workers' Compensation, and Chapter 8 of the DIR's Handbook on the Workers' Compensation program. Page 25 of 25 ATTACHMENT 8 ERRATA CHRONOLOGY The Workforce Services Directive ETPL Policy and Procedures (WSD21-03) dated November 10, 2021 was revised with the following changes: Errata #1— On February 22, 2023, the following changes were made to the Directive: • Directive, Page 1 and Attachment 7, page 1 — Corrected the number of comments received from 135 to 131. • Directive, Pages 1-2 — Made updates to the References section, including: updated format to be in alignment with department guidance, added ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (WSD22-08), and replaced Performance Guidance (WSD19-03) with Performance Guidance (WSD22-01). • Directive, Page 4 and 5, and Attachment 1, page 7, 13, 15, and 21— Due to removal of Attachment 5, removed CaIJOBS ETPL Module Guide Card from list of attachments, changed references to "Attachment 5" to' located on the Staff Online Resources page in CaIJOBS," and updated references to Attachments 6 and 7 appropriately. • Directive Page 4 and 5—Added Errata Chronology. • Attachment 1, page 7, Attachment 5, Page 1, and Attachment 7, page 13 and 23 —Added language regarding the allowable use of an approved ETPL reciprocal agreement for Out - of -State Training Providers. • Attachment 1, page 9 and 10, Attachment 5, page 5 and 6, and Attachment 7, page 2 — In alignment with the commission's update, change the abbreviation for the Western Association of Senior College and University Commission from "WASC SCUC" to "WSCUC". • Attachment 1, page 10 and Attachment 4, page 1 — Added sentence clarifying that the CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) is uploaded annually into the Documents section of the provider profile, prior to the provider's eligibility review. • Attachment 1, page 11 and Attachment 5, page 8 — Removed requirement for WSCUC providers to have their training program, location, and mode of delivery approved. • Attachment 4, page 2 — In the table, edited "ETPL Provider Number" to "ETPL Provider Name" and "ETPL Program Number" to "ETPL Program Name." • Attachment 5, page 1 — Simplified text from "Is the Training Provider headquartered and/or has at least one physical training site in CA?" to "Does the Training Provider have at least one physical training site in CA?" • Attachment 5, page 4 and 7 — Changed text from "Does the program offer occupational skills training that results in an industry -recognized credential?" to "Training Program leads to employment in a specific occupation or an industry recognized postsecondary credential?" Page 1 of 1 CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING CERTIFICATION FOR CONTRACTS, GRANTS, LOANS and COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTS The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: 1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing orattempting to influence an officeror employee of any agency, a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. 2) If any funds otherthan Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing orattempting to influence an officeror employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officeror employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying." in accordance with its instructions. 3) The undersigned shall require thatthe language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including agreements) and that all subrecipient's shall certify and disclose accordingly, This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure occurring on or before October 23, 1996, and of not less than $11,000 and not more than $110,000 for each such failure. Career Development Solutions Grantee/Contractor Organization � Signature Cindy Sutherland Name of Certifying Official Signature EXHIBIT D Training Program Title cifn)X I RightSignature -o REFERENCE NUMBER SIGNATURE CERTIFICATE 423DB26A-162A-4675.9E4B-51F3E345531E � � - 'TRANSACTION gETAjLS- DOCUMENT DETAILS -Reference Number Document Name 423D826A-162A.4675-9E4B-51F3E345531E 4 Exhibit D . Certification Regarding Lobbying Transaction Type Filename Signature Request 4_exhibit_d_ _certification_regarding_lobbying.pdf Sent At 06/19/202312:57 EDT Executed At 06/19/202313:31 EDT Identity Method email Distribution Method email Signed Checksum 8c06f2b5ff3b44dnc77e68445a2cff393M41bb2dla25d13731.W9d95.coal Signer Sequencing Disabled Document Passcode Disabled SIGNERS Pages 1 page Content Type application/pdf File Size 19.2 KB Original Checksum bc7fabddBa6c6ce52bd3136206a649a7453da8515ne026963d98c57dedafa15 'E-SIGNATURE �� ° EVENTS Name Status Viewed At Cindy Sutherland signed 06/191202313:30 EDT Email Multi -factor Digital Fingerprint Checksum Identity Authenticated At csutherland@nhlearninggroup.com e3cb958dc1912edd58a3f34c16efa5be1a80k827cd593e79b50b8be70cf90bb 06/1912023 13:31 EDT Components IP Address Signed At 1 8.46.200.194 06/19/202313:31 EDT Device Chrome via Windows Typed Signature Signature Reference ID 67D4CE51 AUDITS 71MESTAMP o-, tR,' 1",'AUDIT ' rp�'4`,_L5v''" ", S ,..#,'. ' q 06/191202312:57 EDT Jeremy Janov (jjanov@nhlearninggroup.com) created document'4_exhibit d _ - certification_regarding_lobbying.pdf on Microsoft Edge via Windows from-3S.76.101.210. 06/19/2023 12:57 EDT Cindy Sutherland (csutherland@nhlearninggroup.com) was emailed a link to slgn, 06119/2023 13:30 EDT Cindy Sutherland (csutherland@nhlearninggroup.com) viewed the document on Chrome via Windows from 8.46.200.194. 061191202313:31 EDT Cindy Sutherland (csutherland@nhlearninggroup.com) authenticated via email on Chrome via Windows from 8,46,200.194, 061191202313:31 EDT Cindy Sutherland (csutherland@nhlearninggroup.com) signed the document on Chrome via Windows from 8.46.200.194. The certification set out below is a material representation upon which reliance is placed by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development in awarding the grant. If it is later determined thatthe contractor knowingly rendered a false certification, or otherwise violates the requirements of the Drug -Free Workplace Act, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, in addition to any other remedies available to the Federal Government, may take action authorized under the Drug -Free Workplace Act. CERTIFICATION A. The contractor certifies that it will provide a drug -free workplace by: (a) Publishing a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the contractor's workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violation of such prohibition; (b) Establishing a drug -free awareness program to inform employees about— (1) The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace; (2) The contractor's policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace; (3) Any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance program; and (4) The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace; (c) Making it a requirement that each employee who will be engaged in the performance of the grant be given a copy of the statement required by paragraph (a); (d) Notifying the employee in the statement required by paragraph -(a) that, as a condition of employment underthe contract, the employee will - (1) Abide by the terms of the statement; and (2) Notify the employer of any criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five days after such conviction. EXHIBIT E (e) Notifying the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development within ten days after receiving notice under subparagraph (d)(2) from an employee or otherwise receiving actual notice of such conviction; (f) Taking one of the following actions, within 30 days of receiving notice under subparagraph (d)(2), with respect to any employee who is so convicted - (1) Taking appropriate personnel action against such an employee, up to and including termination; or (2) Requiring such employee to participate satisfactorily in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for such purposes by a Federal, State, or local health, law enforcement, or other appropriate agency; (g) Making a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug -free workplace through implementation of paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f). B. The contractor shall insert in the space provided on the attached "Place of Performance" form the site(s) for the performance of work to be carried out with the grantfunds (including street address, city, county, state, and zip code) .the contractor further certifies that, if it is subsequently determined that additional sites will be used for the performance of work under the contract, it shall notify the U,S. Department of Housing and Urban Development immediately upon the decision to use such additional sites by submitting a revised "Place of Performance" form. 06/19/2023 W (J Autk Date Program Operator Signature EXHIBIT E DIVISION OF EMPLOYMENT SERVICES PLACE OF PERFORMANCE FOR CERTIFICATION REGARDING DRUG -FREE WORKPLACE REQUIREMENTS Name: Cindy Sutherland Name of Contractor: Career Development Solutions Contract Number: Date: 6/16/2023 The Contractor shall insert in the space provided below the site(s) expected to be used for the performance of work under the contract covered by the certification: Place of Performance (include street address, city, county, state, zip code for each site): 1900 S. State College Blvd. Ste 100 Anaheim CA, 92806 Address EXHIBIT E cirriX I RightSignature oa o REFERENCE NUMBER 880AD860.1A65.4374-B CD3-A4 B4D5A012A6 SIGNATURE CERTIFICATE 0 rT ANSACTIO DETAILS `" =�F DOCUMENT DETAILS B.� . K.. I . ,_.-... _ ... Reference Number Document Name 880AD860-1A65-4374-BCD3-A4B4D5A012A6 5 Exhibit E - Drug Free Workplace Transaction Type Signature Request Sent At 06119/202313:02 EDT Executed At 06/191202313:19 EDT Identity Method email Distribution Method email Signed Checksum 87dOc7306bO3574c4679d53cfc1334d1960e451509069bd73f4841977c63Oea6 Signer Sequencing Disabled Document Passcode Disabled SIGNERS Filename 5_exhibit e_ _drug_iree workplace.pdf Pages 3 pages Content Type application/pdf File Size 37.2 KB Original Checksum Ocaa5fe7e43c3d6147hcb3f49dcO3267babe212f9d6aeeaaz2delbt377137bba CSIGNER i-¢' e¢IGMATURE ,a .Fv,_ .a. .. .. 'EVENTS Name Status Viewed At Cindy Sutherland signed 06/19/202313:18 EDT Email Multi -factor Digital Fingerprint Checksum Identity Authenticated At csutherland@nhlearninggroup.com af34ddle50c7ce6ba64ee3OWM3d8e072de1695f5b364949a0 b12809b95f40 06/19/202313:19 EDT Components IP Address Signed At 2 8.46,200.194 061191202313:19 EDT Device Chrome via Windows Typed Signature a,4gy .dutl c f4av7, Signature Reference ID 672AFEOF ��M W .AUDIT 06/191202313:02 EDT Jeremy Janov (ganov@nhlearningroupp.com) created document'5_ exhibit _e_-_drug_free_workplace,pdf' on Microsoft Edge via Windows from 98.76.101.'210. 06/19/2023 13:02 EDT Cindy Sutherland (csutherland@nhlearninggroup.com) was emailed a link to sign. 06/19/2023 13:18 EDT Cindy Sutherland (csutherland@nhlearninggroup.com) viewed the document on Chrome via Windows from 8.46,200.194. 06/19/2023 13:19 EDT Cindy Sutherland (csutherland@nhlearninggroup.com) authenticated via email on Chrome via Windows from 8,46.200.194. 0611912023 13:19 EDT Cindy Sutherland (csutherland@nhlearninggroup.com) signed the document on Chrome via Windows from 8,46,200.194. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion Lower Tier Covered Transactions This certification is required by the regulations implementing Executive Order12549, Debarment and Suspension, 29 CFR Part 98, Section98,510, Participants' Responsibilities. The regulations were published as Part Vllofthe May 16, 1988, Federal Register(Pages 19160-19211). ( Before completing certification, read instructions which are an integral part of certification) 1. The prospective primary participant, (i.e. grantee) certifies tothe best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals: a. Are not presently debarred,suspended, proposed fordebarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any federal departmentoragency; b. Have not within athree-year period preceding this proposal been convicted or had a civil judgment rendered againstthem for commission of fraud or criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attemptingto obtain, or performing a public (federal, state or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of federal or state antitrust statues or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, orreceiving stolen property. c. Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a government entity (federal, state orlocal) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (1)(b) of this certification; and d. Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions (federal, state orlocal) terminated forcause or default. 2. Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certifyto any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. Career Development Solutions G rantee/ContractorOrganization Cindy Sutherland, President Name and Title of Official Authorized to Certify On Behalf of the Grantee _6/6/2023_________ Date EXHIBIT F INSTRUCTION FORCERTIFICATION 1. By signing and submittingthis proposal,the prospective recipientof Federal assistance funds is providing the certification as set out below. 2. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed whenthis transaction was entered into. If it is later determined thatthe prospective recipientof Federal assistance funds knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government,the Departmentof Labor(DOL) maypursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. 3. The prospective recipientof Federal assistance funds shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is submitted if at anytime the prospective recipientof Federal assistance funds learns that Its certification was erroneous whom submitted orhas become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. 4. The terms"covered transaction", "debarment", "suspended", "ineligible", "lower tier covered transaction", "participant", "person", "primary covered transaction", "principle", "proposal", and "voluntarily excluded", as used in this cause, have theme aningsset out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order12549, You may contact the person to whom this proposal is submitted forassistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. 5. The prospective recipient of Federal assistance funds agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enterinto any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, orvoluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, u n less authorized by the DOL. 6. The prospective recipient of Federalassistance funds agrees bysubmitting this proposal, that it will include the clause title "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligible, orvoluntarily excluded from the covered transaction unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. 7. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establish me nt of a system of records in orderto renderin good faith the certification required to exceed that which is normally possessed bya prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. 8. Except for transactions authorized u nde r paragraph 5 of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into lowertier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, orvoluntary excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the DOL may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. EXH I BIT F Assurances & Certifications Selected providers will be required to sign and submit "actual" assurances and certificates as required by the City of Santa Ana and the Workforce Development Board on all contracts. I recognize that I must give assurances for each item below. Please initial each box indicating you have read and are providing assurance you are or will be in compliance with the following: O8 SAWDB uses the CaIJOBs ETPL Module for accepting applications from the providers to be lisW on the ETPL. Local boards may authorize a single local board to act on their behalf in making determinations forinitial and/or subsequent eligibility of providers. Contractors mustenterprogram(s) of training services into CaIJOBS. The training provider should only enter the program(s) desired to be on the CA ETPL. If the program is offered with multiple modes of delivery, or course lengths, the program must be entered separately for each variation. SAWDB has authorized the South Bay WDB to make initial and subsequent eligibility determinations for applications submitted from providers. Contractors should contact the South Bay WDB 11539 Hawthorne Blvd., 51 Floor, Hawthorne, CA 90250, 310-970-7700. 0 CONTRACTOR is required to be in compliance with South Bay WDB Master agreement and SAWDB agreement. es In cases where South Bay WDB has denied a provider's application, provider may submit the application to SAWDB for consideration and processing at 801 W. Civic Center Dr. #200, Santa Ana, CA92701ATTN: SAWDB Staff. The submission must include completed ETPL training program applications and a copy of the letter from the South Bay WDB denying application. C J Local boards may establish local policies requiring performance above the state minimum standards for providers to be included on the ETPL. 0 Acceptance and processing of an application does not constitute an agreement or relationship between the CONTRACTOR and SAWDB, nor does it guarantee any referrals to the providerby SAWDB. Applications will be process on an ongoing basis. CONTRACTOR must be in compliance with the State and Federal regulations, per Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) Eligible CONTRACTOR List Policy and Procedure WSD 15-07 or it's replacement. CONTRACTORS must also meet one of the following criteria in order to have their programs listed on the ETPL: 1) Bureau of Private Postsecondary Education Approval to Operate, or Verification of Exemption by BPPE. EXHIBIT G 2) Accreditation by the Accrediting Commission for Senior Colleges and Universities, WASC, or the Accrediting Commission for Community and Junior Colleges, CSU, UC, and other WASC accredited institutions. This accreditation can be verified at; www.accic.org/ or www.wascse,nior.org/. 3) Postsecondary institutions eligible under Title IV of the Higher Education Act (HEA) and offering programs leading toward an associate degree, baccalaureate degree, or certificate. 4) Approval by the California Department of Education. 5) Approval by the Chancellor's Office of the California Community Colleges (CCCCO). CONTRACTOR must reapply to be considered for subsequent approval on the ETPL and agrees to provide the required performance and cost information data. 0 CONTRACTOR must annually meet the state's minimum performance standards, however the SAWDB may set higher levels. Public Postsecondary Community Colleges, CSUs, and UCs are required to provide performance information for consideration of placement on the CA ETPL, but due to heavy state oversight, investment, and the inability to capture true program outcome data, these institution typesare notrequiredto meeta specific performance threshold to be listed on theCA ETPL 0 CONTRACTOR's BPPE accredited shall provide a copy of the provider's BPPE Annual Report (the Performance Fact Sheet) to document their achievement of the performance criteria if applicable. ALL Training on the ETPL must be for occupations in in -demand industry sectors identified by the state, regional or local workforce development boards. All Training on the ETPL must provide training services that lead to an industry -recognized credential, national or state certificate, or degree, including all industry appropriate competencies, licensing and/or certification requirements. 0 CONTRACTOR understands that allperformance data anddata submitted on the ETPLmustbe made available for data verification by the SAWDB or the State EDD office. CONTRACTOR mustmaintain all the relevantrecords utilized to support the data submitted onETPL for audit or monitoring purposes by the SAWDB or the State EDD office. CONTRACTOR that claim an exemption to BPPE (Section 94874 of the BPPE Act), must apply and receive a "Verification of Exemption" before being listed on the ETPL. Since it has been determined that any expenditure of public funds, state or federal, that directly benefits a student m be student financial assistance, we expect that instances of exemption will be very rare. CONTRACTOR must have all considered training programs listed with the BPPE, the SAWDB may verity the data that was submitted to BPPE. All new and current CONTRACTOR will be required to be registered in Ca1JOBS81 and must have all considered training programs listed with the BPPE match on CaIJOBS. All CONTRACTOR are required to enter performance data for each program to be listed on the ETPL and provide evidence to the Local Board that they have met the minimum performance criteria required. Programs that do not include performance data will not be approved for listing on the ETPL. EXHIBIT G CONTRACTOR must have their current course catalogs on file with the SAWDB. CONTRACTOR agrees to immediately notify (within 10 working days) the SAWDB, in writing, of any changes in the information submitted with initial agreement. 0 CONTRACTOR agrees to accept WIOA eligible referrals from the Santa Ana WORK Center on an individual referral basis. CONTRACTOR shall not accept nor enroll WIOA participants who do not meet the CONTRACTOR's entrance requirements, which are to be the same general entrance requirements required of public students, and agrees to submit a written notification to the Santa Ana WORK Center's Case Manager stating the reason(s) for non -acceptance. CONTRACTOR agrees to assist the WIOA client in applying for PELL Grants and any other funds that might be available to offset the cost to WIOA and to work together with the WIOA client's Case Manager to ensure all other funding sources are investigated and those funds obtained before submitting the Vendor Voucher to the SAWDB for payment. CONTRACTOR agrees to cross out sections of the student enrollment agreement that would hold the WIOA participant financially responsible for any training related expenses. Once accepted, CONTRACTOR agrees to enroll the WIOA participant in the course stipulated on the Vendor Voucher and no other. CONTRACTOR agrees to invoice the Santa Ana WORK Center, on a cost reimbursement basis, for third party testing (Microsoft, Novell, A+, etc.) and will provide a copy of the Pass/Fail results at that time. 0 Pre -Apprenticeship CONTRACTORS must include a letter of commitment from an approved apprenticeship program and meet the application policies and procedures required for the type of program (e.g., community college, private post -secondary, adult education provider, etc.). LJ CONTRACTOR Apprenticeship Programs registered under the NationalApprenticeship Act (NAA) or recognized by DIR/DAS are exempt from initial eligibility procedures. Registered apprenticeship programs must be included and maintained on the list of eligible providers of training services as long as the corresponding program remains registered, as described at WIOA sec. 122(a)(3). TJ CONTRACTOR agrees to allow SAWDB, Santa Ana WORK Center, the State of California, and die Department of Labor, the WIOA client and any of their duly authorized representatives' access to all the records regarding the WIOA client for monitoring purposes. The records include any books, documents, papers, files and computer data directly pertinent to the records of the WIOA participant The right to records includes the right to make excerpts, transcripts and photocopies. The right also includes the right to have reasonable and timely access to personnel forthe purpose of interviews and discussions related to the records of the WIOA participant. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide progress reports which indicate grades and test scores, as well as attendance reports, to the WIOA client's Case Manager on a monthly basis. EXHIBIT G 0 CONTRACTOR agrees to notify the WIOA client's Case Manager immediately (within 5 working days) if the WIOA client is absent for more than 3 days in a row, has sporadic attendance or drops out of school unless other arrangement are made in writing. 0 CONTRACTOR agrees to provide a copy of the "reimbursement form" and issue a refund check to the "City of Santa Ana" for the number of unused training hours and any non -issued training/testing vouchers, books, tools, etc. due within 30 calendar days after the last day the WIOA client attended school or the day the school was notified that the WIOA client dropped. Said check to be mailed to the attention of the WIOA Case Manager, 801 W Civic Center Dr., #200, Santa Ana, CA 92701. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide the WIOA Case Manager a copy of the WIOA client's certificate of completion or diploma or official transcripts within 10 working days of the date of completion or graduation. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide the WIOA client with the same level of job search/placement assistance as provided to the public students and to provide the WIOA Case Manager with all the pertinent informationregarding the placement of the WIOA client within 5 working days of the WIOA client's first day of employment. A WIOA client has 180 days after completing training to get a job for the CONTRACTOR to get credit for placement in employment. 0 I am authorized by my Board of Directors, Trustees, other legally qualified officer, or as the owner of this agency or business to submit this proposal. CONTRACTOR is not currently on any Federal, State of California, or local Debarment list. 0 CONTACTOR will provide records to show that we are fiscally solvent, if needed. CONTRACTORhas, orwill have, all of the fiscal control and accounting procedures needed to ensure that WIOA funds will be used as required by law and contract. CONTRACTOR has additional funding sources and will not be dependent on WIOA funds alone. CONTRACTOR will meet the applicable Federal, State, and local compliance requirements. These include, but are not limited to: 0 Records accurately reflect actual performance if applicable. Maintain record confidentiality, as required. Reporting financial,participant, and performance data, as required. 0 Comply with State and Federal fiscal and program activity audits. Complying with Federal and State non-discrimination provisions. 0 Meeting requirements of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Aar of 1973. Meeting requirements of the American's with Disabilities Act of 1990. (submit completed survey) EXHIBIT G Meeting all applicable labor law, including Child Labor Law standards. Agree to provide a drug free workplace. 0 Agree to insure the City of Santa Ana through General Liability Insurance and Automobile Liability Coverage in the amount of $1,000,000.00 policy. 0 Agree to provide all participants with Grievance Procedures. Agree to insure proposer's employees through Workers Compensation Insurance (including part -tone employees) RProcurement policies and procedures are in place and meet federal guidelines. CONTRACTOR will not: 0 Use WIOA money to assist, promote, or deter union organizing. 0 Use funds to employ or train of persons in sectarian activities. HUse funds for youth in the construction, operation, or maintenance of any part of a facility to be used for sectarian instruction or religious worship. HUse WIOA money under this contract to purchase any equipment. I hereby assure that all of the above are true. 6,n4Aut d, President 06/19/2023 Signature Title Date EXHIBIT G cftiX I RightSignature o"' ,o REFERENCE NUMBER SIGNATURE CERTIFICATE AAAC1880-1F68-43C8-A5F9-A3D70F08AACB Or ,. �. RANSCT19N DETAILS n ,, DOCUMENT 6ETAILS P.. _. Reference Number Document Name AAAC1880-1F68-43C8-A5F9-A3D70F08AACB 7 Exhibit G. Assurances Certifications Doc Transaction Type Signature Request Sent At 06119/2023 12:56 EDT Executed At 06119/2023 13:50 EDT Identity Method email Distribution Method email Signed Checksum 7bl26144945167191bdb55c9dwe249f4Wmda08208bf344Od66b4dWS6846 Signer Sequencing Disabled Document Passcode Disabled SIGNERS Filename 7_exhibit_g-_assurances_certifications_doc. pdf Pages 5 pages Content Type application/pdf File Size 46.6 KB Original Checksum e3a51507dMb32df38cOdf273b7feaa0B6829cc75el2714819989704df5Mbe `SIGNER &SIGNATURE . <r EVENTS .. < Name Status Viewed At Cindy Sutherland signed 06119/2023 13:47 EDT Email Multi -factor Digital Fingerprint Checksum Identity Authenticated At csutheriand@nhlearninggroup.com 12f208a4715db43653694f212287b2ca4ge2680dm3bMglab3882c63fd889c 06119/2023 13:50 EDT Components IP Address Signed At 58 8.46.200.194 06/191202313:50 EDT Device Chrome via Windows Typed Signature 'C�4 Avk.4.4: Signature Reference ID 84F95707 AUDITS ,%I"II(QESTAMP ~~AUDIT 061191202312:56 EDT Jeremy Janov fljanov®nhlearninggroupp.coml created document'7_exhibit_-_assurances certifications doc.pdf on Microsoft Edge via Windows from 38.76.1 1.210. 06/191202312:56 EDT Cindy Sutherland (csutherland®nhlearninggroup.com) was emailed a link to sign. 06119/202313:47 EDT Cindy Sutherland (csutherland®nhlearninggroup.com) viewed the document on Chrome via Windows from 8.46.200.194. 06119/202313:50 EDT Cindy Sutherland (csutherland®nhlearninggroup.com) authenticated via email on Chrome via Windows from 8.46.200.194. 06/1912023 13:50 EDT Cindy Sutherland (csutherland®nhlearninggroup.com) signed the document on Chrome via Windows from 8.46.200A94. COMPLAINT HANDLING UNDER THE Workforce Innovation Opportunity Act Santa Ana Local Workforce Development Area Revised March 10, 2023 EXHIBIT H Table of Contents Information Regarding Complaints 3 A. Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Complaints 3 Policy Statement 3 2. Civil CI 3. Nondiscrimination laws under WIOA 4 4. How to File Your Complaint 5 B. Criminal Complaints 6 II. General Procedures for Handling Non -Criminal Violations of the Act 6 III. Procedures for Handling Complaints at the LWDA Level 8 IV. Procedures for Handling Complaints at the State Level 12 V. Procedures for Handling Discrimination Complaints by Participants 15 VI. Procedures for Handling Disability Complaints by Participants 17 GLOSSARY OF WIOA TERMS 20 EXHIBIT H Information Regarding Complaints A. Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Complaints 1. Policy Statement In carrying out the purpose of the Workforce Innovation Opportunity Act (WIOA), the City of Santa Ana Local Workforce Development Area (LWDA) will establish programs to prepare youth and unskilled adults for entry into the labor force and to afford job training to those individuals facing serious barriers to employment. Every effort will be made to provide services necessary for eligible individuals to obtain productive employment. In implementing WIOA, all contractors in the Santa Ana LWDA will foster equal opportunity and non-discrimination, as provided in State and Federal equal opportunity and non-discrimination laws including, but not limited to: • Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 • Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 • The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended • Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 • Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 • Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 • Section 188 of the Workforce Innovation Opportunity Act of 2014 In keeping with our commitment, no individual shall be excluded from participation in, denied benefits of, subjected to discrimination under, or denied employment, in the administration or of in connection with any WIOA funded program because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, disability, or political affiliation or belief. Participation in programs and activities financially assisted in whole or in part under WIOA shall be open to citizens and nationals of the United States, lawfully admitted permanent resident aliens, lawfully admitted refugee, parolees, and other individuals authorized by the Attorney General to work in the United States. No individual will be intimidated, threatened, coerced, or discriminated against because of filing a complaint, furnishing information, or assisting or participating in any manner in an investigation, compliance review, hearing or any other activity related to the administration of WIOA. EXHIBIT H Administration responsibility for this Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action (EO/AA) Program is delegated to the Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Officer for the Santa Ana local Workforce Development Area. Equal opportunity and non- discrimination, however, will only be achieved through leadership and implementation of a viable Affirmative Action Equal Opportunity Program. 2. Civil Rights No one applying for or enrolled in the Workforce Innovation Opportunity Act (WIOA) programs may be discriminated against because of race, color, creed, disability, national origin, sex, age, political affiliation, or beliefs. This means that — for any of the characteristics listed above: • You may not be denied the opportunity to enroll in WIOA. • No benefits or services may be denied you for discriminatory reasons. • You may not be segregated or treated any differently from other applicants or participants, while you are being registered, interviewed, counseled or tested; or while you are working or attending classes as part of the program. • You must be provided an equal chance to use all facilities available in the program. • Fair employment practices must be provided to all staff with regard to recruiting, hiring, transferring, promotions, training, compensation, benefits, layoff, and termination. You have the right to make a complaint if you feel you have been denied any of the above opportunities. You cannot in any way be penalized for filing a complaint. Your WIOA sponsor has established a mechanism for handling complaints and grievances. Your complaint must be filed within 180 days. All complaints will be handled confidentially. 3. Nondiscrimination Laws under WIOA Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 Prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, or religion. The Age Discrimination Act of 1975 Prohibits arbitrary discrimination against persons' age 40-70. The Rehabilitation Act of 1973 EXHIBIT H Prohibits discrimination based on disability. Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 Prohibits discrimination in any education or training program or activity receiving federal financial assistance. OTHER CIVIL RIGHTS LAWS: Title VII of the Civil Rights Acts of 1964 Prohibits discrimination in employment based on race, color, religion, sex, or national origin in all terms and conditions of employment and establishes the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission as the administrative agency. Creates the office of Federal Contract Compliance and prohibits discrimination based on race, color, sex, religion, or national origin. Department of Labor Secretary's Order no. 4-73 Prohibits discrimination based on sex. Equal Pay Act of 1963 Prohibits pay differential solely because of sex. Emergency Employment Act of 1971 Prohibits discrimination based on race, creed, national origin, political affiliation, or beliefs. 4. How to File Your Complaint a. Put your complaint in writing. b. Have it sworn to before a notary public, if possible. c. Provides details that tell what happened, where it happened and when it happened. d. Give the name and addresses of all persons who were present or who had anything to do with the matter. ...Complaints on the basis of race, color, or national origin, age, sex, religion, political affiliation or belief, retaliation and citizenship, must be filed within 180 days of the alleged occurrence directly with: EXHIBIT H Director Civil Rights Center U.S. Department of Labor, Room N-4123 200 Constitution Ave., NW Washington, D.C. 20210 Complaints on the basis of disability must be filed within 180 days of the alleged occurrence. These complaints must be filed directly with the WIOA administrative entity. The WIOA administrative entity shall issue a written decision within 30 days of the filing of the complaint. If the complaint is still unresolved, an appeal may be made to the Chief of State Workforce Investment Division Office. The Department of Labor, the Civil Service Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and many other offices and agencies are committed to assuring equal employment opportunities for all persons. They will protect you. A case may be taken to court if the other processes do not yield satisfactory results. You may hire your own lawyer, or if you cannot afford one, the court may appoint one for you. It is unlawful for an employer, union, or employment agency to punish you or any witness for attempting to present the facts in a case. YOUR CIVIL RIGHTS UNDER THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION OPPORTUNITY ACT Santa Ana Local Workforce Development Area 801 W. Civic Center Drive, Suite 200 Santa Ana, CA 92701 (714)565-2600 B. Criminal Complaints In accordance with the WIOA and the implementing code of Federal section 667.600.... Federal handling of criminal complaints and report fraud, abuse and other criminal activity. All information and complaints involving fraud, abuse or other criminal activity shall be reported directly and immediately to the City of Santa Ana and the Secretary of Labor." II. General Procedures for Handling Non -Criminal Violations of the Act The following procedure is promulgated to meet the requirements of Title 20, of the Code of Federal Regulations, Section 186 through 188 of the WIOA regulations, and Section 181 of the Act (Public Law 105.200: 29 U.S. Code Sec. 2931 et seq) at the State and LWDA level for the receipt, investigation, hearing, and resolution of complaints by WIOA participants, sub EXHIBIT H recipients, applicants for participation, or financial assistance, labor unions, community based organizations, or any other persons. These procedures provide for resolution of non -criminal complaints arising from the operation of the Santa Ana LWDA. A complaint is defined here as a written expression by a party alleging a violation of the Act, regulations promulgated under the Act, recipient grants, sub agreements, or other specific agreements under the Act, including terms and conditions of employment of such participants in employment training programs. All complaints, amendments and withdrawals shall be in writing. These procedures are intended to resolve matters which concern policies, procedures or action(s) arising in connection with WIOA programs operated by each LWDA grant recipient and sub recipient under the Act. These procedures shall not be construed as affecting any other available legal remedy outside of the WIOA complaint process (i.e., disputes regarding terms and conditions of employment of any employee who is not a participant), either separately or simultaneously, that a person may wish to pursue in the resolution of a non-WIOA complaint. Also, these procedures do not restrict the LWDA grant recipient staff in carrying out informal discussion Procedures do not restrict the LWDA grant recipient staff in carrying out informal discussion and resolution of any problems outside of and without resort to the formal complaint procedure. A. The following principles and rules apply to all complaints at all steps of the complaint procedures: 1. All complaints must be made in writing within 180 days of the alleged occurrence, except complaints alleging fraud or criminal activity. 2. All persons filing a complaint shall be free from restraint, coercion, reprisal, or discrimination. Good faith efforts shall be made to informally resolve the complaint prior to the scheduled hearing. Complainants have the right to withdraw their complaints (in writing) at any time prior to the hearing. A complainant may amend his/her complaint to correct technical deficiencies but not to add issues. 3. Complainants shall have the right to be represented at their own expense by person(s) of their choosing at all levels of the complaint process. 4. Upon enrollment into employment or training, participants shall be provided with a written description of these procedures, including notification of their right to file complaints and instructions for filing. An employer of participants, including private -for -profit employers of participants, may use this or other complaint resolution procedures so long as the participant is informed of the complaint resolution procedure they are to follow and the time frames governing review of complaints are met. EXHIBIT H A "participant", within the meaning of these procedures, is an individual who receives employment -training services under a program funded by Santa Ana LWDA. The Complaint Resolution Procedures contained herein (or the alternative procedures which an employer may use) shall be available to participants to resolve disputes regarding items and conditions of employment of such participants in employment training programs. However, such procedures shall not be used to resolve disputes regarding terms and conditions of employment of any employee who is not a participant as defined herein. 5. If a complaint does not receive a decision at the LWDA grant recipient level within 60 days of filing the complaint or receives an unsatisfactory decision, the complainant then has a right to request a review of the complaint by the Governor. 6. Complainants must initially file and exhaust LWDA grant recipient/hearing procedures prior to appealing to the State except where the State determines that the LWDA grant recipient's procedures are not in compliance with the State's procedures, III. Procedures for Handling Complaints at the LWDA Level A. Receipt Complaints Pursuant to the WIOA regulations found at 20 CFR, Section 683.600, the LWDA administrative entities have the responsibility to conduct hearings and resolve complaints made by individuals about the administration of programs in the LWDA. "LWDA level" encompasses LWDA administrative entity and employers to which the administrative entity has delegated the complaint resolution process. The following comprise the guidelines for resolving issues arising in connection with WIOA programs operated by the Santa Ana LWDA including resolutions of complaints arising from actions, such as audit disallowances or the imposition of sanctions taken by the Governor with respect to audit findings, investigations or monitoring reports. 1. Form and Filing of Compliant Official filing date of the compliant is the date the written complaint is received. The filing of the complaint with the Santa Ana LWDA Equal Employment Opportunity Officer shall be considered as a request for hearing and a decision must be issued within 60 days. The complaint must be in writing and must be signed and dated. The complaint should also contain the following information: a. Full name, telephone number, if any, and mailing address of the complainant; b. Full name, telephone number, and mailing address of the agency involved (respondent); c. Clear and concise statement of facts including dates constituting alleged violation; d. What provisions under the Act, regulations, grant or other agreements under the Act, are believed to have been violated; EXHIBIT H e. Remedy sought by the complainant; and f. If the complainant is a private or public entity or corporation, and not a natural person, the filing of the complaint must be duly authorized by the governing body of such entity or corporation. The absence of any of the requested information shall not be a basis for dismissing the complaint. A copy of the complaint must be sent to the respondent and both parties notified of the opportunity for an informal resolution. At each step of the complaint process, the complainant must be notified in writing of the next procedural step. 2. Informal Conference Informal conferences will be utilized by the Santa Ana LWDA to resolve complaints; however, such informal conferences shall not extend the time within which a decision must be issued after receipt of a complaint. Attempts at informal resolution will commence with two (2) weeks of the date of filing of the complaint. a. The EEO Officer will review the case and ascertain facts prior to the conference so that appropriate resolution can take place at the time of this meeting whenever possible. b. Although the complainant should be encouraged to attend this conference, his/her failure to do so should not preclude his/her right to request a hearing on the matter. c. If mutually satisfactory resolution results and the Santa Ana LWDA concurs, the EEO Officer will write a brief report for the file stating the issues and resolution. The matter shall then be considered closed. d. If resolution does not result, the complainant shall be provided the necessary information and assistance to request a hearing if he/she so desires. 3. Request for Hearing a. As in the case of the complaint, the request for a hearing should be put in writing and be filed in person or by mail. A governing board resolution of authorization to appeal should also be submitted when appropriate. The request should be filled with: Daniel Durham Sr. Personnel Analyst — EEO Officer 20 Civic Center Drive, M-24 Santa Ana, CA 92701 (714)647-5330 EXHIBIT H b. A hearing will be scheduled by the EEO Officer within thirty (30) days of the date of filing of the complaint. 4. Notice of Hearing Upon receipt of the request for hearing, the complainant and the respondent will be notified in writing of the hearing ten (10) calendar days prior to the date of the hearing. The ten-day notice may be shortened with the written consent of the parties. A decision will be issued by the Santa Ana LWDA within sixty (60) days of the date of filing of the complaint. The hearing notice shall be in writing and contain the following information: a. The date of notice, name of the complainant, and the name of the party against whom the complaint is filed. b. The date, time and place of hearing before an impartial hearing officer. c. A statement(s) of the alleged violation(s) d. Advise as to where information or assistance may be obtained, and the name, address, and telephone number of the Santa Ana LWDA Equal Employment Opportunities (EEO) Officer who can answer inquiries. B. Conduct of Hearing The hearing shall be conducted in an informal manner with strict rules of evidence not applicable. Unnecessary technicalities should be avoided. It should provide the flexibility to enable adjustment to the circumstances presented. 1. The hearing officer shall have complete independence to obtain facts and make decisions. The hearing officer shall be in a position to render impartial decisions and thus should not be subordinate to the Santa Ana LWDA or its sub recipients. The hearing officer will be selected from a list of names on file with the EEO Officer. 2. Full regard must be given to the requirements of due process to insure a fair and impartial hearing. 3. The hearing office designated by the EEO Officer to function in a quasi-judicial capacity should begin the hearing by summarizing the record and the issue and should explain the manner in which the hearing will be conducted, making sure that everyone involved understands the proceedings. Such explanations should be adapted to the needs of the specific situation. The hearing officer might take testimony under oath or affirmation to give some assurance of veracity to the hearing. 10 EXHIBIT H 4. The burden of proof should be reasonable and flexible, dependent upon the circumstances of the case involved. The hearing officer determines the order of proof. Generally, the party making the complaint has the obligation of establishing his or her case and should be examined first. 5. The party involved should have the right to be represented (at their own expense) if he/she so desires. Other he/she is limited to his/her own abilities and those to the hearing officer in obtaining testimony in the case. 6. It is important that the hearing officer obtain the fullest information for the record. If the parties involved, or their representatives, do not know how to ask the right or pertinent questions in pursuing their right to due process, it shall be necessary for the hearing officer to step in to have all the materials and relevant facts elicited. The practice in informal hearings is generally not to apply strict rules of evidence in obtaining facts. However, the quantity of evidence required to support a decision on an issue should be sufficiently credible that the state (or other appropriate agency), upon reviewing the decision, would conclude that the decision is supported by substantial evidence. 8. The hearing officer should attempt to negotiate a resolution of the issue at any time prior to the conclusion of the hearing. 9. Within ten (10) days of the conclusion of the hearing, the hearing officer will issue a recommended decision to the LWDA for final determination. The recommended decision shall be in writing and may be accepted, rejected or modified by the Santa Ana Workforce Development Board. C. Issuance of Decision Within sixty (60) calendar days of filing of the complaint, the Santa Ana LWDA shall issue a written decision to all parties by first class mail. The final decision shall contain the following information: 1. The name of the parties involved. 2. A statement of the alleged violation and issues related to the alleged violation. 3. A statement of the facts. 4. The decision and the reasons for the decision. 5. A statement of corrective action, if any, to be taken. 6. Notice of the right to request, within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of the decision, a review of the decision by the State Review Panel. 11 EXHIBIT H D. Record of Hearing An administrative file containing support documents on the complaint resolution process hearing conducted will be retained by the Santa Ana LWDA. The purpose of a record is to serve as substantiation of the process followed by the Santa Ana LWDA on the resolution of the issues and the results. This information would then be available for subsequent review in the event the matter is raised with the State. Such records must be retained for a three- year period after the grant has been officially closed out. The Santa Ana LWDA's written decision will be included in the record. Evidence received at the hearing, notes by the hearing officer, stenographer's notes and tape recordings may also be used. E. Establishment of Complaint Procedures In accordance with Section 683.600, each employing agency including private -for -profit employers of participants under the Act is required to establish a complaint procedure for resolving matters relating to the terms and conditions of employment. Employers may operate their own grievance system or may utilize the Santa Ana LWIDA's established procedures under Section 683.600. At a minimum these procedures must include: 1. Written notice, upon enrollment into employment training services, of the scope and availability of such procedures. Employer's grievance procedures shall be set forth in a written document and must meet the regulation mandate that a complaint will be resolved with sixty (60) days from the date the complaint was filed. A copy of employer's grievance procedure shall be provided to each participant upon enrollment in employment training. 2. Written notice, at the time the grievance is filed, of the procedures under which the grievance will be processed. 3. Written notification of the disposition of the grievance and a written decision shall be issued within thirty (30) days of the filing of the grievance unless a present and long established grievance specifically provides other limits; and 4. Written notification of the participant's right to request a review of the employer's decision by the Santa Ana LWDA and the State Review Panel in accordance with Section 683.600. IV. Procedures for Handling Complaints at the State Level Section 181 (c) of the Act and the WIOA regulations at 20 CFR, Section 683.600 (d) requires the Governor to establish a State Review process of complaints filed at the LWDA grant recipient level and of complaints initially filed at the State level. Appeals of decisions issued at the LWDA level including audit disallowances and sanctions shall be reviewed by the State Review Panel. The State Review Panel shall review the record 12 EXHIBIT H established at the LWDA level and shall issue a decision based on the information contained therein. Complaints which may be initially filed at the State level will be heard by an independent hearing officer designated by the State Workforce Investment Division (WID). The hearing officer shall conduct a hearing and issue a recommended decision to the State Panel. The recommended decision shall be in writing and may be accepted, rejected or modified by the State Review Panel. A. Form and Filing of Complaint. 1. Request for State Review of LWDA Level Decisions On receipt of a complainant's request for review because of an unsatisfactory decision, the State shall provide for an independent state review. 2. Filing of Requests for State Review The State Review Panel shall review all LWDA level decisions when a request for review is filed within 10 days of receipt of the adverse decision. Such requests must be filed in writing with the Chief of the WID Office. The request for review should contain the following information: a. Full name, address, and telephone number of the party requesting the review b. Full name, address, and telephone number of the other party c. A copy of the decision d. Brief statement of reasons for review or the section of the LWDA decision to be reviewed including regulatory and statutory citations e. A statement of the relief sought. 3. Complainant Responsibility It is the responsibility of the complainant to include in the request for review a written statement setting forth the facts presented at the LWDA hearing which support the requested relief. The Chief, WID, shall mail a copy of the request for review to the other party and to the LWDA. It shall be the responsibility of the LWDA to submit the complete record including a typed record of the hearing to the Chief, WID, within ten (10) days. B. Conduct of Hearings. 1. Request for Hearing at the State Level 13 EXHIBIT H If no decision has been issued at the LWDA level or the State has determined an audit disallowance or imposed sanctions, the complainant may request a hearing. The hearing officer will then issue a recommended decision to the State's Review Panel for final determination. 2. Filing for Request for Review The request for a State hearing shall be filed within ten (10) days after LWDA should have issued a decision or ten (10) days after the issuance of the audit disallowance or sanction. The request shall be filed directly with the Chief of the WID in writing and should include the following: a. Full name, address, and telephone number of the LWDA b. Name, address, and telephone number of the LWDA C. Copies of complaints made at LWDA level from which no decisions were issued or sanctions and imposed. d. A statement of basis for the request for hearing. 3. Evidentiary Hearing Upon receipt of the request for a State level hearing, a hearing before a designated hearing officer will be scheduled. The hearing will be recorded mechanically or by court reporter. Both parties concerned will have the opportunity to present oral and written testimony under oath, to call and question witnesses in support of his/her position, to present oral and/or written arguments, to examine records and documents relevant to the issue($), and to be represented. The hearing officer shall issue a written decision, which shall be forwarded to the State Review Panel for final determination. The State Review Panel may accept, reject or modify this recommendation. The decision of the State Review Panel is final except for audit disallowances, which must be approved by the Secretary of Labor C. State Review Panel The State Review Panel will consist of a panel of three representatives from the Employment Development Department: one from the Legal offices, one from the WID, and one from the Director's office. The panel will issue a written decision, which will be sent to the appropriate parties within thirty (30) days of receipt of the request for State review. 14 EXHIBIT H V Decisions issued by this panel, under the authority of the Governor, are final. D. Issuance of State Review Decision. The State review will be limited to violations of the WIOA, implementing WIOA regulations or the grant agreement. This review shall be limited to the record established at the LWDA hearing. Procedures for Handling Discrimination Complaints by Participants. A. Complaints on the basis of race, color, or national origin, age, sex, religion, political affiliation or belief, retaliation, and citizenship, where appropriate, must be filed within 180 days of the alleged occurrence. It is the responsibility of the Santa Ana LWDA's Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Officer to determine jurisdiction and to make the complainant aware of and provide assistance in filing a complaint in accordance with the Santa Ana LWDA's procedure under Section II (A). ss EXHIBIT H No later than 180 days of Handling of complaints filed at LWDA level arising in connection with alleged WIOA programs operated by LWDAs discrimination Informal Resolution Process Filing of Complaint/Request for Hearing w 0 0 a Notice of Hearing issued by LWDA $ v 0 ti Hearing Conducted LWDA Decision within 60 days Unsatisfactory Decision or LWDA Decision not issued within 60 days Within 10 days of receipt of unsatisfactory decision or 10 Request for State Review o days from date p LWDA decision should have been issued. Governor's Decision issued by State Review Panel If no decision issued by State Review Panel Appeal to DOL 16 EXHIBIT H In cases where areas of authority overlap, it is the responsibility of the EEO Officer to advise the complainant of the existence of State, Federal and other proper action agencies, which may also have a bearing. 3. Complainants alleging discrimination under this part will be made aware of their right to file directly with the Office of Civil Rights (OCR), U.S. Department of Labor and applicable procedures. 4. Complainants must file their complaint directly with: Daniel Durham Sr. Personnel Analyst — EEO Officer 20 Civic Center Drive, M-24 Santa Ana, CA 92701 (714)647-5330 VI. Procedures for Handling Disability Complaints by Participants Complaints alleging discrimination on the basis of disability will be filed and processed under the Department of Labor regulations implementing Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 at 29 Code of Federal Regulations Section 32. 1. Complaints must exhaust the Santa Ana LWDA's informal resolution procedures before filing their complaint with OCR. 2. Complainants will be made aware of the 180 days requirement in which to file his/her complaint. A. Procedures at the LWDA Level The complainant shall file his/her complaint directly with the Santa Ana LWDA. Upon receipt of the complaint, the EEO Officer shall investigate and gather information concerning the complaint. 2. An informal conference will be held with the parties concerned in an effort to resolve the issue(s). The complainant has the right to be present and may be represented during the conference. 3. The Santa Ana LWDA shall issue in writing its decision to the complainant no later than thirty (30) days after the filing of the complaint. B. Procedures at the State Level 1. The complainant may appeal to the State if he/she is not satisfied with the decision of the Santa Ana LWDA. v EXHIBIT H 2. The Complainant must file his/her appeal as a request for review directly with the Chief WID within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt of the Santa Ana LWDA's decision. 3. The Chief-WID, shall issue a decision no later than thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of the request for review. 4. After the complainant has received a decision or no decision has been received from the Director of Employment Development Department (on behalf of the Governor), the complainant has the right to appeal his/her complaint within thirty (30) calendar days to the Office of Civil Rights (OCR) with the Department of Labor. 18 EXHIBIT H No later than 180 days of alleged discrimination Filed within 30 days of LW DA/State Decision or 90 days from date of Initial filing of complaints Filing of complaint on the basis of Disability with LWDA Informal Resolution o If no resolution reached o Request for Hearing Notice of Hearing Hearing Conducted LWDA Decision Unsatisfactory Decision or No Decision o State Review Governor's Decision Appeal to Assistant Secretary Department of Labor 19 EXHIBIT H Day 1 Day/45 Day 60 Days GLOSSARY OF WIOA TERM AGE DISCRIMINATION ACT — A law passed by Congress in 1975 which prohibits discrimination on the basis of age by any program or activity receiving Federal Funds. APPLICANT — An individual who applies to a subrecipient or contract for services provided under WIOA and who has not yet transitioned to the status of participant. ASSESSMENT — Services designed to determine each participant's employability, aptitudes, abilities and interests and to develop a plan to achieve the participant's employment and related goals; also to identify the available employment and traning activities appropriate for the participant. Testing and counseling may also be used during assessment process. CHARGING PARTY (CP) COMPLAINANT GRIEVANT, OR AGGRIEVED PERSON — The person who charges that he/she has been discriminated against under Department of Justice nondiscrimination and civil rights regulations and/or guidelines. DISCRIMINATION — In general, a failure to treat all equally, whether intentional or unintentional; the effect of an action, policy or practice which selects an individual or class of persons to receive unequal treatment. ELIGIBLE NON -CITIZEN — Lawfully admitted permanent resident, aliens, lawfully admitted refugees, and parolees and other individuals authorized by the Attorney General to work in the United States. EMPLOYER — An employer subject to the provisions of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, including state and local governments and any Federal agency subjects to the provisions of Section 717 of the Civil Rights Act, as amended; and any Federal contractor or subcontractor covered by executive Order 11246, as amended. GRIEVANCE — An allegation that something imposes an illegal obligation or burden or denies some equitable or legal right, or causes injustice . INDIVIDUAL WITH A DISABILITY — Any individual who has a physical or mental disability that constitutes or results in a substantial challenge to employment. INTAKE — Includes screening to determine eligibility; to select from eligible applicants those individuals who are most in need and can benefit from program services; to complete procedural requirements necessary to enroll an individual into the program and to refer those not enrolled to other programs. JOINT COMPLAINT — A complaint Pay Act and by Title VI or Title IX. unless OCR has a compelling rea employment and other practices an by OCR. of employment discrimination covered by Title VII or the Equal Individual "joint complaints" are normally investigated by EEOC on to investigate. "Joint complaints" alleging discrimination in t pattern or practice "joint complaints" are normally investigated 20 EXHIBIT H JURISDICTION — Authority to investigate and resolve complaints against an institution subject to a law or statute which has been assigned to OCR for enforcement, i.e., Title VI, Title IX, etc. PARTICIPANT — Any applicant who has: (1) Been determine and (2) Who is receiving subsidized employment, training services) funded under the Act, following intake, except for an and/or intake and assessment services. 21 EXHIBIT H d eligible for participation upon intake; or services (except post -termination individual who receives only outreach ®'CAREER DEVELOPMENT SOLUTIONS June 21, 2023 City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division 20 Civic Center Plaza Santa Ana, CA 92702 Re: Auto Insurance Requirement Dear City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division: Career Development Solutions has intent to enter into an agreement with the City of Santa Ana. Throughout the course of this agreement, [Company Name] attests to the following: 1. Career Development Solutions will not use/drive any vehicle during the course and scope of the services provided in the agreement/contract, 2. Career Development Solutions will not use any owned/rented/leased vehicles during the course and scope of the services provided in the agreement/contract. Career Development Solutions consultants/independent contractors/employees utilize their personal vehicles/non- company owned, borrowed, or rented/leased vehicles for transportation to and from work and if applicable carry their own automobile insurance. `CAREER ,qNDEVELOPMENT SOLUTIONS By signing below, I, Cindy Sutherland attest that I possess the legal authority to enter into an agreement with the City of Santa Ana as well as the legal authority to attest to the statements above. If at any time it is found that [company name] is not adhering to any/all statements in this document and has not provided the minimum Auto liability insurance coverage of $1 million per occurrence, the contract will be considered null and void and the company will be held fully liable for any and all damages. Cindy Sutherland President Career Development Solutions Contact Phone; 714-221-3121 Email Address: csutherland@careerdevelopmentsolutions Juan From: CTrax <certificate-request@ctraxjdidata.com> Sent: Thursday, September 15, 2022 8:43 AM To: Csutherland@NHSocal.com; Goodson, Audrey; mgreenwood@boltonco.com Subject: Internal Notice of Compliance NOTICE OF COMPLIANCE CITY STAFF: PRINT THIS PAGE AND INCLUDE WITH AGREEMENT TO THE CLERK OF THE COUNCIL Contractor Name: Career Development Solutions LLC Project A-2020-194-01 Number: Project Name: Agreement For Workforce Training The Certificate of Insurance (COI) submitted indicates that the coverages are in compliance with the insurance requirements. No further action is required at this time. The are: New Horizons Career GENERAL LIABILITY ZB3922557011 08/01/2023 07/29/2022 Development LLC- . _ . .. -, 08012023.pdf New Horizons Career WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY W23922650911 08/01/2023 - 07/29/2022 Development LLC - 08012023.pdf Thank you, City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division in partnership with CTrax Plus Services Team 9/15/2022 11:42 AM 1 79/6/2024 E(MM/DD/YYYY) ,a`oRo° CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: IMA, Inc. PHONE 3475 E. Foothill Blvd., Sui 00 • A/c No Ext: 2 0 5 Pasadena, CA 91107 I a DRless: INS ER(S)AFFORDING COV RAGE NAIC# www.boltonco.com n2g INSURERA: Cif nSALra1(eJ1anAf_dWea031534 INSURED INSURERB: T'e h 'nover InS nce Company 22292 KML Enterprises Career Development, LLC DBA New Horizons Learnin Gr INSURERC: .Ilmerl I efi ao Career Development Solu s ERD 1900 S. State College B MLt3oevedN.J11 Anaheim CA 92806F: • • COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 81809559 _ • 1!I O UM THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR I POLICY NUMBER MM/DD/YYYY MM/DDIYYYY A �/ COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY �/ �/ ZB3922557013 8/1/2024 8/1/2025 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 CLAIMS-MADE � OCCUR PREM SESOEa oNTE cur ance $300,000 MED EXP(Any one person) $10,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 POLICY JECT PRO �✓ LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $2,000,000 OTHER: Deductible $0 A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ZB3922557013 8/1/2024 8/1/2025 COMBINED tSINGLE LIMIT $1,000,000 ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ ✓ AUTOS ONLY ✓ AUTOS ONLY Per accident B �/ UMBRELLALIAB f OCCUR UH3928974913 8/1/2024 8/1/2025 EACH OCCURRENCE $5,000,000 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $5,000,000 DED ✓ RETENTION$0 $ C WORKERS COMPENSATION W23922650913 8/1/2024 8/1/2025 ,/ SPER TATUTE EORH AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y I N ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? ❑Y NIA (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1 000 000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) Re:Operations of the Named Insured.GL Additional Insured applies per the CG20100413 attached,only if required by written contract.GL Primary wording applies per 42104521214 attached.GL Waiver of Subrogation applies per CG24040509 attached. GL Cancellation clause applies per IL02700720 attached.Additional Insured(s):The City of Santa Ana, its officers,employees,agents,volunteers,and representatives. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE City of Santa Ana THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF. NOTICE WILL RE DELIVERED IN Risk Management Division, 4th Floor ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PRC 20 Civic Center Plaza „oR RieleManagernentDiv;sfnrt Santa Ana CA 92702 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE a�'� REVIEWED&APPROVED BY: John Guthrie Risk Management Specialist ©1988-2015 ACORD ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 81809559 1 KMENTE-Cl 1 24-25 Msster Certificate I Nancy Cadwallader 1 9/6/2,0�4 6:46:23 PM (PDT) I Page 1 of 9 V CAREER DEVELOPMENT \,"SOLUTIONS September 5, 2024 City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division 20 Civic Center Plaza Santa Ana, CA 92702 Re: Professional Liability Insurance Requirement. Dear City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division: "Career Development Solutions", LLC has intent to enter into an agreement with the City of Santa Ana. Throughout the course of this agreement,Career Development Solutions attests that I am not a licensed professional and will not employ a licensed professional during the course of my contract with the City of Santa Ana. By signing below, I attest that I possess the legal authority to enter into an agreement with the City of Santa Ana as well as the legal authority to attest to the statements above. if at any time it is found that Career Development Solutions is not adhering to any/aII statements in this document,the contract will be considered null and void and the company will be held fully liable for any and ali damages. Vicken £murian Chief Operating Officer Career Development Solutions, LLC 310-342-3504 vemurian@careerdevelopmentsolutions.com Risk Management DMsim REVIEWED&APPROVED BY. ®' Risk Management Specialist 1900 S. State 1 College Bl • Suite 530, Anaheim, a 92806 www.careerdevelopmentsolutions.com POLICY NUMBER: ZB3922557013 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG20100413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Locations Of Covered Operations The City of Santa Ana, its officers,employees,agents,volunteers, and representatives Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these include as an additional insured the person(s) or additional insureds, the following additional organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only exclusions apply: with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or damage" or "personal and advertising injury' "property damage" occurring after: caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. All work, including materials, parts or 1. Your acts or omissions; or equipment furnished in connection with such 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your work, on the project (other than service, behalf; maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or in the performance of your ongoing operations for on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the the additional insured(s) at the location(s) location of the covered operations has been designated above. completed; or However: 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the 1. The insurance afforded to such additional injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization insured only applies to the extent permitted by other than another contractor or subcontractor law; and engaged in performing operations for a 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is principal as a part of the same project. required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. Rick Management Divisirnt REVIEWED&APPROVED BY. ® Risk Management Specialist CG 20 10 04 13 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 2 81809559 1 KMEENTE-Cl 1 24-25 Master Certificate I Nancy Cadwallader 1 9/6/2-02-4 6:46:23 PM (PDT) I Page 2 of 09 C. With respect to the insurance afforded to these 2. Available under the applicable Limits of additional insureds, the following is added to Insurance shown in the Declarations; Section III—Limits Of Insurance: whichever is less. If coverage provided to the additional insured is This endorsement shall not increase the required by a contract or agreement, the most we applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the Declarations. amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or Rink Management DMsian �?- REVIEWED&APPROVED BY. °I 111C I 119 1" A-s-g�e Acevedo ® Risk Management Specialist Page 2 of 2 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 CG 20 10 04 13 81809559 KMEENTE-Cl 1 29-25 Master Certificate N—y Cadwallader 1 9/6/2-02-9 6:46:23 PM (POT) I Page 3 of 9 ZB3922557013 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to SECTION IV — damage" to premises rented to the COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, Additional Insured or temporarily occupied Paragraph 4. Other Insurance: by the Additional with permission of the Additional Insured —Primary and Non-Contributory owner; or If you agree in a written contract, written agreement or (iv) If the loss arises out of the maintenance or permit that the insurance provided to any person or use of aircraft, "autos" or watercraft to the organization included as an Additional Insured under extent not subject to Exclusion g. of SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED, is primary and SECTION I — COVERAGE A — BODILY non-contributory, the following applies: INURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY. If other valid and collectible insurance is available to the Additional Insured for a loss we cover under (b) When this insurance is excess, we will have Coverages A or B of this Coverage Part, our no duty under Coverages A or B to defend the obligations are limited as follows: insured against any "suit" if any other insurer 1 Prima Insurance has a duty to defend the insured against that ( ) Primary "suit". If no other insurer defends, we will This insurance is primary to other insurance that is undertake to do so, but we will be entitled to available to the Additional Insured which covers the insured's rights against all those other the insurers. Additional Insured as a Named Insured. We will (c) When this insurance is excess over other not seek contribution from any other insurance Insurance, we will pay only our share of the available to the Additional Insured except: amount of the loss, if any, that exceeds the (a) For the sole negligence of the Additional sum of: Insured; (i) The total amount that all such other (b) When the Additional Insured is an Additional insurance would pay for the loss in the Insured under another primary liability policy; absence of this insurance; and or (ii) The total of all deductible and self insured (c) When (2) below applies. amounts under all that other insurance. If this insurance is primary, our obligations are not We will share the remaining loss, if any, with affected unless any of the other insurance is also any other insurance that is not described in this primary. Then, we will share with all that other Excess Insurance provision and was not insurance by the method described in (3) below. bought specifically to apply in excess of the Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations (2) Excess Insurance of this Coverage Part. (a) This insurance is excess over any of the other (3) Method Of Sharing insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis: (a) If all of the other insurance permits contribution by equal shares, we will follow this (i) That is Fire, Extended Coverage, Builder's method also. Under this approach each Risk, Installation Risk or similar coverage insurer contributes equal amounts until it has for"your work"; paid its applicable limit of insurance or none of (i i) That is Fire insurance for premises rented the loss remains, whichever comes first. to the Additional Insured or temporarily (b) If any of the other insurance does not permit occupied by the Additional Insured with contribution by equal shares, we will contribute permission of the owner; by limits. Under this method, each insurer's (iii) That is insurance purchased by the share is based on the ratio of its applicable Additional Insured to cover the Additional limit of insurance to the total applicable limits Insured's liability as a tenant for"property of insurance of all ins RiekManag?=mentl?ivisirnt ALL OTHER TERMS, CONDITIONS, AND EXCLUSIONS REMAIN UNCI - ``= �?- REVIEWED&APPROVED BY. ® Risk Management Specialist 421-0452 12 14 Includes copyrighted materials of Insurance Services Office, Inc.,with its permissi 81809559 1 KMEENTE-Cl 1 24-25 Master Certificate I Nancy Cadwallader 1 9/6/2_02_4 6:46:23 PM (PDT) I Page 4 of 09 POLICY NUMBER:ZB3922557013 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 24 04 05 09 WAIVER OF TRANSFER RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: Where Required By Contract (Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations.) The following is added to Paragraph 8.Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV . Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work"done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products completed operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. „oR %skMuagetnenfDMsim CG 24 04 05 09 Copyright, Insurance Service Office, Inc., 2008 REVIEWED&APPROVED BY. A--gg e Aecv44 ® Risk Management Specialist 81809559 KMEENTE-Cl 1 24-25 Master Certificate Nancy Cadwallader 1 9/6/2-02-4 6:46:23 PM (PDT) I Page 5 of 09 ZB3922557013 IL 02 70 07 20 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CALIFORNIA CHANGES ± CANCELLATION AND NONRENEWAL This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: CAPITAL ASSETS PROGRAM (OUTPUT POLICY) COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL INLAND MARINE COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL PROPERTY COVERAGE PART CRIME AND FIDELITY COVERAGE PART EMPLOYMENT-RELATED PRACTICES LIABILITY COVERAGE PART EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN COVERAGE PART FARM COVERAGE PART LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART MEDICAL PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART A. Paragraphs 2. and 3. of the Cancellation Common 3. All Policies In Effect For More Than 60 Days Policy Condition are replaced by the following: a. If this policy has been in effect for more than 2. All Policies In Effect For 60 Days Or Less 60 days, or is a renewal of a policy we If this policy has been in effect for 60 days or issued, we may cancel this policy only upon less, and is not a renewal of a policy we have the occurrence, after the effective date of the previously issued, we may cancel this policy by policy, of one or more of the following: mailing or delivering to the first Named Insured, (1) Nonpayment of premium, including at the mailing address shown in the policy, and payment due on a prior policy we issued to the producer of record, advance written notice and due during the current policy term of cancellation, stating the reason for covering the same risks. cancellation, at least: (2) Discovery of fraud or material a. 10 days before the effective date of misrepresentation by: cancellation if we cancel for: (a) Any insured or his or her (1) Nonpayment of premium; or representative in obtaining this (2) Discovery of fraud by: insurance; or (a) Any insured or his or her (b) You or your representative in representative in obtaining this pursuing a claim under this policy. insurance; or (3) A judgment by a court or an (b) You or your representative in administrative tribunal that you have pursuing a claim under this policy. violated a California or Federal law, having as one of its necessary elements b. 30 days before the effective date of an act which materially increases any of cancellation if we cancel for any other the risks insured against. reason. Rink Management DMsim �?- REVIEWED&APPROVED BY. A-s-g�e Acevedo ® Risk Management Specialist IL 02 70 07 20 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2020 Page 1 of 4 81809559 1 KMEENTE-Cl 1 24-25 Master Certificate Nancy Cadwallader 1 9/6/2-02-4 6:46:23 PM (PDT) Page 6 of 09 (4) Discovery of willful or grossly negligent B. The following provision is added to the acts or omissions, or of any violations of Cancellation Common Policy Condition: state laws or regulations establishing 7, Residential Property safety standards, by you or your representative, which materially increase This provision applies to coverage on real any of the risks insured against. property which is used predominantly for (5) Failure by you or your representative to residential purposes and consisting of not more implement reasonable loss control than four dwelling units, and to coverage on tenants' household personal property in a requirements, agreed to by you as a residential unit, if such coverage is written under condition of policy issuance, or which one of the following: were conditions precedent to our use of a particular rate or rating plan, if that Commercial Property Coverage Part failure materially increases any of the Farm Coverage Part -E Farm Property f Farm risks insured against. Dwellings, Appurtenant Structures And (6) A determination by the Commissioner of Household Personal Property Coverage Form Insurance that the: a. If such coverage has been in effect for 60 (a) Loss of, or changes in, our days or less, and is not a renewal of reinsurance covering all or part of the coverage we previously issued, we may risk would threaten our financial cancel this coverage for any reason, except integrity or solvency; or as provided in b. and c. below. (b) Continuation of the policy coverage b. We may not cancel this policy solely would: because the first Named Insured has: (i) Place us in violation of California (1) Accepted an offer of earthquake law or the laws of the state where coverage; or we are domiciled; or (2) Cancelled or did not renew a policy (ii) Threaten our solvency. issued by the California Earthquake Authority (CEA) that included an (7) A change by you or your representative earthquake policy premium surcharge. in the activities or property of the However, we shall cancel this policy if the commercial or industrial enterprise, first Named Insured has accepted a new or which results in a materially added, renewal policy issued by the CEA that increased or changed risk, unless the includes an earthquake policy premium added, increased or changed risk is surcharge but fails to pay the earthquake included in the policy. policy premium surcharge authorized by the b. We will mail or deliver advance written notice CEA. of cancellation, stating the reason for c. We may not cancel such coverage solely cancellation, to the first Named Insured, at because corrosive soil conditions exist on the mailing address shown in the policy, and to the producer of record, at least: the premises. This restriction (c.) applies only if coverage is subject to one of the (1) 10 days before the effective date of following, which exclude loss or damage cancellation if we cancel for nonpayment caused by or resulting from corrosive soil of premium or discovery of fraud; or conditions: (2) 30 days before the effective date of (1) Commercial Property Coverage Part cancellation if we cancel for any other Causes Of Loss f Special Form; or reason listed in Paragraph 3.a. (2) Farm Coverage Part f Causes Of Loss Form ± Farm Property, Paragraph D. Covered Causes Of Loss Special. Rule Management DMsim �?- REVIEWED&APPROVED BY: ® Risk Management Specialist Page 2 of 4 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2020 IL 02 70 07 20 81809559 KMEENTE-Cl 1 29-25 Master Certificate N—y Cadwallader 1 9/6/2-02-9 6:46:23 PM (POT) Page 7 of 9 d. If a state of emergency under California Law a. If this policy provides coverage as described is declared and the residential property is in the preceding paragraph, and we elect not located in any ZIP Code within or adjacent to to renew this policy, we will mail or deliver the fire perimeter, as determined by written notice, stating the reason for California Law, we may not cancel this policy nonrenewal, to the first Named Insured for one year, beginning from the date the shown in the Declarations, and to the state of emergency is declared, solely producer of record, at the mailing address because the dwelling or other structure is shown in the policy, at least 75 days, but not located in an area in which a wildfire has more than 120 days, before the expiration or occurred. However, we may cancel: anniversary date. (1) When you have not paid the premium, at If we fail to give the first Named Insured any time by letting you know at least 10 shown in the Declarations notice of days before the date cancellation takes nonrenewal at least 75 days prior to the effect; policy expiration, as required in the (2) If willful or grossly negligent acts or paragraph above, this policy,with no change omissions by the Named Insured, or his in its terms and conditions, shall remain in or her representatives, are discovered effect for 75 days from the date that the that materially increase any of the risks notice of nonrenewal is delivered or mailed insured against; or to the Named Insured. A notice to this effect shall be provided by us to the first Named (3) If there are physical changes in the Insured with the notice of nonrenewal. property insured against, beyond the catastrophe-damaged condition of the b. We may elect not to renew such coverage structures and surface landscape, which for any reason, except as provided in result in the property becoming Paragraphs c., d. and e. below. uninsurable. c. We will not refuse to renew such coverage C. The following is added and supersedes any solely because the first Named Insured has provisions to the contrary: accepted an offer of earthquake coverage. Nonrenewal However, the following applies only to 1. Subject to the rovisions of Paragraphs C.2. insurers who are associate participating 1 pinsurers as established by Cal. Ins. Code and C.3. below, if we elect not to renew this Section 10089.16. We may elect not to policy, we will mail or deliver written notice, renew such coverage after the first Named stating the reason for nonrenewal, to the first Insured has accepted an offer of earthquake Named Insured shown in the Declarations, and coverage, if one or more of the following to the producer of record, at least 60 days, but reasons applies: not more than 120 days, before the expiration or anniversary date. (1) The nonrenewal is based on sound underwriting principles that relate to the We will mail or deliver our notice to the first coverages provided by this policy and Named Insured, and to the producer of record, that are consistent with the approved at the mailing address shown in the policy. rating plan and related documents filed 2. Residential Property with the Department of Insurance as This provision applies to coverage on real required by existing law; property used predominantly for residential purposes and consisting of not more than four dwelling units, and to coverage on tenants' household property contained in a residential unit, if such coverage is written under one of the following: Commercial Property Coverage Part Farm Coverage Part f Farm Property f Farm Dwellings, Appurtenant Structures And Household Personal Property Coverage Form Risk Management DMsbt REVIEWED&APPROVED BY. ® Risk Management Specialist IL 02 70 07 20 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2020 Page 3 of 4 81809559 KMEENTE-Cl 1 29-25 Master Certificate I IT—y Cadwallader 1 9/6/2_02_9 6:46:23 PM (POT) Page 8 of 9 (2) The Commissioner of Insurance finds However, we may nonrenew: that the exposure to potential losses will (1) If willful or grossly negligent acts or threaten our solvency or place us in a omissions by the Named Insured, or his hazardous condition. A hazardous or her representatives, are discovered condition includes, but is not limited to, a that materially increase any of the risks condition in which we make claims insured against; payments for losses resulting from an earthquake that occurred within the (2) If losses unrelated to the postdisaster preceding two years and that required a loss condition of the property have reduction in policyholder surplus of at occurred that would collectively render least 25% for payment of those claims;or the risk ineligible for renewal; or (3) We have: (3) If there are physical changes in the property insured against, beyond the (a) Lost or experienced a substantial catastrophe-damaged condition of the reduction in the availability or scope structures and surface landscape, which of reinsurance coverage; or result in the property becoming (b) Experienced a substantial increase in uninsurable. the premium charged for reinsurance 3. We are not required to send notice of coverage of our residential property nonrenewal in the following situations: insurance policies; and the Commissioner has approved a plan a. If the transfer or renewal of a policy, without any changes in terms, conditions or rates, is for the nonrenewals that is fair and between us and a member of our insurance equitable, and that is responsive to the group. changes in our reinsurance position. b. If the policy has been extended for 90 days d. We will not refuse to renew such coverage or less, provided that notice has been given solely because the first Named Insured has in accordance with Paragraph C.1. cancelled or did not renew a policy, issued by the California Earthquake Authority, that c. If you have obtained replacement coverage, included an earthquake policy premium or if the first Named Insured has agreed, in surcharge. writing, within 60 days of the termination of e. We will not refuse to renew such coverage the policy, to obtain that coverage. solely because corrosive soil conditions exist d. If the policy is for a period of no more than on the premises. This restriction (e.) applies 60 days and you are notified at the time of only if coverage is subject to one of the issuance that it will not be renewed. following, which exclude loss or damage e. If the first Named Insured requests a change caused by or resulting from corrosive soil in the terms or conditions or risks covered by conditions: the policy within 60 days of the end of the (1) Commercial Property Coverage Part f policy period. Causes Of Loss f Special Form; or f. If we have made a written offer to the first (2) Farm Coverage Part ± Causes Of Loss Named Insured, in accordance with the Form I Farm Property, Paragraph D. timeframes shown in Paragraph C.1., to Covered Causes Of Loss f Special. renew the policy under changed terms or f. If a state of emergency under California Law conditions or at an increased premium rate,when the increase exceeds 25%. is declared and the residential property is located in any ZIP Code within or adjacent to the fire perimeter, as determined by California Law, we may not nonrenew this policy for one year, beginning from the date the state of emergency is declared, solely because the dwelling or other structure is located in an area in which a wildfire has occurred. Risk Management DMsim �?- REVIEWED&APPROVED BY. ® Risk Management Specialist Page 4 of 4 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2020 IL 02 70 07 20 81809559 KMEENTE-Cl 1 29-25 Master Certificate N—y Cadwallader 1 9/6/2-02-9 6:46:23 PM (POT) Page 9 of 9 DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) A�" CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 9/19/2025 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Crystal Williams Watkins Insurance Group-Austin PHONE FAX 3834 Spicewood Springs Rd, Ste 100 vC No Ext: 512-637-4274 A/c,No):512-452-0999 E-MAustin TX 78759 ADDRESS: cwilliams@WatkinslnsuranceGroup.com INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURERA: National Specialty Insurance Company 22608 INSURED QUICLEA-01 INSURERB:Zurich American Insurance Co Quickstart Academy, Inc. 1101 S Capital of Texas Hwy INsuRERc: Hartford Property&Casualty 34690 Bldg. J Suite 200 INSURERD: Austin TX 78746-6445 INSURERE: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:1357509052 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR INSD WVD POLICYNUMBER MM/DD MM/DD C X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 65SBABV5U77 9/1/2025 9/1/2026 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 DAMAGES( RENTED CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR PREMISES Ea occurrence) ccurrence) $1,000,000 MED EXP(Any one person) $10,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 X POLICY� ECT � LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 OTHER: $ C AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 65SBABV5U77 9/1/2025 9/1/2026 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $1,000,000 Ea accident ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS X HIRED X NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY Per accident C X UMBRELLA LAB X OCCUR 65SBABV5U77 9/1/2025 9/1/2026 EACH OCCURRENCE $7,000,000 EXCESS LAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $7,000,000 DED X RETENTION$1 n nnn $ WORKERS COMPENSATION PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y/N STATUTE ER ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? ❑ N/A (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ B Directors&Officers MPL 6688719-01 9/1/2025 9/1/2026 LimiUAgg(Ret:$25k) $2M/$2M A Tech E&O/Cyber CH25PTLR0003601IC 5/1/2025 5/1/2026 LimiUAgg(Ret:$5k) $2M/$2M DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,maybe attached if more space is required) City of Santa Ana, its officers,officials,employees,and volunteers are additional insured on the general liability policy with waiver of subrogation where required by written contract. General liability is primary and non-contributory when required by written contract.30 day notice of cancellation endorsement applies when required by written contract. APPROVED CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION By Tu Tran Nguyen at 8:10 am,Apr 23,2026 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Santa Ana ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. ATTN: Audrey Goodson 801 W. Civic Center Dr., Suite 200 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Santa Ana CA 92701 @ 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016103) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD ppp� 23TV A��® DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 10/15/2025 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT:If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement.A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsements . PRODUCER CONTACT A AON RISK SERVICES SOUTH INC NAME: on Risk Services,Inc of Florida 3550 LENOX ROAD NORTHEAST PHONE FAX SUITE 1700 A/C,No,Ext:833-506-1544 A/C,No): ATLANTA GA 30326 EMAIL ADDRESS: work-comp@trinet.com INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURER A: Indemnity Insurance Company of North America 43575 INSURED INSURER B: TriNet Group,Inc.L/C/F QuickStart Learning,Inc.DBA QuickStart Academy,Inc. 1 Park Place,Suite 600 INSURER C: Dublin,CA 94568-7983 INSURER D INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 15937546 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR INSR WVD MM/DD/YYYY MM/DD/YYYY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ DAMAGE TRENTED CLAIMS-MADE ❑ OCCUR PREM SESOEa...rrr.rce $ MED EXP(Any oneperson) $ PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ POLICY PROJECT LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ OTHER $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Ee acccidentSINGLE LIMIT $ ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY Perperson) $ OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY Per accident $ HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY Per accident $ UMBRELLA LAB OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DEC RETENTION$ WORKERS COMPENSATION X PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y/N STATUTE ER A ANY PROP RIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE WLR C7324075A E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ 2,000,000 N/A X OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? — 07/01/2025 07/01/2026 (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 2,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT 1 $ 2,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES(ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) Workers Compensation coverage is limited to worksite employees of QuickStart Learning,Inc.DBA QuickStart Academy,Inc.through a co-employment agreement with TriNet HR III-A,Inc. List of additional covered entities under the above policy: dba QuickStart Academy,Inc. Waiver of subrogation in favor of CITY OF SANTA ANA,ITS CITY COUNCIL,OFFICERS,OFFICIALS,EMPLOYEES,AGENTS AND VOLUNTEERS as required by written contract. A 30 day notice of cancellation is endorsed to the policy for the CITY OF SANTA ANA,ITS CITY COUNCIL,OFFICERS,OFFICIALS,E MPLOYEES,AGENTS AND VOLUNTEERS. APPROVED CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION By Tu Tran Nguyen at 8:10 am,Apr 23,2026 CITY OF SANTA ANA,ITS CITY COUNCIL,OFFICERS,OFFICIALS, SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE EMPLOYEES,AGENTS AND VOLUNTEERS THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN 801 W CIVIC CENTER DR STE 200 ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. SANTA ANA,CA 92701 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE oll Cisk &etvice6 i6outh lac ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION.All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THE HARTFORD BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED BY CONTRACT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Except as otherwise stated in this endorsement, the terms and conditions of the Policy apply. A. The following is added to Section C. WHO IS AN INSURED: Additional Insureds When Required By Written Contract, Written Agreement Or Permit The person(s) or organization(s) identified in Paragraphs a. through f. below are additional insureds when you have agreed, in a written contract or written agreement, or when required by a written permit issued by a state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your Coverage Part, provided the injury or damage occurs subsequent to the execution of the contract or agreement, or the issuance of the permit. A person or organization is an additional insured under this provision only for that period of time required by the contract, agreement or permit. However, no such person or organization is an additional insured under this provision if such person or organization is included as an additional insured by any other endorsement issued by us and made a part of this Coverage Part. The insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract, agreement, or permit to provide for such additional insured. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law. The limits of insurance that apply to additional insureds are described in Section D. LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES LIMITS OF INSURANCE. How this insurance applies when other insurance is available to an additional insured is described in the Other Insurance Condition in Section E. LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES GENERAL CONDITIONS. a. Vendors Any person(s) or organization(s) (referred to below as vendor), but only with respect to "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of "your products" which are distributed or sold in the regular course of the vendor's business and only if this Coverage Part provides coverage for "bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "products-completed operations hazard". (1) The insurance afforded to the vendor is subject to the following additional exclusions: This insurance does not apply to: (a) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which the vendor is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; (b) Any express warranty unauthorized by you; (c) Any physical or chemical change in the product made intentionally by the vendor; (d) Repackaging, except when unpacked solely for the purpose of inspection, demonstration, testing, or the substitution of parts under instructions from the manufacturer, and then repackaged in the original container; (e) Any failure to make such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products; (f) Demonstration, installation, servicing or repair operations, except such operations performed at the vendor's premises in connection with the sale of the product; Form SL 30 32 06 21 Page 1 of 3 ©2021, The Hartford (May include copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission) THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THE HARTFORD (g) Products which, after distribution or sale by you, have been labeled or relabeled or used as a container, part or ingredient of any other thing or substance by or for the vendor; or (h) "Bodily injury'or"property damage" arising out of the sole negligence of the vendor for its own acts or omissions or those of its employees or anyone else acting on its behalf. However, this exclusion does not apply to: (I) The exceptions contained in Paragraphs (d) or(f); or (ii) Such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products. (2) This insurance does not apply to any insured person or organization from whom you have acquired such products, or any ingredient, part or container, entering into, accompanying or containing such products. b. Lessors Of Equipment (1) Any person or organization from whom you lease equipment; but only with respect to their liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your maintenance, operation or use of equipment leased to you by such person or organization. (2) With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, this insurance does not apply to any "occurrence"which takes place after you cease to lease that equipment. c. Lessors Of Land Or Premises (1) Any person or organization from whom you lease land or premises, but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of the land or premises leased to you. (2) With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, this insurance does not apply to: (a) Any 'occurrence" which takes place after you cease to lease that land or be a tenant in that premises; or (b) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such person or organization. d. Architects, Engineers Or Surveyors (1) Any architect, engineer, or surveyor, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury', "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf: (a) In connection with your premises; (b) In the performance of your ongoing operations performed by you or on your behalf; or (c) In connection with "your work" and included within the "products-completed operations hazard", but only if: (i) The written contract, written agreement or permit requires you to provide such coverage to such additional insured; and (ii) This Coverage Part provides coverage for"bodily injury' or"property damage" included within the "'products-completed operations hazard". (2) With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury', "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury'arising out of the rendering of or the failure to render any professional services, including: (I) The preparing, approving, or failure to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders, designs or drawings and specifications; or (ii) Supervisory, surveying, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by an insured, if the "bodily injury", "property Form SL 30 32 06 21 Page 2 of 3 ©2021, The Hartford (May include copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission) THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THE HARTFORD damage", or"personal and advertising injury" arises out of the rendering of or the failure to render any professional service. e. State Or Governmental Agency Or Subdivision Or Political Subdivision Issuing Permit (1) Any state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision, but only with respect to operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision has issued a permit. (2) With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, this insurance does not apply to: (a) "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for the federal government, state or municipality; or (b) "Bodily injury" or"property damage" included within the "products-completed operations hazard". f. Any Other Party (1) Any other person or organization who is not in one of the categories or classes listed above in Paragraphs a. through e. above, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf: (a) In the performance of your ongoing operations performed by you or on your behalf; (b) In connection with your premises owned by or rented to you; or (c) In connection with "your work" and included within the "products-completed operations hazard", but only if: (i) The written contract, written agreement or permit requires you to provide such coverage to such additional insured; and (ii) This Coverage Part provides coverage for "bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "products-completed operations hazard". (2) With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (a) The preparing, approving, or failure to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders, designs or drawings and specifications; or (b) Supervisory, surveying, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by an insured, if the "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" arises out of the rendering of or the failure to render any professional service described in Paragraphs f.(2)(a) or f.(2)(b) above. Form SL 30 32 06 21 Page 3 of 3 ©2021, The Hartford (May include copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission) THE HARTFORD (1) You or any additional insured under this Coverage Part that is an individual; (2) Any partner, if you or an additional insured under this Coverage Part is a partnership; (3) Any manager, if you or an additional insured under this Coverage Part is a limited liability company; (4) Any "executive officer" or insurance manager, if you or an additional insured under this Coverage Part is a corporation; (5) Any trustee, if you or an additional insured under this Coverage Part is a trust; or (6) Any elected or appointed official, if you or an additional insured under this Coverage Part is a political subdivision or public entity. This Paragraph f. applies separately to you and any additional insured under this Coverage Part. 3. Legal action Against Us No person or organization has a right under this Coverage Part: a. To join us as a party or otherwise bring us into a "suit"asking for damages from an insured; or b. To sue us on this Coverage Part unless all of its terms have been fully complied with. A person or organization may sue us to recover on an agreed settlement or on a final judgment against an insured; but we will not be liable for damages that are not payable under the terms of this insurance or that are in excess of the applicable limit of insurance. An agreed settlement means a settlement and release of liability signed by us, the insured and the claimant or the claimant's legal representative. 4. Separation Of Insureds Except with respect to the Limits of Insurance, and any rights or duties specifically assigned in this Policy to the first Named Insured, this insurance applies: a. As if each Named Insured were the only Named Insured; and b. Separately to each insured against whom a claim is made or"suit" is brought. 5. Representations a. When You Accept This Policy By accepting this Policy, you agree: (1) The statements in the Declarations are accurate and complete; (2) Those statements are based upon representations you made to us; and (3) We have issued this Policy in reliance upon your representations. b. Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards If unintentionally you should fail to disclose all hazards relating to the conduct of your business at the inception date of this Coverage Part, we shall not deny any coverage under this Coverage Part because of such failure. 6. Other Insurance If other valid and collectible insurance is available for a loss we cover under this Coverage Part, our obligations are limited as follows: a. Primary Insurance This insurance is primary except when b. below applies. If other insurance is also primary, we will share with all that other insurance by the method described in c. below. b. Excess Insurance This insurance is excess over any of the other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis: (1) Your Work That is Fire, Extended Coverage, Builder's Risk, Installation Risk, Owner Controlled Insurance Program or OCIP, Contractor Controlled Insurance Program or CCIP, Wrap Up Insurance or similar coverage for "your work"; Form SL 00 00 10 18 Page 16 of 22 ©2018, The Hartford (May include copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission) THE HARTFORD (2) Premises Rented To You That is fire, lightning or explosion insurance for premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner; (3) Tenant Liability That is insurance purchased by you to cover your liability as a tenant for "property damage" to premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner; (4) Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft If the loss arises out of the maintenance or use of aircraft, "autos" or watercraft to the extent not subject to Exclusion g. of Section B. Exclusions. (5) Property Damage To Borrowed Equipment Or Use Of Elevators If the loss arises out of"property damage"to borrowed equipment or the use of elevators to the extent not subject to Exclusion k. of Section B. Exclusions. (6) When You Are Added As An Additional Insured To Other Insurance That is other insurance available to you covering liability for damages arising out of the premises or operations, or products and completed operations, for which you have been added as an additional insured by that insurance; or (7) When You Add Others As An Additional Insured To This Insurance That is other insurance available to an additional insured. However, the following provisions apply to other insurance available to any person or organization who is an additional insured under this Coverage Part: (a) Primary Insurance When Required By Contract This insurance is primary if you have agreed in a written contract, written agreement or permit that this insurance be primary. if other insurance is also primary, we will share with all that other insurance by the method described in c. below. (b) Primary And Non-Contributory To Other Insurance When Required By Contract If you have agreed in a written contract, written agreement or permit that this insurance is primary and non-contributory with the additional insured's own insurance, this insurance is primary and we will not seek contribution from that other insurance. Paragraphs (a) and (b) do not apply to other insurance to which the additional insured has been added as an additional insured. When this insurance is excess, we will have no duty under this Coverage Part to defend the insured against any "suit" if any other insurer has a duty to defend the insured against that "suit". If no other insurer defends, we will undertake to do so, but we will be entitled to the insured's rights against all those other insurers. When this insurance is excess over other insurance, we will pay only our share of the amount of the loss, if any, that exceeds the sum of: (1) The total amount that all such other insurance would pay for the loss in the absence of this insurance; and (2) The total of all deductible and self-insured amounts under all that other insurance. We will share the remaining loss, if any, with any other insurance that is not described in this Excess Insurance provision and was not bought specifically to apply in excess of the Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations of this Coverage Part. c. Method Of Sharing If all the other insurance permits contribution by equal shares, we will follow this method also. Under this approach, each insurer contributes equal amounts until it has paid its applicable limit of insurance or none of the loss remains, whichever comes first. Form SL 00 00 10 18 Page 17 of 22 ©2018, The Hartford (May include copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission) THE HARTFORD If any of the other insurance does not permit contribution by equal shares, we will contribute by limits. Under this method, each insurer's share is based on the ratio of its applicable limit of insurance to the total applicable limits of insurance of all insurers. 7. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us a. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery If the insured has rights to recover all or part of any payment, including Supplementary Payments, we have made under this Coverage Part, those rights are transferred to us. The insured must do nothing after loss to impair them. At our request, the insured will bring "suit' or transfer those rights to us and help us enforce them. This condition does not apply to Medical Expenses Coverage. b. Waiver Of Rights Of Recovery (Waiver Of Subrogation) If the insured has waived any rights of recovery against any person or organization for all or part of any payment, including Supplementary Payments, we have made under this Coverage Part, we also waive that right, provided the insured waived their rights of recovery against such person or organization in a contract, agreement or permit that was executed prior to the injury or damage. F. LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES DEFINITIONS 1. "Advertisement' means a notice that is broadcast or published to the general public or specific market segments about your goods, products or services for the purpose of attracting customers or supporters. For the purpose of this definition: a. Notices that are published include material placed on the Internet or on similar electronic means of communication; and b. Regarding web sites, only that part of a web site that is about your goods, products or services for the purpose of attracting customers or supporters is considered an advertisement. 2. "Advertising idea" means any idea for an "advertisement". 3. "Asbestos hazard" means an exposure or threat of exposure to the actual or alleged properties of asbestos and includes the mere presence of asbestos in any form. 4. "Auto" means: a. A land motor vehicle, trailer or semi-trailer designed for travel on public roads, including any attached machinery or equipment; or b. Any other land vehicle that is subject to a compulsory or financial responsibility law or other motor vehicle insurance or motor vehicle registration law where it is licensed or principally garaged. However, "auto"does not include "mobile equipment'. 5. "Bodily injury" means physical: a. Injury; b. Sickness; or c. Disease sustained by a person and, if arising out of the above, mental anguish or death at any time. 6. "Coverage territory" means: a. The United States of America (including its territories and possessions), Puerto Rico and Canada; b. International waters or airspace, but only if the injury or damage occurs in the course of travel or transportation between any places included in a. above; c. All other parts of the world if the injury or damage arises out of: (1) Goods or products made or sold by you in the territory described in a. above; (2) The activities of a person whose home is in the territory described in a. above, but is away for a short time on your business; or Form SL 00 00 10 18 Page 18 of 22 ©2018, The Hartford (May include copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission) THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THE HARTFORD AMENDMENT OF OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION - PRIMARY OR PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY WHEN REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Except as otherwise stated in this endorsement, the terms and conditions of the Policy apply. Paragraph (7) of Condition E.6., Other Insurance is deleted and replaced with the following. (7) When You Add Others As An Additional Insured To This Insurance That is other insurance available to an additional insured. However, the following provisions apply to other insurance available to any person or organization who is an additional insured under this Coverage Part: (a) Primary Insurance When Required By Contract This insurance is primary if you have agreed in a written contract, written agreement or permit that this insurance be primary. If other insurance is also primary, we will share with all that other insurance by the method described in c. below. (b) Primary And Non-Contributory To Other Insurance When Required By Contract If you have agreed in a written contract, written agreement or permit that this insurance is primary and non-contributory with the additional insured's own insurance, this insurance is primary and we will not seek contribution from that other insurance. Form SL 30 65 12 21 Page 1 of 1 ©2021, The Hartford (May include copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission) THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THE HARTFORD NOTICE OF CANCELLATION TO CERTIFICATE HOLDER(S) This policy is subject to the following additional Conditions: A. If this policy is cancelled by the Company, other than for non-payment of premium, notice of such cancellation will be provided at least thirty (30) days in advance of the cancellation effective date to the certificate holder(s) with mailing addresses on file with the agent of record or the Company. B. If this policy is cancelled by the company for non-payment of premium, or by the insured, notice of such cancellation will be provided within ten (10) days of the cancellation effective date to the certificate holder(s) with mailing addresses on file with the agent of record or the Company. If notice is mailed, proof of mailing to the last known mailing address of the certificate holder(s) on file with the agent of record or the Company will be sufficient proof of notice. Any notification rights provided by this endorsement apply only to active certificate holder(s) who were issued a certificate of insurance applicable to this policy's term. Failure to provide such notice to the certificate holder(s) will not amend or extend the date the cancellation becomes effective, nor will it negate cancellation of the policy. Failure to send notice shall impose no liability of any kind upon the Company or its agents or representatives. Form SL 90 13 10 18 Page 1 of 1 ©2018, The Hartford (May include copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission) Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Policy Named Insured TriNet Group,Inc.L/C/F QuickStart Learning,Inc.DBA QuickStart Endorsement Number Academy,Inc. 1 Park Place,Suite 600 Dublin,CA 94568-7983 Policy Number Symbol:WLR Number:C7324075A Policy Period Effective Date of Endorsement 07/01/2025 TO 07/01/2026 08/01/2025 Issued By(Name of Insurance Company) Indemnity Insurance Company of North America Insert the policy number.The remainder of the information is to be completed only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to the preparation of the policy. This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. CALIFORNIA WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because California is shown in item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule, where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. You must maintain payroll records accurately segregating the remuneration of your employees while engaged in the work described in the Schedule. Schedule 1. (X ) Specific Waiver Name of person or organization: CITY OF SANTA ANA,ITS CITY COUNCIL,OFFICERS,OFFICIALS,EMPLOYEES,AGENTS AND VOLUNTEERS 801 W CIVIC CENTER DR STE 200 SANTA ANA,CA 92701 O Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. 2. Operations: 3. Premium: The premium charge for this endorsement shall be INCLUDED percent of the California premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s)or organization(s) arising out of the operations described. 4. Minimum Premium: INCLUDED Authorized Representative WC 90 03 75 (05/18) Workers'Compensation and Employers' Liability Policy Named Insured TriNet Group,Inc.L/C/F QuickStart Learning,Inc.DBA QuickStart Academy Inc Endorsement Number I Park Place,Suite 600 Dublin,CA 94568-7983 Policy Number Symbol: WLR Number:C7324075A Policy Period Effective Date of Endorsement 07/01/2025TO 07/01/2026 08/01/2025 Issued By(Name of Insurance Company) Indemnity Insurance Company of North America Insert the policy number.The remainder of the information is to be completed only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to the preparation of the policy. his endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. NOTICE TO OTHERS ENDORSEMENT - SPECIFIC PARTIES A. If we cancel this Policy prior to its expiration date by notice to you or the first Named insured for any reason other than nonpayment of premium, we will endeavor, as set out below, to send written notice of cancellation, via such electronic or other form of notification as we determine, to the persons or organizations listed in the schedule set out below (the "Schedule"). You or your representative must provide us with both the physical and e-mail address of such persons or organizations, and we will utilize such e-mail address or physical address that you or your representative provided to us on such Schedule. B. We will endeavor to send or deliver such notice to the e-mail address or physical address corresponding to each person or organization indicated in the Schedule at least 30 days prior to the cancellation date applicable to the Policy. C. The notice referenced in this endorsement is intended only to be a courtesy notification to the person(s) or organization(s) named in the Schedule in the event of a pending cancellation of coverage. We have no legal obligation of any kind to any such person(s) or organization(s). Our failure to provide advance notification of cancellation to the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon us, our agents or representatives, will not extend any Policy cancellation date and will not negate any cancellation of the Policy. D. We are not responsible for verifying any information provided to us in any Schedule, nor are we responsible for any incorrect information that you or your representative provide to us. If you or your representative does not provide us with the information necessary to complete the Schedule,we have no responsibility for taking any action under this endorsement. In addition, if neither you nor your representative provides us with e-mail and physical address information with respect to a particular person or organization, then we shall have no responsibility for taking action with regard to such person or entity under this endorsement. E. We may arrange with your representative to send such notice in the event of any such cancellation. F. You will cooperate with us in providing, or in causing your representative to provide, the e-mail address and physical address of the persons or organizations listed in the Schedule. G. This endorsement does not apply in the event that you cancel the Policy. SCHEDULE Name of Certificate Holder E-Mail Address Physical Address CITY OF SANTA ANA,ITS CITY 801 W CIVIC CENTER DR STE 200 COUNCIL,OFFICERS,OFFICIALS, SANTA ANA,CA 92701 EMPLOYEES,AGENTS AND VOLUNTEERS All other terms and conditions of this Policy remain unchanged. This endorsement is not applicable in the states of AZ, FL, ID, ME, NC, NJ, NM, TX and WI. �p4w___ Authorized Representative WC 99 03 71 (01/11) Page 1 of 1 HUGH NGUYEN .�� ORANGE COUNTY CLERK-RECORDER wl N.ROSS STREET POST OFFICE BOX 238 SANTA ANA,CA 92701 <IFOR NAME: QUICKSTART ACADEMY INC ADDRESS: 2 1 333 CITY BOULEVARD WEST,3RD&17TH FLOOR CITY: ORANGE FILED:04/14/2026 20266740503 STATE/ZIP: CA 92868 HUGH NGUYEN,CLERK-RECORDER,878, Deputy PICTITIOUS BUSINESS NAME FILLING FEE$73_DD for one business 1 $7.00 for each additional business name El $7.00 for ea ch 0c t:orwf partner after two NEW STATEMENT ❑ REFILE CHANGE THESE FEESAPPIYAT THE TIME OFFIUNG rhe following person(s)is(are)doing business(Flditim"Business Name)is: CAREER DEVELOPMENT SOLUTIONS Business Street Address(Do not use a PO Box,Postal Facility or PMB]: Mailing Address if different: 2 2 1 333 CITY BOULEVARD WEST,3RD&17TH FLOOR City,State&Zip: City,State&Zip: ORANGE,CA 92868 County: Business Phone Number(optional): ORANGE ADDRESS ADDRESS Name(Individual,Corp,LLC,General Partner,Trustee): Name(individual,Corp,LLC,General Partner,Trustee): QUICKSTART ACADEMY INC 3 Business Mailing Address: Business Mailing Address: 1101 S CAPITAL OF TX HWY BUILDING J SUITE 200 City,State&Tip Code: State of Incorporation City,State&Zip Code: State of Incorporation Iy co.IfllCl AUSTIN,TX 78746 TX The business is conducted by:lo—k wee or w ❑ individual Q General Partnership ❑ Umited Liability Company 4 ❑Married couple ❑ Limited Partnership fl Corporation ❑ Copartners ❑ Trust ❑ State or local Registered Domestic Partners ❑ Joint Venture ❑ Limited Liability Partnership ❑ An Unincorporated ASSOCIatiDn other than a partnership S The registrant commenced to transact busaness under tfle fictitious business name or names listed above on: N/A Eater N/A if you have not yet commenced to transact business. Note.It cannot be a future date. Month/Day/Year or N/A Business&Professions Code 17930 Any person who executes,files or publishes any Fictitious Business Name Statement,knowing that such statement Is false,in whole or part,is guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof shall be fined not to exceed one thousand dollars($10DO).This statement was filed with the Orange County Clerk on the date Indicated by the FILED stamp In the top center of this statement I declare that all the information In this statement is true and correct,(A registrQnt who declares as true information which he or she knows is false is guilty of a Crime.) Signature of Registrant QUICK5TART ACADEMY INC,MATEEN KHALID TREASURER Print Name of Signer: Title of Person Signing(if ap ?table): NOTICELIN ACCORDANKE WITH 5USOPA90H(.)OF SECTION 17M A FNCnnQ[2S NAME STATEMENT G1WLF Al1Y DWWS AT THEM OF FIVE YEARS FROM T1E DATE ON WHICH IT WAS FRM IN TIE UFT10E XF THE OOUNTYC I HOC,EXCEPT,AS PROVDM W SU WILRON lbi OF sECT10r11M IWME n EXPIRES b DAYS AFTER ANY CHANGE NV THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THE STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECT RL117913 OTHER THAN AMANGE IN THE REStDENCf ADDRFSS(3F A REGSrMM DWNMANfW fICTMOUS BtSINESS(FAME SFATFMINT MUST eE FRID BEFORE THE EXPIRATK)N. THE HUNG OF THIS STATEMENT DOS NOT OF ITSELF AUTHORIZE THE USE 1N THIS STATE OF A F1CTMOUS BUSINESS NAME IN VIO1AT164 OF THE RIGHTS OF AYIOTt1ER UNDER FEDERAL,STATE,OR COMMON LAW (SEE SECTION t1411 ET SEQ„BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONS CODE). CONFIRMATION NUMBER: IFBNOOOA47664 THIS IS ATRUE CERTIFIED COPY OF THE RECORD IF IT BEARS THE SEAL, yG�ERK-Rf�o9d OF THE ORANGE COUNTY CLERK-RECORDER A Hugh Nguyen, Clerk-Recorder ycFCOUNTY CAy,o DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) A�" CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 4/30/2026 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Crystal Williams Watkins Insurance Group-Austin PHONE FAX 3834 Spicewood Springs Rd, Ste 100 vC No Ext: 512-637-4274 A/c,No):512-452-0999 E-MAustin TX 78759 ADDRESS: cwilliams@WatkinslnsuranceGroup.com INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURERA:Zurich American Insurance Co INSURED QUICLEA-01 INSURER B: Hartford Property&Casualty 34690 Quickstart Academy, Inc. INSURERC: Underwriters at Lloyd's, London 15792 DBA Career Development Solutions, LLC 1101 S Capital of Texas Hwy INSURERD: Bldg. J Suite 200 INSURERE: Austin TX 78746-6445 INSURER F COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:1613683169 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR INSD WVD POLICYNUMBER MM/DD MM/DD B X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 65SBABV5U77 9/1/2025 9/1/2026 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 DAMAGE S( RENTED CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR PREMISES Ea occurrence) $1,000,000 MED EXP(Any one person) $10,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 X POLICY� ECT � LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 OTHER: $ B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 65SBABV5U77 9/1/2025 9/1/2026 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $1,000,000 Ea accident ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS X HIRED X NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY Per accident B X UMBRELLA LAB X OCCUR 65SBABV5U77 9/1/2025 9/1/2026 EACH OCCURRENCE $7,000,000 EXCESS LAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $7,000,000 DED X RETENTION$1 n nnn $ WORKERS COMPENSATION PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y/N STATUTE ER ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? ❑ N/A (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ A Directors&Officers MPL 6688719-01 9/1/2025 9/1/2026 LimiUAgg(Ret:$25k) $2M/$2M C Tech E&O/Cyber ES00040802782 5/1/2026 5/1/2027 LimiUAgg(Ded:$5k) $2M/$2M A Fiduciary Liability MPL 6688719-01 9/1/2025 9/1/2026 LimiUAgg $1M/$1M DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,maybe attached if more space is required) City of Santa Ana, its officers,officials,employees,and volunteers are additional insured on the general liability policy with waiver of subrogation where required by written contract. General liability is primary and non-contributory when required by written contract.30 day notice of cancellation endorsement applies when required by written contract. APPROVED CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION By Tu Tran Nguyen at 10:25 am,May 12,2026 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Santa Ana ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. ATTN: Audrey Goodson 801 W. Civic Center Dr., Suite 200 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Santa Ana CA 92701 @ 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016103) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 65SBABV5U77 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THE-A HARTFORD BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED BY CONTRACT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Except as otherwise stated in this endorsement,the terms and conditions of the Policy apply. A. The following is added to Section C.WHO IS AN INSURED: Additional Insureds When Required By Written Contract,Written Agreement Or Permit The person(s) or organization(s) identified in Paragraphs a. through f. below are additional insureds when you have agreed, in a written contract or written agreement, or when required by a written permit issued by a state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your Coverage Part, provided the injury or damage occurs subsequent to the execution of the contract or agreement, or the issuance of the permit. A person or organization is an additional insured under this provision only for that period of time required by the contract, agreement or permit. However, no such person or organization is an additional insured under this provision if such person or organization is included as an additional insured by any other endorsement issued by us and made a part of this Coverage Part. The insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract, agreement, or permit to provide for such additional insured. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law. The limits of insurance that apply to additional insureds are described in Section D. LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES LIMITS OF INSURANCE. How this insurance applies when other insurance is available to an additional insured is described in the Other Insurance Condition in Section E. LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES GENERAL CONDITIONS. a. Vendors Any person(s) or organization(s) (referred to below as vendor), but only with respect to "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of "your products" which are distributed or sold in the regular course of the vendor's business and only if this Coverage Part provides coverage for "bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "products-completed operations hazard". (1) The insurance afforded to the vendor is subject to the following additional exclusions: This insurance does not apply to: (a) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which the vendor is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; (b) Any express warranty unauthorized by you; (c) Any physical or chemical change in the product made intentionally by the vendor; (d) Repackaging, except when unpacked solely for the purpose of inspection, demonstration, testing, or the substitution of parts under instructions from the manufacturer, and then repackaged in the original container; (e) Any failure to make such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products; (f) Demonstration, installation, servicing or repair operations, except such operations performed at the vendor's premises in connection with the sale of the product; Form SL 30 32 06 21 Page 1 of 3 ©2021, The Hartford (May include copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission) 65SBABV5U77 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THE-A HARTFORD (g) Products which, after distribution or sale by you, have been labeled or relabeled or used as a container, part or ingredient of any other thing or substance by or for the vendor; or (h) 'Bodily injury" or"property damage" arising out of the sole negligence of the vendor for its own acts or omissions or those of its employees or anyone else acting on its behalf. However, this exclusion does not apply to: (i) The exceptions contained in Paragraphs (d) or(f); or (ii) Such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products. (2) This insurance does not apply to any insured person or organization from whom you have acquired such products, or any ingredient, part or container, entering into, accompanying or containing such products. b. Lessors Of Equipment (1) Any person or organization from whom you lease equipment; but only with respect to their liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your maintenance, operation or use of equipment leased to you by such person or organization. (2) With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, this insurance does not apply to any "occurrence"which takes place after you cease to lease that equipment. c. Lessors Of Land Or Premises (1) Any person or organization from whom you lease land or premises, but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of the land or premises leased to you. (2) With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, this insurance does not apply to: (a) Any 'occurrence"which takes place after you cease to lease that land or be a tenant in that premises; or (b) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such person or organization. d. Architects, Engineers Or Surveyors (1) Any architect, engineer, or surveyor, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf: (a) In connection with your premises; (b) In the performance of your ongoing operations performed by you or on your behalf; or (c) In connection with "your work" and included within the "products-completed operations hazard", but only if: (i) The written contract, written agreement or permit requires you to provide such coverage to such additional insured; and (ii) This Coverage Part provides coverage for"bodily injury" or"property damage" included within the "products-completed operations hazard". (2) With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of or the failure to render any professional services, including: (i) The preparing, approving, or failure to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders, designs or drawings and specifications; or (ii) Supervisory, surveying, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by an insured, if the "bodily injury", "property Form SL 30 32 06 21 Page 2 of 3 ©2021, The Hartford (May include copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission) 65SBABV5U77 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THE-A HARTFORD damage", or"personal and advertising injury" arises out of the rendering of or the failure to render any professional service. e. State Or Governmental Agency Or Subdivision Or Political Subdivision Issuing Permit (1) Any state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision, but only with respect to operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision has issued a permit. (2) With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, this insurance does not apply to: (a) 'Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for the federal government, state or municipality; or (b) 'Bodily injury" or"property damage" included within the "products-completed operations hazard". f. Any Other Party (1) Any other person or organization who is not in one of the categories or classes listed above in Paragraphs a. through e. above, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf: (a) In the performance of your ongoing operations performed by you or on your behalf; (b) In connection with your premises owned by or rented to you; or (c) In connection with "your work" and included within the "products-completed operations hazard", but only if: (i) The written contract, written agreement or permit requires you to provide such coverage to such additional insured; and (ii) This Coverage Part provides coverage for "bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "products-completed operations hazard". (2) With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (a) The preparing, approving, or failure to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders, designs or drawings and specifications; or (b) Supervisory, surveying, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by an insured, if the "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" arises out of the rendering of or the failure to render any professional service described in Paragraphs f.(2)(a) or f.(2)(b) above. Form SL 30 32 06 21 Page 3 of 3 ©2021, The Hartford (May include copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission) 65SBABV5U77 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THE-A HARTFORD NOTICE OF CANCELLATION TO CERTIFICATE HOLDER(S) This policy is subject to the following additional Conditions: A. If this policy is cancelled by the Company, other than for non-payment of premium, notice of such cancellation will be provided at least thirty (30) days in advance of the cancellation effective date to the certificate holder(s) with mailing addresses on file with the agent of record or the Company. B. If this policy is cancelled by the company for non-payment of premium, or by the insured, notice of such cancellation will be provided within ten (10) days of the cancellation effective date to the certificate holder(s) with mailing addresses on file with the agent of record or the Company. If notice is mailed, proof of mailing to the last known mailing address of the certificate holder(s) on file with the agent of record or the Company will be sufficient proof of notice. Any notification rights provided by this endorsement apply only to active certificate holder(s) who were issued a certificate of insurance applicable to this policy's term. Failure to provide such notice to the certificate holder(s) will not amend or extend the date the cancellation becomes effective, nor will it negate cancellation of the policy. Failure to send notice shall impose no liability of any kind upon the Company or its agents or representatives. Form SL 90 13 10 18 Page 1 of 1 ©2018, The Hartford (May include copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission)